Quarterlytics / Industrials / Marine Shipping / Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

gsl · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker gsl
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Marine Shipping
Employees 7
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Global Ship Lease, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

☐  REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

☒  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023

OR

☐  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

☐  SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

For the transition period from                    to                   

Commission file number: 001-34153

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

N/A
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Republic of The Marshall Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

9 Irodou Attikou Street, Kifisia, Athens 14561, Greece
(Address of principal executive offices)

Anastasios Psaropoulos, Chief Financial Officer, 9 Irodou Attikou Street, Kifisia, Athens 14651, Greece
Tel number: + 30 210 6233670
t.psaropoulos@globalshiplease.com
(Name, Telephone, Email and/or Facsimile Number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class

Class A Common Shares, par value of $0.01 per share
Depositary Shares, each of which represents a 1/100th interest in a share of
8.75% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Shares, par value
$0.01 per share
8.75% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Shares*

Trading Symbol(s)
GSL

GSL-B

N/A*

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

N/A*

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of the Depositary Shares representing 1/100th interest in such shares of 8.75% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Shares, pursuant to the requirements of

the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

35,188,323 Class A common shares, par value of $0.01 per share
43,592 Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Shares, par value of $0.01 per share

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes  ☒    No  ☐

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒     No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging
growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated Filer
Non-accelerated Filer

☐
☐

Accelerated Filer
Emerging growth company

☒ 
☐ 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised
financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15
U.S.S. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☒

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements ☒

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period
pursuant to §240.10D-1(b) ☐ 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing: 

U.S. GAAP  ☒

        International Financial Reporting Standards as Issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board   ☐

Other  ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act).     Yes   ☐     No  ☒

Item 17  ☐     Item 18  ☐

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE, INC.

INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 20-F

PART I
Item 1.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 4A.
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
PART II
Item 13.
Item 14.
Item 15.
Item 16A.
Item 16B.
Item 16C.
Item 16D.
Item 16E.
Item 16F.
Item 16G.
Item 16H.
Item 16I.
Item 16J.
Item 16K.
PART III
Item 17.
Item 18.
Item 19.

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
Key Information
Information on the Company
Unresolved Staff Comments
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Directors, Senior Management and Employees
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
Financial Information
The Offer and Listing
Additional Information
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
Controls and Procedures
Audit Committee Financial Expert
Code of Ethics
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
Corporate Governance
Mine Safety Disclosure
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Insider Trading Policies
Cybersecurity

Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Exhibits 

1
1
1
1
32
51
51
73
80
85
87
87
95
96
96
96
96
96
97
97
97
98
98
99
99
99
99
99
99
101
101
101
101

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations or forecasts of future events. Forward-looking statements include statements about our expectations, beliefs,
plans, objectives, intentions, assumptions and other statements that are not historical facts. Words or phrases such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “continue”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “may”, “ongoing”, “plan”, “potential”, “predict”,
“project”, “will” or similar words or phrases, or the negatives of those words or phrases, may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not necessarily mean that a statement is not forward-looking.
Examples of forward-looking statements in this Annual Report include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our disclosure concerning our operations, cash flows, financial position, dividend policy, the anticipated benefits of
strategic acquisitions, and the likelihood of success in acquiring additional vessels to expand our business.

Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this Annual Report including, without limitation, in the sections entitled “Business Overview”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and

Operations”, and “Dividend Policy”.

Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are based on potentially inaccurate assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expected or implied by the
forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements for many reasons, including the factors described in “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report. The risks described
under “Risk Factors” are not exhaustive. Other sections of this Annual Report describe additional factors that could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and the development of the industries in which
we operate. New risks can emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all such risks, nor can we assess the impact of all such risks on our business or the extent to which any risks, or combination of risks and other
factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should not unduly rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Annual
Report. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events after the date of this Annual Report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should,
however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or “SEC”, after the date of this Annual Report.

Unless the context otherwise requires, references to the “Company”, “we”, “us”, “our” or “Global Ship Lease” refer to Global Ship Lease, Inc., “Technomar” refers to Technomar Shipping Inc., our technical ship manager and
“Conchart” refers to Conchart Commercial Inc., our commercial ship manager, “Managers” refers to Technomar and Conchart, together. For the definition of certain terms used in this Annual Report, please see “Glossary of Shipping
Terms” at the end of this Annual Report. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “$” and “dollars” in this Annual Report are in U.S. dollars. We use the term “TEU”, meaning twenty-foot equivalent unit, the international standard
measure of container size, in describing volumes in world container trade and other measures, including the capacity of our containerships, which we also refer to as vessels or ships. Unless otherwise indicated, we calculate the average
age of our vessels on a weighted average basis, based on TEU capacity. All share and per share amounts disclosed in this Annual Report give retroactive effect, for all periods presented, to the one-for-eight reverse stock split of our
Class A common shares effected on March 25, 2019.

PART I

Item 1.

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Not applicable.

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

Item 3. Key Information

A.

B.

[Reserved]

Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C.

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 Not applicable.

D.Risk Factors

The risks and uncertainties discussed below relate principally to the industry in which we operate and our business in general, and others relate to the market and ownership of our securities. The occurrence of any of the events
described in this section could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, cash available for the payment of dividends, and the market price of our securities. Our business, financial
condition and results of operations and the market price of our securities could also be materially adversely affected by other matters that are not known to us or that we currently do not consider to be material risks.

Risk Factor Summary

• We are dependent on our charterers and other counterparties fulfilling their obligations under agreements with us, and their inability or unwillingness to honor these obligations could significantly reduce our revenues and cash

flow.

• Our growth depends on continued growth in the demand for containerships, our ability to purchase additional vessels and obtain new charters. We may require additional financing to be able to grow and will face substantial

competition to purchase vessels.

• Should we expand our business or provide additional services to third parties, we may need to improve our operating and financial systems, expand our commercial and technical management staff, and recruit suitable employees

and crew for our vessels.

• Our third-party technical and commercial ship managers, Technomar and Conchart, are privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

• Due to our lack of diversification, adverse developments in the containership business could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

• The volatile container shipping market and difficulty finding profitable charters for our vessels upon their expiry.

• Our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations or pursue other business opportunities and limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry.

• Despite our indebtedness levels, we may be able to incur substantially more indebtedness. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

• Our ability to comply with various financial and collateral covenants in our credit facilities.

• Vessel values may fluctuate, which may adversely affect our financial condition, result in the incurrence of a loss upon disposal of a vessel or increase the cost of acquiring additional vessels.

• We must make substantial expenditures to maintain our fleet, meet new regulatory requirements, meet commercial requirements or to acquire vessels.

• As our fleet ages, we may incur increased operating costs beyond normal inflation, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

• Volatility in the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) could affect our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

• Our insurance may be insufficient to cover losses that may occur to our property or result from our operations.

• We are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate law.

•

It may not be possible for investors to serve process on or enforce U.S. judgments against us.

• Our Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws include forum selection provisions for certain disputes between us and our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes

with us or our directors, officers, or other employees.

• We may not achieve the intended benefits of having forum selection provisions if they are found to be unenforceable.

• We rely on our information systems to conduct our business, and failure to protect these systems against security breaches, or the failure or unavailability of these systems, could adversely affect our business and results of

operations.

• Our growth and long-term profitability depend mainly upon growth in demand for containerships, the condition of the charter market and the availability of capital. The container shipping industry is cyclical and volatile.

• Our financial and operating performance may be adversely affected by global public health threats.

• A decrease in the export of goods or an increase in trade protectionism may harm our customers’ business and, in turn, harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

• The current state of the world financial markets, and economic and geopolitical conditions and conflicts could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

•

•

Increased competition in technology and innovation could reduce our charter hire income and our vessels’ values.

If our vessels call on ports located in countries or territories that are the subject of sanctions or embargoes imposed by the United States government, the European Union, the United Nations, or other governments, it could lead to
monetary fines or penalties and have a material adverse effect on the market for our securities.

• Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency without adequate compensation, which under most of our time charter agreements would permit the customer to terminate the charter agreement for

that vessel.

• Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be costly and may adversely affect our business and operating results.

• We are subject to regulation and liability under environmental laws, including - while not being limited to - those related to emissions, decarbonization and the climate emergency, that continue to develop and could require

significant expenditures and affect our cash flows and net income.

•

Increased inspection procedures, tighter import and export controls and new security regulations could cause disruption of our containership business.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

• We are a “foreign private issuer” under the NYSE rules, and as such we are entitled to exemption from certain NYSE corporate governance standards, and you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of

companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

• Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

• Our operating income could fail to qualify for an exemption from U.S. federal income taxation, which would reduce our cash flow.

Risks Relating to Our Business

Operating Revenue Risk

We are dependent on our charterers and other counterparties fulfilling their obligations under agreements with us, and their inability or unwillingness to honor these obligations could significantly reduce our revenues and cash
flow.

Payments to us by our charterers under time charters are, and will continue to be, our sole source of operating cash flow. We are consequently dependent on the performance by our charterers of their obligations under the charters.
The container shipping industry is cyclical and, whilst financial performance improved from time to time, suffered an extended cyclical downturn lasting from the Global Financial Crisis in 2008/2009 through 2016, with freight rates,
charter rates, asset values, and liner operator earnings under pressure due to oversupply of container ship capacity. Industry conditions generally improved from 2017 through 2019. The compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of
containerized trade volumes from 2010 through 2023 was 2.8%, incorporating the impact of negative growth in 2020 (COVID-19), the rebound in 2021, and further negative growth in 2022 and 2023 (geo-political tensions driving
inflationary macro-economic headwinds). The uncertainty concerning the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on container shipping and the macro-economic environment has waned significantly over the past year. However, global
public  health  threats,  such  as  the  reemergence  of  a  COVID-19  outbreak,  influenza  and  other  highly  communicable  diseases  or  viruses,  could  adversely  impact  our  operations  and  our  charterers  and  other  counterparties’  ability  or
willingness to fulfill their obligations to us. Additionally, uncertainty exists regarding the broader global economic impact of geopolitical conflicts, such as the ongoing war in Ukraine, including the effect of sanctions imposed against
Russia, the recent escalation of the Israel-Gaza conflict, other geopolitical tensions, such as those surrounding Taiwan and China, and the potential disruption to shipping routes including due to low water levels in the Panama Canal and
ongoing attacks by Houthis on vessels in the Red Sea. Such uncertainty may adversely impact our business, and any escalation or spillover effects from these and similar conflicts may lead to further regional and international conflicts
or armed action. It is possible that such conflicts could disrupt supply chains and cause instability in the global economy. Equally unpredictable is the impact these uncertainties may have upon our charterers’ operations and cash flows,
and their payment of charter hire to us. If we lose a time charter because the charterer is unable to pay us or for any other reason, we may be unable to re-deploy the related vessel on similar terms or at all. Also, we will not receive any
revenues from such a vessel while it is un-chartered, but we will be required to pay expenses necessary to maintain and insure the vessel and service any indebtedness on it.

Whilst there were no delays in receiving charter hire payments in 2022 or 2023, we may experience delays in receiving charter hire payments from some of our charterers, which under the charter contracts are due to be paid two

weeks or one month in advance. As of December 31, 2023, no charter hire payments were outstanding.

If any of our charterers ceases doing business or fails to perform their respective obligations under their charters with us, our business, financial position and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if we face
difficulties finding immediate replacement charters, or if such replacement charters were at lower daily rates and for shorter durations. If such events occur, these events may give rise to uncertainty about our ability to continue as a
going concern. Please also see “—We may be unable to recharter our vessels at profitable rates, if at all, upon their time charter expiry” below.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Operational Growth Risk

Significant demands may be placed on us as a result of possible future acquisitions of additional vessels.

As a result of possible future acquisitions of vessels, significant demands may be placed on our managerial, operational and financial personnel and systems. We cannot assure you that our systems, procedures and controls will be
adequate to support the expansion of our operations. Our future operating results will be affected by the ability of our officers and key employees to manage changing business conditions and to implement and expand our operational
and financial controls and reporting systems as a result of future acquisitions.

Our growth depends on continued growth in the demand for containerships, our ability to purchase additional vessels and obtain new charters. We may require additional financing to be able to grow and will face substantial
competition to purchase vessels.

One of our objectives is to grow by acquiring additional vessels and chartering them out to container shipping companies. The opportunity to acquire additional containerships will, in part, depend on the state of and prospects for
container shipping. The container shipping industry is both cyclical and volatile in terms of supply demand balance, freight rates, charter rates, vessel values and overall profitability. Although supply-side fundamentals have generally
been improving since 2017, the industry remains vulnerable to an excess of supply of containership capacity and mediocre demand growth. As at December 31, 2023, idle capacity of the global containership fleet was 1.3%, and the
global containership orderbook to fleet ratio was 26.8% - weighted heavily towards containerships larger than 10,000 TEU. The factors affecting the supply and demand for containerships, and the nature, timing and degree of changes
in industry conditions are unpredictable.

  Acquisition  of  vessels  will  be  challenging  as,  among  other  things,  we  may  need  to  obtain  additional  financing  in  order  to  complete  vessel  purchases.  In  recent  years,  financing  for  investment  in  containerships,  whether
newbuildings or existing vessels, has been severely limited. Further, the cost of available financing is currently high and may increase significantly in the future. In addition, the number of lenders for shipping companies has fluctuated
and lenders have generally lowered their loan-to-value advance ratios, shortened loan terms and accelerated repayment schedules. The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers and proposed charterers, and any defaults by
them, may materially affect our ability to obtain the additional capital resources that we will require to purchase additional vessels or may significantly increase our costs of obtaining such capital. These factors may hinder our ability to
access financing and we may be unable to obtain adequate funding for growth.

The process of obtaining further vessels and new charters is highly competitive and depends on a variety of factors, including, among others:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

competitiveness of overall price;

availability of committed financing;

containership leasing experience and quality of ship operations (including cost effectiveness);

shipping industry relationships and reputation for reliability, customer service and safety;

quality and experience of seafaring crew;

ability to finance containerships at competitive rates and financial stability generally;

relationships with shipyards and the ability to get suitable berths for newbuildings;

construction management experience, including the ability to obtain on-time delivery of new vessels according to customer specifications; and

the energy efficiency and carbon profile of ships, including technical advances in vessel design, capacity, propulsion technology and fuel consumption efficiency, of us and our competitors.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We will face substantial competition in expanding our business from a number of companies. Many of these competitors may have greater financial resources and a lower cost of capital than us, may operate larger fleets, may have
been established for longer and may be able to offer better charter rates. During an industry downturn there are an increased number of vessels available for charter, including many from owners with strong reputations and experience.
Excess  supply  of  vessels  in  the  container  shipping  market  results  in  greater  price  competition  for  charters.  During  strong  industry  conditions,  the  value  of  vessels  rises  and  there  is  substantially  greater  competition  for  purchase
opportunities. As a result of these factors, we may be unable to purchase additional containerships, expand our relationships with our existing charterers or obtain new charters on a profitable basis, if at all, which would have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may be unable to make or realize expected benefits from acquisitions of vessels or container shipping-related assets/enhancements and implementing our growth strategy through acquisitions may harm our business, financial
condition and operating results.

Our growth strategy includes, among other things, selectively acquiring secondhand and, potentially, newbuilding vessels and possibly seeking to diversify our asset base if an attractive investment opportunity presents itself.
Growing  any  business  through  acquisition  presents  numerous  risks,  such  as  undisclosed  liabilities  and  obligations,  the  possibility  that  indemnification  agreements  will  be  unenforceable  or  insufficient  to  cover  potential  losses  and
obtaining the necessary resources to manage an enlarged business. We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans, that we will be able to employ any acquired vessels under charters, that we will
be able to purchase secondhand vessels or newbuildings at satisfactory prices or obtain ship management agreements with similar or better terms than those we have obtained from our current ship managers, that we will be able to
purchase container shipping-related assets and subsequently lease them out at satisfactory prices or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth.

Factors that may limit our ability to acquire additional vessels and container shipping-related assets include competition from other owners and lessors, availability of financing, shipyard capacity for newbuildings and the limited

number of modern vessels with appropriate characteristics not already subject to existing long-term or other charters. Competition from other purchasers could reduce our acquisition opportunities or cause us to pay higher prices.

Any acquisition of a vessel or container shipping-related assets may not be profitable to us and may not generate cash flow sufficient to justify our investment. In addition, our acquisition growth strategy exposes us to risks that

may harm our business, financial condition and operating results, including risks that we may:

•

•

•

•

•

•

fail to obtain financing, ship management agreements and charters on acceptable terms;

be unable, including through our ship managers, to hire, train or retain qualified shore and seafaring personnel to manage and operate our enlarged business and fleet;

fail to realize anticipated benefits of cost savings or cash flow enhancements;

decrease our liquidity by using a significant portion of our available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions or by additional repayments of debt;

significantly increase our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions; or

incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with the vessels acquired.

Should we expand our business or provide additional services to third parties, we may need to improve our operating and financial systems, expand our commercial and technical management staff, and recruit suitable employees
and crew for our vessels.

Our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate if we further expand the size of our fleet or begin to provide additional services and attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. In addition, we may need
to  recruit  suitable  additional  administrative  and  management  personnel  to  manage  any  growth.  We  may  not  be  able  to  continue  to  hire  suitable  employees  in  such  circumstances.  If  a  shortage  of  experienced  labor  exists  or  if  we
encounter business or financial difficulties, we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we further expand our fleet, or begin to provide additional services, and we are unable to grow our financial and operating systems or to
recruit suitable employees, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We are exposed to risks associated with the purchase and operation of secondhand vessels.

Secondhand vessels typically do not carry warranties as to their condition at the time of acquisition. While we would generally inspect secondhand containerships prior to purchase, such an inspection would normally not provide
us with as much knowledge of the vessel’s condition as if it had been built for and operated by us during its life. Future repairs and maintenance costs for secondhand vessels are difficult to predict and may be substantially higher than
those for equivalent vessels of which we have had direct experience. These additional costs could decrease our cash flow and reduce our liquidity. There can be no assurance that market conditions will justify such expenditures or
enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of the economic lives of such vessels.

We may not perform underwater inspections of vessels prior to purchase.

Although we would perform physical inspections of any vessel prior to its purchase, it may not be possible for us to undertake any underwater inspections. As a result, we will not be aware of any damage to a vessel that may have
existed  at  the  time  of  purchase  and  which  could  only  be  discovered  through  an  underwater  inspection.  However,  if  any  damage  is  subsequently  found,  we  could  incur  substantial  costs  to  repair  the  damage  which  would  not  be
recoverable from the sellers.

Third Parties’ Performance Risk

We are dependent on third parties, some of which are related parties, to manage our ships and substantial fees will be payable to our ship managers regardless of our profitability.

As  of  the  date  of  this  annual  report,  all  of  our  vessels  are  technically  managed  by  Technomar,  a  company  of  which  our  Executive  Chairman  is  the  Founder,  Managing  Director,  and  majority  beneficial  owner,  for  an  annual
management fee. Technomar provides all day-to-day technical ship management, including crewing, purchasing stores, lubricating oils and spare parts, paying wages, pensions and insurance for the crew, and organizing other vessel
operating necessities, such as the arrangement, management of drydocking and services in relation to the European Union Emission Trading System (“EU ETS”).

Additionally,  all  of  our  vessels  are  commercially  managed  by  Conchart,  a  company  of  which  our  Executive  Chairman  is  the  sole  beneficial  owner.  The  services  provided  by  Conchart,  as  our  commercial  manager,  include

chartering, sale and purchase and post-fixture administration.

The fees and expenses payable pursuant to our technical and commercial ship management agreements with Technomar and Conchart, respectively, will be payable without regard to our business, results of operation and financial
condition and we have limited rights to terminate our management agreements. The payment of fees to our managers could adversely affect our results of operations and ability to pay dividends. For additional information please see
“Item 4. Information on the Company — B. Business Overview —Management of our Fleet.”

Our third-party technical and commercial ship managers are privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

The ability of our third-party ship managers, Technomar and Conchart, to render technical and commercial ship management services will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could
impair our third-party ship managers’ financial strength, and because each is a privately held company, information about the financial strength of our third-party ship managers is not available. As a result, we and our shareholders
might have little or no advance warning of financial or other problems affecting our third-party ship managers even though their financial or other problems could have a material adverse effect on us. 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Certain of our Related Parties

Our Executive Chairman and our Managers may have conflicts of interest with us which may make them favor their own interests to our detriment.

Our  Executive  Chairman  is  the  Founder,  Managing  Director,  and  majority  beneficial  owner  of  Technomar  and  the  sole  beneficial  owner  of  Conchart,  our  third-party  technical  and  commercial  ship  managers.  Our  Executive
Chairman also beneficially owns approximately 6.4% of our Class A common shares. Accordingly, Technomar, Conchart, and our Executive Chairman (including their affiliates) have the power to exert considerable influence over our
actions. These relationships could create conflicts of interest between us and our Managers. Such conflicts of interest may result in transactions on terms not determined by market forces. Any such conflicts of interest could adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, and the trading price of our Class A common shares.

Such conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the chartering, purchase, sale and operations of the vessels in our fleet versus vessels managed or owned by other companies affiliated with our Managers. As a result of these
conflicts,  our  Managers  may  favor  their  own  or  their  affiliates’  interests  over  our  interests.  These  conflicts  may  have  unfavorable  consequences  for  us.  Although  our  Executive  Chairman  and  Conchart  have  entered  into  a  non-
competition agreement with us, conflicts of interest may arise between us and our Managers, and such conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our financial reporting is partly dependent on accounting and financial information provided to us by Technomar with respect to our vessels.

Technomar is obliged to provide us with requisite financial and accounting information on a timely basis so that we can meet our own reporting obligations under U.S. securities laws. Technomar is a privately held company with
financial reporting arrangements different from ours. If it is delayed in providing us with key financial information, or it otherwise fails to meet its contractual obligations to us, we could fail to meet our financial reporting deadlines,
which could lead to regulatory sanctions being imposed on us and cause us to default on reporting covenants under our financing agreements. Any such results may have a material adverse effect on our results of operation, financial
condition and reputation.

Market Related Risks

Due to our lack of diversification, adverse developments in our containership transportation business could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Nearly all of our cash flow is generated from our chartering of containerships. Due to our lack of diversification, an adverse development in the containership industry may harm our business, results of operations and financial

condition more significantly than if we maintained more diverse assets or lines of business.

In addition, we operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal, as well as cyclical, variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. This seasonality may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our

operating results, which could affect the amount of our cash flow.

We may be unable to recharter our vessels at profitable rates, if at all, upon their time charter expiry.

According to Maritime Strategies International Ltd. (“MSI”), as of December 31, 2023, idle capacity of the global containership fleet was 1.3%, and the overall orderbook-to-fleet ratio stood at 26.8%. Notwithstanding scrapping,
the size of the orderbook will likely result in an increase in the size of the world containership fleet over the next few years, particularly in the larger vessel sizes (over 10,000 TEU). An over-supply of containership capacity, combined
with  a  lack  of  growth  in  the  demand  for  containerships,  may  result  in  downward  pressure  on  charter  rates.  As  at  December  31,  2023,  but  adjusted  to  include  charters  agreed  through  March  11,  2024,  the  charters  for  nine  of  our
containerships either have expired or could expire before the end of the first half of 2024 and a further nineteen vessels have charters which may expire during the second half of 2024.

We cannot be assured that we will be able to obtain new time charters for our vessels on expiry of existing charters or that if we do, the new rates will be favorable. If we are unable to obtain new time charters for our containerships
at favorable rates or are unable to secure new charters promptly, or at all, the vessels would be idle. We would continue to incur certain operating costs but earn no revenue, which would have a material adverse effect on our business,
financings, results of operations and financial condition. Please also see “—We are dependent on our charterers and other counterparties fulfilling their obligations under agreements with us, and their inability or unwillingness to honor
these obligations could significantly reduce our revenues and cash flow” above.

Technological developments which affect global trade flows and supply chains may affect the demand for our vessels.

By reducing the cost of labor through automation and digitization and empowering consumers to demand goods whenever and wherever they choose, technology is changing the business models and production of goods in many
industries. Consequently, supply chains are being pulled closer to the end-customer and are required to be more responsive to changing demand patterns. As a result, fewer intermediate and raw inputs are traded, which could lead to a
decrease in shipping activity. If automation and digitization become more commercially viable and/or production becomes more regional or local, total containerized trade volumes would decrease, which would adversely affect demand
for our services. Supply chain disruptions caused by geopolitical events, rising tariff barriers and environmental concerns may also accelerate these trends.

Financing/Debt Risks

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations or pursue other business opportunities and may limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry.

 As of December 31, 2023, we had $823.2 million of outstanding indebtedness, being $284.4 million of publicly rated/investment grade 5.69% Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (the “2027 Secured Notes”), $107.3 million of finance

leases and $431.5 million of secured credit facilities.

Our leverage could have important consequences, including:

•

•

increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or competitive developments;

requiring  a  substantial  portion  of  our  cash  flows  from  operations  to  be  dedicated  to  the  payment  of  interest  and  amortization  payments  for  our  indebtedness,  therefore  reducing  our  ability  to  use  our  cash  flows  to  fund
operations, capital expenditure and future business opportunities;

• making  it  more  difficult  for  us  to  satisfy  our  obligations  with  respect  to  our  indebtedness,  and  any  failure  to  comply  with  the  obligations  of  any  of  our  debt  instruments,  including  restrictive  covenants  and  borrowing

conditions, could result in an event of default under our 2027 Secured Notes and the agreements governing our other indebtedness;

•

•

•

restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged and who, therefore,
may be able to take advantage of opportunities that our leverage may prevent us from exploiting.

Despite our indebtedness levels, we may be able to incur substantially more indebtedness. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although certain of our debt agreements contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of
significant qualifications and exceptions, and under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness that could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. In addition, our debt agreements will not prevent
us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness thereunder. If we incur substantially more indebtedness, the risks associated with our indebtedness as described above could be exacerbated.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our debt agreements contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit or restrict our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries from, among other things:

incurring additional indebtedness;

•
• making any substantial change to the nature of our business;
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

paying dividends;
redeeming or repurchasing capital stock;
selling the collateral vessel, if applicable;
entering into certain transactions other than arm’s length transactions;
acquiring a company, shares or securities or a business or undertaking;
effecting a change of control of us, entering into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction, or selling all or substantially all of our assets;
changing the flag, class or technical or commercial management of the applicable collateral vessel or terminating or materially amending the management agreements relating to such vessel; and
experiencing any change in the position of our Executive Chairman.

In addition, certain of our debt agreements require us and our subsidiaries to satisfy certain financial covenants, including on minimum liquidity, minimum net worth, and value adjusted leverage ratio. Our ability to meet those
financial covenants and other tests will depend on our ongoing financial and operating performance, which, in turn, will be subject to economic conditions and to financial, market, and competitive factors, many of which are beyond our
control.

Due to restrictions in our debt agreements, we may need to seek consent from our lenders in order to engage in certain corporate and commercial actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business, and a denial of
consent may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. For example, our debt agreements restrict our entry into certain transactions or the
termination or amendment of our third-party ship management agreements with Technomar and Conchart and require that George Giouroukos remain our Executive Chairman. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours, and we
cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain their permission when needed. This may prevent us from taking actions that we believe are in our or our shareholders’ best interest. Any future agreements governing our indebtedness may
include similar or more restrictive restrictions.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under one or more of our debt agreements, including as a result of cross default provisions, and may permit the lenders (and other similar counterparties) to cease making
loans to us. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our debt agreements, the lenders (or other similar counterparties) could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the loan to be immediately due and payable. Such
actions by the lenders (or other similar counterparties) could cause cross defaults under our other debt agreements.

All but five of the vessels currently owned by us serve as security under our secured debt agreements. If our operating performance declines, we may be required to obtain waivers from our lenders (and other similar counterparties)

to avoid default thereunder. If we are not able to obtain such waivers, our lenders (and other similar counterparties) could exercise their rights upon default and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

The vessels’ mortgagor or other maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which could interrupt the charterers’ or our cash flow.

If we default under any of our credit facilities or other indebtedness, lenders under our other credit facilities and indebtedness who hold mortgages on our vessels could arrest some or all of our vessels and cause them to be sold. We
would not receive any proceeds of such sale unless and until all amounts outstanding under such indebtedness had been repaid in full. Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may
be entitled to a maritime lien against that vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment
of one or more of our vessels, for valid or invalid reasons, could interrupt the charterers’ or our cash flow and require the charterer or us or our insurance to pay a significant amount to have the arrest lifted. In addition, in some
jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by
the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another vessel in our fleet. In any event, any lien imposed may adversely affect our results of operations by delaying
the revenue gained from ships.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Assets’ Fair Value Risks

Vessel values may fluctuate, which may adversely affect our financial condition, result in the incurrence of a loss upon disposal of a vessel or increase the cost of acquiring additional vessels.

Vessel values may fluctuate due to a number of different factors, including:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;
the types, sizes and demand for available vessels;
the availability of other modes of transportation;
increases in the supply of vessel capacity;
the cost of newbuildings;
governmental or other regulations; and
the need to upgrade second hand and previously owned vessels as a result of changes in regulations, charterer requirements, technological advances in vessel design or equipment, or otherwise.

In addition, as vessels grow older, they generally decline in value. If a charter terminates, we may be unable to re-deploy the vessel at attractive rates, or at all and, rather than continue to incur costs to maintain and finance the
vessel, may seek to dispose of it. Our inability to dispose of the containership at a reasonable price, or at all, could result in a loss on its sale and harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, pursuant to
the terms of the one remaining initial time charter with CMA CGM, the charterer has a right of first refusal to purchase the vessel at matching terms to any offer of any third party if we decide to sell it during, or at the end of, the charter
period. Should CMA CGM decline to exercise its right of first refusal in case of a sale during the charter period, we will be entitled to sell the vessel, subject to CMA CGM’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
CMA  CGM  has  the  right  to  reject  a  sale  of  the  vessel  to  owners  whose  business  or  shareholding  is  determined  to  be  detrimental  or  contrary  to  its  interest.  Under  one  other  charter,  CMA  CGM  has  the  right  to  participate  in  any
competitive sales process for the underlying vessel undertaken either during, or at the end of, the corresponding charter period. We may be forced to sell some of our vessels for a lesser amount because of these constraints. Moreover, if
the book value of a vessel is impaired due to unfavorable market conditions, we may incur a loss that could adversely affect our operating results.

Conversely,  if  vessel  values  are  elevated  at  a  time  when  we  wish  to  acquire  additional  vessels,  the  cost  of  acquisition  may  increase  and  this  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations,  cash  flow  and  financial

condition.

In  addition,  if  we  determine  at  any  time  that  a  vessel’s  value  has  been  impaired,  we  may  need  to  recognize  an  impairment  charge,  which  could  be  significant,  that  would  reduce  our  earnings  and  net  assets.  We  review  our
containership assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable, which occurs when the assets’ carrying value is greater than the undiscounted
future cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining useful life. In our experience, certain assumptions relating to our estimates of future cash flows are more predictable by their nature, including, estimated revenue
under existing contract terms and remaining vessel life. Certain assumptions relating to our estimates of future cash flows require more judgement and are inherently less predictable, such as future charter rates beyond the firm period of
existing contracts, the amount of time a vessel is off-charter, ongoing operating costs and vessel residual values, due to factors such as the volatility in vessel charter rates, vessel values and inflation in expenses. We believe that the
assumptions used to estimate future cash flows of our vessels are reasonable at the time they are made. We can provide no assurances, however, as to whether our estimates of future cash flows, particularly future vessel charter revenues
or vessel values, will be accurate. Vessels that currently are not considered impaired may become impaired over time if the future estimated undiscounted cash flows decline at a rate that is faster than the depreciation of our vessels.
Future fluctuations in charter rates and vessel values may trigger a possible impairment of our vessels as described in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects— A. Results of Operations—Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Estimates.”

Declining containership values could affect our ability to raise cash by limiting our ability to refinance vessels or use unencumbered vessels as collateral for new loans or result in prepayments under certain of our credit facilities.

This could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition or ability to raise capital.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

If impairment testing is required, we may need to recognize impairment charges. The determination of the fair value of vessels will depend on various market factors, including charter and discount rates, ship operating costs and
vessel trading values, and our reasonable assumptions at that time. For example, we recorded an impairment loss of $18.8 million, in aggregate, in 2023 for two vessels. The amount, if any, and timing of any impairment charges we may
need to recognize in the future will depend upon the then current and expected future charter rates, vessel utilization, operating and dry-docking expenditures, vessel residual values, inflation and the remaining expected useful lives of
our vessels, which may differ materially from those used in our assessments as of December 31, 2023.

Loss of Income Risks

Our vessels may be subject to extended periods of off-hire, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Under the time charters for our vessels, when the vessel is not available for service, it will likely be “off-hire”, in which case the charterer is generally not required to pay hire, and we will be responsible for all costs unless the
charterer is responsible for the circumstances giving rise to the lack of availability. Additionally, in many cases the charterer has the option to extend the latest redelivery date by the off-hire days. A vessel generally will be deemed to be
off-hire if there is an occurrence that affects the full working condition of the vessel, such as:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

any drydocking for repairs, maintenance or classification society inspection;

any time out of service necessary for owner to upgrade vessels to meet new regulatory requirements, such as ballast water treatment or emission control or to improve the specification and commercial characteristics of our
vessels;

any damage, defect, breakdown or deficiency of the ship’s hull, machinery or equipment or repairs or maintenance thereto;

any deficiency of the ship’s master, officers and/or crew, including the failure, refusal or inability of the ship’s master, officers and/or crew to perform the service immediately required, whether or not within its control;

its deviation, other than to save life or property, which results in charterer’s lost time;

crewing labor boycotts or certain vessel arrests;

our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with the charter’s requirements, such as maintaining operational certificates;

the vessel’s declared performance speed is reduced or fuel consumption is increased by more than 5% over a specified period of time; or

the vessel is requisitioned by any government or governmental authority.

Additionally, the charterer may have the right to terminate the charter agreement under a number of circumstances, such as if:

•

•

•

•

•

the vessel is off-hire for a specified number of days;

the charterer informs us of a default under the charter, and the default is not rectified;

there is a total (actual or constructive) loss of the vessel;

the vessel is requisitioned by any government or governmental authority; or

a vessel’s declared performance speed is reduced or fuel consumption increased in excess of a pre-agreed percentage over a continuous period of an agreed number of days, (for example, consumption in excess of 10% of that
declared for a given speed over a continuous period of 30 days) and the reason is within our or the vessel’s control.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected if our vessels are subject to extended periods of off-hire.

Vessels’ Operational Risks

We must make substantial expenditures to maintain our fleet, meet new regulatory requirements, meet commercial requirements or to acquire vessels.

We must make substantial expenditures to maintain our fleet and we generally expect to finance these expenditures from operating cash flow. In addition, we will need to make substantial capital expenditures to acquire vessels in
accordance with our growth strategy. Further, we may be obliged to make substantial expenditures to become compliant with changes in the regulatory environment, particularly concerning decarbonization, emission control and ballast
water treatment. We may also incur substantial expenditure to improve the specification and commercial characteristics and competitiveness of some of our vessels. Such expenditures could increase as a result of, among other things,
the cost of labor and materials, customer requirements and governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards relating to safety, security or the environment. If we are unable to generate sufficient operating
cash flow, we will need to fund these significant expenditures, including those required to maintain our fleet, with additional borrowings or otherwise find alternative sources of financing. Such financing arrangements may not be
available on satisfactory economic terms or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As our fleet ages, we may incur increased operating costs beyond normal inflation, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

In general, the day-to-day cost of operating and maintaining a vessel increases with age. In addition, older vessels are typically less fuel efficient and may attract lower charter rates compared to modern, more fuel-efficient vessels.
Governmental regulations and safety or other equipment standards may also require expenditures for modifications or the addition of new equipment and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. We cannot
assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify any such expenditures or expenditures to otherwise improve their operating characteristics, such as fuel efficiency to enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the
remainder of their useful lives, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Our fleet of 68 vessels as of December 31, 2023 had an average age weighted by TEU capacity of 17.2 years.

Unless we set aside reserves or are able to borrow funds for vessel replacement, at the end of the useful lives of our vessels our revenue will decline, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial
condition.

Our fleet of 68 vessels as of December 31, 2023 had an average age weighted by TEU capacity of 17.2 years. Unless we maintain reserves or are able to borrow or raise funds for vessel replacement, we will be unable to replace
the older vessels in our fleet. Our cash flows and income are dependent on the revenues earned by the chartering of our containerships. The inability to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any reserves set aside by any of our subsidiaries for vessel replacement will not be available for servicing our indebtedness.

 Our business depends upon certain individuals who may not necessarily continue to be affiliated with us in the future.

Our current performance and future success depend to a significant extent upon our Executive Chairman, George Giouroukos, our incoming Chief Executive Officer (and current Chief Commercial Officer & Head of ESG) Thomas
A. Lister, and our Chief Financial Officer, Anastasios Psaropoulos, who collectively have almost 85 years of experience in the shipping industry and have worked with several of the world’s largest shipping, ship leasing and ship
management companies. They and members of our Board of Directors are crucial to the execution of our business strategies and to the growth and development of our business. Mr. Giouroukos has committed to spend approximately
50% on his time on matters related to our affairs. If these individuals were no longer to be affiliated with us, or if we were to otherwise cease to receive advisory services from them, we may be unable to recruit other employees with
equivalent talent and experience, and our business and financial condition may suffer as a result.

Rising crew and other vessel operating costs may adversely affect our profits.

Acquiring and renewing charters with leading liner companies depends on a number of factors, including our ability to man our containerships with suitably experienced, high-quality masters, officers and crews. The limited supply
of and increased demand for well-qualified crew, due to the increase in the size of the global shipping fleet, has from time-to-time created upward pressure on crewing costs, which we generally bear under our time charters. Increases in
crew  costs  and  other  vessel  operating  costs  such  as  insurance,  repairs  and  maintenance,  and  lubricants  may  adversely  affect  our  profitability.  In  addition,  if  we  cannot  retain  a  sufficient  number  of  high-quality  onboard  seafaring
personnel, our fleet utilization will decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Increased fuel prices may have a material adverse effect on our profits.

The cost of fuel is a significant factor in negotiating charter rates and can affect us both directly and indirectly. The cost of fuel is borne by us when our vessels are off-hire, being positioned for and undergoing drydockings,
between charters and when employed on voyage charters or contracts of affreightment. We currently have no voyage charters or contracts of affreightment, but we may enter into such arrangements in the future, and to the extent we do
so, an increase in the price of fuel beyond our expectations may adversely affect our profitability. Voyage charter contracts generally provide that the vessel owner bears the cost of fuel in the form of bunkers, which is a material
operating expense. In such case, we cannot guarantee that we will hedge our fuel costs on any prospective future voyage charters, and, therefore, an increase in the price of fuel may affect in a negative way our profitability and our cash
flows. Even where the cost of fuel is ordinarily borne by the charterer, which is the case with all of our existing time charters, that cost will affect the level of charter rates that charterers are prepared to pay, depending in part on the fuel
efficiency of a particular vessel. Upon redelivery of any vessels at the end of a time charter, we may be obligated to repurchase bunkers on board at prevailing market prices, which could be materially higher than fuel prices at the
inception of the charter period.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The price of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including but not limited to conflicts, geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil, actions by members of the Organization of the
Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) and other oil and gas producers, economic or other sanctions levied against oil and gas producing countries, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns
and environmental concerns and regulations.

In addition, since the implementation of the International Maritime Organization’s regulations limiting sulfur emissions (“IMO 2020 Sulfur Regulation”) effective January 1, 2020, our vessels have been and continue to be operated
using compliant low sulfur fuels, the price of which has increased as a result of increased demand. Fuel may continue to be more expensive, which may reduce our profitability and the competitiveness of our business compared to other
forms of transportation. Further, as fuel costs are generally paid by our charterers, high fuel prices may impact their profitability if they are unable to pass these costs through to their customers. High fuel prices could have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Interest Rate Risk

Volatility in the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) could affect our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

Our secured credit facilities and finance lease obligations accrue interest based on SOFR, which, in some cases adds a credit adjustment spread, or CAS. Changes in SOFR could affect the amount of interest payable on our debt,
and, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our earnings and cash flow. In order to manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations under SOFR or any other alternative rate, we may from time-to-time use interest rate derivatives to
effectively fix some of our floating rate debt obligations. No assurance can however be given that the use of these derivative instruments, if any, may effectively protect us from adverse interest rate movements. The use of interest rate
derivatives may affect our results through mark to market valuation of these derivatives. Also, adverse movements in interest rate derivatives may require us to post cash as collateral, which may impact our free cash position.

Subsidiaries’ Performance Risk

We are a holding company and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial and other obligations.

We are a holding company and have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries own all of the vessels and payments under charters are made to them. As a result, our ability to pay
dividends and meet any debt service obligations and other liabilities depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions or
payments to us will be subject to the availability of profits or funds for such purpose which, in turn, will depend on the future performance of the subsidiary concerned which, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial,
competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that may be beyond its control. Additionally, the ability of our subsidiaries to make these distributions could be affected by the provisions of our financing arrangements or a claim or
other action by a third party, including a creditor, or by English law, Marshall Islands law or the laws of any jurisdiction which applies to us and regulates the payment of dividends by companies. Applicable tax laws may also subject
such payments to further taxation. Applicable law may also limit the amounts that some of our subsidiaries will be permitted to pay as dividends or distributions on their equity interests, or even prevent such payments. Limitations on
our ability to transfer cash among and within our group may mean that even though we, in aggregate, may have sufficient resources to meet our obligations, we may not be permitted to make the necessary transfers from one entity in
our group to another entity in our group in order to make payments on our obligations. Therefore, if we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we may not be able to pay dividends, including on our Series B Preferred Shares,
or meet our debt service obligations or our other liabilities.

Exchange Rates’ Fluctuation Risk

Because we generate all of our revenues in U.S. dollars but incur a portion of our expenses in other currencies, exchange rate fluctuations could hurt our results of operations.

We generate all of our revenues in U.S. dollars and some of our expenses are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. This currency mismatch could lead to fluctuations in net income due to changes in the value of the
U.S. dollar relative to other currencies. Expenses incurred in foreign currencies against which the U.S. dollar falls in value could increase, thereby decreasing our net income. We have not hedged any of this exposure and our U.S. dollar
denominated results of operations and financial condition and ability to pay dividends could suffer from adverse currency exchange rate movements. Future declines in the U.S. dollar versus other currencies could have a material
adverse effect on our operating expenses and net income.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Insurance and Litigation Related Risks

Our insurance may be insufficient to cover losses that may occur to our property or result from our operations.

The  shipping  industry  has  inherent  operational  risks.  Although  we  carry  hull  and  machinery  insurance,  war  risks  insurance  and  protection  and  indemnity  insurance  (which  includes  coverage  for  environmental  damage  and
pollution) and other insurances commonly held by vessel owners, we may not be adequately insured against all risks or our insurers may not pay every claim. Even if our insurance coverage is adequate to cover our losses, we may not
be able to obtain a replacement vessel in the event of a total or constructive total loss in a timely manner. Further, under our financings, we are subject to restrictions on the use of any proceeds we may receive under claims in the event
of a total or constructive total loss. Furthermore, in the future, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our fleet. We may also be subject to calls, or premiums, in amounts based not only on our
own claim records but also the claim records of all other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive indemnity insurance coverage for tort liability. In addition, insurers typically charge additional
premiums if vessels transit certain “excluded areas,” which may be subject to higher risk of piracy, war or terrorism. We cannot be certain that our insurers will continue to provide such cover, or that we will be able to recover these
increased costs from our charterers. Our insurance policies also contain deductibles, limitations and exclusions which, although we believe are standard in the shipping industry, may nevertheless increase our costs.

In addition, we do not presently carry loss-of-hire insurance, which covers the loss of revenue during extended vessel off-hire periods, such as those that might occur during an unscheduled drydocking due to damage to the vessel

from a major accident. Accordingly, any vessel that is off hire for an extended period of time, due to an accident or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may be subject to litigation that, if not resolved in our favor and not sufficiently insured against, could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may be, from time to time, involved in various litigation matters. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, asbestos and other toxic tort
claims, employment matters, governmental claims for taxes or duties, and other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Although we intend to defend these matters vigorously, we cannot predict with certainty the
outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and the ultimate outcome of any litigation or the potential costs to resolve them may have a material adverse effect on us. Insurance may not be applicable or sufficient in all cases
and/or insurers may not remain solvent which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Please see “Item 8. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—A. Legal Proceedings.”

Risks Related to Certain Corporate Affairs

We are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate law.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws and by the Business Corporations Act of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, or BCA. The
provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been very few judicial cases in the Republic of the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights
and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in
certain U.S. jurisdictions. Shareholder rights may differ as well. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative
provisions,  our  shareholders  may  have  more  difficulty  in  protecting  their  interests  in  the  face  of  actions  by  the  management,  directors  or  controlling  shareholders  than  would  shareholders  of  a  corporation  incorporated  in  a  U.S.
jurisdiction.

Additionally, the Republic of the Marshall Islands does not have a legal provision for bankruptcy or a general statutory mechanism for insolvency proceedings. As such, in the event of a future insolvency or bankruptcy, our
shareholders and creditors may experience delays in their ability to recover for their claims after any such insolvency or bankruptcy. Further, in the event of any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar
proceeding involving us or any of our subsidiaries, bankruptcy laws other than those of the United States could apply. If we become a debtor under U.S. bankruptcy law, bankruptcy courts in the United States may seek to assert
jurisdiction over all of our assets, wherever located, including property situated in other countries. There can be no assurance, however, that we would become a debtor in the United States, or that a U.S. bankruptcy court would be
entitled to, or accept, jurisdiction over such a bankruptcy case, or that courts in other countries that have jurisdiction over us and our operations would recognize a U.S. bankruptcy court's jurisdiction if any other bankruptcy court would
determine it had jurisdiction.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

It may not be possible for investors to serve process on or enforce U.S. judgments against us.

We and most of our directors and officers and those of our subsidiaries are residents of countries other than the United States. Substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets and a substantial portion of the assets of our
directors  and  officers  are  located  outside  the  United  States.  As  a  result,  it  may  be  difficult  or  impossible  for  United  States  investors  to  effect  service  of  process  within  the  United  States  upon  us,  our  directors  or  officers,  or  our
subsidiaries or to realize against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. In
addition, you should not assume that courts in the country in which we or our subsidiaries are incorporated or where our assets or the assets of our subsidiaries are located (1) would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions
against us or our subsidiaries based upon the civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws or (2) would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against us or our subsidiaries based on those laws.

Our Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws include forum selection provisions for certain disputes between us and our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes
with us or our directors, officers, or other employees.

Our Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the High Court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands shall be
the sole and exclusive forum for any internal corporate claim, intra-corporate claim, or claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, including (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action
asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or shareholder of the Company to the Company or the Company’s shareholders, and (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any
provision of the BCA or our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws. Our Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws further provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an
alternative forum and subject to the foregoing, and except as otherwise provided above, the United States District Court for the Southern District of York (or, if such court does not have jurisdiction over such claim, any other federal
district  court  of  the  United  States)  shall  be  the  sole  and  exclusive  forum  for  claims  arising  under  the  U.S.  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  “Securities  Act”)  or  the  U.S.  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the
“Exchange Act”). These forum selection provisions may increase costs associated with, and/or limit a shareholder’s ability to, bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other
employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims, although shareholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

We may not achieve the intended benefits of having forum selection provisions if they are found to be unenforceable.

Our Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws include forum selection provisions as described above. However, the enforceability of similar forum selection provisions in other companies’ governing documents has been challenged
in legal proceedings, and it is possible that in connection with any action a court could find the forum selection provisions contained in our Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.
Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and Section 27 of the
Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and accordingly, we cannot be certain that a court would
enforce our forum selection provisions.  It is possible that a court could find our forum selection provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable, and, accordingly, we could be required to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions, incur
additional costs with resolving such claims in other jurisdictions, or otherwise not receive the benefits that we expect our forum selection provisions to provide, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Cybersecurity Risk

A cyber-attack could materially disrupt our business.

We rely on information technology systems and networks in our operations and administration of our business. Information systems are vulnerable to security breaches by computer hackers and cyber terrorists. We rely on industry
accepted security measures and technology to securely maintain confidential and proprietary information maintained on our information systems. However, these measures and technology may not adequately prevent security breaches.
Our business operations could be targeted by individuals or groups seeking to sabotage or disrupt our information technology systems and networks, or to steal data. A successful cyber-attack could materially disrupt our operations,
including the safety of our operations, or lead to unauthorized release of information or alteration of information in our systems. Any such attack or other breach of our information technology systems could have a material adverse
effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, the unavailability of the information systems or the failure of these systems to perform as anticipated for any reason could disrupt our business and could result in decreased
performance and increased operating costs, causing our business and results of operations to suffer. Any significant interruption or failure of our information systems or any significant breach of security could adversely affect our
business and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Industry

Our growth and long-term profitability depend mainly upon growth in demand for containerships, the condition of the charter market and the availability of capital. The container shipping industry is cyclical and volatile.

The container shipping industry is both seasonal and cyclical but has shown positive demand growth in every year of its history except 2009 (the Global Financial Crisis), 2020 (the COVID-19 pandemic), 2022 and 2023 (geo-
political tensions driving inflationary macro-economic headwinds). According to MSI, between 2000 and 2008, which included a period of super-cyclical growth partly fueled by a significant increase in trade with China, containerized
trade grew at an annual compound rate of 9.9%. The Global Financial Crisis, from late 2008, prompted a contraction of demand, with 2009 volumes falling by around 8.0%. In 2010, demand rebounded, with volume growth of 15.3%.
From 2010 through 2023, incorporating the impact of negative growth in 2020 (COVID-19), the rebound in 2021, and further negative growth in 2022 and 2023 (geo-political tensions driving inflationary macro-economic headwinds),
CAGR was 2.8%. On the supply side, between 1995 and 2008, the nominal carrying capacity of the industry-wide fully cellular fleet grew by a compound annual rate (CAGR) of 11.4%; and from 2009 through 2020 at 5.7%, as the
industry digested the legacy of the pre-financial crisis orderbook. Net supply CAGR 2021 through 2023 is estimated at 5.6% and, as of December 31, 2023, the containership fleet was estimated to be 5,906 ships, with an aggregate
capacity of approximately 27.9 million TEU.

Weak conditions in the containership sector may affect our ability to generate cash flows and maintain liquidity, as well as adversely affect our ability to obtain financing.

The factors affecting the supply and demand for containerships and container shipping services are outside our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

The factors that influence demand for containership capacity include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

supply and demand for products suitable for shipping in containers;

changes in the patterns of global production and consumption of products transported by containerships;

the changing dynamics of globalization, regionalization, or re-shoring of manufacturing;

global and regional economic and political conditions;

developments in international trade;

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including changes in the distances over which container cargoes are transported, the size of containerships, the extent of trans-shipments and the competitiveness of other
forms of marine transportation including dry bulk and refrigerated vessels;

environmental and other legal and regulatory developments;

the price of oil and economics of slow steaming;

the availability of trade finance and currency exchange rates; and

port and canal congestion.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The factors that influence the supply of containership capacity include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the containership newbuilding orderbook;

the availability of financing;

the scrapping rate of containerships;

the number of containerships off-hire or otherwise idle including laid-up;

the price of steel and other raw materials;

changes in environmental and other laws and regulations that may limit the useful life of containerships;

the availability of shipyard capacity;

port and canal congestion; and

the extent of slow steaming.

Our ability to recharter our containerships upon the expiration of their current charters. As at December 31, 2023, but adjusted to include all charters agreed through March 11, 2024, the charters for nine of our containerships,

either have expired or could expire before the end of the first half of 2024 and a further nineteen vessels have charters which may expire during the second half of 2024.

Charter rates receivable under any renewal or replacement charters will depend upon, among other things, the prevailing state of the containership charter market. If the charter market is depressed when our charters expire, we may
be forced to recharter our containerships at reduced or even unprofitable rates, or we may not be able to recharter them at all, which may reduce or eliminate our results of operations or make our results of operations volatile. The same
issues will exist in respect of any additional vessels we may acquire either when obtaining the initial charters or on rechartering at their expiry.

Public Health Threats Risk

Our financial and operating performance may be adversely affected by global public health threats.

Public health threats, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, influenza and other highly communicable diseases or viruses, outbreaks of which from time to time occur in various parts of the world in which we operate, including China,
could adversely impact our operations and the operations of our customers. The COVID-19 pandemic had, among other things, caused delayed or extended drydockings, disrupted our operations from non-availability of staff and
materials and significantly affect global markets, including the demand for container shipping services, and therefore charter rates and asset values.

Although the incidence and severity of COVID-19 and its variants have diminished over time, similar restrictions and future prevention and mitigation measures against outbreaks of epidemic and pandemic diseases are likely to
have an adverse impact on the global economic conditions, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition, value of our vessel and other vessels we may acquire, and
ability to pay dividends. As a result of prevention measures and restrictions, our vessels may not be able to call or disembark from ports, located in regions affected by an outbreak. In addition, we may experience severe operational
disruptions and delays, unavailability of normal port infrastructure and services including limited access to equipment, critical goods and personnel, disruptions to crew changes, quarantine of ships and/or crew, counterparty solidarity,
closure of ports and customs offices, as well as disruptions in supply chain and industrial production, which may lead to reduced cargo demand, among other potential consequences attendant to health threats.

Global Financial Market Risks

A decrease in the export and/or import of containerized cargo or an increase in trade protectionism may harm our customers’ business and, in turn, harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Much  of  our  customers’  containership  business  revenue  is  derived  from  the  shipment  of  goods  from  the  Asia  Pacific  region,  primarily  China,  to  various  overseas  export  markets,  including  the  United  States  and  Europe.  Any
reduction in or hindrance to the output of China-based exporters could negatively affect the growth rate of China’s exports and our customers’ business. For instance, the government of China has implemented economic policies aimed
at increasing domestic consumption of Chinese-made goods. This may reduce the supply of goods available for export and may, in turn, result in a decrease in shipping demand. Additionally, though in China there is an increasing level
of autonomy and a gradual shift in emphasis to a “market economy” and enterprise reform, many of the reforms, particularly some limited price reforms that result in the prices for certain commodities being principally determined by
market forces, are unprecedented or experimental and may be subject to revision, change or abolition. The level of imports to and exports from China could be adversely affected by changes to these economic reforms by the Chinese
government,  as  well  as  by  changes  in  political,  economic  and  social  conditions  or  other  relevant  policies  of  the  Chinese  government.  Changes  in  laws  and  regulations  in  China,  including  with  regards  to  tax  matters,  and  their
implementation by local authorities could affect our charterers’ business and have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our international operations expose us to the risk that increased trade protectionism will harm our business. In times of global economic challenge, governments may turn to trade barriers to protect their domestic industries against
foreign imports, thereby depressing shipping demand. Protectionist developments, or the perception that they may occur, could have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions, and may significantly reduce global trade.
Moreover, increasing trade protectionism may cause an increase in (i) the cost of goods exported from regions globally, (ii) the length of time required to transport goods and (iii) the risks associated with exporting goods. Such increases
may significantly affect the quantity of goods to be shipped, shipping time schedules, voyage costs and other associated costs, which could have an adverse impact on our charterers’ business, operating results and financial condition
and could thereby affect their ability to make timely charter hire payments to us and to renew and increase the number of their time charters with us. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations,
financial condition and our ability to pay any cash distributions to our stockholders.

Adverse economic conditions, especially in the Asia Pacific region, the European Union or the United States, could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We anticipate a significant number of the port calls made by our vessels will involve the loading or discharging of containerships in ports in the Asia Pacific region. Consequently, economic turmoil in that region may exacerbate
the effect of any economic slowdown on us. Before the global economic financial crisis that began in 2008, China had one of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product, or GDP, which had a significant
impact on shipping demand. China’s GDP growth rate for the year ended December 31, 2023 was approximately 5.2%, which was an increase from 3.0% for the year ended December 31, 2022. It is possible that China and other
countries in the Asia Pacific region will continue to experience volatile, slowed or even negative economic growth in the near future.

The  United  States  has  also  implemented  more  protectionist  trade  measures  in  an  effort  to  protect  and  enhance  its  domestic  economy.  Additionally,  the  European  Union,  or  the  EU,  and  certain  of  its  member  states  are  facing
significant economic and political challenges, including a risk of increased protectionist policies and the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union. Our business, results of operations and financial condition will
likely be harmed by any significant economic downturn in the Asia Pacific region, including China, or in the EU or the United States.

In recent years, China and the United States have implemented certain increasingly protective trade measures with continuing trade tensions, including significant tariff increases, between these countries. Although the United
States and China successfully reached an interim trade deal in January 2020 that deescalated the trade tensions with both sides rolling back tariffs, the extent to which the trade deal will be successfully implemented is unpredictable. A
decrease in the level of imports to and exports from China could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

The current state of the world financial market and current economic conditions could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The world economy is facing a number of actual and potential challenges, including the war between Ukraine and Russia, the recent escalation of the Israel-Gaza conflict, the potential disruption of shipping routes including due to
low water levels in the Panama Canal and ongoing attacks by Houthis on vessels in the Red Sea, current trade tension between the United States and China, political instability in the Middle East and the South China Sea region and
other geographic countries and areas, terrorist or other attacks, war (or threatened war) or international hostilities, such as those between the United States and North Korea or Iran, and epidemics or pandemics, such as COVID-19, and
banking crises or failures, such as the recent Silicon Valley Bank failure. For example, due in part to fears associated with the spread of COVID-19 (as more fully described above), global financial markets experienced significant
volatility which may continue as the pandemic evolves or a new COVID-19 variant emerges. In addition, the continuing conflict in Ukraine led to increased economic uncertainty amidst fears of a more generalized military conflict or
significant inflationary pressures, due to the increases in fuel and grain prices following the sanctions imposed on Russia. Whether the present dislocation in the markets and resultant inflationary pressures will transition to a long-term
inflationary environment is uncertain, and the effects of such a development on charter rates, vessel demand and operating expenses in the sector in which we operate are uncertain. These issues, along with the re-pricing of credit risk
and the difficulties currently experienced by financial institutions have made, and will likely continue to make, it difficult to obtain financing. As a result of the disruptions in the credit markets, many lenders have increased margins,
enacted tighter lending standards, required more restrictive terms (including higher collateral ratios for advances, shorter maturities and smaller loan amounts), or refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to our current
debt. Furthermore, certain banks that have historically been significant lenders to the shipping industry have announced an intention to reduce or cease lending activities in the shipping industry. New banking regulations, including
larger capital requirements and the resulting policies adopted by lenders, could reduce lending activities. We may experience difficulties obtaining financing commitments in the future if current or future lenders are unwilling to extend
financing to us or unable to meet their funding obligations due to their own liquidity, capital or solvency issues. The current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions might adversely impact our ability to issue
additional equity at prices that will not be dilutive to our existing shareholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We cannot be certain that financing or refinancing will be available on acceptable terms or at all. If financing or refinancing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our
future obligations as they come due. Our failure to obtain such funds could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, as well as our cash flows, including cash available for dividends to
our shareholders. In the absence of available financing, we also may be unable to take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures.

Further, we may not be able to access our existing cash due to market conditions. For example, on March 10, 2023, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) took control and was appointed receiver of Silicon Valley Bank
(a bank unrelated to us and our activities). If other banks and financial institutions enter receivership or become insolvent in the future in response to financial conditions affecting the banking system and financial markets, our ability to
access our existing cash may be threatened and could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

The U.K.’s withdrawal from the European Union (“EU”) may have a negative effect on global economic conditions, financial markets and our business.

In June 2016, a majority of voters in the U.K. elected to withdraw from the EU in a national referendum, a process that the government of the U.K. formally initiated in March 2017 (“Brexit”). The U.K. and the EU negotiated the
terms of a withdrawal agreement, which was approved in October 2019 and ratified in January 2020. The U.K. formally exited the EU on January 31, 2020, although a transition period was in place until December 2020, during which
the U.K. remained subject to the rules and regulations of the EU while continuing to negotiate the parties’ relationship going forward, including trade deals. The EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement (“Cooperation Agreement”)
was  agreed  on  December  24,  2020,  ratified  by  the  UK  Parliament  on  December  30,  2020  and  has  been  provisionally  applied  by  the  EU  from  December  31,  2020.  There  is  still  uncertainty  as  to  the  practical  consequences  of  the
Cooperation Agreement and its impact on the future relationship between the U.K. and the EU over the short-, medium, and long term. These developments and uncertainties have had and may continue to have a material adverse effect
on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and may significantly reduce global market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets. Any of these
factors could depress economic activity and restrict our access to capital, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and our ability to pay distributions.
Additionally, Brexit or similar events in other jurisdictions, could impact global markets, including foreign exchange and securities markets; any resulting changes in currency exchange rates, tariffs, treaties and other regulatory matters
could in turn adversely impact our business and operations.

Brexit  contributes  to  uncertainty  concerning  the  current  and  future  economic  environment.  Brexit  could  adversely  affect  European  or  worldwide  political,  regulatory,  economic  or  market  conditions  and  could  contribute  to

instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets.

We may have more difficulty entering into long-term charters if a more active and cheaper short-term or spot container shipping market develops.

At the expiration of our charters or if a charter terminates early for any reason or if we acquire vessels charter-free, we will need to charter or recharter our vessels. If an excess of vessels is available on the spot or short-term market
at the time we are seeking to fix new longer-term charters, we may have difficulty entering into such charters at all or at profitable rates and for any term other than short term and, as a result, our cash flow may be subject to instability
in the mid to long-term. In addition, it would be more difficult to fix relatively older vessels should there be an oversupply of younger vessels on the market. A depressed spot market may require us to enter into short-term spot charters
based on prevailing market rates, which could result in a decrease in our cash flow.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

An over-supply of containership capacity may lead to reductions in charter hire rates and profitability.

While the size of the containership orderbook has declined substantially since its peak in 2008/2009, the containership newbuilding orderbook as of December 31, 2023 represented approximately 26.8% of the total on the water
fleet capacity. Further containerships are likely to be ordered. Notwithstanding scrapping, delivery of newly built containerships will likely result in an increase in the size of the world containership fleet over the next few years. An
over-supply of containership capacity, combined with any decline in the rate of growth in demand for containerships, would be likely to result in a reduction of charter hire rates. If such a reduction occurs when we seek to charter
newbuilding vessels, our growth opportunities may be diminished. If such a reduction occurs upon the expiration or termination of our containerships’ current time charters, we may only be able to recharter our containerships for
reduced rates or unprofitable rates or we may not be able to recharter our containerships at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Increased competition in technology and innovation could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.

The  charter  rates  and  the  value  and  operational  life  of  a  vessel  are  determined  by  a  number  of  factors,  including  the  vessel’s  efficiency,  operational  flexibility  and  physical  life.  Efficiency  includes  speed  and  fuel  economy.
Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits together with other vessel specifications such as the capacity to carry temperature controlled containers (reefers).
Physical life is related to the original design and construction, maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new ship designs currently promoted by shipyards as being more fuel efficient perform, or if new containerships
built in future that are more efficient or flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced containerships could adversely affect our ability to re-charter, the amount of charter-
hire payments that we receive for our containerships once their current time charters expire and the resale value of our containerships. This could adversely affect our ability to service our debt or pay dividends to our shareholders.

Piracy Related Risk

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have increased in frequency, which could adversely affect our business.

Piracy is an inherent risk in the operation of ocean-going vessels and particularly affects vessels operating in specific regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Gulf of Aden, the Arabian Sea, off the coast of West
Africa and off the coast of Somalia. Generally, we do not control the routing of our vessels, which is determined by the charterer. Pirate attacks on any of our vessels could result in loss of life, the kidnapping of crew or the theft,
damage or destruction of vessels or of containers or cargo being transported thereon. In addition, while we believe the charterer remains liable for charter payments when a vessel is seized by pirates, the charterer may dispute this and
withhold charter hire until the vessel is released. A charterer may also claim that a vessel seized by pirates was not “on-hire” for a certain number of days and it is therefore entitled to cancel the charter party, a claim that we would
dispute. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, insurance premiums and costs such
as onboard security guards, should we decide to employ them, could increase in such circumstances. Further, acts of piracy may materially adversely affect our charterer’s business, impairing its ability to make payments to us under our
charters.

Terrorist attacks and international hostilities could affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Terrorist attacks and the continuing response of the United States and other countries to these attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks, continue to cause uncertainty in the world financial markets and may affect our
business, results of operations and financial condition from increased security costs and more rigorous inspection procedures at borders and ports. From time to time, acts of terrorism, regional conflict and other armed conflict around
the world may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all.

Terrorist attacks targeted at oceangoing vessels may also negatively affect our future operations and financial condition from, for example, increased insurance costs, and directly impact our containerships or our charterer. Future
terrorist attacks could result in increased market volatility or even a recession in the United States or elsewhere or negatively affect global financial markets and could further increase inspection and security requirements and regulation
that could slow our operations and negatively affect our profitability. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our operating results, revenue and costs.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Vessels’ Trading Risks

If our vessels call on ports located in countries or territories that are the subject of sanctions or embargoes imposed by the United States government, the European Union, the United Nations, or other governmental authorities, it
could lead to monetary fines or other penalties and have a material adverse effect on the market for our securities.

While  none  of  our  vessels  called  on  ports  located  in  countries  or  territories  that  are  the  subject  of  country-wide  or  territory-wide  sanctions  and/or  embargoes  imposed  by  the  U.S.  government  or  other  authorities  or  countries
identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism (“Sanctioned Jurisdictions”), and we endeavor to take precautions reasonably designed to mitigate such activities, it is possible that, on charterers’
instructions and without our consent, our vessels may call on ports located in Sanctioned Jurisdictions on charterers’ instructions and/or without our consent. If such activities result in a sanctions violation, we could be subject to
monetary fines, penalties, or other sanctions, and our reputation and the market for our common shares could be adversely affected.

The applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities and may be amended or strengthened over time. Current or
future counterparties of ours may be affiliated with persons or entities that are or may be in the future the subject of sanctions imposed by the U.S., the EU, and/or other international bodies. If we determine that such sanctions require us
to terminate existing or future contracts to which we or our subsidiaries are party or if we are found to be in violation of such applicable sanctions, our results of operations may be adversely affected or we may suffer reputational harm.

Although we believe that we have been in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future,
particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines, penalties or other sanctions that could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital
markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that
prevent  them  from  holding  securities  of  companies  that  have  contracts  with  Sanctioned  Jurisdictions  and  certain  financial  institutions  may  have  policies  against  lending  or  extending  credit  to  companies  that  have  contracts  with
Sanctioned Jurisdictions. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our common shares or the determination by these financial institutions not to offer financing may adversely affect the price at which our
common shares trade. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our
reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries or territories subject to U.S.
sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries or territories, or engaging in operations associated with those countries or territories pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to
those  countries  or  territories  or  entities  controlled  by  their  governments.  Investor  perception  of  the  value  of  our  common  shares  may  be  adversely  affected  by  the  consequences  of  war,  the  effects  of  terrorism,  civil  unrest  and
governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

The smuggling of drugs, weapons or other contraband and stowaways on our vessels may lead to governmental claims against us.

We expect that our vessels will call in areas where smugglers attempt to hide drugs, weapons and other contraband on vessels or stowaways attempt to board, with or without the knowledge of crew members. To the extent our
vessels are found with contraband or stowaways, whether with or without the knowledge of any of our crew or charterers, we may face governmental or other regulatory claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

We are exposed to significant risks in relation to compliance with anti-corruption laws and regulations.

Our business entails numerous interactions with government authorities, including port authorities, health, safety, and environment authorities, labor and tax authorities and customs and immigration authorities. Furthermore, at our
charterer’s direction, our vessels call at ports throughout the world, including in some countries where corruption is endemic. Although we have strict and adequate procedures prohibiting our employees or persons associated with us
from making unlawful payments to government officials, we cannot guarantee that such payments may not be made despite our procedures and without our approval. In such case, such payments may be deemed to have violated anti-
corruption laws potentially applicable to us, including the UK Bribery Act 2010 (the “Bribery Act”) and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”). Both civil and criminal penalties may be imposed on us as a result of
violations of anti-corruption laws, and such penalties could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business and financial condition.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Risks inherent in the operation of containerships could impair the ability of the charterer to make payments to us, increase our costs or reduce the value of our assets.

Our  containerships  and  their  cargoes  are  at  risk  of  being  damaged  or  lost  because  of  events  such  as  marine  accidents,  bad  weather,  mechanical  failures,  human  error,  war,  terrorism,  piracy,  environmental  accidents  and  other
circumstances or events. Any of these events connected to our vessels or other vessels under the charterer’s control, or any other factor which negatively affects the charterer’s business such as economic downturn and significant
cyclical depression in the container shipping industry, could impair the ability of the charterer to make payments to us pursuant to our charters. Although the charterer is obligated to pay us charter hire regardless of the amount of cargo
being carried on board, it is possible that generally low cargo volumes and low freight rates or events noted above may render the charterer financially unable to pay us its hire. Furthermore, there is a risk that a vessel may become
damaged, lost or destroyed during normal operations and any such occurrence may cause us additional expenses to repair or substitute the vessel or may render us unable to provide the vessel for chartering, which will cause us to lose
charter revenue.

These occurrences could also result in death or injury to persons, loss of property or environmental damage, loss of revenues from or termination of charter contracts, governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting
business, higher insurance rates, and damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally. Any of these circumstances or events could increase our costs or lower our revenues, which could result in reduction in the market
price of our common shares.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency without adequate compensation, which under most of our time charter agreements would permit the customer to terminate the charter agreement
for that vessel.

A government of a vessel’s registry could requisition one or more of our vessels. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes its owner, while requisition for hire occurs when a government
takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes its charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during periods of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances.
Although we would likely be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment would be uncertain. Additionally, under most of our time charter agreements, if a
vessel is requisitioned, our customer has the option to terminate the charter agreement within 14 days of receipt of notice of the requisition. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our revenues and
cash flow.

If labor or other interruptions are not resolved in a timely manner, they could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash.

In addition to providing services to us our technical managers are responsible for recruiting the senior officers and other crew members for our vessels. If not resolved in a timely and cost-effective manner, industrial action or other
labor unrest or any other labor interruption, could prevent or hinder our operations from being carried out as we expect and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, distribution of dividends or
the trading price of our common shares.

Reliability of suppliers may limit our ability to obtain supplies and services when needed.

We rely, and will continue to rely, on a significant supply of consumables, spare parts and equipment to operate, maintain, repair and upgrade our fleet of ships. Delays in delivery or unavailability of supplies could result in off-hire

days due to consequent delays in the repair and maintenance of our fleet which would negatively impact our revenues and cash flows. Cost increases could also negatively impact our future operations.

Environmental and Safety Compliance Risks

Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be costly and may adversely affect our business and operating results.

The  hull  and  machinery  of  every  commercial  vessel  must  conform  to  the  rules  and  standards  of  a  classification  society  approved  by  the  vessel’s  country  of  registry.  Such  societies  set  the  rules  and  standards  for  the  design,
construction, classification, and surveys of vessels and conduct surveys to determine whether vessels are in compliance with such rules and standards. A certification by a society is an attestation that the vessel is in compliance with the
society’s rules and standards. A vessel involved in international trade must also conform to national and international regulations on safety, environment and security, including (but not limited to) the Safety of Life at Sea Convention,
or SOLAS, and the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships. A vessel conforms to such regulations by obtaining certificates from its country of registry and/or a classification society authorized by the
country of registry.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special or class renewal survey, a vessel’s machinery may be reviewed on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would
be surveyed over a five-year period. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Inspection by Classification Societies” for more information regarding annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys.
Bureau Veritas, DNV-GL & RINA, the classification societies for the vessels in our fleet, may approve and carry out in-water inspections of the underwater parts of our vessels once every three to five years, in lieu of drydocking
inspections. In-water inspections are typically less expensive than drydocking inspections and we intend to conduct in-water inspections when that option is available to us.

If a vessel does not maintain its “in class” certification or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey or special survey, port authorities may detain the vessel, refuse her entry into port or refuse to allow her to trade resulting in the
vessel being unable to trade and therefore rendering her unemployable. In the event that a vessel becomes unemployable, we could also be in violation of provisions in our charters, insurance coverage, covenants in our loan agreements
and ship registration requirements and our revenues and future profitability would be negatively affected.

We are subject to regulation and liability under environmental laws that could require significant expenditures and affect our cash flows and net income.

Our business and the operation of our containerships are materially affected by environmental regulation in the form of international conventions, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which
our containerships operate, as well as in the countries of their registration, including those governing the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of oil spills and other contamination, air emissions,
water discharges, ballast water management and vessel recycling. Because such conventions, laws and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost or effect of complying with such requirements or the effect of such
compliance on the current market value, resale price or useful life of our containerships. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business,
which may negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any future decarbonization technologies may increase our costs, or we may be limited in our ability to apply them to commercial
scale.

Environmental requirements, including in response to emissions reduction and decarbonization, may also require a reduction in cargo capacity, ship modifications or operational changes or restrictions, lead to decreased availability
of insurance coverage for environmental matters or result in substantial penalties, fines or other sanctions, including the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports or detention in certain ports. Under local, national and
foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including cleanup obligations and natural resource damages, if there is a release of petroleum or other hazardous materials from our
vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations. We could also become subject to personal injury or property damage claims relating to the release of hazardous materials associated with our operations, even if not carried as
cargo.

In addition, in complying with existing environmental laws and regulations and those that may be adopted, we may incur significant costs in meeting new maintenance and inspection requirements and new restrictions on air
emissions  from  our  containerships,  in  managing  ballast  water,  in  developing  contingency  arrangements  for  potential  spills  and  in  obtaining  insurance  coverage.  Government  regulation  of  vessels,  particularly  in  the  areas  of  safety,
security and environmental requirements, can be expected to become stricter in the future and require us to incur significant capital expenditures on our vessels to keep them in compliance, or even to scrap or sell certain vessels
altogether.  Substantial  violations  of  applicable  requirements  or  a  catastrophic  release  of  bunker  fuel  from  one  or  more  of  our  containerships  could  harm  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  For  additional
information about the environmental regulations to which we are subject, please read “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Environmental and Other Regulations”.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Increasing scrutiny and changing expectations from investors, lenders and other market participants with respect to our Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) policies may impose additional costs on us or expose us to
additional risks.

Companies across all industries are facing increasing scrutiny relating to their ESG policies. Investor advocacy groups, certain institutional investors, investment funds, lenders and other market participants are increasingly focused
on  ESG  practices,  especially  as  they  relate  to  the  environment  health  and  safety,  diversity,  labor  conditions  and  human  rights  in  recent  years,  and  have  placed  increasing  importance  on  the  implications  and  social  cost  of  their
investments. The increased focus and activism related to ESG and similar matters may hinder access to capital, as investors and lenders may decide to reallocate capital or to not commit capital as a result of their assessment of a
company’s ESG practices. Failure to adapt to or comply with evolving investor, lender or other industry shareholder expectations and standards or the perception of not responding appropriately to the growing concern for ESG issues,
regardless of whether there is a legal requirement to do so, may damage such a company’s reputation or stock price, resulting in direct or indirect material and adverse effects on the company’s business and financial condition.

Moreover, from time to time, in alignment with our sustainability priorities, we may incur additional costs, establish and publicly announce goals and commitments in respect of certain ESG items. While we may create and publish
voluntary disclosures regarding ESG matters from time to time, many of the statements in those voluntary disclosures are based on hypothetical expectations and assumptions that may or may not be representative of current or actual
risks or events or forecasts of expected risks or events, including the costs associated therewith. Such expectations and assumptions are necessarily uncertain and may be prone to error or subject to misinterpretation given the long
timelines involved and the lack of an established single approach to identifying, measuring and reporting on many ESG matters. If we fail to achieve or improperly report on our progress toward achieving our environmental goals and
commitments, the resulting negative publicity could adversely affect our reputation and/or our access to capital.

Increased inspection procedures, tighter import and export controls and new security regulations could increase costs and cause disruption of our containership business.

International container shipping is subject to security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin, destination, and certain trans-shipment points. These inspection procedures can result in cargo seizure,

delays in the loading, offloading, trans-shipment, or delivery of containers, and the levying of customs duties, fines and other penalties against us.

Since the events of September 11, 2001, U.S. authorities have substantially increased container inspections. Government investment in non-intrusive container scanning technology has grown and there is interest in electronic
monitoring  technology,  including  so-called  “e-seals”  and  “smart”  containers,  which  would  enable  remote,  centralized  monitoring  of  containers  during  shipment  to  identify  tampering  with  or  opening  of  the  containers,  along  with
potentially measuring other characteristics such as temperature, air pressure, motion, chemicals, biological agents and radiation. Also, as a response to the events of September 11, 2001, additional vessel security requirements have been
imposed, including the installation of security alert and automatic identification systems on board vessels.

It is unclear what additional changes, if any, to the existing inspection and security procedures may ultimately be proposed or implemented in the future, or how any such changes will affect the industry. It is possible that such
changes could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Furthermore, changes to inspection and security procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render
the shipment of certain types of goods in containers uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to
pay dividends to our shareholders.

The operation of our vessels is also affected by the requirements set forth in the International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code, or the ISPS Code. The ISPS Code requires vessels to develop and maintain a ship security plan
that provides security measures to address potential threats to the security of ships or port facilities. Although each of our containerships is ISPS Code certified, any failure to comply with the ISPS Code or maintain such certifications
may subject us to increased liability and may result in denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. Furthermore, compliance with the ISPS Code requires us to incur certain costs. Although such costs have not been material to date,
if new or more stringent regulations relating to the ISPS Code are adopted by the International Maritime Organization, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by vessels (the “IMO”) and the flag
states, these requirements could require significant additional capital expenditures or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.

23

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Sulfur regulations to reduce air pollution from ships are likely to require retrofitting of vessels and may cause us to incur significant costs.

From January 1, 2020, vessels must comply with the IMO mandated sulfur emission limit of 0.5% m/m on the sulfur in fuel oil used on board. The interpretation of “fuel oil used on board” includes use in main engine, auxiliary
engines and boilers. This may be achieved by (i) using low sulfur fuel which may be at a higher cost that standard heavy fuel oil, (ii) installing scrubbers for cleaning of exhaust gas; or (iii) by retrofitting vessels to be powered by, for
example, liquefied natural gas. The higher cost of low sulfur fuel is, in the first instance, borne by the vessel operator, our charterer, whereas the installation of scrubbers or retrofitting for an alternative fuel source, would in the first
instance be borne by us as the vessel owner. Contrary to initial concerns, the availability of low sulfur fuel has not been an issue for the industry and, to date, the pricing spread between high- and low-sulfur fuels has been much tighter
than originally anticipated. Nevertheless, costs of compliance going forward may be significant and may have a material adverse effect on our future performance, results of operations, cash flows and financial position.

Climate change risks and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations.

Due to concerns over the risks associated with climate change, a number of countries, the IMO and other regulatory organizations have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas

emission from ships. These regulatory measures may include the adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards, and incentives or mandates for renewable energy.

Maritime  shipping  is  now  included  in  the  European  Union  Emission  Trading  Scheme  (“EU  ETS”)  as  of  2024  with  a  phase-in  period.  Broadly,  it  is  the  “shipping  company”  which  is  either  the  ship  owner  or  the  ISM  party
contractually mandated to assume responsibility for EU ETS compliance, that is required to purchase and surrender emission allowances that represent their MRV-recorded carbon emission exposure for a specific reporting period (the
“EU ETS Responsible Entity”). As part of the phased approach shipping companies will be required to surrender 40% of their 2024 emissions in 2025; 70% of their 2025 emissions in 2026; and 100% of their 2026 emissions in 2027.
An ETS costs clause is also being mandated which enables the shipping company to contractually pass on costs of ETS allowances to commercial operators. Compliance with the Maritime EU ETS will result in additional compliance
and administration costs to properly incorporate the provisions of the Directive into our business routines. Additional EU regulations which are part of the EU’s Fit-for-55, such as the Fuel EU Maritime proposal, could also affect our
financial position in terms of compliance and administration costs when they take effect. Effective January 1, 2024, we appointed Technomar, our technical ship manager, as the EU ETS Responsible Entity and amended our technical
management agreements with Technomar to expand the scope of its responsibilities, accordingly.

Territorial taxonomy regulations in geographies where we are operating and are regulatorily liable, such as EU Taxonomy, might jeopardize the level of access to capital. For example, EU has already introduced a set of criteria for
economic activities which should be framed as ‘green’, called EU Taxonomy. As long as we are an EU-based company meeting the NFRD prerequisites, we will be eligible for reporting our Taxonomy eligibility and alignment. Based
on  the  current  version  of  the  Regulation,  companies  that  own  assets  shipping  fossil  fuels  are  considered  as  not  aligned  with  EU  Taxonomy.  The  outcome  of  such  provision  might  be  either  an  increase  in  the  cost  of  capital  and/or
gradually reduced access to financing as a result of financial institutions’ compliance with EU Taxonomy.

Emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping currently are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, or any amendments or successor agreements. The Paris
Agreement adopted under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change in December 2015(which the United States rejoined in February 2021), which contemplates commitments from each nation party thereto to take
action to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and limit increases in global temperatures, did not include any restrictions or other measures specific to shipping emissions. However, restrictions on shipping emissions are likely to continue
to be considered and a new treaty may be adopted in the future that includes additional restrictions on shipping emissions to those already adopted under MARPOL.

Any climate control legislation, or other regulatory initiatives that aim to reduce greenhouse gases emissions, may affect our business. Compliance with changes in laws, regulations and obligations relating to climate change may
affect the propulsion options in subsequent vessel designs and could increase our costs related to acquiring new vessels, operating and maintaining our existing ships and require us to install new emission controls, require that we
acquire allowances or pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions or that we administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. Among other things, these risks may also include increases in the pricing of greenhouse
gas emissions, new reporting regulations (such as, for example, the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, applicable for certain companies from 2024, see below), changes in legislation impacting existing products and services,
costs  of  transitioning  to  lower-emission  fuels  and  technologies,  potential  substitution  or  replacement  of  existing  products  and  services,  and  stakeholder  concerns  and/or  shifts  in  customer  preferences  which  may  have  financial
implications for our business and could lead us to retire existing assets prior to the end of the their currently-anticipated economic lives.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

For example, on March 6, 2024, the SEC adopted final rules to require registrants to disclose certain climate-related information in registration statements and annual reports. The final rules will require us to disclose, among other
things, material climate-related risks, information about our Board of Directors’ oversight of climate-related risks, management’s role in managing material climate-related risks, and Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions.
Compliance with these rules will be phased in over time based on our filing status as well as the content of the disclosure and assurance requirements. Although we are in the process of evaluating the new rules, compliance may result
in increased legal, accounting, and other compliance-related costs, as well as place strain on our personnel, systems, and resources.

In addition to being exposed to the risk of legislative and regulatory change, our business is vulnerable to the underlying risks of climate change itself and may be directly or indirectly affected by climate-related changes such as
rising sea levels, rising temperatures, changes in precipitation patterns, volatile and extreme weather, demographic change, and heightened risk of conflict—all of which could lead, among other things, to reduced demand for our
services, increased operating and/or capital costs, and increased insurance premiums.

For further discussion, please see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business—Environmental and Other Regulations”.

European mandatory non-financial reporting regulations.

On November 10, 2022, the EU Parliament adopted the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (“CSRD”). EU member states have 18 months to integrate it into national law. The CSRD will create new, detailed sustainability
reporting requirements and will significantly expand the number of EU and non-EU companies subject to the EU sustainability reporting framework. The required disclosures will go beyond environmental and climate change reporting
to include social and governance matters (for example, respect for employee and human rights, anti-corruption and bribery, corporate governance and diversity and inclusion). In addition, it will require disclosure regarding the due
diligence processes implemented by a company in relation to sustainability matters and the actual and potential adverse sustainability impacts of an in-scope company’s operations and value chain. The CSRD will begin to apply on a
phased basis starting from financial year 2024 through to 2028 to large EU and non-EU entities, subject to certain financial and employee thresholds being met. If the CSRD is applicable to us, we may incur significant costs, to prepare
for and manage the administrative aspect of compliance with the CSRD.

Regulations relating to ballast water discharge that have been in effect since September 2019 may adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

The IMO has imposed updated guidelines for ballast water management systems specifying the maximum amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged from a vessel’s ballast water. Existing vessels constructed before
September  8,  2017,  must  comply  with  updated  standards  on  or  after  September  8,  2019,  with  the  exact  date  depending  on  the  date  of  the  next  International  Oil  Pollution  Prevention  (“IOPP”)  renewal  survey.  For  most  vessels,
compliance with the standard will involve installing on-board systems to treat ballast water to eliminate unwanted organisms. Ships constructed on or after September 8, 2017 have been obligated to comply with the standards on or after
September 8, 2017. We currently have 67 vessels which have a ballast water management system fitted and one vessel that does not.

Furthermore, United States regulations are currently changing. Although the 2013 Vessel General Permit (“VGP”) program and U.S. National Invasive Species Act (“NISA”) are currently in effect to regulate ballast discharge,
exchange and installation, the Vessel Incidental Discharge Act (“VIDA”), which was signed into law on December 4, 2018, requires that the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) develop implementation, compliance, and
enforcement regulations regarding ballast water. On October 26, 2020, the EPA published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking for Vessel Incident Discharge National Standards of Performance under VIDA, and in November 2020, held
virtual public meetings, but a final rule has not been promulgated. The new regulations could require the installation of new equipment, which may cause us to incur substantial costs. Under VIDA, all provisions of the 2013 VGP and
USCG ballast water regulations remain in force and effect as currently written until the EPA publishes standards and the corresponding Coast Guard regulations are published. The EPA will regulate these ballast water discharges and
other discharges incidental to the normal operation of certain vessels within United States waters pursuant to VIDA. Several U.S. states have added specific requirements to the Vessel General Permit and, in some cases, may require
vessels to install ballast water treatment technology to meet biological performance standards. Compliance with the EPA, U.S. Coast Guard and state regulations could require the installation of ballast water treatment equipment on our
vessels or the implementation of other port facility disposal procedures at potentially substantial cost, or may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.

 The new regulations could require the installation of new equipment, which may cause us to incur substantial costs.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Risks Relating to our Common Stock and Depositary Shares Representing Series B Preferred Shares

We cannot guarantee that our Board of Directors will declare dividends or otherwise return cash to shareholders.

Our Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, from time to time, declare and pay cash dividends in accordance with our dividend policy or determine to return cash to shareholders in other ways, such as share repurchases. Our
Board of Directors makes determinations regarding the payment of dividends in its sole discretion, and there is no guarantee that we will continue to declare and pay dividends in the future. The timing and amount of any dividends
declared  will  depend  on,  among  other  things  (a)  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  cash  flow  and  cash  requirements,  (b)  our  liquidity,  including  our  ability  to  obtain  debt  and  equity  financing  on  acceptable  terms  as
contemplated by our vessel acquisition strategy, (c) restrictive covenants in our existing and future debt instruments and (d) provisions of Marshall Islands law. The declaration and payment of dividends is also subject at all times to the
discretion of our Board of Directors.

The international containership and containership leasing industry is highly volatile, and we cannot predict with certainty the amount of cash, if any, that will be available for distribution as dividends in any period. Also, there may
be a high degree of variability from period to period in the amount of cash, if any, that is available for the payment of dividends. The amount of cash we generate from operations and the actual amount of cash we will have available for
dividends in each quarter will vary based upon, among other things:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the charter-hire payments we obtain from our charters as well as the rates obtained upon the expiration of our existing charters;

acquisition of additional vessels;

the timing of scheduled drydockings;

the timing of interest payments, scheduled debt amortization payments and other payments that might be due under our debt facilities;

delays in the delivery of newbuilding vessels, if any, and the beginning of payments under charters relating to those vessels;

the level of our operating costs, such as the costs of crews, lubricants and insurance;

the number of unscheduled off-hire days for our fleet and the timing of, and number of days required for, scheduled dry-docking of our containerships;

any idle time after one charter expires until a new charter is agreed or the vessel is disposed of, should a new charter not be agreed;

unexpected repairs to, or required expenditures on, vessels or dry-docking costs in excess of those anticipated;

the loss of a vessel;

prevailing global and regional economic and geopolitical conditions;

changes in interest rates;

the effect of governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards on the conduct of our business;

changes in the basis of taxation of our activities in various jurisdictions;

• modification or revocation of our dividend policy by our Board of Directors; and

•

the amount of any cash reserves established by our Board of Directors.

The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our net income or loss for the period, which will be affected by non-cash items. We may incur other expenses or liabilities that could reduce or

eliminate the cash available for distribution as dividends or to be returned to shareholders in other ways.

In addition, Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received from the sale of shares above the par value of the shares) or if there
is no surplus, from the net profits for the current and prior fiscal years, or while a company is insolvent or if it would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend. We may not have sufficient surplus or net profits in the
future to pay dividends, and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient funds, surplus or net profits to make distributions to us. As a result of these and other factors, we may not be able to pay dividends during periods when we record
losses and may not pay dividends during periods when we record net income. We can give no assurance that dividends will be paid in the future or that cash will be returned to shareholders in other ways.

26

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The price of our securities may be volatile.

The price of our common shares and Depositary Shares representing Series B Preferred Shares may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors such as:

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly revenues and results of operations and those of publicly held containership owners or operators;

• market conditions in the industry;

•

•

•

perceived counterparty risk;

shortfalls in our operating results from levels forecasted by securities analysts;

announcements concerning us or other containership owners or operators;

• mergers and strategic alliances in the shipping industry;

•

•

changes in government regulation including taxation; and

the general state of the securities markets.

The international containership industry has been highly unpredictable and volatile. The market for common shares and Depositary Shares representing Series B Preferred Shares in companies operating in this industry may be

equally volatile.

We have anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents that may discourage a change of control.

Certain provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a

shareholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by shareholders.

Certain of these provisions provide for:

•

•

•

•

•

a classified Board of Directors with staggered three-year terms;

restrictions on business combinations with certain interested shareholders;

directors only to be removed for cause and only with the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the common shares entitled to vote in the election of directors;

advance notice for nominations of directors by shareholders and for shareholders to include matters to be considered at annual meetings; and

a limited ability for shareholders to call special shareholder meetings.

These anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many shareholders. As a result, shareholders may be limited in their ability to

obtain a premium for their shares.

We are subject to certain risks relating to the inability to obtain the minimum quorum established in our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and our Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws for the conduct of business
at shareholder meetings.

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws require a quorum of the majority of our common stock outstanding in order to conduct business at any meeting of shareholders
(including our annual meetings of shareholders). Due to the increased size and diversified nature of our shareholder base, it has become administratively more difficult to obtain the current quorum at shareholder meetings. Preparing
proxy materials, including the printing and mailing of such materials to shareholders, together with proxy solicitation in order to reach the quorum requirement, is costly. Further, adjourning shareholder meetings for failure to obtain the
requisite quorum also leads to increased costs. If we are unable to obtain the minimum quorum requirement to conduct business at shareholder meetings, we may be unable to take effectively conduct certain business.

Our management is required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

As  a  public  company,  we  incur  significant  legal,  accounting  and  other  expenses.  In  addition,  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  (“Sarbanes-Oxley”)  as  well  as  rules  subsequently  adopted  by  the  SEC  and  the  New  York  Stock
Exchange (“NYSE”), including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, have imposed various requirements on public companies, including changes in corporate governance practices. Our directors,
management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations relating to public companies increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make
some activities more time-consuming and costly.

Sarbanes-Oxley requires, among other things, that we maintain and periodically evaluate our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, we are required to include in each of our annual reports on Form 20-F a report containing our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, if we are an accelerated filer
or a large accelerated filer, a related attestation of our independent registered public accounting firm. While we did not identify any material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls under the current assessment,
we cannot be certain at this time that our internal controls will be considered effective in future assessments and that our independent registered public accounting firm would reach a similar conclusion. Therefore, we can give no
assurances that our internal control over financial reporting will satisfy regulatory requirements in the future.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We are a “foreign private issuer” under the NYSE rules, and as such we are entitled to exemption from certain NYSE corporate governance standards, and you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of
companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

We are a “foreign private issuer” under the securities laws of the United States and the rules of the NYSE. Under the securities laws of the United States, “foreign private issuers” are subject to different disclosure requirements than
U.S. domiciled registrants, as well as different financial reporting requirements. Under the NYSE rules, a “foreign private issuer” is subject to less stringent corporate governance requirements. Subject to certain exceptions, the rules of
the NYSE permit a “foreign private issuer” to follow its home country practice in lieu of the listing requirements of the NYSE.

Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, may depress the market price for our common stock. These sales could also impair our ability to raise

additional capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future.

Subject to the rules of the NYSE, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock, and other equity securities of equal or senior rank, without shareholder approval, in a number of circumstances. The issuance by us

of additional shares of common stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank would have the following effects:

•

•

•

•

our existing shareholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us may decrease;

the dividend amount payable per share on our common stock may be lower;

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding share may be diminished; and

the market price of our common stock may decline.

Our shareholders also may elect to sell large numbers of shares held by them from time to time. The number of shares of common stock available for sale in the public market will be limited by restrictions applicable under
securities laws, and agreements that we and our executive officers, directors and existing shareholders may enter into with the underwriters at the time of an offering. Subject to certain exceptions, these agreements generally restrict us
and  our  executive  officers,  directors  and  existing  shareholders  from  directly  or  indirectly  offering,  selling,  pledging,  hedging  or  otherwise  disposing  of  our  equity  securities  or  any  security  that  is  convertible  into  or  exercisable  or
exchangeable  for  our  equity  securities  and  from  engaging  in  certain  other  transactions  relating  to  such  securities  for  a  period  of  up  to  180  days  after  the  date  of  an  offering  prospectus  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the
underwriter(s).

We may not have sufficient cash from our operations to enable us to pay dividends on or to redeem our Series B Preferred Shares, and accordingly the Depositary Shares, as the case may be.

We pay quarterly dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares, and accordingly the Depositary Shares, only from funds legally available for such purpose when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors. We may not have
sufficient cash available each quarter to pay dividends. In addition, if our Board of Directors does not authorize and declare a dividend for any dividend period prior to the relevant dividend payment date, holders of the Series B
Preferred Shares and accordingly the Depositary Shares would not be entitled to receive a dividend for that dividend period. However, any unpaid dividends will accumulate. In addition, we have the option to redeem the Series B
Preferred Shares, and accordingly the Depositary Shares, although we may have insufficient cash available to do so or may otherwise elect not to do so.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The amount of cash we can use to pay dividends or redeem our Series B Preferred Shares and the Depositary Shares depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which may fluctuate significantly, and other

factors, including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

changes in our operating cash flow, capital expenditure requirements, working capital requirements and other cash needs;

the amount of any cash reserves established by our Board of Directors;

restrictions under Marshall Islands law as described below;

restrictions under our credit facilities and other instruments and agreements governing our existing and future debt as described below; and

our overall financial and operating performance, which, in turn, is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to the risks associated with the shipping industry and the other factors (see “—Risks Related
to our Business” above), many of which are beyond our control.

The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our net income or loss for the period, which will be affected by noncash items, and our Board of Directors in its discretion may elect not to declare
any dividends. We may incur other expenses or liabilities that could reduce or eliminate the cash available for distribution as dividends. As a result of these and the other factors mentioned above, we may pay dividends during periods
when we record losses and may not pay dividends during periods when we record net income.

Our ability to pay dividends on and to redeem our Series B Preferred Shares is limited by the requirements of Marshall Islands law and by our contractual obligations.

Marshall Islands law provides that we may pay dividends on and redeem the Series B Preferred Shares only to the extent that assets are legally available for such purposes. Legally available assets generally are limited to our
surplus, which essentially represents our retained earnings and the excess of consideration received by us for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares. In addition, under Marshall Islands law we may not pay dividends on or
redeem Series B Preferred Shares if we are insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend or the making of such redemption.

Further,  the  terms  of  our  credit  facilities  may  prohibit  us  from  declaring  or  paying  any  dividends  or  distributions  on  preferred  stock,  including  the  Series  B  Preferred  Shares,  or  redeeming,  purchasing,  acquiring  or  making  a

liquidation payment on preferred stock in certain circumstances.

Risks Related to Tax Matters

Our operating income could fail to qualify for an exemption from U.S. federal income taxation, which would reduce our cash flow.

We do not expect to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business. In the case of a foreign corporation that is not so engaged, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), imposes a 4% U.S. federal income tax (without
allowance of any deductions) on 50% of the corporation’s gross transportation income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States, unless the corporation qualifies
for  the  exemption  provided  in  Section  883  of  the  Code  or  an  applicable  income  tax  treaty.  The  imposition  of  this  tax  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Under  the  charter
agreements, the charterer has agreed to provide reimbursement for any such taxes as the charterer determines where each vessel trades.

We will qualify for the exemption under Section 883 if, among other things, our stock is treated as primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States. However, under the relevant Treasury
regulations, a class of stock will not be treated as primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market if, during more than half the number of days during the taxable year, one or more shareholders who actually or
constructively own at least 5% of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class of stock (“5% Shareholders”), own, in the aggregate, 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class of stock, unless
a  sufficient  amount  of  stock  is  owned  by  5%  Shareholders  that  are  considered  to  be  “qualified  shareholders”  to  preclude  non-qualifying  5%  Shareholders  from  owning  50%  or  more  of  the  total  value  of  the  stock  held  by  the  5%
Shareholders group.

Generally, a 5% Shareholder is a qualified 5% Shareholder if the 5% Shareholder is an individual who is a resident of a qualified foreign country, the government of a qualified foreign country, a foreign corporation organized in a
qualified foreign country that meets the “publicly-traded” test discussed herein, a non-profit organization organized in a qualified foreign country or an individual beneficiary (resident in a qualified foreign country) of a pension plan
administered in or by a qualified foreign country. Generally, a foreign country is a qualified foreign country if it grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United States.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Based  on  information  that  we  have  as  to  our  shareholders  and  other  matters,  we  believe  that  we  qualified  for  the  Section  883  exemption  for  2021  through  2023,  under  the  “publicly-traded”  test.  Whether  we  may  satisfy  the
“publicly-traded” test depends on factors that are outside of our control, and we cannot provide any assurances that we will or will not satisfy the “publicly-traded” test to claim exemption from U.S. taxation for 2024 or future taxable
years. See Item “10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—Taxation of Global Ship Lease—The Section 883 exemption” for a more comprehensive discussion of the U.S. federal income tax rules related to Section 883.

Under our charter agreements, our charterers have agreed to reimburse any such taxes. However, if our charterers do not provide such reimbursement, this could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of

operations.

Certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could arise for U.S. holders.

Shareholders of a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, that are U.S. persons within the meaning of the Code (“U.S. shareholders”) are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the
distributions they receive from a PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in a PFIC (as discussed below). In addition, dividends paid by a PFIC do not constitute qualified dividend income
and, hence, are ineligible for the preferential rate of tax that applies to qualified dividend income.

A foreign corporation is treated as a PFIC if either (1) 75% or more of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income” or (2) 50% or more of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce
or are held for the production of those types of “passive income”. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than
rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business; income derived from the performance of services does not, however, constitute “passive income”.

Based on the projected composition of our income and valuation of our assets, we do not expect that we will constitute a PFIC with respect to the current or any future taxable year, although there can be no assurance in this regard.
Our expectation is based principally on the position that, for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, the majority, if not all, of the gross income we derive from our chartering activities should constitute services income rather
than rental income.

In this regard, we have been advised by our tax advisor that the income from our time and voyage chartering activities should be classified as services income. There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules
addressing our current and projected future operations or supporting our position. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) will not assert that we are a PFIC with respect to any taxable
year, nor that a court would not uphold any such assertion.

Further, in a case not concerning PFICs, Tidewater Inc. v. U.S., 2009-1 USTC ¶ 50,337, the Fifth Circuit held that a vessel time charter at issue generated rental, rather than services, income. However, the court’s ruling was
contrary to the position of the IRS that the time charter income should be treated as services income. Subsequently, the IRS has stated that it disagrees with and will not acquiesce to the rental versus services distinction in the Tidewater
decision, and in its discussion stated that the time charters at issue in Tidewater would be treated as producing services income for PFIC purposes. The IRS’s statement with respect to Tidewater cannot be relied upon or otherwise cited
as precedent by taxpayers. Further, the facts in Tidewater are not directly analogous to our facts. No assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law would accept our position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could
determine that the company is a PFIC.

If the IRS were to determine that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our U.S. shareholders will face adverse U.S. tax consequences. Distributions paid by us with respect to our shares will not constitute qualified
dividend income if we were a PFIC in the year we pay a dividend or in the prior taxable year and, hence, will not be eligible for the preferential rate of tax that applies to qualified dividend income. In addition, our U.S. shareholders
(other than shareholders who have made a “qualified electing fund” or “mark-to-market” election) will be subject to special rules relating to the taxation of “excess distributions”—with excess distributions being defined to include
certain distributions we may make on our Class A common shares as well as gain recognized by a U.S. holder on a disposition of our Class A common shares. In general, the amount of any “excess distribution” will be allocated ratably
to each day of the U.S. holder’s holding period for our Class A common shares. The amount allocated to the current year and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year for which we were a PFIC will be included in the U.S. holder’s
gross income for the current year as ordinary income. With respect to amounts allocated to prior years for which we were a PFIC, the tax imposed for the current year will be increased by the “deferred tax amount,” which is an amount
calculated with respect to each prior year by multiplying the amount allocated to such year by the highest rate of tax in effect for such year, together with an interest charge as though the amounts of tax were overdue. See Item 10.E.
“Additional Information—Taxation —Tax Consequences of Holding Class A common shares—Consequences of possible passive foreign investment company classification” for a more comprehensive discussion of the U.S. federal
income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders if we were treated as a PFIC (including those applicable to U.S. shareholders who make a qualified electing fund or mark-to-market election).

30

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We may be subject to taxation on all or part of our income in the United Kingdom, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

If we or our vessel owning subsidiaries were considered to be a resident of the United Kingdom (or “UK”) or to have a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom, all or a part of our profits could be subject to UK corporate
tax, which had a maximum rate of 21%, 20% and 20% for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and 19% thereafter until the year ended March 31, 2023. From April 1, 2023, the main rate increases to 25% for
profits above £250,000, with a small profits rate of 19% for companies with profits of £50,000 or less. Companies with profits between £50,000 and £250,000 will pay tax at the main rate, reduced by a marginal relief.

We and our vessel owning subsidiaries are centrally managed and controlled from outside the United Kingdom and have restricted activities within the United Kingdom. Certain intra-group services will have been provided from
within the United Kingdom up to March 31, 2024 and UK corporate tax will be payable on the arm’s-length price for those services. The appropriate arm’s-length price in these circumstances may be subject to discussion with the UK
taxing authorities.

We do not believe that we or our vessel owning subsidiaries are residents of the United Kingdom for UK tax purposes, or that we or our vessel owning subsidiaries have permanent establishments in the United Kingdom. However,
because some administrative and executive services are provided to us or our vessel owning subsidiaries by a subsidiary company located in the United Kingdom and certain of our directors reside in the United Kingdom, and because
UK statutory and case law does not outline specific activities that constitute a trade being carried on in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment, the UK taxing authorities may contend that we or our vessel owning
subsidiaries are subject to UK corporate tax on all of our income, or on a greater portion of our income than we currently expect to be taxed. If the UK taxing authorities made such a contention, we could incur substantial legal costs
defending our position, and, if we were unsuccessful in our defense, our results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

We may be subject to taxes which will reduce our cash flow.

We and our vessel owning subsidiaries may be subject to tax in certain jurisdictions in which we are organized, own assets or have operations, which would reduce the amount of our cash available for distribution. In computing
our tax obligations in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities.
We cannot assure you that upon review of these positions, the applicable authorities will agree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority, or a change in law in a jurisdiction in which we operate (including Cyprus and
Hong Kong, where a number of our vessel owning subsidiaries are entered in the local tonnage tax regime), could result in additional tax imposed on us, further reducing the cash available for distribution.

Tax laws, including tax rates, in the jurisdictions in which we operate may change as a result of macroeconomic or other factors outside of our control. For example, various governments and organizations such as the European
Union and Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (the “OECD”) are increasingly focused on tax reform and other legislative or regulatory action to increase tax revenue. In January 2019, the OECD announced
further work in continuation of its Base Erosion and Profit Shifting project, focusing on two “pillars”. Pillar One provides a framework for the reallocation of certain residual profits of multinational enterprises to market jurisdictions
where goods or services are used or consumed. Pillar Two consists of two interrelated rules referred to as Global Anti-Base Erosion Rules, which operate to impose a minimum tax rate of 15% calculated on a jurisdictional basis. In the
third quarter of 2021, more than 130 countries tentatively signed on to a framework that imposes a minimum tax rate of 15%, among other provisions. Qualifying international shipping income is exempt from many aspects of this
framework. The framework calls for law enactment by OECD and G20 members in 2022 to take effect in 2023 and 2024. On December 20, 2021, the OECD published model rules to implement the Pillar Two rules, which are generally
consistent with agreement reached by the framework in October 2021. These changes, when enacted by various countries in which we do business, may increase our taxes in these countries. As this framework is subject to further
negotiation, final approval by the G20, and implementation by each member country, the timing and ultimate impact of any such changes on our tax obligations are uncertain.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 4.

Information on the Company

A. History and Development of the Company

Our legal and commercial name is Global Ship Lease, Inc. We are a Republic of the Marshall Islands corporation that owns a fleet of mid-sized and smaller containerships which we charter out under fixed-rate charters to reputable

container shipping companies.

The mailing address of our principal executive office is c/o GSL Enterprises Ltd., 9 Irodou Attikou Street, Kifisia, Athens 14561, Greece and our telephone number at that address is +30 210 6233670. Our agent in the United
States is Puglisi & Associates, 850 Library Avenue, Suite 204, Newark, Delaware 19711. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file
electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s Internet site is www.sec.gov. Our website address is www.globalshiplease.com. None of the information contained on these websites is incorporated herein by reference or forms a
part of this Annual Report. From time to time, we may use our website and social media outlets as channels of distribution of material company information. 

We were formed in 2007 pursuant to the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act to purchase and charter back 17 containerships then owned or to be purchased by CMA CGM, at that time the third largest containership

operator in the world by number of vessels. On August 14, 2008, we merged indirectly with Marathon and became listed on the NYSE on August 15, 2008.

On November 15, 2018, we completed a transformative transaction by which we acquired 20 containerships, one of which was contracted to be sold, which we refer to as the “Poseidon Transaction”. On the closing of the Poseidon
Transaction, we issued as consideration 3,005,603 Class A common shares and 250,000 Series C Preferred Shares, which were converted to an aggregate of 12,955,188 Class A common shares in January 2021, and assumed debt in the
amount of $509.7 million.

During 2021, we completed a series of vessel purchases, resulting in our acquisition of 23 additional vessels, and in 2023 we acquired an additional four containerships.

As of March 11, 2024, we owned 68 mid-sized and smaller containerships, ranging from 2,207 to 11,040 TEU, with an aggregate capacity of 375,406 TEU. 36 ships are wide-beam Post-Panamax. See “Item 4. Information on the

Company-B. Business Overview”.

Class A Common Shares

On January 20, 2021, upon the redemption in full of our outstanding 9.875% First Priority Secured Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”), KEP VI (Newco Marine) Ltd. and KIA VIII (Newco Marine) Ltd. (together, “Kelso”), both
affiliates of Kelso & Company, a U.S. private equity firm, exercised their right to convert an aggregate of 250,000 Series C Perpetual Convertible Preferred Shares, representing all such shares outstanding, into Class A common shares
of the Company, resulting in issuance of an aggregate of 12,955,188 Class A common shares to Kelso.

On January 26, 2021, we closed our fully underwritten public offering of 5,400,000 Class A common shares, at a public offering price of $13.00 per share, for gross proceeds of approximately $70.2 million, prior to deducting
underwriting discounts, commissions and other offering expenses, and on February 17, 2021, we issued an additional 141,959 Class A common shares in connection with the underwriters’ partial exercise of their option to purchase
additional shares (together, the “January 2021 Equity Offering”). The net proceeds we received in the January 2021 Equity Offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses, were approximately $67.5
million. Following the closing of the January 2021 Equity Offering, we had 36,283,468 Class A common shares outstanding.

On April 13, 2021, Kelso and Maas Capital Investments B.V. sold an aggregate of 5,175,000 Class A common shares which they held in an underwritten public offering at $12.50 per share (including 675,000 Class A common

shares that were sold pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise, in full, of their option to purchase additional shares). The Company did not receive any proceeds from this sale of Class A Common Shares.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents

On May 10, 2021, our Board of Directors initiated a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per Class A Common Share, with effect from the first quarter of 2021, which increased to $0.375 per Class A common share, with effect from

the first quarter of 2022.

On September 1, 2021, we announced the purchase and retirement of 521,650 Class A common shares for $10.0 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, 747,604 Class A common shares were issued under the 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”).

As at December 31, 2021, there were 36,464,109 Class A common shares outstanding.

In March 2022, our Board of Directors authorized our repurchase of up to $40.0 million common shares, to be utilized on an opportunistic basis (our “Share Repurchase Program”). During the year ended December 31, 2022, we

repurchased an aggregate of 1,060,640 Class A common shares under the Share Repurchase Program for an average purchase price of $18.87 per share, for a total of $20.0 million under the Share Repurchase Program.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, 586,819 Class A common shares were issued under the 2019 Plan.

As at December 31, 2022, there were 35,990,288 Class A common shares outstanding.

In  July  2023,  our  Board  of  Directors  replenished  our  Share  Repurchase  Program  with  the  authorization  of  our  repurchase  of  an  additional  $40.0  million  of  common  shares.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  we
repurchased an aggregate of 1,242,663 Class A common shares at an average price of $17.68 per share, for a total of $22.0 million, and during the period from January 1, 2024 through the date of this annual report, we repurchased an
aggregate of 242,372 Class A common shares for an average purchase price of $19.84 per share, for a total of $4.8 million. As of the date of this annual report, we have remaining approximately $33.2 million available for repurchases
under the Share Repurchase Program.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, 440,698 Class A common shares were issued under the 2019 Plan.

As at December 31, 2023, there were 35,188,323 Class A common shares outstanding.

Depositary Shares

On August 20, 2014, we issued 1,400,000 Depositary Shares (the “Depositary Shares”), each of which represents 1/100th of one share of the Company's 8.75% Series B Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares (“Series B Preferred
Shares”) representing an interest in a total of 14,000 Series B Preferred Shares, par value $0.01 per share, with a liquidation preference of $2,500.00 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share), priced at $25.00 per Depositary
Share (NYSE:GSL-B). Dividends are payable at 8.75% per annum in arrears on a quarterly basis. At any time after August 20, 2019 (or within 180 days after the occurrence of a fundamental change), the Series B Preferred Shares may
be redeemed, at our discretion, in whole or in part, at a redemption price of $2,500.00 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share).

On December 29, 2022, we entered into a new At Market Issuance Sales Agreement with B. Riley Securities, Inc. (the “Agent”), pursuant to which we may offer and sell, from time to time, up to $150.0 million of our Depositary
Shares (the “New Depositary Shares ATM Program”). The Depositary Shares ATM Program terminated and replaced, in its entirety, the former At Market Issuance Sales Agreement, dated December 10, 2019, that we had in place with
the Agent for the offer and sale, from time to time, up to $75.0 million of our Depositary Shares, which was fully utilized (the “Initial Depositary Shares ATM Program”). During the year ended December 31, 2021, we issued and sold
approximately 3.0 million of our Depositary Shares, representing an interest in 29,592 Series B Preferred Shares, under the Initial Depositary Shares ATM Program. During the year ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2023,
we have not issued or sold any Depositary Shares under the New Depositary Shares ATM Program.

As at December 31, 2023, 4,359,190 Depositary Shares were outstanding, representing an interest in 43,592 Series B Preferred Shares.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Other Recent Developments

On June 20, 2023, we announced updates from three leading credit rating agencies. Our Corporate Credit Rating had been upgraded to Ba3 from B1, with a stable outlook, by Moody’s Investor Service. In addition, S&P Global
Ratings revised our outlook to positive and affirmed its long-term issued credit rating at ‘BB’, and the Kroll Bond Rating Agency affirmed both our BB corporate rating with a stable outlook, as well as the BBB/stable investment grade
rating and outlook for the $350.0 million 5.69% Senior Secured Notes due 2027.

On December 7, 2023, we announced that Ian Webber, our Chief Executive Officer, will retire from the position of Chief Executive Officer and will join our Board of Directors, effective March 31, 2024, expanding the size of our

Board of Directors to nine members. Thomas Lister, our Chief Commercial Officer has been appointed to succeed Mr. Webber as CEO, effective concurrently with Mr. Webber’s retirement.

On February 12, 2024, we announced that our Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.375 per Class A common share for the fourth quarter of 2023, that was paid on March 6, 2024 to common shareholders of record as of

February 22, 2024. This follows dividends of $0.375 per Class A common share paid for each of the first, second and third quarters of 2023.

On March 4, 2024, we announced that our Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.546875 per Depositary Share, scheduled to be paid on April 2, 2024 to all Series B Preferred Shareholders of record as of March 22, 2024.

B. Business Overview

Our Fleet

The table below provides certain information about our fleet of 68 containerships as of December 31, 2023, including charters agreed up to March 11, 2024:

   Vessel Name

CMA CGM Thalassa

    ZIM Norfolk (1)  

Anthea Y (1)
ZIM Xiamen (1)
MSC Tianjin
MSC Qingdao
GSL Ningbo
GSL Alexandra
GSL Sofia
GSL Effie
GSL Lydia
GSL Eleni
GSL Kalliopi
GSL Grania
Mary (tbr Colombia Express) (1) (17)
Kristina (1)
Katherine (1)
Alexandra (1)
Alexis (1)
Olivia I (1)
GSL Christen
GSL Nicoletta
CMA CGM Berlioz
Agios Dimitrios
GSL Vinia
GSL Christel Elisabeth
GSL Dorothea
GSL Arcadia
GSL Violetta
GSL Maria
GSL MYNY
GSL Melita
GSL Tegea
Tasman
Zim Europe (tbr Dimitris Y) (17)
Ian H
GSL Tripoli
GSL Kithira
GSL Tinos
GSL Syros
Dolphin II
Orca I
CMA CGM Alcazar
GSL Château d’If
GSL Susan
CMA CGM Jamaica
CMA CGM Sambhar
CMA CGM America
GSL Rossi
GSL Alice
GSL Eleftheria
GSL Melina
GSL Valerie
Matson Molokai
GSL Lalo
GSL Mercer
Athena
GSL Elizabeth
Beethoven (tbr GSL Chloe) (17)
GSL Maren
Maira
Nikolas
Newyorker
Manet
Keta
Julie
Kumasi
Akiteta

Capacity
in TEUs

Lightweight
(tons)

Year
Built

38,577
31,764
31,890
31,820
34,325
34,609
34,340
37,777
37,777
37,777
37,777
29,261
29,105
29,190
23,424
23,421
23,403
23,348
23,919
23,864
27,954
28,070
26,776
24,931
23,737
23,745
24,243
24,858
24,873
24,414
24,873
24,848
24,308
25,010
25,010
25,128
22,259
22,108
22,067
22,098
20,596
20,633
20,087
19,994
17,309
17,272
17,429
17,428
16,420
16,543
16,642
16,703
11,971
11,949
11,950
11,970
13,538
11,507
12,212
12,243
11,453
11,370
11,463
11,727
11,731
11,731
11,791
11,731

11,040
9,115
9,115
9,115
8,603
8,603
8,603
8,544
8,544
8,544
8,544
7,847
7,847
7,847
6,927
6,927
6,927
6,927
6,882
6,882
6,840
6,840
6,621
6,572
6,080
6,080
5,992
6,008
6,008
6,008
6,008
6,008
5,992
5,936
5,936
5,936
5,470
5,470
5,470
5,470
5,095
5,095
5,089
5,089
4,363
4,298
4,045
4,045
3,421
3,421
3,404
3,404
2,824
2,824
2,824
2,824
2,762
2,741
2,546
2,546
2,506
2,506
2,506
2,272
2,207
2,207
2,207
2,207

34

2008
2015
2015
2015
2005
2004
2004
2004
2003
2003
2003
2004
2004
2004
2013
2013
2013
2013
2015
2015
2002
2002
2001
2011
2004
2004
2001
2000
2000
2001
2000
2001
2001
2000
2000
2000
2009
2009
2010
2010
2007
2006
2007
2007
2008
2006
2006
2006
2012
2014
2013
2013
2005
2007
2006
2007
2003
2006
2012
2014
2000
2000
2001
2001
2003
2002
2002
2002

Charterer

CMA CGM
ZIM
MSC
ZIM
MSC
MSC
MSC
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
Hapag-Lloyd (7)
CMA CGM (7)
CMA CGM (7)
CMA CGM (7)
CMA CGM (7)
CMA CGM (7)
OOCL
Maersk
CMA CGM
MSC
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
ZIM
ZIM
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
Maersk
OOCL
Maersk
CMA CGM
CMA CGM
CMA CGM
CMA CGM
CMA CGM
CMA CGM
ZIM
CMA CGM
Maersk
Hapag-Lloyd
ZIM
Matson
MSC
ONE
Hapag-Lloyd
Unifeeder
ONE
 Swire
Hapag-Lloyd
Maersk
CMA CGM
OOCL
CMA CGM
MSC
Wan Hai
OOCL

Earliest Charter
Expiry Date

4Q25
2Q27
3Q25
3Q27
3Q27
3Q27
3Q27
3Q25
3Q25
3Q25
2Q25
3Q24
3Q24
3Q24
4Q28
3Q29
2Q29
2Q29
2Q29
2Q29
3Q24
3Q24
4Q25
2Q27
3Q24
2Q24
1Q25
1Q25
4Q24
4Q24
3Q24
3Q25
3Q25
1Q25
1Q24
2Q24
4Q24
4Q24
4Q24
4Q24
1Q25
2Q25
3Q26
4Q26
3Q27
1Q28
1Q28
1Q28
1Q26
2Q25
3Q25
2Q24
1Q25
2Q25
1Q24
4Q24
2Q24
1Q24
4Q24
1Q24
3Q24
4Q24
1Q24
4Q24
1Q25
2Q25
1Q25
4Q24

Latest Charter
Expiry Date (2)
2Q26
4Q27
4Q25
4Q27
4Q27
3Q27
4Q27 (5)
3Q26
3Q26
3Q26
3Q26
1Q25
4Q24
1Q25
1Q31 (7)
4Q31 (7)
2Q31 (7)
3Q31 (7)
3Q31 (7)
3Q31 (7)
4Q24
1Q25
2Q26
3Q27
1Q25
1Q25
3Q26
1Q26
4Q25
1Q27
1Q26
3Q26
3Q26
1Q25
2Q24
4Q24
4Q27
1Q28
4Q27
4Q27
3Q25
3Q25
1Q27
1Q27
1Q28
2Q28
2Q28
2Q28
3Q26
2Q25
4Q25
3Q24
3Q25
3Q25
2Q24
2Q25
2Q24
2Q24
1Q25
1Q24
4Q24
4Q24
3Q24
2Q25
1Q25
3Q25
2Q25
1Q25

Daily Charter
Rate $

47,200
65,000
Footnote (3)
65,000
19,000 (4)
23,000 (4)
Footnote (5)
Footnote (6)
Footnote (6)
Footnote (6)
Footnote (6)
16,500
18,900
17,750
Footnote (7)
25,910 (7)
25,910 (7)
25,910 (7)
25,910 (7)
25,910 (7)
20,500
35,750
37,750
20,000 (4)
13,250
13,250
18,600 (8)
18,600 (8)
18,600 (8)
18,600 (8)
18,600 (8)
18,600 (8)
18,600 (8)
20,000 (9)
24,250
32,500
36,500 (10)
36,500 (10)
36,500 (10)
36,500 (10)
53,500
21,000 (11)
35,500
35,500
Footnote (12)
Footnote (12)
Footnote (12)
Footnote (12)
36,474 (13)
20,500
37,975
21,000
32,939 (14)
36,600
17,500
35,750
21,500
15,250
33,000
18,200
16,000
14,250 (15)
20,700
32,000
25,000
Footnote (16)
38,000
32,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

   (1) Modern design, high reefer capacity, fuel-efficient vessel.
   (2) In many instances charterers have the option to extend a charter beyond the nominal latest expiry date by the amount of time that the vessel was off hire during the course of that charter. This additional charter time (“Offhire
Extension”) is computed at the end of the initially contracted charter period. The Latest Charter Expiry Dates shown in this table have been adjusted to reflect offhire accrued up to December 31, 2023 plus estimated offhire
scheduled to occur during the remaining lifetimes of the respective charters. However, as actual offhire can only be calculated at the end of each charter, in some cases actual Offhire Extensions – if invoked by charterers – may
exceed the Latest Charter Expiry Dates indicated.

   (3) Anthea Y. Chartered at a confidential rate
   (4) MSC Tianjin,  MSC  Qingdao  and  Agios  Dimitrios  were  each  forward  fixed  for  minimum  36  months  –  maximum  38  months.  The  new  charters  are  expected  to  commence  between  2Q  2024  and  3Q  2024,  after  the  vessels  are

drydocked, at confidential rates. MSC Qingdao & Agios Dimitrios are fitted with Exhaust Gas Cleaning Systems (“scrubbers”).

   (5) GSL Ningbo was chartered to MSC at $22,500 per day to 3Q 2023. Thereafter, the charter was extended by 48 to 52 months, at a confidential rate.
   (6) GSL Alexandra, GSL Sofia, GSL Effie and GSL Lydia delivered in 2Q 2023. Contract cover for each vessel is for a minimum firm period of 24 months from the date each vessel was delivered, with charterers holding one year

extension options. The vessels are chartered at confidential rates.

   (7) Colombia  Express  (ex  Mary),  Kristina,  Katherine,  Alexandra,  Alexis,  Olivia  I  were  forward  fixed  to  Hapag-Lloyd  for  five  years,  followed  by  two  periods  of  12  months  each  at  the  option  of  the  charterer.  The  new  charter  for
Colombia Express (ex Mary) commenced in early 2024. The new charters for the remaining vessels are scheduled to commence as each of the existing charters expire, on a staggered basis, between approximately 2Q 2024 and late
2024, at confidential rates.

   (8) GSL Maria, GSL Violetta, GSL Arcadia, GSL MYNY, GSL Melita, GSL Tegea and GSL Dorothea. Contract cover for each ship is for a firm period of at least three years from the date each vessel was delivered in 2021, with
charterers holding a one-year extension option on each charter (at a rate of $12,900 per day), followed by a second option (at a rate of $12,700 per day) with the period determined by – and terminating prior to – each vessel’s 25th
year drydocking & special survey. GSL Arcadia, GSL Dorothea, GSL Tegea and GSL Melita charterer’s first options were exercised in 1Q 2024.

   (9) Tasman. Chartered from April 2024 at $21,500 per day in direct continuation.
(10) GSL Tripoli, GSL Kithira, GSL Tinos, and GSL Syros. Ultra-high reefer ships of 5,470 TEU each. Contract cover on each ship is for a firm period of three years, from their delivery dates in 2021, at a rate of $36,500 per day, with a

period of an additional three years (at $17,250 per day) at charterers’ option.

(11) Orca I. Chartered at $21,000 per day through to the median expiry of the charter in 2Q 2024. In 1Q 2024 the charterer exercised the option to extend the charter at the same rate to 2Q/3Q 2025.
(12) GSL Susan, CMA CGM Jamaica, CMA CGM Sambhar and CMA CGM America were chartered at confidential rates.
(13) GSL Rossi. Chartered at an average rate of $36,474 per day, $38,000 to 1Q 2025 and $35,000 for the remaining period.
(14) GSL Valerie. Chartered at an average rate of $32,939 per day, $36,000 to 1Q 2024 and $32,000 for the remaining period.
(15) Nikolas. Chartered to CMA CGM to 1Q 2024 at $16,750 per day; thereafter chartered to Maersk at $14,250 per day.
(16) Julie. Chartered at a confidential rate.
(17) “tbr” means “to be renamed”. On January 3, 2024, Mary was renamed to Colombia Express. On January 26, 2024, Beethoven was renamed to GSL Chloe. In 1Q 2024, Zim Europe will be renamed to Dimitris Y.

Fleet Development

As of December 31, 2023, our fleet consisted of 68 containerships with an aggregate capacity of 375,406 TEU and a TEU-weighted average age of approximately 17.2 years.

Vessel Acquisitions

In 2021, we purchased a total of 23 vessels. We purchased seven containerships of approximately 6,000 TEU each (the “Seven Vessels”) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $116.0 million and we purchased 12
containerships from Borealis Finance LLC for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $234.0 million (the “Borealis Fleet”), of which $35.0 million was paid in the form of debt with the issuance of our 8.00% Senior Unsecured
Notes due 2024 (“2024 Notes”) to the sellers.

In 2023, we purchased four containerships, each with a carrying capacity of 8,544 TEU, for an aggregate purchase price of $123.3 million, which were delivered to us in May and June 2023.

Vessel Disposals

We sold La Tour, a 2001-built, 2,272 TEU containership, on June 30, 2021, for net proceeds of $16.5 million. The net gain from the sale of vessel was $7.8 million.

We sold GSL Amstel, a 2008-built, 1,118 TEU containership, on March 23, 2023, for net proceeds of $5.9 million.

Time Charters

A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate. Under a time charter, the vessel owner provides crew, lubricating oil, all maintenance and other services related to the vessel’s
operation, the cost of which is included in the daily rate. The vessel owner is also responsible for insuring its interests in the vessel and liabilities as owner arising from its use. The charterer is responsible for substantially all of the
vessel’s voyage costs, such as fuel (bunker) costs, canal fees, port expenses, extra war risk insurance costs if the vessel is deployed outside normal insurance limits and for entering areas which are specified by the insurance underwriters
as being subject to additional premiums and cargo handling charges.

35

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The initial term for a time charter commences on the vessel’s delivery to the charterer. Time charter agreements may include options, in favor of the owner or the charterer, to extend the charter on pre-agreed terms. At the end of a
charter, the vessel may be re-delivered by the charterer within a pre-agreed time window, to allow for operational flexibility. Charters may be extended on mutually agreed terms, or the vessel is re-delivered, in which case we would
seek alternate employment with another charterer.

Our charters expire on different dates and over a period of time. We believe the staggered expirations of our charters reduces our exposure to rechartering risk and may mitigate the impact of the cyclical nature of the container

shipping industry.

Daily Charter Rate

Daily charter rate refers to the gross amount per day payable by the charterer to the owner for the use of the vessel. It may be reduced by chartering commission payable to a broker or other party. Under our time charters, hire is
payable  to  us  typically  every  15  days  in  advance  and  in  U.S.  dollars.  The  daily  charter  rate  is  a  fixed  daily  amount  that  will  remain  the  same  for  the  duration  of  the  charter,  although  the  charter  rate  can  be  reduced  in  certain
circumstances where there are added costs to the charterer due to vessel performance deficiencies in speed or fuel consumption. Hire can also be reduced, pro-rata for any cost savings that we may realize, if the vessel is laid up or idled
at the charterers’ request.

Operations and Expenses

As owners, we are required to maintain each vessel in class and in an efficient state of hull and machinery and are responsible for vessel costs such as crewing, lubricating oil, maintenance, insurance and drydocking. The charterer
is responsible for the voyage costs, which includes bunker fuel, stevedoring, port charges and towage. As described below, we have entered into ship management agreements to sub-contract the day-to-day technical management of our
vessels.

Right of First Refusal

Pursuant to the terms of the one remaining initial time charter with CMA CGM, the charterer has a right of first refusal to purchase the vessel at matching terms to any offer of any third party if we decide to sell it during, or at the
end of, the charter period. Should CMA CGM decline to exercise its right of first refusal in case of a sale during the charter period, we will be entitled to sell the vessel, subject to CMA CGM’s prior approval, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld. CMA CGM has the right to reject a sale of the vessel to owners whose business or shareholding is determined to be detrimental or contrary to its interest. Under two other charters, CMA CGM has the right to
participate in any competitive sales process for the underlying vessels undertaken either during, or at the end of, the corresponding charter period.

Off-hire

Under  a  time  charter,  when  the  vessel  is  not  available  for  service,  and  is  “off-hire”,  the  charterer  generally  is  not  required  to  pay  charter  hire  (unless  the  charterer  is  responsible  for  the  circumstances  giving  rise  to  the  ship’s
unavailability), and we are responsible for costs during any off-hire period, and possible additional costs of fuel to regain lost time. Additionally, in many cases the charterer has the option to extend the latest redelivery date by the off-
hire days. A vessel generally will be deemed to be off-hire if there is an occurrence that affects the full working condition of the vessel, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

any drydocking for repairs, maintenance or classification society inspection;

any damage, defect, breakdown or deficiency of the ship’s hull, machinery or equipment or repairs or maintenance thereto;

any deficiency of the ship’s master, officers and/or crew, including the failure, refusal or inability of the ship’s master, officers and/or crew to perform the service immediately required, whether or not within its control;

its deviation, other than to save life or property, which results in the charterer’s lost time;

crewing labor boycotts or certain vessel arrests; or

our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with the charter’s requirements, such as maintaining operational certificates.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Ship Management and Maintenance

Under each of our time charters, we are responsible for the operation and technical management of each vessel, which includes crewing, provision of lubricating oils, maintaining the vessel, periodic drydocking and performing

work required by regulations. The day-to-day crewing and technical management of our vessels are provided by our ship managers pursuant to the terms of ship management agreements.

Termination and Withdrawal

Generally, if a vessel is off-hire for a significant number of consecutive days, then the charterer may cancel the charter without any further consequential claims provided the vessel is free of cargo. The number of these days varies

from 20 to 90 days and depends on the relevant charter agreement. Some of our charters provide that we can in some circumstances provide a substitute vessel during an anticipated extended period of off-hire.

For a number of vessels chartered to CMA CGM, if a vessel’s fuel consumption exceeds a level specified in the charter over a continuous period of 30 days, and the reason is within our or the vessel’s control, CMA CGM may

request that we cure the deficiency. If the deficiency is not cured within 30 days after we receive notice, then CMA CGM may terminate the charter.

Generally, if either party informs the other party of a default under the charter, and the default is not rectified within 60 days of such notice, then the party giving the notice has the right to terminate the time charter with respect to

that vessel.

The charter will terminate in the event of a total (actual or constructive) loss of the vessel or if the vessel is requisitioned.

Management of Our Fleet

Our  management  team  supervises  the  day-to-day  technical  ship  management  of  our  vessels,  which  is  provided  by  Technomar,  a  company  of  which  our  Executive  Chairman  is  the  Founder,  Managing  Director,  and  majority

beneficial owner, and the commercial ship management, which is provided by Conchart, a company of which our Executive Chairman is the sole beneficial owner.

Technical Management

Technomar provides us with all day-to-day technical ship management services, pursuant to a technical management agreement with each of our vessel-owning subsidiaries (as amended from time to time, the “TTMA”) for all of
the vessels in our fleet. Six vessels, which were purchased by us in July 2021, were previously managed by another third-party ship manager with those management agreements terminating between May and July 2023 (the “Third-
Party Managed Vessels”).

Under the ship management agreements, our ship managers are responsible for all day-to-day ship management, including crewing, purchasing stores, lubricating oils and spare parts, paying wages, pensions and insurance for the
crew, and organizing other vessel operating necessities, including the arrangement and management of drydocking. We reimburse the ship managers for the costs they incur on our behalf. Each ship management agreement provides that
we have the right to audit the accounts of our ship manager to verify the costs incurred. The ship managers have agreed to maintain our vessels so that they remain in class with valid certification. In addition, they are responsible for our
current  fleet’s  compliance  with  all  applicable  government  and  other  regulations,  and  compliance  with  class  certifications.  The  ship  managers  are  required  to  use  their  best  endeavors  to  provide  the  services  specified  in  the  ship
management agreements. Pursuant to the terms of the ship management agreements, we provide customary indemnification to the manager and its employees, agents and sub-contractors. 

We pay Technomar a daily management fee of Euro 785 from January 1, 2024, compared to Euro 750 for 2023, per vessel, payable in U.S. dollars, which, in addition to the technical ship management services noted above,
includes administrative support services provided to us including accounting and financial reporting, treasury management and legal services. Commencing January 1, 2024, we will also pay Technomar a fee of EUR 7,500, per annum
per vessel, pro rata, for the provision of additional services relating to our compliance with EU ETS requirements, such services including, among others, gathering emissions data, calculating emissions allowances, reporting verified
emissions data to the relevant authorities, and managing EU ETS accounts on our behalf. Each TTMA has a minimum term of twenty-four months after the later to occur of the expiry of the charter for the applicable vessel or the credit
facility (or other debt agreement) for which the applicable vessel serves as collateral, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of the TTMA. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future will
also be managed under a TTMA on substantially similar terms. Please see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions—Ship Management Agreements.”

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

A separate third-party ship manager provided technical and crew services for the Third-Party Managed Vessels until the relevant management agreements were terminated between May and July 2023. While in effect, we paid
$200,000 per annum per vessel for technical management services and $4,000 per month per vessel for crew services for these vessels. A termination payment of one-month fee per Third-Party Managed Vessel was made in connection
with our termination of these management agreements.

In addition, each of our vessel-owning subsidiaries for the Third-Party Managed Vessels entered into a Supervision Agreement with Technomar, pursuant to which Technomar supervised the third-party manager in order to ensure
the  services  are  fulfilled  as  required  under  the  third  party  management  agreements.  In  addition,  Technomar  undertook  the  provision  of  Technical,  Drydock,  Insurance,  Freight  and  Claims  Handling  Services  as  well  as  accounting,
administrative & support services. Pursuant to the Supervision Agreements, we paid a supervision fee of $157.50 per day per vessel (effective from January 1, 2023), and $150.00 prior to January 1, 2023. The Supervision Agreements
terminated at no cost when the underlying management agreements terminated between May and July 2023.

In March 2024, (effective January 1, 2024), we amended the TTMA for all of the vessels in our fleet to align with the EU ETS requirements. Within the amended agreement, Technomar shall be the responsible party for compliance
with ETS. The amendment includes additional services such as the monitoring of the emissions data, reporting the verified emissions data to the EU and the IMO, opening, managing and monitoring the EU ETS trading account and the
EU ETS compliance account, and performing a final reconciliation analysis.

Either party may terminate a ship management agreement in the event of default, which has not been cured, an order being made or a resolution being passed for the winding up, dissolution or bankruptcy of either party, or if a
receiver is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes a special arrangement with its creditors. The ship management agreement will also terminate if the vessel becomes a total loss, is declared as a
constructive or compromised or arranged total loss, is requisitioned or sold.

Commercial Management

Commercial management of vessels includes evaluating possible daily rate and duration of future employment, marketing a vessel for such employment, agreeing the detailed terms of a new charter or extension of an existing

charter, administering the conduct of the charter including collection of charter-hire where necessary. Commercial management also includes negotiating sale and purchase transactions.

The commercial management of all of our vessels is provided by Conchart pursuant to a commercial management agreement (the “CCMA”). Under each CCMA, we have agreed to pay Conchart a commission of 1.25% on all
monies earned under each charter fixture. No commission is payable on any charter of a vessel in our fleet to CMA CGM in place as of November 15, 2018, if applicable. However, commission is payable to Conchart for any extension
of  such  charters  after  March  31,  2021.  The  CCMA  also  provides  for  Conchart  to  be  the  named  broker  in  each  memorandum  of  agreement  (or  equivalent  agreement)  for  the  sale  of  all  vessels  and  purchase  of  some  vessels,  at  a
commission of 1.00% based on the sale and purchase price for any sale and purchase of a vessel. The CCMA, with respect to a vessel, has a minimum term of twenty-four months after the later to occur of the expiry of the charter for
the applicable vessel or the credit facility (or other debt agreement) for which the vessel serves as collateral, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of the CCMA. We expect that additional vessels that we may
acquire in the future will also be managed under a CCMA on substantially similar terms. Please see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions—Ship Management Agreements.”

Until January 20, 2021, Global Ship Lease Services Limited (“GSLS”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, was the commercial manager for the 16 vessels provided as security under the 2022 Notes and an associated
credit facility until the 2022 Notes were fully repaid on January 20, 2021, the associated credit facility having been fully repaid on October 31, 2020. GSLS had entered into a Commercial Advisory Services and Exclusive Brokerage
Services Agreement (“EBSA”) with Conchart, whereby Conchart was appointed to provide commercial advisory and exclusive brokerage services on terms substantially similar to those of the described above.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

By mutual consent, the EBSA was terminated without penalty on the repayment of the 2022 Notes and the 16 vessels became subject to commercial management agreements directly with Conchart.

Pursuant to a Brokerage Services Agreement dated February 21, 2020 among the Company, each vessel owning subsidiary and GSL Enterprises Ltd (“GSL Enterprises”), GSL Enterprises has been engaged by the Company and
the vessel owning subsidiaries to provide various brokerage, administrative and other services. GSL Enterprises receives a base fee of $1,300 per month per vessel plus supplemental fees. The Brokerage Services Agreement can be
terminated by mutual agreement at any time or by either party in case of the other party’s breach of the terms of the agreement.

Insurance

We arrange for insurance coverage for each of our vessels, including hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance and war risk insurance. We are responsible for the payment of all premiums. See “—Risk of

Loss and Liability Insurance.”

Inspection by Classification Societies

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by the vessel’s country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with
the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, or SOLAS Convention. Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance
coverage that a vessel be certified “in class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, the IACS. All of our vessels are certified as being “in class” by all the applicable
Classification Societies.

For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull and machinery, including the electrical plant and any special equipment classed, are required to be performed as follows:

Annual Surveys

For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant, and where applicable, on special equipment classed at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the

class period indicated in the certificate.

Intermediate Surveys

Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the

second or third annual survey.

Class Renewal Surveys

Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out on the ship’s hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and on any special equipment classed at the intervals indicated by the character of classification
for the hull. During the special survey, the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification
society would prescribe steel renewals. Substantial amounts of funds may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey, which is generally
every five years, a shipowner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle.
At a ship-owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal. All areas subject to
surveys as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are otherwise prescribed. The period between two consecutive surveys of each area must
not exceed five years.

All vessels are also dry-docked at least once every five years for inspection of their underwater parts and for repairs related to such inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation”

which must be rectified by the ship-owner within prescribed time limits.

If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey, drydocking or special survey, the vessel will be unable to carry cargo between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable which
could cause us to be in violation of certain covenants in our loan agreements. Any such inability to carry cargo or be employed, or any such violation of covenants, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and
results of operations.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following table shows the classification societies for our vessels and lists the month by which they need to have completed their next drydocking.

Vessel Name
CMA CGM Thalassa
ZIM Norfolk (ex UASC Al Khor)
Anthea Y
ZIM Xiamen (ex Maira XL)
MSC Tianjin
MSC Qingdao
GSL Ningbo
GSL Alexandra
GSL Sofia
GSL Effie
GSL Lydia
GSL Eleni
GSL Kalliopi
GSL Grania
Mary (tbr Colombia Express)
Kristina
Katherine
Alexandra
Alexis
Olivia I
GSL Christen
GSL Nicoletta
CMA CGM Berlioz
Agios Dimitrios
GSL Vinia
GSL Christel Elisabeth
GSL Dorothea
GSL Arcadia
GSL Violetta
GSL Maria
GSL MYNY
GSL Melita
GSL Tegea
Tasman
ZIM Europe (tbr Dimitris Y)
Ian H
GSL Tripoli
GSL Kithira
GSL Tinos
GSL Syros
Dolphin II
Orca I
CMA CGM Alcazar
GSL Château d’If
GSL Susan
CMA CGM Jamaica
CMA CGM Sambhar
CMA CGM America
GSL Rossi
GSL Alice
GSL Eleftheria
GSL Melina
GSL Valerie
Matson Molokai
GSL Lalo
GSL Mercer
Athena
GSL Elizabeth
Beethoven (tbr GSL Chloe)
GSL Maren
Maira
Nikolas
Newyorker
Manet
Keta
Julie
Kumasi
Akiteta

Classification Society
RINA
DNV-GL & RINA
DNV-GL & RINA
DNV-GL & RINA
RINA
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
RINA
RINA
RINA
RINA
DNV-GL
DNV-GL
DNV-GL
RINA
DNV-GL
RINA
RINA
DNV-GL & RINA
DNV-GL & RINA
RINA
RINA
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
RINA
DNV-GL
DNV-GL
RINA
DNV-GL
RINA
RINA
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
RINA
RINA
RINA
RINA
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
RINA
DNV-GL
RINA
RINA
RINA
RINA
RINA
RINA
DNV-GL
RINA
RINA
RINA
RINA
RINA
RINA
RINA
RINA
RINA
RINA
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
RINA
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas

Drydocking Month(1)
Jul-27
Jun-30
Mar-28
Feb-28
Mar-25
Apr-24
May-24
Jul-28
May-28
Sep-28
Mar-28
Jul-24
Oct-24
Sep-24
Jan-29
Jul-25
Apr-25
Aug-25
Jan-25
Feb-25
Dec-27
May-28
Jul-26
Feb-26
Oct-24
Sep-24
May-26
Dec-25
Aug-25
Dec-26
Oct-25
May-26
Jun-26
Jan-25
May-25
Jul-25
May-28
Jan-28
Jul-28
Apr-28
Jan-27
Nov-26
Nov-27
Dec-27
May-28
Sep-26
Jul-26
Sep-26
Mar-27
Mar-29
May-28
Nov-28
Jun-25
Feb-25
Jun-26
May-27
Feb-28
Mar-26
Jan-25
In progress
Aug-25
Aug-25
Jan-26
Oct-26
Nov-26
Nov-27
Feb-27
Jan-27

(1) Expected month of drydocking assumes that the vessel qualifies for in-water inspections at the intermediate survey.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The table does not take account of discretionary drydockings to effect vessel upgrades, or in response to proposed or actual regulatory changes such as for ballast water treatment.

Competition

We operate in markets that are highly competitive. We expect to compete for vessel purchases and charters based upon price, customer relationships, operating expertise, professional reputation and size, age and condition of the

vessel. We also expect to compete with many other companies, both other owners and operators to, among other things, purchase newbuildings and secondhand vessels to grow our fleet.

We expect substantial competition in obtaining new containership charters from a number of experienced and substantial companies. Many of these competitors may have greater financial resources than us, may operate larger
fleets, may have been established for longer and may be able to offer better charter rates. Due to the recent industry downturn, there have been an increased number of vessels available for charter, including many from owners with
strong reputations and experience. Excess supply of vessels in the container shipping market results in a more active short-term charter market and greater price competition for charters. As a result of these factors, we may be unable to
purchase additional containerships, expand our relationships with existing customers or obtain new charterers on a profitable basis, if at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition.

Permits and Authorizations

We are required by various governmental and other agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors,
including the commodities transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel’s crew and the age of a vessel. Not all of the permits, licenses and certificates currently required to operate the vessels globally
have been obtained by us or our ship managers. For example, Keta, Julie, Kumasi and Akiteta have not been certified to comply with all U.S., Canadian and Panama Canal regulations, as our charterers do not intend to operate them in
these waters. However, permits can be obtained in case charterers wish to trade the vessels in USA Canada and/or transit Panama Canal.

Environmental and Other Regulations

Government regulation significantly affects our business and the operation of our vessels. We are subject to international conventions and codes, and national, state, and local laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which our
vessels  operate  or  are  registered,  including,  among  others,  those  governing  the  generation,  management  and  disposal  of  hazardous  substances  and  wastes,  the  cleanup  of  oil  spills  and  other  contamination,  air  emissions  and  water
discharges. Because such laws and regulations frequently change, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements or the impact of these requirements on the resale or current market value or useful lives of our
vessels.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

A variety of government, quasi-government and private entities require us to obtain permits, licenses or certificates for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur

substantial costs or temporarily suspend the operation of one or more of our vessels in one or more ports.

Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the strictest environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety,

quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with United States and international regulations and with flag state administrations.

The following is an overview of certain material governmental regulations that affect our business and the operation of our vessels.

International Maritime Organization

The IMO is the United Nations’ agency for maritime safety. The IMO has adopted international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and a signatory’s territorial waters. For example, the IMO’s
International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, or MARPOL, imposes environmental standards on the shipping industry relating to, among other things, pollution prevention and procedures, technical standards, oil
spills management, transportation of marine pollutants and air emissions.

Annex VI of MARPOL, which regulates air pollution from vessels, sets limits on sulfur oxide (or NOx), nitrogen oxide and particulate matter emissions from vessel exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting
substances, such as chlorofluorocarbons. We believe all of our vessels currently are Annex VI compliant. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil with a lower cap (currently 0.1%) on the sulfur content
applicable inside Emission Control Areas, or ECAs. Existing ECAs include the Baltic Sea, the North Sea, including the English Channel, the North American area and the U.S. Caribbean Sea area. Recently at the MEPC78, the IMO
approved a proposal for a new ECA in the Mediterranean. As such, effective May 1, 2025, amendments designating the Mediterranean Sea, as a whole, as an ECA for sulfur oxides and particular matter enter into effect. Other areas in
China are subject to local regulations that impose stricter emission controls. Additional geographical areas may be designated as ECAs in the future. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements
relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant
capital expenditures or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.

Annex VI establishes tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for marine diesel engines, depending on their date of installation. Now Annex VI provides for a three-tier reduction in NOx emissions from marine diesel
engines, with the final tier (or Tier III) to apply to engines installed on vessels constructed on or after January 1, 2016 and which operate in the North American ECA or the U.S. Caribbean Sea ECA as well as ECAs designated in the
future by the IMO. At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, the MEPC approved the North Sea and Baltic Sea as ECAs for nitrogen oxide (also known as NECAs) for ships built after January 1, 2021. The EPA promulgated equivalent (and in
some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2009. Additionally, amendments to Annex II, which strengthen discharge requirements for cargo residues and tank washings in specified sea areas (including North West European
waters, Baltic Sea area, Western European waters and Norwegian Sea), came into effect in January 2021. Additional ECAs could be established in the future.

From  January  1,  2020,  the  IMO  mandated  global  sulfur  cap  of  0.5%  m/m  was  implemented.  Vessels  comply  either  by  being  fitted  with  exhaust  gas  cleaning  systems  (“scrubbers”),  allowing  the  vessel  to  continue  to  use  less

expensive, higher sulfur content fuel or by burning more expensive, low sulfur fuel. From March 1, 2020, vessels not fitted with exhaust gas scrubbers cannot have high sulfur content fuel on board.

Our existing time charters call for our customers to supply fuel that complies with Annex VI. It may be that charterers of certain of our vessels will seek to comply with Annex VI by agreeing with us to have exhaust gas cleaning

systems installed.

These amendments or other changes could require modifications to our vessels to achieve compliance, and the cost of compliance may be significant to our operations. 

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The IMO has also adopted technical and operational measures aimed at reducing greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. These include the “Energy Efficiency Design Index,” which is mandatory for newbuilding vessels, and the
“Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan,” which is mandatory for all vessels. Under these measures, by 2025, all new ships built will be 30% more energy efficient than those built in 2014. The IMO now requires ships of 5,000
gross tonnage, or grt, or more to record and report their fuel consumption to their flag state at the end of each calendar year. The IMO plans to use this data to adopt an initial greenhouse gas emissions reduction strategy.

The IMO’s International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, imposes, subject to limited exceptions, strict liability on vessel owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional
waters of ratifying states, which does not include the United States, caused by discharges of “bunker oil.” The Bunker Convention also requires owners of registered vessels over a certain size to maintain insurance for pollution damage
in an amount generally equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime. With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in a ship’s bunkers typically is
determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur on a fault or strict-liability basis. We believe our vessels comply with the Bunker Convention. Ships are required to maintain a
certificate attesting that they maintain adequate insurance to cover an incident. In jurisdictions such as the United States where the Bunker Convention has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and
liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or on a strict-liability basis.

The IMO’s International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, requires the installation of ballast water treatment systems on certain newbuilding vessels for
which the keel is laid after September 8, 2017 and for existing vessels at the renewal of their International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate after September 8, 2019. The MEPC adopted updated guidelines for approval of ballast
water management systems (G8) at MEPC 70. At MEPC 71, the schedule regarding the BWM Convention’s implementation dates was also discussed and amendments were introduced to extend the date existing vessels are subject to
certain ballast water standards. Those changes were adopted at MEPC 72. Ships over 400 gross tons generally must comply with a “D-1 standard,” requiring the exchange of ballast water only in open seas and away from coastal waters.
The “D-2 standard” specifies the maximum amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged, and compliance dates vary depending on the IOPP renewal dates. Depending on the date of the IOPP renewal survey, existing vessels
must comply with the D-2 standard on or after September 8, 2019. For most ships, compliance with the D-2 standard will involve installing on-board systems to treat ballast water and eliminate unwanted organisms. Ballast water
management systems, which include systems that make use of chemical, biocides, organisms or biological mechanisms, or which alter the chemical or physical characteristics of the ballast water, must be approved in accordance with
IMO Guidelines (Regulation D-3). As of October 13, 2019, MEPC 72’s amendments to the BWM Convention took effect, making the Code for Approval of Ballast Water Management Systems, which governs assessment of ballast
water  management  systems,  mandatory  rather  than  permissive,  and  formalized  an  implementation  schedule  for  the  D-2  standard.  Under  these  amendments,  all  ships  must  meet  the  D-2  standard  by  September  8,  2024.  Costs  of
compliance with these regulations may be substantial. The BWM Convention also requires ships to carry an approved ballast water management plan, record books and statement of compliance. Additionally, in November 2020, MEPC
75 adopted amendments to the BWM Convention which would require a commissioning test of the ballast water management system for the initial survey or when performing an additional survey for retrofits. This analysis will not
apply to ships that already have an installed BWM system certified under the BWM Convention. These amendments became effective on June 1, 2022. We will be required to incur significant costs to install these ballast water treatment
systems on all our vessels before the applicable due dates.

The IMO’s International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships, or the “Anti-fouling Convention,” prohibits the use of organotin compound coatings to prevent the attachment of mollusks and other
sea life to the hulls of vessels and requires vessels over 400 grt engaged in international voyages to undergo an initial survey before the vessel is put into service or before an International Anti fouling System Certificate is issued for the
first time, or subsequent surveys when the anti-fouling systems are altered or replaced. In 2023, MEPC 75 approved draft amendments to the Anti-fouling Convention will come into effect and will include controls on the biocide
cybutryne; ships shall not apply or re-apply anti-fouling systems containing this substance from January 1, 2023. The amendments require ships to remove this substance, or apply a coating to anti-fouling systems with this substance at
the next scheduled renewal of the anti-fouling system after January 1, 2023. We have obtained Anti-fouling System Certificates for all of our vessels that are subject to the Anti-fouling Convention. MEPC 77 adopted a non-binding
resolution which urges Member States and ship operators to voluntarily use distillate or other cleaner alternative fuels or methods of propulsion that are safe for ships and could contribute to the reduction of Black Carbon emissions
from ships when operating in or near the Arctic.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Amendments to MARPOL Annex V (regulation for the prevention of pollution by garbage from ships) adopted at MEPC 70 entered into force on March 1, 2018. The changes include criteria for determining whether cargo residues
are harmful to the marine environment, and a new Garbage Record Book format with a new garbage category for e-waste. As all our existing containerships are compliant with MARPOL Annex V requirements, the amendments could
cause us to incur additional operational costs for the handling of garbage produced on our fleet.

The IMO also regulates vessel safety. The International Safety Management Code, or the ISM Code, provides an international standard for the safe management and operation of ships and for pollution prevention. The ISM Code
requires our vessels to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy and implementation procedures. A Safety Management Certificate is
issued under the provisions of the SOLAS Convention to each vessel with a Safety Management System verified to be in compliance with the ISM Code. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate unless its manager has
been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. Failure to comply with the ISM Code may subject a party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected
vessels, and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. All of the vessels in our fleet are ISM Code-certified. Furthermore, all seafarers are required to meet the standards of the International Convention on
Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, or STCW, and be in possession of a valid STCW certificate. Flag states that have ratified the SOLAS Convention and STCW generally employ the classification
societies to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.

Furthermore, recent action by the IMO’s Maritime Safety Committee and United States agencies indicate that cybersecurity regulations for the maritime industry are likely to be further developed in the near future in an attempt to
combat  cybersecurity  threats.  For  example,  under  the  IMO’s  Resolution  MSC.428(98),  cyber  risks  must  be  appropriately  addressed  in  existing  safety  management  systems  no  later  than  the  first  annual  verification  of  a  company’s
Document of Compliance after January 1, 2021. This might cause companies to create additional procedures for monitoring cybersecurity, which could require additional expenses and/or capital expenditures.

Increasingly, various regions are adopting additional, unilateral requirements on the operation of vessels in their territorial waters. These regulations, such as those described below, apply to our vessels when they operate in the

relevant regions’ waters and can add to operational and maintenance costs, as well as increase the potential liability that applies to violations of the applicable requirements.

United States

The United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and CERCLA

The  United  States  Oil  Pollution Act  of  1990,  (“OPA”),  establishes  an  extensive  regulatory  and  liability  regime  for  the  protection  and  cleanup  of  the  environment  from  oil  spills.  The  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation and Liability Act, (“CERCLA”), governs spills or releases of hazardous substances other than petroleum or petroleum products. Under OPA and CERCLA, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers whose vessels
trade or operate within the U.S., its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which includes the U.S.’s territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the U.S., are jointly and, subject
to limited exceptions, strictly liable for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil or hazardous substances, as applicable, from their vessels. OPA and CERCLA define
these damages broadly to include certain direct and indirect damages and losses, including but not limited to assessment of damages, remediation, damages to natural resources such as fish and wildlife habitat, and agency oversight
costs. Although our vessels do not carry oil as cargo, they do carry oil as bunkers, or fuel.

Under OPA and CERCLA, the liability of responsible parties is limited to a specified amount, which is periodically updated. On December 23, 2022, the USCG adjusted the limits of OPA liability for non-tank vessels to the greater
of $1,300 per gross ton or $1,076,000  (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or
operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party's gross negligence or willful misconduct. CERCLA contains a similar liability regime
whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for clean-up, removal and remedial costs, as well as damages for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing the
same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is
limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5.0 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. Liability limits do not apply under OPA if the
responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident where the responsible party knows or has reason to know of the incident or reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities or comply with an
order issued under the U.S. Federal Water Pollution Act or Intervention of the High Seas Act, or under CERCLA if the responsible person fails or refused to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection
with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA. Under both OPA and CERCLA, liability is unlimited if the incident is caused by gross negligence, willful misconduct or a violation of certain regulations.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We  maintain  pollution  liability  coverage  insurance  in  the  amount  of  $1  billion  per  incident  for  each  of  our  vessels.  If  the  damages  from  a  catastrophic  spill  were  to  exceed  our  insurance  coverage  it  could  harm  our  business,
financial condition and results of operation. Vessel owners and operators must establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet their potential aggregate liabilities under OPA and
CERCLA. Evidence of financial responsibility may be demonstrated by showing proof of insurance, surety bonds, self-insurance or guarantees. We have obtained the necessary U.S. Coast Guard financial assurance certificates, or
COFRs, for each of our vessels currently in service and trading to the United States. Owners or operators of certain vessels operating in U.S. waters also must prepare and submit to the U.S. Coast Guard a response plan for each vessel,
which plan, among other things, must address a “worst case” scenario environmental discharge and describe crew training and drills to address any discharge. Each of our vessels has the necessary response plans in place.

OPA  and  CERCLA  do  not  prohibit  individual  states  from  imposing  their  own  liability  regimes  with  regard  to  oil  pollution  or  hazardous  substance  incidents  occurring  within  their  boundaries,  and  some  states  have  enacted
legislation providing for unlimited liability for spills. In some cases, states that have enacted such legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessel owners’ responsibilities under these laws. We intend to comply
with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call. Nevertheless, future changes to OPA, CERCLA and other United States environmental regulations could adversely affect our operations.

Clean Water Act

The Clean Water Act, or CWA, establishes the basic structure for regulating discharges of pollutants into the “waters of the United States” and regulating quality standards for surface waters. The CWA authorizes civil and criminal
penalties  for  discharging  pollutants  without  a  permit,  failure  to  meet  any  requirement  of  a  permit,  and  also  allows  for  citizen  suits  against  violators.  The  CWA  imposes  strict  liability  in  the  form  of  penalties  for  any  unauthorized
discharges,  and  substantial  liability  for  the  costs  of  removal,  remediation  and  damages  and  complements  the  remedies  available  under  OPA  and  CERCLA.  In  2015,  the  EPA  expanded  the  definition  of  waters  of  the  United  States
(“WOTUS”), thereby expanding federal authority under the CWA. On December 30, 2022, the EPA and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers announced the final revised WOTUS rule, which was published on January 18, 2023. In August
2023, the EPA and Department of the Army issued a final rule to amend the revised WOTUS definition to conform the definition of WOTUS to the U.S. Supreme Court’s interpretation of the Clean Water Act in its decision dated May
25, 2023. This final rule became effective September 8, 2023 and operates to limit the Clean Water Act.

The EPA and the USCG have also enacted rules relating to ballast water discharge, compliance with which requires the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of
other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial costs, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. Waters. The EPA will regulate these ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental
to  the  normal  operation  of  certain  vessels  within  United  States  waters  pursuant  to  the  Vessel  Incidental  Discharge  Act  (“VIDA”),  which  was  signed  into  law  on  December  4,  2018  and  requires  that  the  U.S.  Coast  Guard  develop
implementation, compliance, and enforcement regulations regarding ballast water. On October 26, 2020, the EPA published a Notice of Proposed rulemaking for Vessel Incidental Discharge National Standards of Performance under
VIDA, and in November 2020, held virtual public meetings, but a final rule has not been promulgated. Under VIDA, all provisions of the 2013 VGP and USCG ballast water regulations remain in force and effect as currently written
until the EPA publishes standards. Several U.S. states have added specific requirements to the Vessel General Permit and, in some cases, may require vessels to install ballast water treatment technology to meet biological performance
standards. In addition, several U.S. states have added specific requirements to the VGP, including submission of a Notice of Intent, or NOI, or retention of a PARI form and submission of annual reports. Compliance with the EPA, U.S.
Coast Guard and state regulations could require the installation of ballast water treatment equipment on our vessels or the implementation of other port facility disposal procedures at potentially substantial cost, or may otherwise restrict
our vessels from entering U.S. waters.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Non-military, non-recreational vessels greater than 79 feet in length must continue to comply with the requirements of the VGP. Under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, newbuilding vessels constructed after
December 1, 2013 are required to have a U.S. Coast Guard-approved ballast water treatment system installed, and existing vessels, are required to have a ballast water treatment system installed on the first scheduled dry-dock after
January 1, 2016. Compliance with the EPA, U.S. Coast Guard and state regulations could require the installation of ballast water treatment equipment on our vessels or the implementation of other port facility disposal procedures at
potentially substantial cost, or may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.

In addition, the Act to Prevent Pollution from Ships, or APPS, implements various provisions of MARPOL and applies to larger foreign-flag ships when operating in U.S. waters. The regulatory mechanisms established in APPS to

implement MARPOL are separate and distinct from the CWA and other federal environmental laws. Civil and criminal penalties may be assessed under APPS for non-compliance.

Additional Ballast Water Regulations

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations also require vessels to maintain a vessel-specific ballast water management plan that addresses training and safety procedures, fouling maintenance and sediment removal procedures. Individual

U.S. states have also enacted laws to address invasive species through ballast water and hull cleaning management and permitting requirements.

Clean Air Act

The Clean Air Act, or the CAA, and its implementing regulations subject our vessels to vapor control and recovery requirements when cleaning fuel tanks and conducting other operations in regulated port areas and to air emissions
standards for our engines while operating in U.S. waters. The EPA has adopted standards that apply to certain engines installed on U.S. vessels and to marine diesel fuels produced and distributed in the United States. These standards
are consistent with Annex VI of MARPOL and establish significant reductions for vessel emissions of particulate matter, sulfur oxides and nitrogen oxides.

The CAA also requires states to draft State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in primarily major metropolitan and industrial areas. Several SIPs regulate emissions from
degassing operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment on vessels. California has enacted regulations which apply to ocean-going vessels’ engines when operating within 24 miles of the California coast and
require operators to use low sulfur fuels. California also approved regulations to reduce emissions from diesel auxiliary engines on certain ocean-going vessels while in California ports, including container ship fleets that make 25 or
more annual visits to California ports. These federal and state requirements may increase our capital expenditures and operating costs while in applicable ports. As with other U.S. environmental laws, failure to comply with the Clean
Air Act may subject us to enforcement action, including payment of civil or criminal penalties and citizen suits.

European Union Requirements

In waters of the EU, our vessels are subject to regulation by EU-level legislation, including directives implemented by the various member states through laws and regulations of these requirements. These laws and regulations
prescribe measures, among others, to prevent pollution, protect the environment and support maritime safety. For instance, the EU has adopted directives that require member states to refuse access to their ports to certain sub-standard
vessels, according to various factors, such as the vessel’s condition, flag, and number of previous detentions (Directive 2009/16 of vessels using their ports annually (based on an inspection “share” of the relevant member state of the
total number of inspections to be carried out within the EU and the Paris Memorandum of Understanding on Port State Control region), inspect all vessels which are due for a mandatory inspection (based, among other things, on their
type, age, risk profile and the time of their last inspection) and carry out more frequent inspections of vessels with a high risk profile. If deficiencies are found that are clearly hazardous to safety, health or the environment, the state is
required to detain the vessel or stop loading or unloading until the deficiencies are addressed. Member states are also required to implement their own separate systems of proportionate penalties for breaches of these standards.

Our vessels are also subject to inspection by appropriate classification societies. Classification societies typically establish and maintain standards for the construction and classification of vessels, supervise that construction in
accordance with such standards, and carry out regular surveys of ships in service to ensure compliance with such standards. The EU has adopted legislation (Regulation (EC) No 391/2009 and Directive 2009/15/EC, as amended and
supplemented from time to time) that provides member states with greater authority and control over classification societies, including the ability to seek to suspend or revoke the authority of classification societies that are negligent in
their duties. The EU requires member states to monitor these organizations’ compliance with EU inspection requirements and to suspend any organization whose safety and pollution prevention performance becomes unsatisfactory.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The EU’s directive on the sulfur content of fuels (Directive (EU) 2016/802, which consolidates Directive 1999/32/EC and its various amendments) restricts the maximum sulfur content of marine fuels used in vessels operating in
EU member states’ territorial seas, exclusive economic zones and pollution control zones. The directive provides for more stringent rules on maximum sulfur content of marine fuels applicable in specific Sulfur Emission Control Areas,
or SECAs, such as the Baltic Sea and the North Sea, including the English Channel. Further sea areas may be designated as SECAs in the future by the IMO in accordance with Annex VI of MARPOL. Under this directive, we may be
required to make expenditures to comply with the sulfur fuel content limits in the marine fuel our vessels use in order to avoid delays or other obstructions to their operations, as well as any enforcement measures which may be imposed
by the relevant member states for non-compliance with the provisions of the directive. We also may need to make other expenditures (such as expenditures related to washing or filtering exhaust gases) to comply with relevant sulfur
oxide emissions levels. The directive has been amended to bring the above requirements in line with Annex VI of MARPOL. It also makes certain of these requirements more stringent. These and other related requirements may require
additional capital expenditures and increase our operating costs.

Through Directive 2005/35/EC (as amended by Directive 2009/123/EC and as further amended and supplemented from time to time), the EU requires member states to cooperate to detect pollution discharges and impose criminal
sanctions for certain pollution discharges committed intentionally, recklessly or by serious negligence and to initiate proceedings against ships at their next port of call following the discharge. Penalties may include fines and civil and
criminal penalties. Directive 2000/59/EC (as amended and supplemented from time to time) requires all ships (except for warships, naval auxiliary or other state-owned or state-operated ships on non-commercial service), irrespective of
flag, calling at, or operating within, ports of member states to deliver all ship-generated waste and cargo residues to port reception facilities. Under the directive, a fee is payable by the ships for the use of the port reception facilities,
including the treatment and disposal of the waste. The ships may be subject to an inspection for verification of their compliance with the requirements of the directive and penalties may be imposed for their breach.

The EU also authorizes member states to adopt the IMO’s Bunker Convention, discussed above, that imposes strict liability on shipowners for pollution damage caused by spills of oil carried as fuel in vessels’ bunkers and requires

vessels of a certain size to maintain financial security to cover any liability for such damage. Most EU member states have ratified the Bunker Convention.

The EU has adopted a regulation (EU Ship Recycling Regulation (1257/2013)) which sets forth rules relating to vessel recycling and management of hazardous materials on vessels. The regulation contains requirements for the
recycling of vessels at approved recycling facilities that must meet certain requirements, so as to minimize the adverse effects of recycling on human health and the environment. The regulation also contains rules for the control and
proper management of hazardous materials on vessels and prohibits or restricts the installation or use of certain hazardous materials on vessels. The regulation seeks to facilitate the ratification of the IMO’s Hong Kong International
Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships, 2009. The regulation applies to vessels flying the flag of a member state and certain of its provisions apply to vessels flying the flag of a third country calling at a
port or anchorage of a member state. For example, when calling at a port or anchorage of a member state, a vessel flying the flag of a third country will be required, among other things, to have on board an inventory of hazardous
materials which complies with the requirements of the new regulation and the vessel must be able to submit to the relevant authorities of that member state a copy of a statement of compliance issued by the relevant authorities of the
country of the vessel’s flag verifying the inventory. The regulation entered into force on December 30, 2013, although certain of its provisions are to apply at different stages, with certain of them applicable from December 31, 2020.
Pursuant to this regulation, the EU Commission adopted the first version of a European List of approved ship recycling facilities meeting the requirements of the regulation, as well as four further implementing decisions dealing with
certification and other administrative requirements set out in the regulation. Now that the HKC has been ratified and will enter into force on 26 June 2025, it is expected that the EU Ship Recycling Regulation will be reviewed in light
of this.

The EU is considering other proposals to further regulate vessel operations. The EU has adopted an Integrated Maritime Policy for the purposes of achieving a more coherent approach to maritime issues through coordination
between different maritime sectors and integration of maritime policies. The Integrated Maritime Policy has sought to promote the sustainable development of the European maritime economy and to protect the marine environment
through  cross-sector  and  cross-border  cooperation  of  maritime  participants.  The  EU  Commission’s  proposals  included,  among  other  items,  the  development  of  environmentally  sound  end-of-life  ship  dismantling  requirements  (as
described above in respect of the EU Ship Recycling Regulation (1257/2013)), promotion of the use of shore-side electricity by ships at berth in EU ports to reduce air emissions, and consideration of options for EU legislation to reduce
greenhouse gas emissions from maritime transport. The European Maritime Safety Agency has been established to provide technical support to the EU Commission and member states in respect of EU legislation pertaining to maritime
safety, pollution and security. The EU, any individual country or other competent authority may adopt additional legislation or regulations applicable to us and our operations.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Other Greenhouse Gas Legislation

Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to
which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions with targets extended through 2020. International negotiations are continuing with respect to a successor to the Kyoto
Protocol, and restrictions on shipping emissions may be included in any new treaty. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the U.S. and China, signed the Copenhagen Accord, which includes a non-binding commitment to
reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The 2015 United Nations Climate Change Conference in Paris resulted in the Paris Agreement, which entered into force on November 4, 2016 and does not directly limit greenhouse gas emissions
from ships. The U.S. officially rejoined the Paris Agreement on February 19, 2021.

The IMO, EU, the United States and other individual countries, states and provinces are evaluating various measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping, which may include some combination of
market-based instruments, a carbon tax or other mandatory reduction measures. The EU adopted Regulation (EU) 2015/757 concerning the monitoring, reporting and verification of carbon dioxide emissions from vessels, or the MRV
Regulation, which entered into force in July 2015 (as amended by Regulation (EU) 2016/2071). The MRV Regulation applies to all vessels over 5,000 gross tonnage (except for a few types, including, but not limited to, warships and
fish-catching or fish-processing vessels), irrespective of flag, in respect of carbon dioxide emissions released during voyages within the EU as well as EU incoming and outgoing voyages. The first reporting period commenced on
January  1,  2018.  The  monitoring,  reporting  and  verification  system  adopted  by  the  MRV  Regulation  may  be  the  precursor  to  a  market-based  mechanism  to  be  adopted  in  the  future.  The  EU  recently  agreed  on  a  Directive  on  the
inclusion of shipping in the EU Emissions Trading System and it has been in force since January 1, 2024.

At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, a draft outline of the structure of the initial strategy for developing a comprehensive IMO strategy on reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from ships was approved. Nations at the MEPC 72 adopted
an initial strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships. The initial strategy identified “levels of ambition” to reducing greenhouse gas emissions, including decreasing the carbon intensity from ships, reducing carbon dioxide
emissions per transport work by at least 40% by 2030, pursuing efforts towards 70% by 2050, compared to 2008 emission levels, and reducing the total annual greenhouse emissions by at least 50% by 2050 compared to 2008. At
MEPC 80 in July 2023, the IMO adopted the 2023 IMO Strategy on Reduction of GHG Emissions from Ships, which revoked the 2018 initial strategy. The 2023 IMO GHG Strategy identifies a number of levels of ambition, including:
(1) decline of carbon intensity through further improvement of the energy efficiency for new ships; (2) decline of carbon intensity of international shipping, to reduce CO2 emissions by at least 40% by 2030, compared to 2008; (3)
uptake of zero or near-zero GHG emission technologies, fuels, and/or energy sources, striving to represent 10% of the energy sources used by international shipping by 2030; and (4) to reach net-zero GHG emission by or around 2050.
These regulations could cause us to incur additional substantial expenses.

The EU made a unilateral commitment to reduce overall greenhouse gas emissions from its member states from 20% of 1990 levels by 2020. The EU also committed to reduce its emissions by 20% under the Kyoto Protocol’s
second period from 2013 to 2020. Starting in January 2018, large ships over 5,000 gross tonnage calling at EU ports are required to collect and publish data on carbon dioxide emissions and other information. As previously discussed,
regulations relating to the inclusion of greenhouse gas emissions from the maritime sector in the European Union’s carbon market are also forthcoming.

In the United States, the EPA issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety, adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources, and proposed regulations to limit
greenhouse gas emissions from large stationary sources. The EPA or individual U.S. states could enact environmental regulations that would affect our operations. On November 2, 2021, the EPA issued a proposed rule under the CAA
designed to reduce methane emissions from oil and gas sources. In November 2022, the EPA issued a supplemental proposal to that would achieve more comprehensive emissions reductions and add proposed requirements for sources
not previously covered. At COP28, the United States announced final standards to reduce methane emissions from oil and gas operations to achieve an 80% reduction below future methane emissions expected without the rule. If these
new regulations are finalized, they could affect our operations.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the EU, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol or Paris
Agreement, that restricts emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Even in the absence of climate control legislation, our business
may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change may result in sea level changes or certain weather events.

Other Regions

We may be subject to environmental and other regulations that have been or may become adopted in other regions of the world that may impose obligations on our vessels and may increase our costs to own and operate them.

Compliance with these requirements may require significant expenditures on our part and may materially increase our operating costs.

Of particular importance, due to the trade intensity in these areas, are four ECAs created in Hong Kong and in China (Pearl River Delta, the Yangtze River Delta and Bohai Sea), aiming to reduce the levels of ship-generated air
pollution and focus on the sulfur content of fuels. As of January 1, 2017, vessels at berth in a core port within an emission control area are required to use fuel with a maximum sulfur content of 0.5% m/m—except one hour after arrival
and one hour before departure. Since January 1, 2018, all ports within Chinese emission control areas have implemented this standard. As of January 1, 2019, vessels must switch to fuel with a sulfur content not exceeding 0.5% m/m
prior to entering China’s territorial sea, in defined areas. From January 1, 2020, vessels entering Inland ECAs (Yangtze River and Xi Jiang River) must use fuel with a sulfur content not exceeding 0.10% while operating within the
Inland ECA. Looking further ahead, a sulfur cap of 0.1% will apply to seagoing vessels entering Hainan Waters within the coastal ECA from January 1, 2022. Vessels capable of receiving shore power must use shore power if they berth
for more than three hours in ports in the coastal ECA that have shore power capabilities (or more than two hours in ports with such capabilities in the Inland ECAs). Furthermore, ships of 400 gross tonnage or over, or ships powered by
main propulsion machinery greater than 750 kW of propulsion power, calling at a port in China should report energy consumption data of their last voyage to China MSA before leaving port (China Regulation on Data Collection for
Energy Consumption of Ships). Hong Kong’s current Fuel at Berth Regulation requiring ships to burn fuel with a sulfur content not exceeding 0.5% m/m while at berth are expected to be replaced by a regulation extending the standard
to ships operating in Hong Kong waters. Ships not fitted with scrubbers will be required to burn fuel with a sulfur content not exceeding 0.5% m/m within Hong Kong waters, irrespective of whether they are sailing or at berth. In
Taiwan, ships not fitted with exhaust gas scrubbers must burn fuel with a sulfur content not exceeding 0.5% m/m when entering its international commercial port areas. In December 2021, the member states of the Convention for the
Protection of the Mediterranean Sea Against Pollution (“Barcelona Convention”) agreed to support the designation of a new ECA in the Mediterranean. The group plans to submit a formal proposal to the IMO by the end of 2022 with
the goal of having the ECA implemented by 2025.

In connection with the introduction of the ban of high sulfur fuel for vessels not fitted with exhaust gas scrubbers, a number of countries are introducing rules as to the type of exhaust gas scrubber that may be acceptable to be
operated on vessels, in effect prohibiting the operation in their waters of hybrid or open loop type exhaust gas scrubbers and forcing vessels to use more expensive closed loop systems or to burn low sulfur fuel when sailing in their
waters.

International Labor Organization

The International Labor Organization is a specialized agency of the UN that has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (“MLC 2006”). A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance is
required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships that are 500 gross tonnage or over and are either engaged in international trade or flying the flag of a Member and operating from a port, or between ports, in another
country. We believe that all our vessels are in substantial compliance with and are certified to meet MLC 2006.

Vessel Security Regulations

Since September 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. In November 2002, the U.S Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, came into effect. To implement certain
portions of the MTSA, the U.S. Coast Guard has issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States and at certain ports and
facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA. Similarly, amendments to the SOLAS Convention created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security, which came into effect in July 2004. To trade
internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state. Ships operating without a valid certificate may be detained, expelled
from, or refused entry at port until they obtain an ISSC. The new chapter imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, most of which are contained in the International Ship and Port Facilities Security
Code, or ISPS Code. Among the various requirements are:

•

•

•

•

on-board installation of automatic information systems, to enhance vessel-to-vessel and vessel-to-shore communications;

on-board installation of ship security alert systems;

the development of vessel security plans; and

compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The United States Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures if such vessels have on board a valid International Ship
Security Certificate, that attests to the vessel’s compliance with the SOLAS Convention security requirements and the ISPS Code. Our existing vessels have implemented the various security measures addressed by the MTSA, the
SOLAS Convention and the ISPS Code.

Inspection by Classification Societies

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the
applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and SOLAS. Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage and lending that a vessel be certified “in class” by a classification society
which  is  a  member  of  the  International  Association  of  Classification  Societies,  the  IACS.  The  IACS  has  adopted  harmonized  Common  Structural  Rules,  or  “the  Rules,”  which  apply  to  oil  tankers  and  bulk  carriers  contracted  for
construction on or after July 1, 2015. The Rules attempt to create a level of consistency between IACS Societies. All of our vessels are certified as being “in class” by all the applicable Classification Societies.

A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys, drydockings and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed
periodically over a five-year period. Every vessel is also required to be drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel. If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey,
intermediate survey, drydocking or special survey, the vessel will be unable to carry cargo between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable which could cause us to be in violation of certain covenants in our loan agreements.
Any such inability to carry cargo or be employed, or any such violation of covenants, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

General

The operation of any cargo vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, physical damage, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy
incidents,  hostilities  and  labor  strikes.  In  addition,  there  is  always  an  inherent  possibility  of  marine  disaster,  including  oil  spills  and  other  environmental  mishaps,  and  the  liabilities  arising  from  owning  and  operating  vessels  in
international trade. OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon shipowners, operators and bareboat charterers of any vessel trading in the exclusive economic zone of the United States for certain oil pollution accidents in the
United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for shipowners and operators trading in the United States market. We carry insurance coverage as customary in the shipping industry. However, not all risks can be insured,
specific claims may be rejected, and we might not be always able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

Hull & Machinery, Loss of Hire and War Risks Insurance

We maintain marine hull and machinery, increased value and war risks insurances, which cover the risk of actual or constructive total loss, for all of our vessels. Our vessels are each covered up to at least fair market value, which
we expect to assess at least annually, with certain deductibles per vessel per incident. We also maintain freight value coverage for each of our vessels under which in the event of total loss or constructive total loss of a vessel, we will be
entitled to recover the lost anticipated long term income. As required by the terms of our credit facilities, we have assigned certain of our insurance policies to our lenders and will be subject to restrictions on our use of any proceeds
therefrom.

We do not have loss-of-hire insurance covering the loss of revenue during extended off-hire periods. We evaluate obtaining such coverage on an ongoing basis, taking into account insurance market conditions and the employment

of our vessels.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I associations, (“Clubs”) which insure our third-party and crew liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. Coverage
includes third-party liability, crew liability and other related expenses resulting from the abandonment, injury or death of crew, and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels,
damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance,
extended by P&I associations. Subject to the limit for pollution discussed below, our coverage is virtually unlimited, but subject to the rules of the particular protection and indemnity insurer.

Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is up to $1.0 billion per vessel per incident. The 12 Clubs that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial blue-
water tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. The International Group of P&I Clubs maintain a Pool arrangement, which provides a mechanism for sharing all claims in excess of
$10.0 million up to, currently, $100.0 million. The Clubs are collectively reinsured in the International Group Excess Loss Programme for $3.0 billion, with an excess of $100.0 million. The overall limit of coverage per vessel, per
incident, is approximately $7.0 billion. As members of Clubs which are members of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on our claim records as well as the claim records of all other
members of the individual associations and members of the shipping pool of Clubs comprising the International Group.

C. Organizational Structure

Our holding company, Global Ship Lease, Inc., is a Marshall Islands corporation. Each of our vessels is owned by a separate wholly-owned subsidiary. 23 vessels are owned by companies incorporated in Marshall Islands; one of
them is under sale and leaseback transaction and while the disponent owner is a Marshall Island company, its registered owner is a Hong Kong non GSL company. 45 vessels are owned by companies incorporated in Liberia; five of
them are under sale and leaseback transactions and while the disponent owners are Liberian companies, their registered owners are Hong Kong (four) and Liberia (one) non GSL companies. In addition, GSLS, a company incorporated
in England and Wales and which is directly wholly owned by the holding company, and GSL Enterprises Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation which has established a branch office in Greece pursuant to the provisions of art. 25 of Law
27/1975 (formerly law 89/1967), provide certain administrative services to the group.

A list of our subsidiaries and their respective countries of incorporation is provided as Exhibit 8.1 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

Our  only  material  properties  are  the  vessels  in  our  fleet,  which  are  described  in  “Item  4.  Information  on  the  Company—B.  Business  Overview.”  The  vessels  are  affected  by  environmental  and  other  regulations.  See  “Item  4.
Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Environmental and Other Regulations.” Certain of our vessels serve as security under our debt agreements. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review—B. Liquidity and
Financial Resources —Indebtedness”. We do not own any real property.

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 5.

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

A. Operating Results

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the financial and other information
included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The term consolidated financial statements refers to the consolidated financial statements of Global Ship Lease, Inc. and its subsidiaries. This discussion contains forward-looking statements
based on assumptions about our future business. Our actual results will likely differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning
of this Annual Report.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Overview

We are a containership owner, incorporated in the Marshall Islands. We commenced operations in December 2007 with a business of owning and chartering out containerships under fixed rate charters to container liner companies.

As of December 31, 2023, we owned 68 vessels, with a total capacity of 375,406 TEU with an average age, weighted by TEU capacity, of 17.2 years.

We have entered into ship management agreements with third-party ship managers for the day-to-day technical and commercial management of our current fleet of vessels. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business

Overview—Management of Our Fleet” for a more detailed description of our ship management agreements.

Our financial results are largely driven by the following factors:

•
•
•
•
•

•
•

the continued performance of the charter agreements;
the number of vessels in our fleet and their charter rates;
the terms under which we recharter our vessels once the existing time charters have expired;
the number of days that our vessels are utilized and not subject to drydocking, special surveys or otherwise are off-hire;
our ability to control our costs, including ship operating costs, ship management fees, insurance costs, drydock costs, general, administrative and other expenses and interest and financing costs. Ship operating costs may vary
from month to month depending on a number of factors, including the timing of purchases of spares and stores and of crew changes;
impairment of our vessels and other non-current assets; and
access to, and the pricing and other terms of, our financing arrangements.

As at December 31, 2023 and as adjusted to include new charters agreed through March 11, 2024, the average remaining term of our charters at December 31, 2023, to the mid-point of redelivery, including options under our
control, was 2.2 years on a TEU-weighted basis. The time charters for nine of our 68 containerships, either have expired or could expire before the end of the first half of 2024, and a further nineteen vessels have charters that could
expire during the second half of 2024. The charter rate that we will be able to achieve on renewal will be affected by market conditions at that time. As discussed further below, operational matters such as off-hire days for planned
maintenance or for unexpected accidents and incidents also affect the actual amount of revenues we receive.

The  container  shipping  industry  suffered  a  cyclical  downturn  as  a  result  of  the  Global  Financial  Crisis  in  2008—2009  and  many  container  shipping  companies  reported  substantial  losses.  Financial  performance  of  container
shipping  companies  subsequently  improved  however,  the  industry  remained  under  pressure  due  to  oversupply  of  container  ship  capacity.  2020  saw  a  substantial  downturn,  triggered  by  the  global  COVID-19  pandemic.  While  the
industry has recovered markedly, commencing late 2020 with volumes, freight rates, charter rates and vessel values all increasing substantially, the market is currently faced with macro headwinds (primarily due to the conflict in
Ukraine and elevated inflation) and negative sentiment, which is placing downward pressure on consumer demand, and as a result, the container shipping industry.

Charter payments have been received on a timely basis and, as of December 31, 2023, charter hire was up-to-date. If our charterers are unable to make charter payments to us, our results of operations and financial condition will be
materially adversely affected. If our existing charters with our charterers were terminated and we were required to recharter at lower rates or if we were unable to find new charters due to market conditions, our results of operations and
financial condition would be materially adversely affected.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Selected Financial Information and Other Data

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Consolidated financial data is derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Our audited consolidated statements of income and statements of cash flows for the years ended
December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 and our audited consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, are included in this Annual Report. Our audited consolidated statements of income
and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and our audited consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, and the notes thereto, are not included herein.

2023 
(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars, except for per share data)

2022 

2021 

2020 

2019(1)

Statement of Income
Operating revenues:

Time charter revenue

Operating expenses:

Vessel operating expenses
Time charter and voyage expenses
Depreciation and amortization
General and administrative expenses
Impairment of vessels
Gain/(Loss) on sale of vessels

Total operating expenses
Operating Income

Non-operating income/(expenses)
Interest income
Interest and other finance expenses
Other income, net
Fair value adjustment on derivative asset

Income before income taxes

Income taxes
Net Income
Earnings allocated to Series B Preferred Shares

Net Income available to common shareholders

Net Earnings per Class A common share in $

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding

Basic in millions
Diluted in millions

Net income per Class B common share in $
Basic and diluted
Weighted average number of Class B common shares outstanding

Basic and diluted in millions
Dividend per Class A common share in $
Statement of cash flow (2)
Net cash provided by Operating Activities
Net cash used in Investing Activities
Net cash (used in)/provided by Financing Activities
Balance sheet data (at year end)
Total current assets
Vessels in operation
Total assets
Debt (current and non-current portion), net
Class A and B common shares
Shareholders’ equity
Other data
Number of vessels in operation at year end
Ownership days
Utilization

$ 674.8 

$ 645.6 

$ 448.0 

$ 282.8 

$ 261.1

(179.2) 
(23.6) 
(91.7) 
(18.3) 
(18.8) 
— 
(331.6) 
343.2 

9.8 
(44.8) 
2.1 
(5.4) 
304.9 
(0.4) 
304.5 
(9.5) 
295.0 

8.33 
8.21 

35.4 
35.9 

Nil 

Nil 
53.2 

375.0 
(152.0) 
(212.2) 

295.7 
1,664.1 
2,171.8 
812.4 
0.4 
1,184.4 

68 
24,285 
95.9% 

(167.4) 
(21.2) 
(81.3) 
(18.5) 
(3.0) 
— 
(291.4) 
354.2 

2.5 
(75.3) 
1.8 
9.7 
292.9 
0.0 
292.9 
(9.5) 
283.4 

7.74 
7.62 

36.6 
37.2 

Nil 

Nil 
50.5 

327.5 
(9.9) 
(243.3) 

237.0 
1,623.3 
2,106.2 
934.4 
0.4 
966.5 

65 
23,725 
95.5% 

       (130.3) 
(13.1) 
(61.6) 
(13.2) 
— 
7.8 
(210.4) 
237.6 

0.4 
(69.2) 
2.8 
— 
171.6 
(0.1) 
171.5 
(8.3) 
163.2 

4.65 
4.60 

35.1 
35.5 

Nil 

Nil 
27.9 

247.9 
(463.0) 
318.4 

143.4 
1,682.8 
1,994.1 
1,070.5 
0.4 
712.6 

65 
19,427 
94.3% 

(102.8) 
(11.2) 
(47.0) 
(8.4) 
(8.5) 
(0.2) 
(178.1) 
104.7 

1.0 
(65.4) 
1.3 
— 
41.6 
(0.0) 
41.6 
(4.0) 
37.6 

1.23 
1.22 

17.7 
17.8 

Nil 

Nil 
— 

89.7 
(24.9) 
(120.2) 

98.6 
1,140.6 
1,274.2 
769.5 
0.2 
464.7 

43 
16,044 
93.0 % 

(87.8)
(9.0)
(43.9)
(8.8)
—
—
(149.5)
111.6

1.8
(75.0)
1.5
—
39.9
(0.0)
39.9
(3.1)
36.8

1.48
1.48

11.9
11.9

Nil

Nil
—

86.0
(92.5)
64.1

161.9
1,155.6
1,351.8
896.9
0.2
406.4

43
14,326
94.4%

(1) On January 2, 2019, as a consequence of the completion of the Poseidon Transaction, all of our issued and outstanding Class B common shares converted one-for-one into Class A common shares. On March 25, 2019, we effected
a one-for-eight reverse stock split of our Class A common shares, which our shareholders authorized at our special meeting of shareholders held on March 20, 2019. There was no change to the par value of our Class A common
shares in connection with the reverse stock split. All share and per share amounts disclosed in this Annual Report give effect to the reverse stock split retroactively, for all periods presented.

(2) During the year ended December 31, 2023, we made reclassifications to the prior year statement of cash flows to correct and reclassify payments for drydocking and special survey costs from investing outflows to operating
outflows which resulted in a decrease in investing outflows and increase in operating outflows of $24.4 million, $19.2 million, $14.8 million and $7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021, December
31,  2020  and  December  31,  2019  respectively. We  evaluated  the  reclassifications  from  both  a  quantitative  and  qualitative  perspective  and  determined  the  impacts  were  immaterial  to  the  previously  issued  interim  and  annual
financial statements.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to Year ended December 31, 2022 

Operating Revenues
Time charter revenue
Operating Expenses
Vessel operating expenses
Time charter and voyage expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Impairment of vessels
General and administrative expenses
Total operating expenses
Operating Income
Non-Operating Income / (Expenses)
Interest income
Interest and other finance expenses
Other income, net
Fair value adjustment on derivative asset
Income taxes
Net Income
Earnings allocated to Series B Preferred Shares

Net Income available to Common Shareholders

Operating Revenues

Year ended December 31,

2022
2023
(in millions of U.S. dollars)

$ 674.8 

(179.2) 
(23.6) 
(91.7) 
(18.8) 
(18.3) 
(331.6) 
343.2 

9.8 
(44.8) 
2.1 
(5.4) 
(0.4) 
304.5 
(9.5) 
$ 295.0 

$ 645.6

(167.4)
(21.2)
(81.3)
(3.0)
(18.5)
(291.4)
354.2

2.5
(75.3)
1.8
9.7
0.0
292.9
(9.5)
$ 283.4

Operating revenues reflect income under fixed rate time charters and were $674.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2023, an increase of $29.2 million, or 4.5%, from operating revenues of $645.6 million for 2022. The
increase in operating revenue was principally due to charter renewals at higher rates on a number of vessels, the acquisition of four vessels which were delivered in the second quarter of 2023 and a decrease in planned and unplanned
off hire days, partially offset by a non-cash $33.1 million reduction in the amortization of intangible liabilities arising on below-market charters attached to certain vessel additions and a non-cash $14.9 million decrease in the effect
from straight lining time charter modifications.

There  were  934  days  off-hire  through  the  year,  including  701  days  for  planned  vessel  upgrades,  13  completed  regulatory  drydockings  and  one  in  progress  as  at  December  31,  2023.  Utilization  for  2023  was  95.9%.  In  2022,

utilization was 95.5%.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Total Operating Expenses

Total  operating  expenses  totaled  $331.6  million  (or  49.1%  of  operating  revenues)  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023.  Total  operating  expenses  totaled  $291.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  (or  45.1%  of

operating revenues).

Total operating expenses is primarily comprised of:

• Vessel Operating Expenses: Vessel operating expenses, which relate to the operation of the vessels themselves, were $179.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 (or 26.6% of operating revenues) compared to
$167.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 (or 25.9% of operating revenues). Ownership days in 2023 were 24,285, up 2.4% on 23,725 of 2022. The increase was mainly due to (i) inflation impact on all cost
categories including crew costs, due to limited crew supply as a consequence of current container market conditions and worldwide inflation, (ii) the acquisition of the four vessels in the second quarter of 2023, (iii) increase
in repairs, spares and maintenance expenses for planned main engine maintenance and overhaul of diesel generators as well as main engine annual spares delivery, (iv) increased cost of insurance due to increased premiums,
(v) increase in management fees from January 1, 2023 and (vi) the negative impact of the EURO/USD exchange rate. The average cost per ownership day for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $7,380, compared to
$7,058 for the prior year period, up $322 per day, or 4.6%.

• Time Charter and Voyage Expenses: Time charter and voyage expenses, which comprise mainly commission paid to ship brokers, the cost of bunker fuel for owner’s account when a ship is off-hire or idle and miscellaneous
costs associated with a ship’s voyage for the owner’s account, were $23.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 (or 3.5% of operating revenues) compared to $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 (or
3.3% of operating revenues). The increase was mainly due to the net increase of three vessels in 2023, increased commissions on charter renewals at higher rates and additional voyage administration costs. The average cost
per ownership day was $971, up $79, (or 8.9%), from $892 for 2022.

• Depreciation and Amortization: Depreciation and Amortization was $91.7 million (or 13.6% of operating revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2023, up from $81.3 million (or 12.6% of operating revenues) in 2022.

The increase was mainly due to the net increase of three vessels in 2023, and the 13 drydockings that were completed in 2023.

•

Impairment of Vessels: An impairment loss of $18.8 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2023 on two vessels. An impairment loss of $3.0 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2022 on one vessel, which was
sold in 2023

• General and Administrative Expenses: General and administrative expenses were $18.2 million (or 2.7% of operating revenues) in the year ended December 31, 2023, and were $18.5 million (or 2.9% of operating revenues)

for 2022. The average general and administrative expense per ownership day for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $750, compared to $781 in the comparative period, a decrease of $31 or 4.0%.

Operating Income

As a consequence of all preceding items, operating income was $343.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to an operating income of $354.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Interest Income

Interest income earned on cash balances for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $9.8 million compared to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 with the increase being mainly due to net increase in cash and cash

equivalents deposited in time deposits during 2023.

Interest and other finance expenses

Interest and other finance expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $44.8 million, down from $75.3 million for the prior year. The decrease is mainly due to one off events which took place during the prior year
including (i) the prepayment fee and the associated non-cash write off of deferred financing charges of $14.1 million on the full repayment of the Hayfin Credit Facility, (ii) the non-cash write off of deferred financing charges of $0.3
million on the full repayment of the Hellenic Credit Facility and (iii) the $2.4 million premium paid on the redemption of the 2024 Notes and the associated non-cash write off of deferred financing charges of $2.1 million, which was
partially offset by $1.3 million of accelerated amortization of premium and (iv) a prepayment fee and the associated non-cash write off of deferred financing charges of $4.1 million on the full repayment of the Blue Ocean Junior Credit
Facility. The decrease in interest and other finance expenses was partially offset by the increase in amortization of premium on the interest rate caps.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Other income, net

Other income, net represents miscellaneous revenue mainly from sundry recharges to charterers under our time charters. In the year ended December 31, 2023, other income, net was $2.1 million, up from $1.8 million in 2022.

Income Taxes

Income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2023 were $0.4 million. In 2022 were nil.

Net Income

For the year ended December 31, 2023, net income was $304.5 million, compared to a net income of $292.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Earnings Allocated to Series B Preferred Shares

The dividends payable on the $109.0 million of Series B Preferred Shares outstanding as at December 31, 2023, are presented as a reduction of net income, as and when declared by the Board of Directors. These dividends totaled

$9.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

Net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $295.0 million, compared to a net income available to common shareholders of $283.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Year ended December 31, 2022 compared to Year ended December 31, 2021

For  a  discussion  of  our  results  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  compared  to  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  please  see  “Item  5.  Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects—A.  Operating  Results—Results  of

Operations—Year Ended December 31, 2022 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2021” contained in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2022, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2023.

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity, Working Capital and Dividends

We anticipate that our principal sources of funds for our short-term liquidity needs will be our primary operating cash flows, long-term bank borrowings, sale and leaseback transactions and other debt raisings, proceeds from asset
sales and cash flows from our equity offerings. In addition, our primary short-term liquidity needs are to fund general working capital requirements, cash reserve requirements including those under our credit facilities and debt service,
while our long term liquidity needs primarily relate to expansion and investment capital expenditures, other maintenance capital expenditures, debt repayment, lease payment and payment of quarterly dividends on our outstanding
preferred and common stock. As of December 31, 2023 our current assets totaled $295.7 million, while current liabilities totaled $280.4 million, resulting in a positive working capital position of $15.3 million. We believe that these
sources of funds will be sufficient to meet our short-term and long-term liquidity needs although we cannot assure you that we will be able to secure adequate financing or to obtain additional funds on favorable terms, to meet our
liquidity needs.

Our net cash flow from operating activities derives from revenue received under our charter contracts, which varies directly with the number of vessels under charter, days on-hire and charter rates, less operating expenses including
crew costs, lubricating oil costs, costs of repairs and maintenance, insurance premiums, general and administrative expenses, interest and other financing costs. In addition, each of our vessels is subject to a drydock approximately every
five years. 13 drydockings were completed in 2023 for regulatory reasons and 35 vessel upgrades were completed, the total cost of which, excluding the effect of the associated 701 days of off-hire, was $48.8 million. 12 drydockings
were completed in 2022 for regulatory reasons and 26 for vessel upgrades, the total cost of which, excluding the effect of the associated 581 days of off-hire, was $34.7 million. The average cost of the 25 drydockings completed on
vessels in the current fleet between January 2022 and December 2023 was $2.2 million with an average loss of revenue of $1.7 million while the relevant vessel was off-hire. The average cost for vessel upgrades due to commercial
reasons was $0.5 million.

We have included a schedule of the next anticipated drydocking date for each of our vessels in “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business— Inspection by Classification Societies.” In future years there will be incremental
costs for compliance with ballast water management regulations and with emission control regulations should we decide, in conjunction with our relevant charter, to retrofit scrubbers on our vessels. See “Item 4. Information on the
Company—B. Business—Environmental and Other Regulations”.

The main factor affecting cash flow in a period is the timing of the receipt of charter hire, which is due to be paid two weeks or one month in advance, proceeds from any asset sales, costs of any asset purchases, the payments for
costs of drydockings and vessel upgrades, the timing of the payment of interest, which is mainly quarterly, amortization of our debt including the 2027 Secured Notes, financings and refinancings, purchases of our Class A common
shares, as of the date of this annual report, we have remaining approximately $35.5 million available authorization for such purchases and dividends paid on our Class A common shares and Series B Preferred Shares.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

At December 31, 2023, we had $823.2 million of debt outstanding, consisting of $284.4 million under our 2027 Secured Notes which carry interest at the fixed rate of 5.69%, $431.5 million under our other credit facilities and
$107.3 million under sale and leaseback financing transactions which have floating interest rates at SOFR plus a weighted average margin of approximately 3.15%. Assuming SOFR of 5.0%, quarterly interest on total gross debt at
December 31, 2023, without taking into account amortization of the premium or the effect of the interest rate caps, would amount to approximately $15.2 million.

Our credit facilities require that we maintain $20.0 million minimum liquidity at each quarter end on group basis.

As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we were in compliance with our debt covenants.

We intend to declare and make quarterly dividend payments amounting to approximately $2.4 million per quarter on our Series B Preferred Shares based on the amount outstanding as of December 31, 2023 on a perpetual basis and
in accordance with the Certificate of Designation governing the terms of our Series B Preferred Shares. Finally, we may, in the discretion of our Board of Directors, declare and pay dividends on our common shares, subject to, among
other things, any applicable restrictions contained in our current and future agreements governing our indebtedness, including our credit facilities, and available cash flow. We paid dividends of $0.375 per Class A common share for the
first, second, third and fourth quarter of 2023.

Other than costs for drydockings and compliance with environmental regulations, there are no other current material commitments for capital expenditures or other known and reasonably likely material cash requirements other

than in respect of our growth strategy.

All our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars and a portion of our expenses are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. As of December 31, 2023, we had $294.7 million in cash and cash equivalents, including
restricted cash and time deposits. Our cash and cash equivalents are mainly held in U.S. dollars, with relatively small amounts of UK pounds sterling and Euros. We regularly review the amount of cash and cash equivalents held in
different jurisdictions to determine the amounts necessary to fund our operations and their growth initiatives and amounts needed to service our indebtedness and related obligations. If these amounts are moved out of their original
jurisdictions, we may be subject to taxation.

Due to our charter coverage and nature of our operating and financial costs, our cashflows are predictable and visible, at least in the near to medium term. We have policies in place to control treasury activities within the group. For

example, all new funding must be approved by our Board of Directors, and cash deposits can only be made with institutions meeting certain credit metrics and up to predetermined limits by institution.

Our floating rate debt is represented by drawings under a number of secured credit facilities. In December 2021, we entered into a USD one-month LIBOR interest rate cap of 0.75% through fourth quarter of 2026 on $484.1
million of floating rate debt and in February 2022 we entered into USD one-month LIBOR interest rate caps of 0.75% though fourth quarter of 2026 on $507.9 million of floating rate debt to hedge our cash flows. As a result of the
discontinuation of LIBOR, on July 1, 2023, our interest rate caps automatically transitioned to one-month Compounded SOFR at a net level of 0.64%. We would not enter into derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The table below shows our consolidated cash flows for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021:

Cash flows from operating activities
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization
Impairment of vessels
Gain on sale of vessel
Amounts reclassified to/(from) other comprehensive income
Amortization of derivative assets’ premium
Amortization of deferred financing costs
Amortization of original issue premium on repurchase of notes
Amortization of intangible liabilities-charter agreements
Fair value adjustment on derivative asset
Prepayment fees on debt repayment
Share based compensation expense
Movement in working capital
Net cash provided by operating activities (*)
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of vessels and intangibles
Net proceeds from sale of vessels
Cash paid for vessel expenditures
Advances for vessel acquisitions and other additions
Time deposits acquired
Net cash used in investing activities (*)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of 2024 Notes
Deferred financing costs paid
Repayment of refinanced debt, including prepayment fees
Proceeds from 2027 Secured Notes
Repurchase of 2024 Notes, including premium
Repurchase of 2022 Notes, including premium
Proceeds from drawdown of credit facilities and sale and leaseback
Repayment of credit facilities and sale and leaseback
Net proceeds from offering of Class A common shares, net of offering costs
Cancellation of Class A common shares
Proceeds from offering of Series B preferred shares, net of offering costs
Class A common shares-dividend paid
Series B preferred shares – dividends paid
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of the year

58

Year ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

$ 304.5

$ 292.9

$ 171.5

91.7
18.8
—
0.2
4.3
5.5
—
(8.1)
5.4
—
10.2
(57.5)
375.0

(123.3)
5.9
(19.6)
(9.6)
(5.4)
(152.0)

—
(1.2)
—
—
—
—
76.0
(202.3)
—
(22.0)
—
(53.2)
(9.5)
(212.2)
10.8
269.9
$ 280.7

81.3
3.0
—
(1.1)
1.1
11.2
0.8
(41.2)
(9.7)
15.2
10.1
(36.1)
327.5

—
—
(5.5)
(3.8)
(0.6)
(9.9)

—
(9.7)
(276.7)
350.0
(119.9)
—
60.0
(167.0)
—
(20.0)
—
(50.5)
(9.5)
(243.3)
74.3
195.6
$ 269.9

61.6
—
(7.8)
—
—
8.3
8.6
(45.4)
—
3.2
3.5
44.4
247.9

(463.7)
16.5
(4.6)
(3.3)
(7.9)
(463.0)

22.7
(13.8)
(152.8)
—
—
(239.2)
744.5
(115.5)
67.5
(10.0)
51.2
(27.9)
(8.3)
318.4
103.3
92.3
$ 195.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

 Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to Year ended December 31, 2022

(*) Net cash provided by operating activities was $375.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 reflecting mainly net income of $304.5 million, adjusted for depreciation and amortization of $91.7 million, impairment loss
of $18.8 million, amounts reclassified to other comprehensive income of $0.2 million, amortization of derivative assets premium of $4.3 million, amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue premium of $9.8 million,
amortization of intangible liabilities of $8.1 million, share-based compensation of $10.2 million, fair value adjustment on derivative asset of $5.4 million, plus movements in working capital, including deferred revenue, of $57.5 million.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we made reclassifications to the prior year statement of cash flows to correct and reclassify payments for drydocking and special survey costs from investing outflows to operating outflows
which resulted in a decrease in investing outflows and increase in operating outflows of $24.4 million and $19.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 respectively. We evaluated the reclassifications
from both a quantitative and qualitative perspective and determined the impacts were immaterial to the previously issued interim and annual financial statements.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $327.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 reflecting mainly net income of $292.9 million, adjusted for depreciation and amortization of $81.3 million, impairment loss of
$3.0 million, amounts reclassified from OCI of $1.1 million, amortization of derivative assets premium of $1.1 million, amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue premium of $12.0 million, amortization of intangible
liabilities of $41.2 million, share-based compensation of $10.1 million, fair value adjustment on derivative asset of $9.7 million, prepayment fees on debt repayment of $15.2 million plus movements in working capital, including
deferred revenue, of $36.1 million.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $152.0 million, including $123.3 million for acquisition of vessels and intangibles, $29.2 million vessel additions and other advances, $5.4 million

cash in time deposits acquired and $5.9 million net proceeds from sale of vessels.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $9.9 million, including $9.3 million vessel additions and other advances and $0.6 million cash in time deposits acquired.

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  was  $212.2  million,  including  $1.2  million  deferred  financing  costs  paid,  $202.3  million  repayment  of  credit  facilities,  $22.0  million  purchase  and

retirement of 1,242,663 Class A common shares, $53.2 million dividends paid on our Class A common shares, $9.5 million dividends paid on our Series B Preferred Shares offset by $76.0 million drawdown of new credit facility.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $243.3 million, including $9.7 million deferred financing costs paid, $276.7 million repayment of refinanced debt, $119.9 million used for the full
optional redemption of our 2024 Notes, $167.0 million repayment of credit facilities, $20.0 million purchase and retirement of 1,060,640 Class A common shares, $50.5 million dividends paid on our Class A common shares, $9.5
million dividends paid on our Series B Preferred Shares offset by $60.0 million drawdown of new credit facilities and $350.0 million proceeds from our 2027 Secured Notes.

Overall, there was a net increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash of $10.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2023, resulting in closing cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash of $280.7 million compared

to closing cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash of $269.9 million at December 31, 2022.

Year ended December 31, 2022 compared to Year ended December 31, 2021

For a discussion of our cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—

Year Ended December 31, 2022 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2021” contained in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2022, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2023.

Our Borrowing Activities

During 2023, we amended and restated the interest rate terms in all of our loan agreements and finance leases for the transition to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) and the relevant provisions on a replacement rate

as a result of the discontinuation of LIBOR that occurred on June 30, 2023.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2023, our indebtedness comprised:

Lender

(in million USD)

Collateral vessels

Chailease Credit Facility

Syndicated Senior Secured Credit Facility (CACIB, ABN, First-Citizens & Trust Company,
Siemens, CTBC, Bank Sinopac, Palatine)

E.SUN, MICB, Cathay, Taishin Credit Facility

2.6

  Maira, Nikolas,
Newyorker

149.2

28.5

  Kristina, Katherine,
Agios Dimitrios,
Alexandra, Alexis,
Olivia I, Colombia
Express (ex Mary)
  Dolphin II, Athena,

Orca

New Credit Agricole, CTBC, Sinopac Facility

39.0

  ZIM Xiamen (ex Maira

SOFR plus 2.75% plus CAS 0.14%

Interest Rate

SOFR plus 4.2%

Final maturity
date
 March, 2025

SOFR plus Credit Adjustment Spread (“CAS”) 0.21%
plus 3.00%

  December, 2026

SOFR plus 2.75% plus CAS 0.14%

July, 2026

April, 2026

April, 2026

XL)

40.1

  ZIM Norfolk (ex UASC

SOFR plus 3.25%

Al Khor)

24.7

  GSL Arcadia, GSL

Maria, GSL Dorothea,
GSL Tegea, GSL
Melita, GSL MYNY
20 vessels
  GSL Valerie
  Anthea Y
  GSL Violetta
  GSL Tripoli, GSL

Syros, GSL Tinos, GSL
Kithira

  Borealis vessels
  GSL Sofia, GSL Effie,
GSL Alexandra, GSL
Lydia

284.4
8.2
36.0
6.8
64.4

73.3
66.0

823.2

SOFR plus 3.5%

  April-July, 2025

Interpolated interest rate of 2.84% plus margin of 2.85%  

SOFR plus 3.25%
SOFR plus 3.25% plus CAS 0.20%
SOFR plus 4.64%
SOFR plus 3.25% plus CAS 0.20%

July, 2027
September, 2026
May, 2028
February, 2026
September, 2027

SOFR plus 3.25% plus CAS 0.14%
SOFR plus 3.5%

July, 2026
May, 2026

New Deutsche Bank Credit Facility

HCOB Credit Facility

2027 Secured Notes
Sinopac Credit Facility
Finance Lease with CMBFL
Finance Lease with Neptune
Finance Lease with CMBFL

HCOB, CACIB, ESUN, CTBC, Taishin Credit Facility
Macquarie Facility

Macquarie Credit Facility

On May 18, 2023, we entered into a $76.0 million credit facility with Macquarie Bank Limited to finance part of the acquisition cost of four containerships, each with a carrying capacity of 8,544 TEU, for an aggregate purchase

price of $123.3 million. This credit facility is divided into four tranches (one tranche per vessel) and was fully drawn in the second quarter of 2023.

The facility is repayable in two equal consecutive quarterly installments of $5.0 million, six equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $6.0 million, one quarterly installment of $3.0 million and two equal consecutive quarterly

installments of $1.0 million, with a final balloon payment of $25.0 million payable three years after the first utilization date.

The facility bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 3.50% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $66.0 million.

5.69% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

On June 16, 2022, Knausen Holding LLC (the “Issuer”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, closed on the private placement of $350.0 million of publicly rated/investment grade 5.69% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

(the “2027 Secured Notes”) to a limited number of accredited investors. The fixed interest rate was determined on June 1, 2022, based on the interpolated interest rate of 2.84% plus a margin 2.85%.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We used the net proceeds from the private placement for the repayment of the remaining outstanding balances on our New Hayfin Credit Facility and the Hellenic Bank Credit Facility (releasing five unencumbered vessels), and

our 2024 Notes. The remaining amount of net proceeds were allocated for general corporate purposes.

An amount equal to 15% per annum of the original principal balance of each Note is payable in equal quarterly installments on the 15th day of each of January, April, July, and October starting October 15, 2022, and the remaining
unpaid principal balance shall be due and payable on the maturity date of July 15, 2027. Interest accrues on the unpaid balance of the Notes, payable quarterly on the 15th day of January, April, July, and October in each year, such
interest commencing and accruing on and from June 14, 2022.

The 2027 Secured Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer, secured by first priority mortgages on 20 identified vessels owned by subsidiaries of the Issuer (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) and certain other associated assets and

contract rights, as well as share pledges over the Subsidiary Guarantors. In addition, the 2027 Secured Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance on the 2027 Secured Notes was $284.4 million.

$60.0 Million E.SUN, MICB, Cathay, Taishin Credit Facility

On December 30, 2021, we entered into a syndicated senior secured debt facility with E.SUN Commercial Bank Ltd (“E.SUN”), Cathay United Bank (“Cathay”), Mega International Commercial Bank Co. Ltd (“MICB”) and
Taishin International Bank (“Taishin”). We used a portion of the net proceeds from this credit facility to fully prepay the outstanding balance on our Blue Ocean Junior Credit Facility at that time, amounting to $26.2 million plus a
prepayment fee of $4.0 million. All three tranches were drawn down in January 2022.

The new Facility is repayable in eight equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $4.5 million and ten equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $2.4 million.

This facility bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 2.75% per annum plus CAS payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $28.5 million.

$12.0 Million Sinopac Capital International Credit Facility

On August 27, 2021, we entered into a secured credit facility for an amount of $12.0 million with Sinopac Capital International (HK) Limited (“Sinopac Credit Facility”), which was partially used to fully refinance our Hayfin

Credit Facility at that time. The full amount was drawn down in September 2021.

The new facility is repayable in 20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $0.4 million with a final balloon of $3.6 million payable together with the final instalment at maturity in September 2026.

The facility bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 3.25% per annum payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $8.2 million.

$140.0 Million HCOB, CACIB, ESUN, CTBC, Taishin Credit Facility

On July 6, 2021, we entered into a facility with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank (“CACIB”), Hamburg Commercial Bank AG (“HCOB”), E.Sun Commercial Bank, Ltd (“ESUN”), CTBC Bank Co. Ltd. (“CTBC”)

and Taishin International Bank (“Taishin”) for a total of $140.0 million to finance the acquisition of the Twelve Vessels. The full amount was drawdown in July 2021 and the credit facility has a maturity in July 2026.

The facility is repayable in six equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $8.0 million, eight equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $5.4 million and six equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $2.2 million with a final
balloon payment of $35.6 million payable together with the final instalment. On March 23, 2023, due to the sale of the GSL Amstel, we repaid $2.8 million on this facility, of which $1.0 million was deducted from the final balloon
payment, and the vessel was released as collateral.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The facility bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 3.25% per annum plus CAS payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $73.3 million.

$51.7 million Deutsche Bank AG Credit Facility

On May 6, 2021, we entered into a secured facility for an amount of $51.7 million with Deutsche Bank AG in order to refinance one of the three previous tranches of the $180.5 million Deutsche, CIT, HCOB, Entrust, Blue Ocean

Credit Facility, that had a maturity date on June 30, 2022, of an amount $48.5 million.

The new facility is repayable in 20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $1.2 million with a final balloon of $28.4 million payable together with the final instalment.

The facility bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 3.25% per annum payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $40.1 million.

$64.2 million Hamburg Commercial Bank AG Credit Facility

On April 15, 2021, we entered into a Senior Secured term loan facility with HCOB “the HCOB Facility” for an amount of up to $64.2 million in order to finance the acquisition of six out of the Seven Vessels.

Tranche A, E and F amounting to $32.1 million were drawn down in April 2021 and have a maturity date in April 2025, Tranche B and D amounting to $21.4 million were drawn down in May 2021 and have a maturity date in

May 2025, and Tranche C amounting to $10.7 million was drawn down in July 2021 and has a maturity date in July 2025.

Each Tranche of the facility is repayable in 16 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $0.7 million.

The facility bears interest at SOFR  plus a margin of 3.50% per annum payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $24.7 million.

$51.7 million CACIB, Bank Sinopac, CTBC Credit Facility

On April 13, 2021, we entered into a secured facility for an amount of $51.7 million in order to refinance one of the three tranches of the $180.5 million Deutsche, CIT, HCOB, Entrust, Blue Ocean Credit Facility, that had a

maturity date on June 30, 2022, of an amount $48.6 million. The new secured credit facility has a maturity in April 2026.

The Lenders are CACIB, Bank Sinopac Co. Ltd. (“Bank Sinopac”) and CTBC.

The facility is repayable in 20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $1.3 million with a final balloon of $26.2 million payable together with the final instalment.

The facility bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 2.75% per annum plus CAS payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $39.0 million.

$9.0 million Chailease Credit Facility

On February 26, 2020, we entered into a secured term facility agreement with Chailease International Financial Services Pte., for an amount of $9.0 million. The Chailease credit facility was used to refinance of DVB Credit

Facility.

The Facility is to be repaid in 36 consecutive monthly instalments of $0.2 million and 24 monthly instalments of $0.1 million with a final balloon of $1.3 million payable together with the final instalment.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

This facility bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 4.20% per annum.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of the Chailease Credit Facility was $2.6 million.

$268.0 Million Syndicated Senior Secured Credit Facility (CACIB, ABN, First-Citizens & Trust Company, Siemens, CTBC, Bank Sinopac, Palatine)

On September 19, 2019, we entered into a Syndicated Senior Secured Credit Facility in order to refinance existing credit facilities that had a maturity date in December 2020, of an amount $224.3 million.

The Senior Syndicated Secured Credit Facility was agreed to be borrowed in two tranches. The Lenders are Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank (“CACIB”), ABN Amro Bank N.V. (“ABN”), First-Citizens & Trust

Company, Siemens Financial Services, Inc (“Siemens”), CTBC Bank Co. Ltd. (“CTBC”), Bank Sinopac Ltd. (“Bank Sinopac”) and Banque Palatine (“Palatine”).

Tranche A amounting to $230.0 million was drawn down in full on September 24, 2019 and is scheduled to be repaid in 20 consecutive quarterly instalments of $5.2 million starting from December 12, 2019 and a balloon payment

of $126.0 million payable on September 24, 2024.

Tranche  B  amounts  to  $38.0  million  was  drawn  down  in  full  on  February  10,  2020  and  is  scheduled  to  be  repaid  in  20  consecutive  quarterly  instalments  of  $1.0  million  and  a  balloon  payment  of  $18.million  payable  in  the
termination date on the fifth anniversary from the utilization date of Tranche A, which falls in September 24, 2024. In January 2022, the Company agreed a new senior secured debt facility to refinance its outstanding Syndicated Senior
Secured Credit Facility, which extended the maturity date from September 2024 to December 2026, amended certain covenants in the Company’s favor at an unchanged rate of LIBOR + 3.00%. On July 1, 2022, the interest rate was
SOFR plus a margin of 3.00% plus CAS and is payable at each quarter end date.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $149.2 million.

Sale and leaseback agreements (finance leases)

$120.0 million Sale and Leaseback agreement-CMBFL Four vessels

On August 26, 2021, we entered into four $30.0 million sale and leaseback agreements with CMBFL to finance the acquisition of the Four Vessels. As at September 30, 2021, we had drawdown a total of $90.0 million. The
drawdown for the fourth vessel, amounting to $30.0 million, took place on October 13, 2021 together with the delivery of this vessel. We have a purchase obligation to acquire the Four Vessels at the end of their lease terms and under
ASC 842-40, the transaction has been accounted for as a failed sale. In accordance with ASC 842-40, we did not derecognize the respective vessels from our balance sheet and accounted for the amounts received under the sale and
leaseback agreement as financial liabilities.

Each sale and leaseback agreement is repayable in 12 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $1.6 million and 12 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $0.3 million with a repurchase obligation of $7.0 million on the final

repayment date.

The sale and leaseback agreement for the three vessels matures in September 2027 and for the fourth vessel in October 2027 and bear interest at SOFR plus a margin of 3.25% per annum plus CAS payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of these sale and lease back agreements was $64.4 million.

$54.0 million Sale and Leaseback agreement-CMBFL

On May 20, 2021, we entered into a $54.0 million sale and leaseback agreement with CMB Financial Leasing Co. Ltd. (“CMBFL”) to refinance one of the three previous tranches of the $180.5 million Deutsche, CIT, HCOB,
Entrust, Blue Ocean Credit Facility, that had a maturity date on June 30, 2022, of an amount $46.6 million. We have a purchase obligation to acquire the vessel at the end of the lease term and under ASC 842-40, the transaction has
been accounted for as a failed sale. In accordance with ASC 842-40, we did not derecognize the respective vessel from our balance sheet and accounted for the amount received under the sale and leaseback agreement as a financial
liability.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The sale and leaseback agreement is repayable in eight equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $2.0 million each and 20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $0.9 million with a repurchase obligation of $19.9 million on

the final repayment date.

The sale and leaseback agreement matures in May 2028 and bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 3.25% per annum plus CAS payable quarterly in arrears.

In  May  2021,  on  delivery  of  the  vessel,  the  Company  drew  $54.0  million,  which  represented  vessel  purchase  price  $75.0  million  less  advanced  hire  of  $21.0  million,  which  advanced  hire  neither  bore  any  interest  nor  was

refundable and was set off against payment of the purchase price payable to the Company by the unrelated third party under this agreement.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this sale and leaseback agreement was $36.0 million.

$14.7 million Sale and Leaseback agreement-Neptune Maritime Leasing

On May 12, 2021, we entered into a $14.7 million sale and leaseback agreement with Neptune Maritime Leasing (“Neptune”) to finance the acquisition of GSL Violetta delivered in April 2021. We have a purchase obligation to
acquire the vessel at the end of the lease term and under ASC 842-40, the transaction has been accounted for as a failed sale. In accordance with ASC 842-40, we did not derecognize the respective vessel from our balance sheet and
accounted for the amount received under the sale and leaseback agreement as a financial liability. In May 2021, we drew $14.7 million under this agreement.

The sale and leaseback agreement is repayable in 15 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $0.8 million each and four equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $0.5 million with a repurchase obligation of $1.0 million on the

last repayment date.

The sale and leaseback agreement matures in February 2026 and bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 4.64% per annum payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this sale and leaseback agreement was $6.8 million.

Covenants

Financial Covenants

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain certain financial covenants, which require us to maintain, among other things:

• minimum liquidity at the borrower (vessel-owner or finance lessor) level and minimum consolidated liquidity of at least $20.0 million at the group level; and

• minimum market value of collateral for each debt obligation, such that the aggregate market value of the vessels collateralizing the particular debt obligation is between 120% and 143%, depending on the particular debt

obligation, of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under such debt obligation, or, if we do not meet such threshold, to provide additional security to eliminate the shortfall.

Restrictive Covenants

The agreements governing our indebtedness also contain undertakings limiting or restricting us from, among other things:

•

incurring additional indebtedness;

• making any substantial change to the nature of our business;

•

•

•

•

•

paying dividends;

redeeming or repurchasing capital stock;

selling the collateral vessel, if applicable;

entering into certain transactions other than arm’s length transactions;

acquiring a company, shares or securities or a business or undertaking;

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

effecting a change of control of us, entering into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction, or selling all or substantially all of our assets;

changing the flag, class or technical or commercial management of the applicable collateral vessel or terminating or materially amending the management agreements relating to such vessel; and

experiencing any change in the position of our Executive Chairman.

•

•

•

Security

Our secured credit facilities and 2027 Secured Notes are generally secured by, among other things:

a first priority mortgage over the relevant collateralized vessels;

first priority assignment of earnings and insurances from the mortgaged vessels;

pledge of the earnings account of the mortgaged vessel;

pledge of the equity interest of each of the vessel-owning subsidiaries; and

corporate guarantees.

•

•

•

•

•

Leverage

As of December 31, 2023, we had $823.2 million of debt outstanding of which $284.4 million was for our 2027 Secured Notes which carry interest at the fixed rate 5.69% and $538.8 million was floating rate debt across a number
of facilities and sale and leaseback arrangements and bearing interest at SOFR based on interest rate cap agreements mentioned below plus an average margin of approximately 3.15%. In December 2021, we entered into a USD one-
month LIBOR interest rate cap of 0.75% through fourth quarter of 2026, on $484.1 million of our floating rate debt, which reduces over time and represented approximately half of our outstanding floating rate debt as of that date. In
February  2022,  we  entered  into  USD  one-month  LIBOR  interest  rate  caps  of  0.75%  through  fourth  quarter  of  2026,  on  $507.9  million  of  our  floating  rate  debt,  which  reduces  over  time  and  represented  approximately  half  of  our
outstanding floating rate debt as of that date. As a result of the discontinuation of LIBOR, on July 1, 2023, our interest rate caps automatically transitioned to one-month Compounded SOFR at a net level of 0.64%.

We believe that funds generated by the business and retained will be sufficient to meet our operating needs for the next 12 months following the issuance of this Form 20-F, including working capital requirements, drydocking

costs, interest and debt repayment obligations.

As market conditions warrant, we may from time to time, depending upon market conditions and the provisions on our facilities/notes, seek to repay loans or repurchase debt securities, in privately-negotiated or open market

transactions.

Working capital and dividends

Our net cash flows from operating activities depend on the number of vessels under charter, days on-hire, vessel charter rates, operating expenses, drydock and vessel upgrade costs, interest and other financing costs including
amortization and general and administrative expenses. Pursuant to our ship management agreements, we have agreed to pay our ship managers an annual management fee per vessel and to reimburse them for operating costs they incur
on our behalf. Charter hire is payable by our charterers 15 days or monthly in advance and estimated ship management costs are payable monthly in advance. Although we can provide no assurances (see “Item 3. Key Information—D.
Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business—We are highly dependent on charter payments”), we expect that our cash flow from our chartering arrangements will be sufficient to cover our ship management costs and fees, interest
payments under our borrowings, amortization, insurance premiums, vessel taxes, general and administrative expenses, dividends on our Series B Preferred Shares and other costs and any other working capital requirements for the short
and medium term and planned drydocking expenses.

We estimate that the average cost of each of the 25 drydockings completed on vessels in the fleet between January 2022 and December 2023 was $2.2 million, with an average loss of revenue of $1.7 million from off-hire. We have

included a schedule of the next anticipated drydocking date for each of our vessels in the section of this Annual Report entitled “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Inspection by Classification Societies”.

Our other liquidity requirements include a requirement to pay a minimum of $193.3 million of amortization in 2024 on our secured term loans and minimum amortization of $144.6 million in 2025. Interest requirements are $33.4
million  and  $25.4  million,  respectively.  The  dividend  on  the  $109.0  million  Series  B  Preferred  Shares  outstanding  as  at  December  31,  2023  amounts  to  $9.5  million  each  year.  Based  on  the  number  of  Class  A  common  shares
outstanding as of the date of this annual report, this dividend, which is subject to approval by the Board of Directors, would amount to $13.2 million per quarter. In addition to funds generated by the business, we may require new
borrowings, issuances of equity or other securities, or a combination of the former and the latter to purchase additional vessels and will likely require such further funding to meet all of our repayment obligations under the 2027 Secured
Notes and other borrowings.

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

C. Research and Development

None.

D. Trend Information

All of the information and data presented in this section, including the analysis of the container shipping industry, has been provided by MSI. MSI has advised that (i) some information in MSI’s database is derived from estimates
derived from industry sources or subjective judgments, (ii) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in MSI’s database, (iii) whilst MSI has taken reasonable care in the
compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures and may accordingly contain errors, (iv) MSI, its agents, officers
and employees cannot accept liability for any loss suffered in consequence of reliance on such information or in any other manner, and (v) the provision of such information does not obviate any need to make appropriate further
inquiries.

Container shipping is the most convenient low-carbon and cost-effective way to transport a wide range of cargoes, predominantly a diverse selection of consumer, manufactured, semi-manufactured, and perishable goods. It is
estimated that around 90% of non-bulk cargoes traded by sea are carried by containership. Approximately 211 million TEU, equating to around 1.9 billion tonnes, of containerized cargo are estimated to have been carried in 2023.
Global containerized cargo volumes have grown every year since the industry’s inception in 1956, with four exceptions: 2009, during the Global Financial Crisis, 2020, due to the initial impact of COVID-19, 2022, due to the geo-
political tensions and macro-economic headwinds caused in part by the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine, and 2023, due to the normalization of spending patterns post-pandemic and, more recently, the escalating situation
in the Middle East. Negative growth of 1.9% was seen in 2020, followed by a strong rebound, with positive growth of 5.9% in 2021. Containerized trade contracted by 1.8% in 2022, and is currently estimated to have shrunk by
approximately 0.5% in 2023. On the supply side: as at December 31, 2023, idle capacity of the global containership fleet was 1.3%, and the overall orderbook-to-fleet ratio stood at 26.8% — down from 1.9% and 29.4%, respectively, at
the end of 2022.

The containerized supply chain extends throughout the world. Mainlane trades are those linking the major manufacturing economies in Asia with the major consumer economies in North America (the Transpacific trades) and
Europe (the Asia-Europe trades), and those linking Europe with the Americas (the Transatlantic trades). These trades tend to be served by the largest containerships on the water. In 2023, an estimated 73% of global containerized
volumes were on the non-Mainlane trades, with intra-regional trades—of which the largest is Intra-Asia—representing almost 40%. These non-Mainlane and intra-regional trades are predominantly served by mid-sized and smaller
containerships (10,000 TEU, or smaller).

Growth  in  containerized  trade  is  linked  to  consumer-led  demand  for  goods  and  thereby  to  regional  economic  growth.  Historically,  underlying  growth  was  boosted  by  both  the  containerization  of  breakbulk  goods,  including
refrigerated cargoes, and the relocation of manufacturing from developed economies, such as those in Europe and North America, to lower cost regions, most notably in Asia. Of these, the continued containerization of refrigerated (or
‘reefer’) cargoes is expected to continue to outpace overall container trade growth.

From 2000 through 2008, a period of super-cyclical growth largely catalyzed by China, the Compound Annual Growth Rate (“CAGR”) of global containerized trade was 9.9%. Having contracted by 8.0% in 2009, during the
Global Financial Crisis, growth rebounded to 15.3% the following year. The CAGR from 2010 through 2019 was 3.8%. From 2010 through 2023, incorporating the impact of negative growth in 2020 (COVID-19), the rebound in 2021,
and further negative growth in 2022 and 2023 (geo-political tensions driving inflationary macro-economic headwinds), CAGR was 2.8%.

In November 2023, Houthi militias based in Yemen began to attack ships transiting the Gulf of Aden and the Red Sea, impacting vessels due to transit the Suez Canal. As the situation escalated, shipping lines and ship owners
began to divert ships around the southern tip of Africa, the Cape of Good Hope (“COGH”). Under normal circumstances, approximately 20% of global containerized trade volumes transit the Suez Canal, primarily on long-haul trades
served by around 34% of global containerized fleet capacity. Illustratively, for a voyage between Singapore and Rotterdam, diverting around COGH increases the sailing distance by 40.5%, and for a voyage between Singapore and
Genova,  a  COGH  diversion  increases  the  sailing  distance  by  77.4%.  All  else  equal,  on  a  full-year  basis  diverting  all  Suez-related  containerized  trade  around  COGH  would  absorb  around  10%  of  effective  supply  for  the  global
containerized fleet. Low water levels prevailing in the Panama Canal further hinder the flow of containerized trade, and absorb effective supply, although the impact is marginal compared to that of Suez. It is impossible to predict how
long the disruptions to either Suez or Panama will prevail, but the resulting reductions in effective supply of containerized capacity have temporarily arrested, and even reversed, previous downward pressure on freight rates, charter
market rates, and asset values.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Expansion in containerized trade has also led to expansion in the global containership fleet, of which the vast majority of vessels are fully cellular containerships which are ships specialized for the transport of containers and fitted
with cell guides throughout the ship to optimize container stowage and significantly enhance the efficiency of load and discharge operations. At the same time, liner shipping companies have sought to reduce slot costs (unit costs)
through economies of scale achievable with ever larger ships.

Between 1995 and 2008, the nominal carrying capacity of the industry-wide fully cellular fleet grew by a compound annual rate of 11.4%; and from 2009 through 2020 at 5.7%, as the industry digested the legacy, pre-financial
crisis orderbook. Net supply CAGR from 2021 through 2023, is estimated at 5.6% and, as of December 31, 2023, the containership fleet was estimated to be 5,906 ships, with an aggregate capacity estimated at 27.9 million TEU –
around 45% of which is chartered in from containership owners like Global Ship Lease.

In December 2008, the orderbook was estimated to represent over 60% of existing global capacity. Since then, however, the industry has been adjusting to lower demand growth, capital constraints, and consolidation. By the end of

2023, the overall orderbook-to-fleet ratio stood at 26.8%. For ships smaller than 10,000 TEU it was 13.0%.

Vessel newbuilding prices, secondhand values, and charter rates have tended to be closely correlated and are all strongly influenced by the dynamics of supply and demand, combined with sentiment. From 2000 through 2023, the
average newbuilding price for a theoretical 3,500 – 3,600 TEU containership was around $44.6 million, with prices ranging between $31.5 million (2002) and $65.7 million (2008). During the same period, secondhand values for a 10
year old ship of similar size averaged around $24.8 million and ranged between $5.0 million (2016) and $64.0 million (2022). Meantime, spot market charter rates for such tonnage averaged about $21,175 per day and ranged between
$5,300 per day (2016) and $102,600 per day (2022). In January 2024, prevailing rates in the market for short term charters (under 12 months) were around $17,300 per day, with newbuilding prices at approximately $57.8 million and
secondhand values for a 10 year old ship at about $23.5 million.

Containerization is a low-carbon form of transportation, with Green House Gas (“GHG”) emissions per ton-mile of cargo carried significantly lower than that for other common modes of freight transport such as air, road, and rail.

As a key component of global supply chains, container shipping is also a contributor to the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals—particularly those associated with poverty alleviation, economic growth, and infrastructure.

The industry’s principal regulator, the IMO, has set targets for the reduction of GHG emissions from shipping. The key agreed target is to reduce annual GHG emissions in absolute terms by at least 50% by 2050, compared to
benchmark 2008 levels. Further targets have also been set on carbon intensity: specifically, a reduction in CO2 emissions “per transport work” by at least 40% by 2030, with efforts towards 70% by 2050. Emissions-reducing regulations
introduced from January 1, 2023 include EEXI (Energy Efficiency Existing Ship Index), Enhanced SEEMP (Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan), and CII (Carbon Intensity Indicator). Among other things, these measures are
intended to reduce emissions by limiting the power output from vessels’ main engines, which may have the effect of reducing the operating speed of the global fleet, tightening effective supply. Other national and pan-national regulators
are also implementing regulations, with a notable example being the inclusion of shipping within the EU Emission Trading Scheme (“EU ETS”) from January 1, 2024. Regulation focused upon decarbonization and broader emissions
reduction is expected to continue to evolve and tighten over time.

Some liner companies are adopting Liquified Natural Gas, or LNG, as a transition fuel towards the next generation of genuinely green fuels. Others have expressed skepticism about LNG as part of a de-carbonization strategy given
that it is still a hydrocarbon, suggesting they may wait until net-zero emission fuels are commercially available. The current consensus view is that 2030 will be the earliest inflection point at which next-generation green fuels (with the
considerable infrastructure required to support them) will become commercially available, allowing industry adoption to begin to accelerate. In the interim, it is expected that the industry will continue to rely predominantly on existing,
conventionally-fueled containerships that are optimized for lower emissions. Although not without its own challenges, Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) is receiving increasing attention as a potentially powerful tool to mitigate
emissions and to support the synthesis and circularity of clean fuels such as Green Methanol.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

For conventionally-fueled containerships, there is considerable variation in vessel emissions per tonne of cargo carried, with the economies of scale yielded by larger vessels typically resulting in lower emissions per container
carried. Other factors, such as vessel age and design, fuel saving and energy efficiency retrofits, sailing speed, time in port, weather routing and other operational differences, can also have a significant impact on the relative fuel
efficiency of different classes of containership. Logically, there is a strong correlation between ships with low fuel costs per TEU slot and ships with low emissions per slot. There is a significant increase in efficiency in the transition
from small feeder containerships (sub-3,000 TEU) to intermediate-sized vessels (4,000 – 10,000 TEU).

Whilst even larger vessels offer further efficiencies relative to intermediate vessels, the incremental improvement curve tends to flatten as vessel sizes increase beyond approximately 12,000 TEU.

While the emissions profile of a ship during its operating lifetime is comparatively well understood, insufficient work has been done on a full life-cycle basis: quantifying the material carbon footprints associated with building a

new ship, and subsequently de-commissioning and re-cycling it at the end of its economic life.

E. Critical Accounting Estimates

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP,  which  requires  us  to  make  estimates  in  the  application  of  certain  accounting  policies  based  on  our  best  assumptions,  judgments  and
opinions. We base these estimates on the information available to us at the time and on various other assumptions we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The following is a discussion of our principal accounting policies,
some of which involve a high degree of judgment, and the methods of their application.

For a further description of our material accounting policies, please see note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included at “Item 18. Financial Statements”.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue is generated from time charters for each vessel. The charters are regarded as operating leases and provide for a per vessel fixed daily charter rate. Revenue is recorded on a straight-line basis. Our charter revenues are
fixed for the period of the current charters, subject to any off-hire, and, accordingly, little judgment is required to be applied to the amount of revenue recognition. Operating revenue is stated net of address commissions, which represent
a discount provided directly to the charterer based on a fixed percentage of the agreed upon charter rate.

If a time charter contains one or more consecutive option periods, then subject to the options being exercisable solely by us, the time charter revenue will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the total remaining life of the
time charter, including any options which are more likely than not to be exercised. If a time charter is modified, including the agreement of a direct continuation at a different rate, the time charter revenue will be recognized on a
straight-line basis over the total remaining life of the time charter from the date of modification. During the year ended December 31, 2023 an amount of ($4.0) million has been recorded in time charter revenue for such modifications.
Any difference between the charter rate invoiced and the time charter revenue recognized is classified as, or released from, deferred revenue.

We elected the practical expedient which allows us to treat the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component for the leases where the timing and pattern of transfer for the non-lease component and the associated
lease component to the lessees are the same and the lease component, if accounted for separately, would be classified as an operating lease. The combined component is therefore accounted for as an operating lease under ASC 842, as
the lease components are the predominant characteristics.

Vessels in Operation

Vessels are generally recorded at their historical cost, which consists of the acquisition price and any material expenses incurred upon acquisition, adjusted for the fair value of intangible assets or liabilities associated with above or
below market charters attached to the vessels at acquisition. Vessels acquired in a corporate transaction accounted for as an asset acquisition are stated at the acquisition price, which consists of consideration paid, plus transaction costs,
considering pro rata allocation based on vessels fair value at the acquisition date. Vessels acquired in a corporate transaction accounted for as a business combination are recorded at fair value. Vessels acquired as part of the Marathon
Merger in 2008 were accounted for under ASC 805, which required that the vessels be recorded at fair value, less the negative goodwill arising as a result of the accounting for the merger.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The  Poseidon  Transaction  has  been  accounted  for  under  ASU  2017-01  as  an  asset  acquisition.  The  vessels  acquired  on  November  15,  2018  were  recorded  at  their  fair  value,  based  on  valuations  obtained  from  third  party

independent ship brokers, less negative goodwill arising as a result of the accounting for the overall Poseidon Transaction, allocated pro-rata.

Subsequent expenditures for major improvements and upgrades are capitalized, provided they appreciably extend the life, increase the earnings capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels.

Borrowing costs incurred during the construction of vessels or as part of the prefinancing of the acquisition of vessels are capitalized. There was no capitalized interest for the years ended December 31, 2023 or 2022.

Vessels are stated less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if applicable. Vessels are depreciated to their estimated residual value using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives which are reviewed on an

ongoing basis to ensure they reflect current technology, service potential and vessel structure. The useful lives are estimated to be 30 years from original delivery by the shipyard.

Management estimates the residual values of our container vessels based on a scrap price of steel times the weight of the vessel noted in lightweight tons (LWT). Residual values are periodically reviewed and revised to recognize
changes in conditions, new regulations or other reasons. Revision of residual values affect the depreciable amount of the vessels and affects depreciation expense in the period of the revision and future periods. Management estimated
the residual values of its vessels based on scrap rate of $400 per LWT.

For any vessel group which is impaired, the impairment charge is recorded against the cost of the vessel and the accumulated depreciation as at the date of impairment is removed from the accounts.

The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets retired or sold are removed from the accounts at the time of sale or retirement and any gain or loss is included in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Drydocking

Drydocking  costs  are  reported  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  within  “Deferred  charges,  net”,  and  include  planned  major  maintenance  and  overhaul  activities  for  ongoing  certification.  We  follow  the  deferral  method  of
accounting for drydocking costs, whereby actual costs incurred are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next scheduled drydocking, which is generally five years. Any remaining unamortized balance
from the previous drydocking is written-off.

The  amortization  period  reflects  the  estimated  useful  economic  life  of  the  deferred  charge,  which  is  the  period  between  each  drydocking.  Costs  incurred  during  the  drydocking  relating  to  routine  repairs  and  maintenance  are

expensed. The unamortized portion of drydocking costs for vessels sold is included as part of the carrying amount of the vessel in determining the gain or (loss) on sale of the vessel.

Prior to the completion of the Poseidon Transaction on November 15, 2018, we allocated an element of the purchase price of a vessel to a drydocking component which was amortized on a straight-line basis to the next anticipated

drydocking date.

Costs capitalized as part of the drydock include costs directly associated with the special survey of the ship, its hull and its machinery and for the defouling and repainting of the hull. Any cost of repair to hull or machinery that
extends useful life is capitalized. Other repair costs are expensed. 13 drydockings were completed in 2023 for regulatory reasons and 35 vessel upgrades were completed, the total cost of which, excluding the effect of the associated 701
days of off-hire, was $48.8 million. 12 drydockings were completed in 2022 for regulatory reasons and 26 vessel upgrades were completed, the total cost of which, excluding the effect of the associated 581 days of off-hire, was $34.7
million. The duration of drydockings was adversely affected in 2023 by severe weather conditions and extensive works requested by our charterers. The duration of drydockings was adversely affected in 2022 by delays caused by
COVID-19 and by continuing congestion at Chinese and other shipyards, which also affected 2021. 11 drydockings were completed in 2021 for regulatory reasons and 11 for vessel upgrades, the total cost of which, excluding the effect
of the associated 752 days of off-hire, was $28.3 million.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Derivative instruments

We are exposed to interest rate risk relating to our variable rate borrowings. In December 2021 we purchased interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $484.1 million (“December 2021 hedging”), which amount

reduces over time as our outstanding debt balances amortize. The objective of the hedges is to reduce the variability of cash flows associated with the interest relating to its variable rate borrowings.

At the inception of the transaction, we documented the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as our risk management objective and the strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. We also
documented our assessment, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivative financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows
of hedged items.

This transaction is designated as a cash flow hedge, and under ASU 2017-12, cash flow hedge accounting allows all changes in fair value to be recorded through Other Comprehensive Income once hedge effectiveness has been
established. Under ASC 815-30-35-38, amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income shall be reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings (i.e., each
quarter) and shall be presented in the same income statement line item as the earnings effect of the hedged item in accordance with paragraph 815-20-45-1A.

The premium paid related to this derivative was classified in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as operating activities in the line item “Derivative asset”. The premium shall be amortized into earnings “on a systematic and
rational basis over the period in which the hedged transaction affects earnings” (ASC 815-30-35-41A); that is, we will expense the premium over the life of the interest rate cap in accordance with the “caplet method,” as described in
Derivatives Implementation Group (DIG) Issue G20. DIG Issue G20 dictates that the cost of the interest rate cap is recognized on earnings over time, based on the value of each periodic caplet. The cost per period will change as the
caplet for that period changes in value. Given that the interest rate cap is forward-starting, expensing of the premium will not begin until the effective start date of the interest rate cap, in order to match potential cap revenue with the cap
expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

In February 2022, we further purchased two interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $507.9 million. The first interest rate cap of $253.9 million which has been designated as a cash flow hedge, has the same
accounting treatment as described above for the December 2021 hedging. The second interest rate cap was not designated as a cash flow hedge and therefore the positive fair value adjustment of $9.7 million as at December 31, 2022
was recorded through Consolidated Statements of Income ($nil for December 31, 2021 and 2020). ASC 815-20-25-13a stipulates that an entity may designate either all or certain future interest payments on variable-rate debt as the
hedged exposure in a cash flow hedge relationship. In this case, we designated only a portion of our outstanding debt (initially, $253.9 million) as the hedged item, and any interest payments beyond the notional amount of the interest
rate cap in any given period are not designated as being hedged.

The amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income will be reclassified to interest expense should the hedge no longer be considered effective. We assess the effectiveness of the hedges on an ongoing basis. As of
December  31,  2023,  following  a  quantitative  assessment,  part  of  the  hedges  were  no  longer  considered  effective  and  an  amount  of  ($0.2)  million  was  reclassified  to  other  comprehensive  income  to  the  Consolidated  Statements  of
Income. As of December 31, 2022, following a quantitative assessment, part of the hedges were no longer considered effective and an amount of $1.1 million was reclassified from other comprehensive income to the Consolidated
Statements of Income.

The objective of the hedges is to reduce the variability of cash flows associated with the interest rates relating to the Company’s variable rate borrowings. When derivatives are used, the Company is exposed to credit loss in the
event of non-performance by the counterparties; however, non-performance is not anticipated. ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, requires companies to recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in
the balance sheet. The fair values of the interest rate derivatives are based on quoted market prices for similar instruments from commercial banks (based on significant observable inputs – Level 2 inputs). As of December 31, 2023 and
2022, the Company recorded a derivative asset of $41.5 million and $63.5 million, respectively.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Intangible assets and liabilities-charter agreements

Our intangible assets and liabilities consist of unfavorable lease terms on charter agreements acquired in assets acquisitions. When intangible assets or liabilities associated with the acquisition of a vessel are identified, they are
recorded at fair value. Fair value is determined by reference to market data and the discounted amount of expected future cash flows. Where charter rates are higher than market charter rates, an intangible asset is recorded, based on the
difference between the acquired charter rate and the market charter rate for an equivalent vessel and equivalent duration of charter party at the date the vessel is delivered. Where charter rates are less than market charter rates, an
intangible liability is recorded, based on the difference between the acquired charter rate and the market charter rate for an equivalent vessel. The determination of the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities requires the Company to
make significant assumptions and estimates of many variables including market charter rates (including duration), the level of utilization of its vessels and its weighted average cost-of capital (“WACC”). The estimated market charter
rate (including duration) is considered a significant assumption. The use of different assumptions could result in a material change in the fair value of these items, which could have a material impact on the Company’s financial position
and results of operations. The amortizable value of favorable and unfavorable leases is amortized over the remaining life of the relevant lease term and the amortization expense or income respectively is included under the caption
“Amortization  of  intangible  liabilities-charter  agreements”  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.  For  any  vessel  group  which  is  impaired,  the  impairment  charge  is  recorded  against  the  cost  of  the  vessel  and  the  accumulated
depreciation as at the date of impairment is removed from the accounts. 

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Tangible fixed assets, such as vessels, that are held and used or to be disposed of by us are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. In these
circumstances, we perform step one of the impairment test by comparing the undiscounted projected net operating cash flows for each vessel group to its carrying value. A vessel group comprises the vessel, the unamortized portion of
deferred drydocking related to the vessel and the related carrying value of the intangible asset or liability (if any) with respect to the time charter attached to the vessel at its purchase. If the undiscounted projected net operating cash
flows of the vessel group are less than its carrying amount, management proceeds to step two of the impairment assessment by comparing the vessel group’s carrying amount to its fair value, including any applicable charter, and an
impairment loss is recorded equal to the difference between the vessel group’s carrying value and fair value. Fair value is determined with the assistance from valuations obtained from third party independent ship brokers.

We use a number of assumptions in projecting our undiscounted net operating cash flows analysis including, among others, (i) revenue assumptions for charter rates on expiry of existing charters, which are based on forecast
charter rates, where relevant, in the four years from the date of the impairment test and a reversion to the historical mean of time charter rates for each vessel thereafter (ii) off-hire days, which are based on actual off-hire statistics for
the Company’s fleet (iii) operating costs, based on current levels escalated over time based on long term trends (iv) dry docking frequency, duration and cost  (v) estimated useful life, which is assessed as a total of 30 years from original
delivery by the shipyard and (vi) scrap values.

Revenue assumptions are based on contracted charter rates up to the end of the existing contract of each vessel, and thereafter, estimated time charter rates for the remaining life of the vessel. The estimated time charter rate used for
non-contracted revenue days of each vessel is considered a significant assumption. Recognizing that the container shipping industry is cyclical and subject to significant volatility based on factors beyond our control, management
believes that using forecast charter rates in the four years from the date of the impairment assessment and a reversion to the historical mean of time charter rates thereafter, represents a reasonable benchmark for the estimated time
charter rates for the non-contracted revenue days, and takes into account the volatility and cyclicality of the market.

Through 2021, we evaluated the impact of current economic situation on the recoverability of all our vessel groups and determined that there was no triggering event and no impairment test was performed for the year ended

December 31, 2021.

Through the latter part of 2022, we noted that charter rates in the spot market had come under pressure and accordingly determined that events occurred and circumstances had changed, which indicated that potential impairment of
our long-lived assets could exist. These indicators included continued volatility in the spot market and the related impact of the current container sector on management’s expectation for future revenues. As a result, step one of the
impairment assessment of each of the vessel groups was performed as at December 31, 2022 and step two of the impairment analysis was required for one vessel group, as its undiscounted projected net operating cash flows did not
exceed its carrying value. As a result, we recorded an impairment loss of $3.0 million for one vessel asset group with a total aggregate carrying amount of $9.0 million which was written down to its fair value of $6.0 million.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Through the latter part of 2023, we noted that events and circumstances triggered the existence of potential impairment for some of our vessel groups. These indicators included volatility in the charter market and the vessels’
market values, as well as the potential impact of the current container sector on management’s expectation for future revenues. As a result, we performed step one of the impairment assessment of each of our vessel groups by comparing
the undiscounted projected net operating cash flows for each vessel group to their carrying value and step two of the impairment analysis was required for two vessel groups, as their undiscounted projected net operating cash flows did
not exceed their carrying value. As a result, we recorded an impairment loss of an aggregate of $18.8 million for two vessel groups with a total aggregate carrying amount of $43.8 million, which was written down to their fair value of
$25.0 million.

Sensitivity analysis as at December 31, 2023 suggests that a reduction of 10.0% in the charter rates assumed after expiry of the existing charter contracts under the current methodology would trigger a theoretical impairment charge

of approximately $34.4 million. A reduction of 5.0% in the assumed charter rates would trigger a theoretical impairment charge of approximately $27.1 million.

Although we currently intend to continue to hold and operate all of our vessels, the following table presents information with respect to the carrying value of our vessels, which are after the impairment charges noted above. The
estimated market values, based on charter attached valuations as at December 31, 2023 with the assistance of an independent ship broking firm totaled $2,868.5 million. The carrying value of each of the vessels does not necessarily
represent its fair market value or the amount that could be obtained if the vessels were sold.

The amount, if any, and timing of any impairment charges we may recognize in the future will depend upon then current and expected future charter rates and vessel values, which may differ materially from those fair values as at
December 31, 2023. In addition, vessel values are highly volatile; as such, the estimated market values may not be indicative of the current or future market value of our vessels or prices that we could achieve if we were to sell them,
with or without charters attached.

The table below sets out the carrying value of each of the vessel group we owned as of December 31, 2022 and 2023:

Vessel Name

Capacity in TEUs

Year Built

CMA CGM Thalassa *
ZIM Norfolk (ex UASC Al Khor)
Anthea Y
ZIM Xiamen (ex Maira XL)
MSC Tianjin
MSC Qingdao
GSL Ningbo
GSL Alexandra
GSL Sofia
GSL Effie
GSL Lydia
GSL Eleni
GSL Kalliopi
GSL Grania
Mary (tbr Colombia Express)
Kristina
Katherine
Alexandra
Alexis
Olivia I
GSL Christen
GSL Nicoletta
CMA CGM Berlioz
Agios Dimitrios
GSL Vinia
GSL Christel Elisabeth
GSL Dorothea
GSL Arcadia
GSL Violetta
GSL Maria
GSL MYNY
GSL Melita
GSL Tegea
Tasman
ZIM Europe (tbr Dimitris Y)
Ian H
GSL Tripoli *
GSL Kithira *
GSL Tinos *
GSL Syros *
Dolphin II
Orca I
CMA CGM Alcazar
GSL Château d’If
GSL Susan
CMA CGM Jamaica
CMA CGM Sambhar
CMA CGM America
GSL Rossi
GSL Alice (G) *
GSL Eleftheria (G)
GSL Melina (G) *
GSL Valerie
Matson Molokai
GSL Lalo
GSL Mercer *
Athena
GSL Elizabeth
Beethoven (tbr GSL Chloe) (G) *
GSL Maren (G) *
Maira (G)
Nikolas (G)
Newyorker (G)
Manet
Keta (G)
Julie (G)
Kumasi
Akiteta
GSL Amstel (G)

11,040
9,115
9,115
9,115
8,603
8,603
8,603
   8,544
8,544
8,544
8,544
7,847
7,847
7,847
6,927
6,927
6,927
6,927
6,882
6,882
6,840
6,840
6,621
6,572
6,080
6,080
5,992
6,008
6,008
6,008
6,008
6,008
5,992
5,936
5,936
5,936
5,470
5,470
5,470
5,470
5,095
5,095
5,089
5,089
4,363
4,298
4,045
4,045
3,421
3,421
3,404
3,404
2,824
2,824
2,824
2,824
2,762
2,741
2,546
2,546
2,506
2,506
2,506
2,272
2,207
2,207
2,207
2,207
1,118

2008
2015
2015
2015
2005
2004
2004
2004
2003
2003
2003
2004
2004
2004
2013
2013
2013
2013
2015
2015
2002
2002
2001
2011
2004
2004
2001
2000
2000
2001
2000
2001
2001
2000
2000
2000
2009
2009
2010
2010
2007
2006
2007
2007
2008
2006
2006
2006
2012
2014
2013
2013
2005
2007
2006
2007
2003
2006
2012
2014
2000
2000
2001
2001
2003
2002
2002
2002
2008

72

Carrying Value as at December 31,
2022(1) (in millions of U.S. dollars)
$90.7
62.6
61.4
61.6
39.2
41.3
39.3
  —
—
—
—
17.5
15.1
15.3
42.4
43.3
43.3
43.2
48.7
48.8
15.3
12.8
29.7
25.7
12.8
12.7
17.5
15.3
15.4
18.3
18.6
19.3
19.2
12.2
12.2
12.1
36.4
38.0
37.6
37.6
13.7
12.8
31.0
27.1
31.0
26.8
25.5
25.7
26.0
29.8
27.3
26.1
10.9
24.3
22.9
25.4
7.6
23.2
23.8
25.6
6.5
6.7
7.2
10.5
5.5
4.9
9.0
8.6
6.0
$1,663.8

Carrying Value as at December 31, 2023 (1) (in
millions of U.S. dollars)
$86.2
60.5
60.7
59.4
36.9
38.9
36.9
33.8
32.2
32.2
31.4
17.0
14.8
14.9
42.5
41.7
41.7
41.7
47.0
47.1
15.5
15.4
27.2
24.8
12.2
12.2
16.2
14.7
14.8
17.0
17.7
17.8
17.7
11.8
11.9
11.7
39.8
39.7
40.6
41.0
13.1
12.1
30.1
28.0
32.5
25.1
23.8
24.1
25.0
28.8
26.3
26.5
10.3
24.2
12.5
24.5
9.7
12.5
23.3
24.8
6.1
6.4
6.6
9.7
5.2
7.5
8.3
8.0
—
$1,732.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(1) Carrying value includes vessel cost, the unamortized portion of deferred drydocking related to the vessel and the related carrying value of the intangible asset or liability (if any) with respect to the time charter attached to the

vessel at its purchase.

(G)

Indicates geared vessel.

(*)

Indicates vessels for which the market value based on charter attached valuations was lower than the carrying value as at December 31, 2023. The aggregate carrying value of these vessels at December 31, 2023 exceeded their
aggregate market value based on charter attached valuations as at December 31, 2023 by approximately $53.8 million.

Share-Based Compensation

We have awarded restricted stock units to certain of our employees. The accounting fair value of restricted stock unit grants is determined by reference to the quoted stock price on the date of grant, as adjusted for estimated

dividends forgone until the restricted stock units vest. Compensation expense is recognized based on a graded expense model over the expected vesting period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

On November 27, 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. This standard improves reportable segment disclosures by adding and enhancing interim
disclosure requirements, clarifying circumstances in which entities can disclose multiple segment measures of profit or loss, providing new segment disclosure requirements for entities with a single reportable segment, and adding other
disclosure requirements. This standard is effective for all entities that are subject to Topic 280, Segment Reporting for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023, but early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the
impacts of this guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Taxes Disclosures, which requires greater disaggregation of income tax disclosures. The new standard requires additional
information to be disclosed with respect to the income tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction. This ASU should be applied prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with
retrospective application permitted. We are currently evaluating the impacts of this guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 6.

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A. Directors and Senior Management

Our directors and executive officers as of the date of this Annual Report and their ages as of December 31, 2023 are listed below:

Name
George Giouroukos
Michael S. Gross
Alain Wils
Ulrike Helfer
Michael Chalkias
Yoram (Rami) Neugeborn
Alain Pitner
Menno van Lacum
Ian J. Webber*
Thomas A. Lister**
Anastasios Psaropoulos

Position
Executive Chairman

Age 
58  
62   Director
80   Director
64   Director
53   Director
62   Director
75   Director
53   Director
66  
54  
45  

Chief Executive Officer
Chief Commercial Officer & Head of ESG
Chief Financial Officer

* Effective as of March 31, 2024, Mr. Ian J. Webber will retire from the position of Chief Executive Officer. Effective as of the same date, Mr. Webber will join the Board of Directors as a Term II Director, thereby increasing the size of
the Board of Directors from eight to nine members.

** Effective as of March 31, 2024, Mr. Thomas A. Lister will become Chief Executive Officer to succeed Mr. Webber.

Biographical information concerning the directors and executive officers listed above is set forth below.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

George Giouroukos: Mr. Giouroukos has been our Executive Chairman since November 2018 when the strategic combination with Poseidon Containers was completed. He has been involved in Shipping since 1993, when he
joined a major Greek shipowning company and worked in various departments. He founded Technomar, an internationally recognized ship management company, in 1994, where he has served as Managing Director. With over 30 years
of experience in the sector, he has negotiated and executed over 385 secondhand and newbuilding ship transactions, creating partnerships with a number of leading shipping banks and Private Equity firms to jointly invest in container
and dry bulk ships. These collaborations have yielded a substantial equity co-investment of well over a billion USD, particularly in workout transactions. Mr. Giouroukos serves as the Chairman of the Hellenic Advisory Committee of
International classification society, RINA and holds a Bachelor in Mechanical Engineering from University College London and a Master in
Engineering from Brunel University.

Michael S. Gross: Mr. Gross has been a director since inception and was Chairman from September 2008 to November 2018 when the strategic combination with Poseidon Containers closed. Mr. Gross is the Chairman of the
board of directors and Co-Chief Executive Officer of SLR Investment Corp. and SLR Senior Investment Corp., publicly traded BDC’s focused on private direct lending. From 2004 to 2006, Mr. Gross was the President and Chief
Executive Officer of Apollo Investment Corporation (“AIC”), a publicly traded business development company, and was the managing partner of Apollo Investment Management, L.P. (“AIM”), the investment adviser to AIC. From
1990 to 2006 Mr. Gross was a senior partner of Apollo Management, a leading private equity firm which he co-founded in 1990.

Alain Wils: Mr. Wils has been a director since May 2014. He is a consultant in the shipping and logistics industries, after more than 40 years of experience in the sector. Mr. Wils joined the CMA CGM group in 1996 as managing
director of the previously state-owned shipping company, CGM, on its acquisition by CMA. He was appointed an executive board member of CMA CGM in 2001 on the merger of CMA and CGM until his retirement in 2008. From
1992 to 1996, he was chairman and CEO of Sceta International, later renamed Geodis International, a leading European logistics and freight forwarding company. He was the managing director of the shipping group Delmas Vieljeux,
which he joined in 1971, from 1982 to 1992. Mr. Wils, who is a graduate of HEC Paris and of Paris University, was appointed Chevalier de la Légion d’Honneur in 1995 and chaired the French Shipowners’ Association from 1998 to
2000.

Ulrike Helfer:  Ms.  Helfer  was  appointed  a  director  in  2022  and  has  more  than  40  years  of  experience  in  the  finance  industry  and  more  than  20  years  of  shipping  experience.  She  commenced  her  career  in  international  ship
financing in 2000 in Vereins- und Westbank AG (merged into UniCredit). In 2005, Ms. Helfer joined DVB Bank SE in Hamburg, where she became Deputy Head of the Global Container, Car Carrier, Intermodal & Ferry Group. In
2011, Ms. Helfer became the Chief Representative of DVB Bank in Greece. She spent the preceding five years in Athens managing DVB’s local office by reporting directly to the CEO of the bank. From 2016 to 2023, Ms. Helfer was a
Member of the Board of Managing Directors of portfoliomanagement AöR, a company newly established by the Federal State of Schleswig-Holstein and the City of Hamburg. In this role Ms. Helfer and her team had the responsibility
of winding down a portfolio of non-performing shipping loans with an amount of EUR 4.7 billion transferred from HSH Nordbank AG to portfoliomanagement AöR. Ms. Helfer was also a Member of the Advisory Board of Deutsche
Bundesbank in Hamburg, Schleswig-Holstein and Mecklenburg-Vorpommern from 2020 to 2023.

Michael Chalkias: Mr. Chalkias has been a director since November 2018 when the strategic combination with Poseidon Containers was completed. He is the Co-founder and Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Prime Marine
group,  a  leading  global  operator  and  manager  in  the  seaborne  oil  and  gas  transportation  space,  which  has  managed  more  than  100  ships  since  its  inception,  Since  March  2018,  Mr.  Chalkias  has  also  served  as  non-executive,  non-
independent director of First Ship Lease Trust (“FSL Trust”), a Singapore-based business trust listed on the Mainboard of the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited. Mr. Chalkias counts more than 25 years in the shipping
industry, during which he has accumulated extensive in-depth knowledge in all aspects of the business and established strong relationships in the sector. Through Prime Marine, he has invested in many ships, primarily product tankers
and gas carriers and has partnered with a number of international banks and US private equity firms. Prior to co-founding Prime Marine’s predecessor in 1999, he was employed by Tufton Oceanic Limited, a specialized shipping
finance  and  investment  firm  in  London,  where  he  was  actively  involved  with  debt  and  equity  instruments  as  well  as  structured  financing.  Mr.  Chalkias  holds  an  MSc  with  Distinction  in  Shipping,  Trade  &  Finance  from  the  Cass
Business School at the City University of London and a BSc with Honors in Maritime Business and Maritime Law from the University of Plymouth.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Captain Yoram (Rami) Neugeborn: Mr. Neugeborn was appointed a director in 2022 and is a Master Mariner with more than 40 years of experience in the shipping industry. He currently serves as the Chief Executive Officer of
Aquarii Shipping Solutions Ltd., a private shipping consultant company. Prior to joining our Board of Directors, from 2010 to 2022 he served as Manager of the Chartering and Sale and Purchase Division at ZIM Integrated Shipping
Services Ltd. and from 2008 to 2010 he served as the Manager of the Shipping Commercial Division at XT Shipping Ltd. (formerly, Ofer Brothers Shipping, Haifa). Between 2002 – 2007 he served as a Managing Director of Zim-Ofer
Shipbrokers.  Further,  from  1994  to  1998  he  served  as  Commanding  Captain  onboard  ocean-going  vessels.  Mr.  Neugeborn  graduated  from  the  Israeli  Maritime  Institute  in  Acre,  Israel  (Haifa  University)  and  has  a  Certificate  of
Competency, Master Mariner F.G.

Alain Pitner: Mr. Pitner, who has 30 years of shipping experience, was appointed a director in November 2018. Mr. Pitner commenced his career in 1974 in the Risk Department of Banque Indosuez, now part of Credit Agricole
Group. He held various operational and commercial responsibilities in the Bank’s French Export Credit Department. In 1987, Mr. Pitner joined the Shipping Division of the Bank’s Structured Finance Department, where he financed
newbuildings and was also responsible for special projects. He then was entrusted with increasingly senior roles. In September 2017, after 42 years, Mr. Pitner retired from the bank. He graduated from Reims business school and holds
a MSIA from Krannert Business School—Purdue University, USA.

Menno van Lacum: Mr. van Lacum was appointed a director in November 2018. He commenced his career in 1997 by joining the Transportation Group at MeesPierson where he was responsible, in different capacities, for
arranging  and  structuring  debt  capital  markets  and  leasing  products  predominantly  for  the  Transportation  Equipment  Leasing  sector.  In  2005,  Mr.  van  Lacum  became  Director  of  the  Fortis  Principal  Finance  Group  in  the  USA,
responsible for holding equity investments and structuring debt instruments within the Transportation Sector. In 2009, Mr. van Lacum joined the Transportation Capital Group (“TCG”) as a Partner in the Netherlands focusing primarily
on holding investments in the maritime industry. In 2019, Mr. van Lacum became CEO of Prow Capital, a private debt fund manager focusing on ESG investments in the shipping industry. Mr. van Lacum holds a Master’s Degree in
Economics from the University of Amsterdam, Netherlands.

Ian J. Webber: Mr. Webber became our Chief Executive Officer in August 2008. Effective March 31, 2024, Mr. Webber will retire from the position from Chief Executive Officer, and will join our Board of Directors as a director.
From 1979 to 1996, Mr. Webber worked for PriceWaterhouse, the last five years of which he was a partner. From 1996 to 2006, Mr. Webber served as the Chief Financial Officer and a director of CP Ships Limited, a subsidiary of
Canadian Pacific Limited until 2001 and thereafter a public company listed on the New York and Toronto stock exchanges until its acquisition by TUI A.G. in 2005. Mr. Webber is a graduate of Cambridge University.

Thomas A. Lister: Mr. Lister has been our Chief Commercial Officer since August 2008 and, from April 2017 until the merger with Poseidon Containers in November 2018, was also our Chief Financial Officer. Effective March
31, 2024, Mr. Lister will become our Chief Executive Officer. Since 2019, Mr. Lister has led our ESG initiatives to ensure close alignment of our commercial and ESG strategies. From 2005 until 2007, Mr. Lister was a Senior Vice
President at DVB Bank. Before that, from 2004 to 2005, he worked for the German KG financier and ship owning group, Nordcapital & E.R.Schiffahrt, as Director of Business Development. From 1991 to 2002, Mr. Lister worked in a
number of managerial, strategic and operational roles for liner shipping companies and their agents. Mr. Lister graduated from Durham University and holds an MBA from INSEAD.

Anastasios Psaropoulos: Mr.  Psaropoulos  became  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  in  November  2018.  He  has  over  12  years  of  experience  in  finance  in  the  shipping  sector.  He  has  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Poseidon
Containers and Technomar, which he joined in 2011, participating in more than 190 successful S&P transactions including distressed deals, and from January, 2024, provides limited advisory services to Technomar when requested.
Prior to Poseidon, he was financial controller in Dolphin Capital, an AIM listed real estate development fund. He has also worked as an external auditor with PricewaterhouseCoopers, covering shipping and oil & gas industries. Mr.
Psaropoulos holds a Master in Economics with specialization in Finance and Investments, from the Athens University of Economics and Business. He has also participated in the Program for Leadership Development (PLDA), in the
program preparing to be a Corporate Director (PCD), and in the program Private Equity and Venture Capital (PEVC) of Harvard Business School.

B. Compensation

Compensation of Executive Officers

For the year ended December 31, 2023, we have expensed an aggregate of $1.73 million in compensation to our executive officers, which includes the remuneration of our Executive Chairman. Set forth below is a description of

certain material terms of the employment agreements with each of our executive officers, which is qualified in its entirety by the respective agreements which are filed as exhibits hereto.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

George Giouroukos, Executive Chairman

Mr. Giouroukos has entered into an employment contract with GSL Enterprises, our wholly-owned subsidiary, and Mr. Giouroukos serves as our Executive Chairman pursuant to the terms of an inter-company agreement between

us and GSL Enterprises.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Giouroukos receives an annual salary and is eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus payment out of the profits of GSL Enterprises.

The agreement is terminable by Mr. Giouroukos if he provides not less than six months’ advance written notice to GSL Enterprises except if such termination is for “good reason”, including a “change in control” of Global Ship
Lease, Inc., as such terms are defined in his employment agreement, in which case Mr. Giouroukos is able to terminate the agreement by providing not less than 14 days’ advance written notice to GSL Enterprises. GSL Enterprises is
able to terminate Mr. Giouroukos’s employment agreement by providing no less than 12 months’ advance written notice to Mr. Giouroukos (subject to exceptions in the case of summary termination). If Mr. Giouroukos resigns for
“good reason” or GSL Enterprises terminates his employment for any reason whatsoever other than for “cause”, Mr. Giouroukos is entitled to receive a severance payment in lieu of a salary and contractual benefits for 12 months
following the termination date, together with any bonus payable in accordance with the terms of the employment agreement.

Ian Webber, Chief Executive Officer

GSLS, our wholly-owned subsidiary, has entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Webber and Mr. Webber has served as our Chief Executive Officer pursuant to the terms of an inter-company agreement between us and

GSLS.

In his capacity as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Webber receives a salary and is eligible to receive a cash bonus payment up to an annual maximum of 60% of his salary at the discretion of GSLS. He is also eligible to receive share

based incentives.

Effective as of March 31, 2024, Mr. Webber will retire from his position as Chief Executive Officer, and accordingly, the employment agreement shall terminate as of the same date, save for surviving provisions therein.

For a period of one year after Mr. Webber’s employment, he will not, among other actions, solicit or attempt to solicit certain employees or certain customers of ours (or one of our group companies) or be involved in any relevant

business in competition with us (or one of our group companies).

Anastasios Psaropoulos, Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Psaropoulos has entered into an employment contract with GSL Enterprises, our wholly-owned subsidiary, and pursuant to the terms of an inter-company agreement between us and GSL Enterprises Mr. Psaropoulos serves as

our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer.

Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Psaropoulos receives an annual salary and is eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus payment out of the profits of GSL Enterprises.

The agreement is terminable by Mr. Psaropoulos if he provides not less than six months’ advance written notice to GSL Enterprises except if such termination is for “good reason”, including a “change in control” of Global Ship
Lease, Inc., as such terms are defined in the employment agreement, in which case Mr. Psaropoulos is able to terminate the agreement by providing not less than 14 days’ advance written notice to GSL Enterprises. GSL Enterprises is
able to terminate Mr. Psaropoulos’ employment agreement by providing no less than 12 months’ advance written notice to Mr. Psaropoulos (subject to exceptions in the case of summary termination). If Mr. Psaropoulos resigns for
“good reason” or GSL Enterprises terminates his employment for any reason whatsoever other than for “cause”, Mr. Psaropoulos is entitled to receive a severance payment in lieu of a salary and contractual benefits for 12 months
following the termination date, together with any bonus payable in accordance with the terms of the employment agreement.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Thomas Lister, Chief Commercial Officer & Head of ESG, Incoming Chief Executive Officer

Mr. Lister entered into an employment contract with GSL Enterprises, our wholly-owned subsidiary, with effect from January 1, 2022, and pursuant to the terms of an inter-company agreement between us and GSL Enterprises, Mr.
Lister currently serves as our Chief Commercial Officer and Head of ESG, and effective as of March 31, 2024, will serve as our Chief Executive Officer, at which time, his employment agreement will be amended to accordingly to
reflect, among other things, revised terms related to the change in his position, including customary non-competition provisions.

Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Lister receives an annual salary and is eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus payment out of the profits of GSL Enterprises.

The agreement is terminable by Mr. Lister if he provides not less than six months’ advance written notice to GSL Enterprises except if such termination is for “good reason”, including a “change in control” of Global Ship Lease,
Inc., as such terms are defined in the employment agreement, in which case Mr. Lister is able to terminate the agreement by providing not less than 14 days’ advance written notice to GSL Enterprises. GSL Enterprises is able to
terminate Mr. Lister’s employment agreement by providing no less than 12 months’ advance written notice to Mr. Lister (subject to exceptions in the case of summary termination). If Mr. Lister resigns for “good reason” or GSL
Enterprises terminates his employment for any reason whatsoever other than for “cause”, Mr. Lister is entitled to receive a severance payment in lieu of a salary and contractual benefits for 12 months following the termination date,
together with any bonus payable in accordance with the terms of the employment agreement.

Compensation of Directors

Our directors (other than our Executive Chairman) receive an annual fee of $105,000. The Chairman of the audit committee receives an additional fee of $15,000 and each member of the audit committee receives an additional
$7,500. The Chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee each receive an additional $5,000 and each member of those committees receives an additional $2,500. In addition, each
director is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings of our Board of Directors or committees. Our Executive Chairman receives remuneration as an executive officer and does not receive director
fees.

2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan

On February 4, 2019, our Board of Directors adopted the Global Ship Lease, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”).

The purpose of the 2019 Plan is to provide directors, officers and employees, whose initiative and efforts are deemed to be important to the successful conduct of our business, with incentives to (a) enter into and remain in the
service of our company or our subsidiaries and affiliates, (b) acquire a proprietary interest in the success of our company, (c) maximize their performance and (d) enhance the long-term performance of our company. The 2019 Plan is
administered by the compensation committee of our Board of Directors or such other committee of our Board of Directors as may be designated by them.

Under the terms of the 2019 Plan stock options and appreciation rights granted under the 2019 Plan will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant, provided that in no event may
the exercise price be less than the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable at times and under conditions as determined by the plan administrator, but in no event
will they be exercisable later than 10 years from the date of grant.

The plan administrator may grant restricted stock and awards of restricted stock units subject to vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions as determined by the administrator of the 2019 Plan. Upon the
vesting of a restricted stock unit, the award recipient will be paid an amount equal to the number of restricted stock units that then vest multiplied by the fair market value of a common share on the date of vesting, which payment may
be paid in the form of cash or common shares or a combination of both, as determined by the administrator of the 2019 Plan. The 2019 Plan administrator may grant dividend equivalents with respect to grants of restricted stock units.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Adjustments may be made to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction or change in capitalization or other extraordinary event. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the 2019 Plan), unless otherwise

provided by the 2019 Plan administrator in an award agreement, awards then outstanding shall become fully vested and exercisable in full.

Our Board of Directors may amend or terminate the 2019 Plan and may amend outstanding awards, provided that no such amendment or termination may be made that would materially impair the rights or materially increase any
obligations, of a grantee under an outstanding award. Shareholders’ approval of 2019 Plan amendments may be required in certain circumstances if required by applicable rules of a national securities exchange or the SEC. Unless
terminated earlier by our Board of Directors, the 2019 Plan will expire 10 years from the date on which the 2019 Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors.

Following the adoption of the 2019 Plan, our previous plans adopted in 2015 and 2008 were terminated.

In 2019, our Board of Directors approved awards to our executive officers under the 2019 Plan, providing those executive officers with the opportunity to receive up to 1,359,375 Class A common shares in aggregate, in four
tranches, subject to certain vesting criteria. On March 11, 2021, our Board of Directors approved additional awards of 61,625 of Class A common shares, in four tranches, subject to certain vesting criteria, to two other employees
resulting in a total amount of awards of up to 1,421,000 shares.

In July 2021, Mr. Giouroukos received an additional 17,720 Class A common shares pursuant to the 2019 Plan as a special bonus.

As at December 31, 2021, all of the above awards had vested as the criteria had been met. 931,874 shares were settled and issued and 506,846 remained to be issued.

On September 29, 2021, the compensation committee and the Board of Directors approved an increase in the aggregate number of Class A common shares available for issuance as awards under the 2019 Plan by 1,600,000 to
3,412,500, and approved new awards to senior management, totaling 1,500,000 shares of incentive stock, in three tranches, subject to certain vesting criteria, with a grant date October 1, 2021. The compensation committee and Board
of Directors also approved an increase the maximum number of Class A common shares that each non-employee director may be granted in any one year to 25,000 and subsequently approved stock-based awards to the then seven non-
executive directors totaling 105,000 shares of incentive stock, or 15,000 each, to vest in a similar manner to those awarded to senior management.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, 28,528 unvested share awards were cancelled on the resignation of two directors and an award of 13,780 was made to one new director to vest in a similar manner to the other awards,

with the first tranche adjusted for the date of appointment of the director.

As at December 31, 2022, 3,028,972 incentive Class A common shares had been awarded under the 2019 Plan, leaving 383,528 Class A common shares available to be awarded under the 2019 Plan.

As at December 31, 2022, 1,712,261 incentive Class A common shares had vested under the 2019 Plan, of which 193,569 had not been issued or settled. As at March 10, 2023, 110,625 Class A common shares remained to be

issued.

In March 2023, the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors, approved an amendment to the stock-based awards agreed in September 2021 for senior management and non-employee directors such that 10% of the
second tranche would be forfeit with the remaining 90% vesting from April 2023 and quarterly thereafter with the last such vesting to be October 2025. The price at which the third tranche is to vest was amended to $21.00, over a 60-
day period. All other terms of the awards remain unchanged.

During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, 399,727, 218,366 and 55,175 incentive shares vested, respectively, under the amended September 2021 awards. A total of 2,111,988 incentive shares under both plans

had vested as at December 31, 2023. Of the total incentive shares which vested under both plans up to December 31, 2023, 152,598 had not been issued.

C. Board Practices

Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes with one class of directors being elected in each year and each class serving a three-year term. The current term of office of the Term I class of directors consisting of Ms. Helfer,
Mr. Neugeborn and Mr. Pitner, expires at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2024. The current term of office of the Term II class of directors, consisting of Mr. Chalkias, and Mr. Giouroukos, expires at the annual meeting
of shareholders to be held in 2025. The current term of office of the Term III class of directors, consisting of Mr. Gross, Mr. van Lacum and Mr. Wils, expires at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2026. Commencing
March 31, 2024, Ian J. Webber will retire from the position of Chief Executive Officer, and as of the same date, has been appointed to serve on our Board of Directors as a Term II Director, expanding the size of the Board of Directors
from eight to nine members.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Other than our Executive Chairman, none of our directors have service contracts with us or any of our subsidiaries providing for benefits upon the termination of their employment.

For information about the period during which each director and executive officer has served in such position at our company, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – A. Directors and Senior Management.”

Director Independence

Our Board of Directors has determined that all of our directors in office as of the date hereof, other than Mr. George Giouroukos, are “independent directors” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, and the

NYSE rules.

Board Committees

Our  Board  of  Directors  has  formed  an  audit  committee,  a  compensation  committee,  a  nominating  and  corporate  governance  committee,  a  conflicts  committee  and  an  environmental,  social  and  governance  committee.  Our

committee charters are available on our website (www.globalshiplease.com) and in print to any investor upon request. The information included on our website is not incorporated herein by reference.

Audit Committee

We have established an audit committee, comprised of three members of our Board of Directors, which, as directed by our written audit committee charter, is responsible for overseeing the management’s conduct of our systems of

internal accounting and financial controls, reviewing our financial statements, recommending to the Board of Directors the engagement of our independent auditors, and pre-approving audit and audit-related services and fees.

The audit committee will at all times be composed exclusively of “independent directors” who, as may be required by the NYSE listing standards, are able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a
company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement. Our audit committee currently consists of Messrs. Chalkias, van Lacum, Wils and Ms. Helfer, each of whom is “independent” as defined in Rule 10A-3 under the
Exchange Act and the NYSE rules.

In addition, the audit committee has at least one member who has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or other comparable experience or background that results
in  the  individual’s  financial  sophistication.  Our  Board  of  Directors  has  determined  that  Mr.  van  Lacum  has  such  financial  sophistication  and  also  qualifies  as  an  “audit  committee  financial  expert”  (please  refer  to  Item16A.  Audit
Committee Financial Expert).

Compensation Committee

We  have  established  a  compensation  committee,  consisting  of  Messrs.  Gross,  Chalkias  and  Pitner,  that  is  responsible  for  and  reports  to  our  Board  of  Directors  on  the  evaluation  and  compensation  of  executives,  oversees  the
administration of compensation plans, reviews and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors on director and executive compensation and prepares any report on executive compensation required by the rules and regulations of
the SEC.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

We have established a nominating and corporate governance committee, consisting of Messrs. Chalkias, Pitner and Wils, that reports to our Board of Directors on and is responsible for succession planning and the appointment,
development and performance evaluation of our board members and senior executives. It also assesses the adequacy and effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines, reviewing and recommending changes to the Board of
Directors whenever necessary.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Conflicts Committee

We have established a Conflicts Committee to review, evaluate, and approve any transaction or other matter referred or disclosed to it where a conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists or arises, whether real or
perceived. Such matters may include transactions between us on the one hand, and Technomar, or Conchart, or any of our officers or directors or affiliates of our officers or directors, on the other hand. Our Conflicts Committee consists
of Messrs. Chalkias, van Lacum, and Wils.

Environment, Social, and Governance (“ESG”) Committee

We have established an ESG Committee to (i) guide, support, and supervise management in developing, articulating, and continuing to evolve, our ESG strategy, (ii) evaluate and recommend ESG initiatives for adoption by us, (iii)

assess ESG risks and opportunities, and (iv) promote ESG practices within our business culture and processes. Our ESG committee consists of Messrs. Neugeborn, van Lacum, Wils, and Giouroukos.

D. Employees

As of December 31, 2023, we had seven employees.

E. Share Ownership

See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—A. Major Shareholders” for information regarding beneficial ownership by our directors and executive officers.

See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation—2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan” for information regarding our equity incentive plan.

F. Disclosure of a registrant’s action to recover erroneously awarded compensation.

Not Applicable.

Item 7.

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A. Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our Class A common shares as of the date of this annual report by:

•
•
•

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common shares;
each of our officers and directors; and
all of our officers and directors as a group.

Except as otherwise indicated, each person or entity named in the table below has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our Class A common shares, shown as beneficially owned, subject to applicable community

property laws. As of the date of this annual report, an aggregate of 35,087,307 Class A common shares were issued and outstanding.

The Class A common shares each have one vote and vote together as a single class except that any amendment to the articles of incorporation, including those made pursuant to the terms of any merger, consolidation or similar
transaction, that would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized common shares of a class, increase or decrease the par value of common shares of a class, or alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the class
of common shares so as to affect them adversely, must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of such class of common shares then outstanding, voting separately as a class.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Name of Beneficial Owner

5% Shareholders:

George Giouroukos (2)
Morgan Stanley (3)
Whitefort Capital Management, LP (4)
Punch & Associates Investment Management, Inc. (5)

Other Directors and Executive Officers:
Michael Gross
Alain Wils
Menno van Lacum
Alain Pitner
Michael Chalkias
Rami Neugeborn
Ulrike Helfer
Ian Webber
Thomas Lister
Anastasios Psaropoulos
All directors and executive officers as a group (11 individuals) (6)

Class A Common Shares
Beneficially Owned

Approximate Percentage
of Outstanding Class A
Common Shares(1)

2,252,313
2,007,078
1,897,481
1,920,752

57,058
8,370
20,849
7,058
7,058
5,832
5,590
102,164
41,823
114,182
2,622,297

6.4%
5.7%
5.4%
5.5%

0.2%
0.0%
0.1%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.3%
0.1%
0.3%
7.5%

(1) Calculated based on 35,087,307 Class A common shares outstanding as of the date of this annual report.
(2) Mr. Giouroukos, who serves as our Executive Chairman, owns and controls Shipping Participations Inc. which is the record holder of 2,075,490 Class A common shares. As a result, Mr. Giouroukos may be deemed to beneficially

own the shares held by Shipping Participations Inc.

(3) This information is derived from a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 8, 2024.
(4) This information is derived from a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2024.
(5) This information is derived from a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2024.
(6) The number of shares of Class A common shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, includes Class A common shares under stock-based awards held by that person that are exercisable,
vested or convertible as of March 15, 2024 or that will become exercisable, vested or convertible within 60 days after March 15, 2024 and which are described above under the heading “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and
Employees-B. Compensation-2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan”.

As of March 15, 2024, we had 15 registered shareholders of record, two of which were located in the United States holding an aggregate of 34,620,504 of our Class A common shares, representing 98.7% of our outstanding
common shares. However, one of the U.S. shareholders of record is Cede & Co., a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, which held 34,618,190 of our Class A common shares as of March 15, 2024, representing 98.7% of our
outstanding shares. We believe that the shares held by Cede & Co. include common shares beneficially owned by both holders in the United States and non-U.S. beneficial owners.

We are not aware of any arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in our change of control.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

B. Related Party Transactions

Registration Rights Agreement

At the time of the Marathon Merger, we entered into a registration rights agreement with CMA CGM, Marathon Investors, LLC, Marathon Founders, LLC and the other initial shareholders of Marathon common stock (including
Michael S. Gross), pursuant to which we agreed to register for resale on a registration statement under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, the common shares issued to such shareholders pursuant to the Marathon
Merger or upon exercise of warrants (the “Marathon Registration Rights Agreement”).

On  October  29,  2018,  we  entered  into  an  Amended  and  Restated  Registration  Rights  Agreement  (the  “Amended  and  Restated  Registration  Rights  Agreement”),  which  amended  and  restated  the  Marathon  Registration  Rights
Agreement, with KEP VI, KIA VIII, CMA CGM, Management Investor Co., Anmani Consulting Inc., Marathon Founders, LLC, Michael S. Gross and Maas Capital Investments B.V. with respect to all Class A common shares (and the
Series  C  Preferred  Shares  at  that  time)  held  by  such  shareholders  on  the  closing  date  of  the  Poseidon  Transaction,  including  any  Class  A  common  shares  issued  on  conversion  of  the  Series  C  Preferred  Shares  (the  “Registrable
Securities”). The Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement became effective on the closing of the Poseidon Transaction. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, we filed with the SEC a shelf
registration statement to register the offer and resale of all of the Registrable Securities. The Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement also provides certain piggyback and demand registration rights to the holders of
Registrable Securities and contains customary indemnification and other provisions. Based on information provided to us by Kelso, KEP VI and KIA VIII no longer hold Registrable Securities. Based on a Schedule 13D/A filed by
CMA CGM with the SEC on September 7, 2022, CMA CGM no longer holds any Registerable Securities.

Non-Compete Agreement

On  October  29,  2018,  we  entered  into  a  Non-Compete  Agreement  with  Mr.  George  Giouroukos  and  Conchart  reflecting,  among  others,  the  provisions  described  below. The  Non-Compete  Agreement  became  effective  on  the

closing of the Poseidon Transaction.

Restricted Business

For so long as Mr. Giouroukos is our Executive Chairman, Mr. Giouroukos and any entity which he controls will agree not to acquire, own or operate containerships. However, under certain exceptions, Mr. Giouroukos, and any

entity which he controls, may compete with us, which could affect our business. Specifically, Mr. Giouroukos, and any entity which he controls, will not be prevented from:

(1) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering vessels other than containerships;

(2) acquiring or owning one or more containerships if we decide not to exercise our right of first refusal to acquire such containership, in accordance with the terms of the Non-Compete Agreement described below under “Right of

First Refusal”;

(3) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering one or more containerships as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in a business or package of assets that owns, operates or charters such containerships; provided, however, that
Mr. Giouroukos, and any entity which he controls must offer to sell such containership(s) to us at their fair market value plus any additional tax or other similar costs that Mr. Giouroukos, and any entity which he controls, incurs in
connection with the acquisition and the transfer of such containership to us separate from the acquired business, if a majority of the value of the business or the package of assets acquired is attributable to containerships;

(4) providing vessel management services relating to containerships, or other vessel types, including technical and commercial management, warehouse transactions for financial institutions and pool management;

(5) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any containership that Mr. Giouroukos, and any entity which he controls, owned or operated or had a contractual arrangement with respect to as of the closing date of the Plan of Merger

by and among Poseidon Containers Holdings LLC, K&T Marine LLC, us and other parties;

(6)

transferring to Mr. Giouroukos or any entity which he controls, title to a vessel that Mr. Giouroukos or such entity that he controls or any third party is entitled to acquire, own and operate under the Non-Compete Agreement,
pursuant to or in connection with the termination of a financing arrangement, including by way of a sale and leaseback or similar transaction, which is accounted for under United States generally accepted accounting principles as a
financial lease; and

(7) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any containership that is subject to an offer to purchase as described in paragraphs (2) and (3) above, in each case pending the offer of such containership to us and our determination

whether to purchase the containership and, if so, pending the closing of such purchase.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Further to the above, notwithstanding this agreement, Mr. Giouroukos, and any entity which he controls, may claim business opportunities that would benefit us, and this could have an adverse effect on our business, results of

operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

Right of First Refusal

Mr. Giouroukos, and any entity he controls, will also agree to grant us a right of first refusal to acquire any containership, after Mr. Giouroukos, or an entity controlled by him, enters into an agreement that sets forth terms upon
which he or it would acquire such containership. Mr. Giouroukos, or such entity controlled by him, shall notify us within 30 days of any agreement that he, or his controlled entity, has entered into to purchase a containership and will
provide a period of seven calendar days in respect of a single vessel transaction, or a period of 14 calendar days in respect of a multi-vessel transaction, from the date that he delivers such notice to us of said opportunity, within which to
decide whether or not to accept the opportunity and nominate a subsidiary of ours to become the purchaser of such containership, before Mr. Giouroukos, or any entity he controls, will accept the opportunity or offer it to any of his other
affiliates or entities controlled by him. The opportunity offered to us will be on no less favorable terms than those offered to Mr. Giouroukos, or entity controlled by him. The approval of our conflicts committee which is comprised of
independent directors will be required to accept or reject this offer.

Upon a change of control of us, these rights of first refusal will terminate immediately. In addition, at such time that Mr. Giouroukos ceases to serve as our Executive Chairman, these rights of first refusal as applicable to Mr.

Giouroukos will terminate immediately.

Right of First Offer on Containerships

Mr. Giouroukos will also agree to grant a right of first offer to us for any containership he, or any entity controlled by him, owns or acquires, upon any proposed sale, transfer, or other disposition.

Prior to entering into any transaction regarding any containership’s disposition with a non-affiliated third party, Mr. Giouroukos, or such entity controlled by him, will deliver a written notice to us setting forth the material terms
and conditions of the proposed transaction. During the 14-day period after the delivery of such notice, and at our election we (through our conflicts committee) and Mr. Giouroukos, or such entity controlled by him, will negotiate in
good faith to reach an agreement on the transaction, which shall be approved by our conflicts committee which is comprised of independent directors. If we do not reach an agreement within such 14-day period, Mr. Giouroukos, or such
entity controlled by him, as the case may be, will be able within the next 180 calendar days to sell, transfer, dispose or re-contract the containership to a third party (or to agree in writing to undertake such transaction with a third party)
on terms generally no less favorable than those offered pursuant to the written notice.

Upon  a  change  of  control  of  us,  these  rights  of  first  offer  will  terminate  immediately.  In  addition,  at  such  time  that  Mr.  Giouroukos  ceases  to  serve  as  our  Executive  Chairman,  these  rights  of  first  offer  as  applicable  to  Mr.

Giouroukos will terminate immediately.

Chartering Opportunities

If Conchart, or any entity it controls, acquires knowledge of a potential opportunity to enter into a potential charter with or without profit sharing for a particular containership that it believes in good faith would be suitable for our
vessels, which we refer to as a “Potential Charter Opportunity”, then Conchart, or such entity that it controls, would be obliged to offer such Potential Charter Opportunity to us and, for a period of up to two business days, we shall have
the  right  to  elect  to  pursue  such  Potential  Charter  Opportunity  for  ourselves  or  allow  Conchart  to  direct  such  Potential  Charter  Opportunity  to  itself  or  another  person  or  entity.  In  determining  suitability  of  a  Potential  Charter
Opportunity, Conchart shall take into consideration certain factors, such as the availability, suitability and positioning of the relevant vessel, the potential charterer’s demands for the vessel’s specifications and costs. In the event we do
not elect to accept the Potential Charter Opportunity, Conchart shall be free to pursue such Potential Charter Opportunity or direct it to another person or entity for a period of 15 calendar days on the same terms and conditions as
presented to us.

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Ship Management Agreements

Technomar provides us with all day-to-day technical ship management services, pursuant to a technical management agreement with each of our vessel-owning subsidiaries (as amended from time to time, the “TTMA”) for all of
the vessels in our fleet. Six vessels (“Third-Party Managed Vessels”), which were purchased by us in July 2021 were previously managed by a third-party ship manager with those management agreements terminating between May and
July 2023.

Mr. George Giouroukos, our Executive Chairman, is the Founder, Managing Director, and majority beneficial owner of Technomar. Technical management services provided under each TTMA include crewing, purchasing stores,
lubricating oils and spare parts, paying wages, pensions and insurance for the crew, and organizing other vessel operating necessities, including the arrangement and management of drydocking. We pay Technomar a daily management
fee of Euro 785 from January 1, 2024, compared to Euro 750 for 2023, per vessel, payable in U.S. dollars, which, in addition to covering the technical ship management services being provided, includes administrative support services,
including accounting and financial reporting, treasury management services and legal services also being provided pursuant to the TTMAs. We also reimburse the Technomar for the costs it incurs on our behalf, and provide customary
indemnification to Technomar and its employees, agents and sub-contractors. In March 2024, (effective January 1, 2024), we further amended each TTMA to, among other things, appoint Technomar as our EU ETS Responsible Entity.
In connection with such appointment, we will also pay Technomar a fee of EUR 7,500, per annum per vessel, pro rata, for the provision of additional services relating to our compliance with EU ETS requirements, such services include,
among others, gathering emissions data, calculating emissions allowances, reporting verified emissions data to the relevant authorities, and managing EU ETS accounts on our behalf. The EU ETS Fee is subject to a good faith re-
appraisal as market standards evolve, such re-appraisal to occur no later than January 31, 2025.

Each TTMA has a minimum term of twenty-four months after the later to occur of the expiry of the charter for the applicable vessel or the credit facility (or other debt agreement) for which the applicable vessel serves as collateral,
unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of the TTMA. Each TTMA may be terminated (a) by either party by giving six months’ written notice, in which case, if such notice is given at or prior to the termination of the
minimum term, a termination payment of fifty percent of the annual fee is payable by us if the TTMA is terminated by Technomar and a termination payment of six times the annual fee is payable by us if the TTMA is terminated by us,
or (b) following the expiry of the minimum term, by either party by giving six months’ written notice to the other party, in which case, a termination payment of fifty percent of the annual fee is payable by us if the TTMA is terminated
by Technomar and a termination payment of five times the annual fee is payable by us if the TTMA is terminated by us. In the event of the sale or total loss of the applicable vessel, a payment equal to one quarter of the annual
management fee will apply, provided that the sale is not part of a change in control. If the TTMA is terminated as a result of a change of control in us, as provided in the TTMA, then a termination payment of six times the annual fee
will apply. The TTMA may also be terminated (i) by us, upon a change of control of Technomar, (ii) automatically on the insolvency of either party, (iii) by one party upon the breach by the other party of the TTMA, among other
reasons, and may result in a termination payment as provided therein. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future will also be managed under a TTMA on substantially similar terms.

The management fees paid by us to Technomar for the year ended December 31, 2023 amounted to $19.1 million. The management fees paid by us to Technomar for the year ended December 31, 2022 amounted to $16.6 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2021 management fees paid by us to Technomar amounted to $15.3 million. GSL has guaranteed certain of the financial obligations of its subsidiaries under each applicable TMA.

In addition, each of our vessel-owning subsidiaries for the Third-Party Managed Vessels entered into a Supervision Agreement with Technomar, pursuant to which Technomar supervised the third-party manager. Technomar also
undertook the provision of Technical, Drydock, Insurance, Freight and Claims Handling Services as well as accounting, administrative & support services. Pursuant to the Supervision Agreements, we paid a supervision fee of $157.50
per day (effective from January 1, 2023) per vessel ($150.00 prior to January 1, 2023). The Supervision Agreements terminated when the underlying management agreement terminated between May and July 2023. Please see “Item 4.
Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Management of Our Fleet” for additional information on the Supervision Agreements.

Conchart  provides  commercial  management  services  to  us  on  all  of  our  vessels  pursuant  to  commercial  management  agreements  (each,  as  amended  from  time  to  time,  the  “CCMA”).  Mr.  George  Giouroukos,  our  Executive
Chairman, is the sole beneficial owner of Conchart. Under the commercial management agreements, Conchart is responsible for (i) marketing of our vessels, (ii) seeking and negotiating employment of our vessels, (iii) advising us on
market developments, and on the development of new rules and regulations with respect to trading and cargo restrictions, (iv) assisting in the calculation of hires, and the collection of any sums related to the operation of vessels, (v)
communicating with agents, and (vi), negotiating memoranda of agreement for the sale of the vessels. No commission is payable on any charter of a vessel in our fleet to CMA CGM in place as of November 15, 2018, if applicable.
However, commission is payable to the managers for any extension of such charters after March 31,2021. We have agreed to pay Conchart a commission of 1.25% on all monies earned under each charter fixture. Further, we have
agreed to pay to the commercial manager, who shall be named broker in each memorandum of agreement (or equivalent agreement) providing for the sale of all vessels and purchase of some vessels, a commission of 1.00% based on
the sale and purchase price for any sale and purchase of a vessel.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The CCMA, with respect to a vessel, has a minimum term of twenty-four months after the later to occur of the expiry of the charter for the vessel or the credit facility (or other debt agreement) for which the vessel serves as
collateral, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of the CCMA. The CCMA, with respect to a vessel, may be terminated (a) by either party by giving six months’ written notice, in which case, if such notice is given
at or prior to the termination of the minimum term, a termination payment is payable by us of six times the average monthly commission paid by us to Conchart (or which has accrued) in the previous six month period if the agreement
is terminated by Conchart, and a termination payment is payable by us equal to thirty-six times the average monthly commission paid by us (or which has accrued) to Conchart in the previous twelve months if the CCMA is terminated
by us, or (b) following the expiry of the minimum term, by either party giving six months’ written notice to the other party, in which case a termination payment is payable by us of six times the average monthly commission paid by us
to Conchart (or which has accrued) in the previous six month period if the CCMA is terminated by Conchart, and a termination payment is payable by us of twelve times the average monthly commission paid by us (or which has
accrued) to Conchart in the previous twelve months if the CCMA is terminated by us.

If the CCMA is terminated as a result of a change of control in us, as provided in each CCMA, then a termination payment of thirty-six times the average monthly commission paid by us with respect to such vessel (or which has
accrued) to Conchart in the previous twelve months period will apply. The CCMA may also be terminated (i) by us, upon a change of control of Conchart, (ii) automatically on the insolvency of either party, (iii) by one party upon the
breach by the other party of the CCMA, among other reasons as set forth in the CCMA, and may result in a termination payment as provided therein. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future will also be
managed under a CCMA on substantially similar terms.

The fees paid by us to Conchart for the year ended December 31, 2023 amounted to $8.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2022, fees paid to Conchart amounted to $6.3 million.

Until January 20, 2021, 16 vessels which we provided as security to the 2022 Notes and Citi Credit facility were commercially managed by GSLS which had entered into a Commercial Advisory Services and Exclusive Brokerage

Services Agreement (“EBSA”) with Conchart, whereby Conchart was appointed to provide commercial advisory and exclusive brokerage services to GSLS on those vessels on substantially the same terms as described above.

By mutual consent, the EBSA was terminated without penalty on the repayment of the 2022 Notes on January 20, 2021 and the relevant 16 vessels became subject to commercial management agreements directly with Conchart.

For additional information on our related party transactions, please see the notes to our consolidated financial statements included herein.

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

Item 8.

Financial Information

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Please see “Item 18. Financial Statements” below.

Legal Proceedings

We have not been involved in any legal proceedings that may have, or have had a significant effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity, and we are not aware of any proceedings that are pending or
threatened  that  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or  liquidity.  From  time  to  time,  we  may  be  subject  to  legal  proceedings  and  claims  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,
principally personal injury and property casualty claims associated with operating containerships. We expect that these claims would be covered by insurance, subject to customary deductibles. Claims, even if lacking merit, could result
in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

On January 12, 2021, we announced that our Board of Directors had initiated a dividend policy under which we intended to pay shareholders a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.12 per Class A common share with effect from
the first quarter of 2021. We paid dividends of $0.25 per Class A common share for the first, second, third and fourth quarter of 2021 and we announced on November 22, 2021 that from first quarter of 2022 the dividend will increase
by 50% to $0.375 per Class A common share per quarter. We paid dividends of $0.375 per Class A common share for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2022 and 2023.

Dividends, if any, will be based on available cash flow, rather than net income, after all relevant cash expenditures, including cash interest expense on borrowings that finance operating assets, cash income taxes and after an

allowance for the cash cost of future drydockings but not including deductions for non-cash items including depreciation and amortization and changes in the fair values of financial instruments, if any.

The declaration and payment of any dividend is always subject at all times to the discretion of our Board of Directors which reviews our dividend policy quarterly, taking into consideration capital structure, growth opportunities,
industry fundamentals, asset value trends and financial performance including cash flow, restrictions under our current and future agreements governing our indebtedness, including our credit facilities, the provisions of Marshall Islands
law affecting the payment of distributions to shareholders, required capital and drydocking expenditures, reserves established by our Board of Directors, increased or unanticipated expenses, additional borrowings or future issuances of
securities and other factors, many of which will be beyond our control.

There were 4,359,190 Depositary Shares outstanding at December 31, 2023, each of which represents 1/100th of one share of our Series B Preferred Shares. Dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares are payable at 8.75% per
annum in arrears on a quarterly basis, when and if declared by the Board of Directors. Following the issuance of the Series B Preferred Shares, no dividend may be declared or paid or set apart for payment on our common shares and
other junior securities, unless full cumulative dividends have been or contemporaneously are being paid or declared and set aside for payment on all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares, subject to certain exceptions. See “Item 10.
Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association”. Dividends have been declared as scheduled with respect to our Series B Preferred Shares.

Our ability to pay dividends is also limited by the amount of cash we can generate from operations following the payment of fees and expenses and the establishment of any reserves as well as additional factors unrelated to our
profitability. We are a holding company, and we will depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to pay dividend payments. Further, our Board of Directors may elect
to not distribute any dividends or may significantly reduce the dividends. As a result, the amount of dividends actually paid, if any, may vary from the amount previously paid and such variations may be material. See “Item 3. Key
Information—D. Risk Factors” for a discussion of the risks associated with our ability to pay dividends.

Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares) or while a company is

insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend.

We believe that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, some portion of the distributions you receive from us will constitute dividends and, if you are an individual that is a citizen or resident of the United States and that meets
certain holding period and other requirements, such dividends will be treated as “qualified dividend income” subject to tax at preferential rates. See “Item. 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—Tax Consequences of Holding Class
A common shares — Taxation of distributions paid on Class A common shares” for information regarding the eligibility requirements for “qualified dividend income.”

B. Significant Changes

None.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 9.

The Offer and Listing

A. Offer and Listing Details

Please see “Item 9. Offer and the Listing—C. Markets”.

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C. Markets

On August 15, 2008, our Class A common shares began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “GSL”. On August 20, 2014, our Depositary Shares, each of which represents a 1/100th interest in a share of our Series B Preferred

Shares, began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “GSL-B”.

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

Item 10.

Additional Information

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation have previously been filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 1 to our Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 001-34153) filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019 and are
hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report. Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation have previously been filed as Exhibit 3.3 to our Report on Form 6-K, filed with the SEC on
March 25, 2019 and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report. Our Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws are filed as Exhibit 1.3 to this Annual Report.

A description of the material terms of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws is included in “Description of Securities,” attached hereto as Exhibit 2.3 and incorporated by

reference herein.

Registration Rights Agreements

In connection with registered public offering of our Class A common shares that closed on October 1, 2019, or the October 2019 Offering, we have entered into a registration rights agreement with certain affiliates of B. Riley FBR,
Inc., or the B. Riley Affiliates, the underwriter in the October 2019 Offering, pursuant to which we agreed to register any shares of our Class A common stock held by the B. Riley Affiliates following the completion of the October
2019  Offering  to  the  extent  such  shares  constitute  “restricted”  or  “control”  securities  under  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission,  or  the  B.  Riley  Registration  Rights  Agreement.  The  B.  Riley  Registration  Rights
Agreement provides the B. Riley Affiliates with certain piggyback and demand registration rights, and contains customary indemnification and other provisions.

We also have a registration rights agreement with certain of our shareholders that was amended and restated in October 2018 upon closing of the Poseidon Transaction. For a description of the Amended and Restated Registration

Rights Agreement, please see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions— B. Related Party Transactions.”

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

C. Material Contracts

We  refer  you  to  “Item  4.  Information  on  the  Company—B.  Business  Overview,”  “Item  5.  Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects—B.  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources—Liquidity,  Working  Capital  and  Dividends—
Indebtedness,” “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions” for a discussion of the contracts that we consider to be both material and outside the ordinary course of business during the
two-year period immediately preceding the date of this Annual Report. Certain of these material agreements that are to be performed in whole or in part after the date of this annual report are attached as exhibits to this Annual Report.

Other than as discussed in this Annual Report, we have no material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we are a party.

D. Exchange Controls

We are not aware of any governmental laws, decrees or regulations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands that restrict the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls, or that affect the remittance of dividends,

interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our securities.

E. Taxation

The following represents the opinion of our United States and Marshall Islands tax counsel, Watson Farley & Williams LLP, and is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax and Marshall Islands tax consequences of the

ownership and disposition of our Class A common shares and Series B Preferred Shares.

This section is based on current provisions of the Code, current and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial decisions as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change or

differing interpretation, possibly on a retroactive basis. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences of share ownership to vary substantially from the consequences described below.

This section does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to us or each investor. This section does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be
relevant to any particular investor based on such investor’s individual circumstances. In particular, this section considers only investors that will own Class A common shares or Series B Preferred Shares as capital assets and does not
address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to investors that are subject to special treatment, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

broker-dealers;

insurance companies;

taxpayers who have elected mark-to-market accounting;

tax-exempt organizations;

regulated investment companies;

real estate investment trusts;

financial institutions or “financial services entities”;

taxpayers who hold our shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction;

taxpayers required to recognize income for U.S. federal income tax purposes no later than when such income is reported on an “applicable financial statement”;

taxpayers that are subject to the “base-erosion and anti-avoidance” tax;

taxpayers that own 10% or more, directly or constructively, of our common shares;

certain expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States; and

• U.S. holders (as defined herein) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter affecting us or our shareholders. The statements made herein may be challenged by the IRS and, if so challenged, may not be sustained upon review in a

court.

The following does not address any aspect of U.S. federal gift or estate tax laws, or state or local tax laws. Additionally, the section does not consider the tax treatment of partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons who

hold our shares through such entities. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the specific tax consequences to them of the acquisition, holding or disposition of our shares, in light of their particular circumstances.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Taxation of Global Ship Lease

Taxation of operating income

Unless exempt from U.S. federal income taxation under the rules described below in “The Section 883 exemption,” a foreign corporation that earns only transportation income is generally subject to U.S. federal income taxation

under one of two alternative tax regimes: (1) the 4% gross basis tax or (2) the net basis tax and branch profits tax.

The 4% gross basis tax

For foreign corporations not engaged in a U.S. trade or business, the United States imposes a 4% U.S. federal income tax (without allowance of any deductions) on the corporation’s U.S. source gross transportation income. For this
purpose, transportation income includes income from the use, hiring or leasing of a vessel, or the performance of services directly related to the use of a vessel (and thus generally includes time charter and bareboat charter income). The
U.S. source portion of transportation income includes 50% of the income attributable to voyages that begin or end (but not both) in the United States. Generally, no amount of the income from voyages that begin and end outside the
United States is treated as U.S. source, and consequently none of the transportation income attributable to such voyages is subject to this 4% tax. Although the entire amount of transportation income from voyages that begin and end in
the United States would be U.S. source, we do not expect to have any transportation income from voyages that begin and end in the United States.

The net basis tax and branch profits tax

We do not expect to engage in any activities in the United States or otherwise have a fixed place of business in the United States. Nonetheless, if this situation were to change or were we to be treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or
business, all or a portion of our taxable income, including gains from the sale of vessels, could be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of this U.S. trade or business, or effectively connected income. Any effectively
connected income would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax, currently imposed at a rate of 21%. In addition, an additional 30% branch profits tax would be imposed on us at such time as our after-tax effectively connected
income is viewed as having been repatriated to our offshore office. The 4% gross basis tax described above is inapplicable to income that is treated as effectively connected income.

The Section 883 exemption

Both the 4% gross basis tax and the net basis and branch profits taxes described above are inapplicable to U.S. source transportation income that qualifies for exemption under Section 883 of the Code.

To qualify for the Section 883 exemption, a foreign corporation must, among other things:

•
•

be organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United States, which we call an Equivalent Exemption;
satisfy one of the following three ownership tests (discussed in more detail below): (1) the more than 50% ownership test, or 50% Ownership Test, (2) the controlled foreign corporation test, or CFC Test or (3) the “Publicly
Traded Test”; and

• meet certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements (that include the filing of U.S. income tax returns).

We are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands. Each of the vessels in the fleet is owned by a separate wholly owned subsidiary that has elected to be disregarded as separate from us for U.S. federal income tax purposes
(or in the case of one subsidiary, organized in the Marshall Islands). The U.S. Treasury Department recognizes the Marshall Islands as a jurisdiction that grants an Equivalent Exemption; therefore, we should meet the first requirement
for the Section 883 exemption. Additionally, we intend to comply with the substantiation, reporting and other requirements that are applicable under Section 883 of the Code. As a result, qualification for the Section 883 exemption will
turn primarily on our ability to satisfy one of the three ownership tests.

(1) The 50% Ownership Test

In order to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test, a non-U.S. corporation must be able to substantiate that more than 50% of the value of its stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by “qualified shareholders.” For this purpose, qualified
shareholders  include:  (1)  individuals  who  are  residents  (as  defined  in  the  regulations  promulgated  under  Section  883  of  the  Code,  or  Section  883  Regulations)  of  countries,  other  than  the  United  States,  that  grant  an  Equivalent
Exemption, (2) non-U.S. corporations that meet the Publicly Traded Test of the Section 883 Regulations and are organized in countries that grant an Equivalent Exemption, or (3) certain foreign governments, non-profit organizations,
and certain beneficiaries of foreign pension funds. A corporation claiming the Section 883 exemption based on the 50% Ownership Test must obtain all the facts necessary to satisfy the IRS that the 50% Ownership Test has been
satisfied (as detailed in the Section 883 Regulations). Given the widely held nature of our Class A common shares, we do not currently anticipate circumstances under which we would be able to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test.

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(2) The CFC Test

The CFC Test requires that the non-U.S. corporation be treated as a controlled foreign corporation, or CFC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We believe that we are not a CFC but cannot predict whether we will become a

CFC, and satisfaction of the CFC definitional test is outside of our control.

(3) The Publicly Traded Test

The Publicly Traded Test requires that one or more classes of equity representing more than 50% of the voting power and value in a non-U.S. corporation be “primarily and regularly traded” on an established securities market

either in the United States or in a foreign country that grants an Equivalent Exemption.

The Section 883 Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that stock of a non-U.S. corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a given country if the number of shares of each class of
stock that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single
country. Our Class A common shares are listed on the NYSE and are not listed on any other securities exchange. Therefore, our Class A common shares should be treated as primarily traded on an established securities market in the
United States.

The Section 883 Regulations also generally provide that stock will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if one or more classes of stock in the corporation representing in the aggregate more than
50% of the total combined voting power and value of all classes of stock of the corporation are listed on an established securities market during the taxable year. During 2023, the Class A common shares represented more than 50% of
the total combined voting power and value of all classes of our stock. However, even if a class of shares is so listed, it is not treated as regularly traded under the Section 883 Regulations unless (1) trades are made in the shares on the
established securities market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year (or 1/6 of the days in a short taxable year); and (2) the aggregate number of shares traded on the established securities market
during the taxable year is at least 10% of the average number of outstanding shares of that class during that year (as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year). Even if these trading frequency and trading volume tests are
not satisfied with respect to the Class A common shares, however, the Section 883 Regulations provide that such tests will be deemed satisfied if the Class A common shares are regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such
Class A common shares. While we anticipate that these trading frequency and trading volume tests will be satisfied each year, satisfaction of these requirements is outside of our control and, hence, no assurances can be provided that we
will satisfy the Publicly Traded Test each year. However, the Class A common shares may not represent more than half of the voting power or value of all classes of our stock.

In addition, even if the “primarily and regularly traded” tests described above are satisfied, a class of stock will not be treated as primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market if, during more than half the
number of days during the taxable year, one or more shareholders holding, directly or indirectly, at least 5% of the vote and value of that class of stock, or 5% Shareholders, own, in the aggregate, 50% or more of the vote and value of
that class of stock. This is referred to as the 5% Override Rule. In performing the analysis, we are entitled to rely on current Schedule 13D and 13G filings with the SEC to identify our 5% Shareholders, without having to make any
independent investigation to determine the identity of the 5% Shareholder. In the event the 5% Override Rule is triggered, the Section 883 Regulations provide that the 5% Override Rule will nevertheless not apply if the company can
establish that among the closely-held group of 5% Shareholders, sufficient shares are owned by 5% Shareholders that are considered to be “qualified shareholders,” as defined above, to preclude non-qualified 5% Shareholders in the
closely-held group from owning 50% or more of the total value of the relevant class of stock held by 5% Shareholders for more than half the number of days during the taxable year.

Based on information that we have as to our shareholders and other matters, we believe that we qualified for the Section 883 exemption for 2021, 2022 and 2023. Whether we may satisfy the “publicly-traded” test for 2024 and
future taxable years depends on factors that are outside of our control, and we cannot provide any assurances that we will or will not satisfy the “publicly-traded” test to claim exemption from U.S. taxation for 2024 or future taxable
years.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

If we were not to qualify for the Section 883 exemption in any year, the U.S. income taxes that become payable could have a negative effect on our business, and could result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our

shareholders. However, under our charter agreements, the charterers have agreed to provide reimbursement for any such taxes.

United States taxation of gain on sale of vessels

If we qualify for the Section 883 exemption, then gain from the sale of any vessel may be exempt from tax under Section 883. Even if such gain is not exempt from tax under Section 883, we will not be subject to U.S. federal
income taxation with respect to such gain, assuming that we are not, and have never been, engaged in a U.S. trade or business. Under certain circumstances, if we are so engaged, gain on sale of vessels could be subject to U.S. federal
income tax.

Tax Consequences of Holding Class A common shares

U.S. holders

For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of our Class A common shares that owns (actually or constructively) less than 10% of our equity and that is:

•
•
•
•

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes);
a corporation (or other entity taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it
has in effect a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Taxation of distributions paid on Class A common shares

When we make a distribution with respect to our Class A common shares, subject to the discussions of the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC rules below, a U.S. holder will be required to include in gross income as
foreign source dividend income the amount of the distribution to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Distributions in excess of such earnings and
profits will be applied against and will reduce the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Class A common shares and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the Class A common shares.

Subject to the discussions of the PFIC rules below, in the case of a U.S. holder that is a corporation, dividends that we pay will generally be taxable at regular corporate rates and generally will not qualify for a dividends-received
deduction available for dividends received from U.S. corporations. In the case of certain non-corporate U.S. holders, dividends that we pay generally will be treated as “qualified dividend income” subject to tax at preferential rates,
provided that the Class A common shares are listed on an established securities market in the United States (such as the NYSE), the U.S. holder meets certain holding period and other requirements and we are not a PFIC in the taxable
year in which the dividends are paid or in the immediately preceding taxable year.

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend” paid by us. An extraordinary dividend is, generally, a dividend with respect to a share if the amount of the dividend is equal to or in excess of 10% of a shareholder’s
adjusted basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances) in such share. In addition, extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20% of a U.S. holder’s tax basis
(or fair market value). If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our Class A common shares that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by certain non-corporate U.S. holders from the sale or exchange of such
shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.

Taxation of the disposition of Class A common shares

Subject to the discussions of the PFIC rules below, upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A common shares, a U.S. holder will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount
realized on the disposition and such U.S. holder’s tax basis in our Class A common shares. The U.S. holder’s initial tax basis in its Class A common shares generally will be the U.S. holder’s purchase price for the Class A common
shares and that tax basis will be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of any distributions on the units that are treated as non-taxable returns of capital, as discussed above under ‘Taxation of distributions paid on Class A common
shares’.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Subject to the discussions of the PFIC rules below, capital gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A common shares held more than one year is long-term capital gain, and is eligible for a reduced rate of taxation
for individuals. Gain recognized by a U.S. holder on a sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A common shares generally will be treated as U.S. source income. A loss recognized by a U.S. holder on the sale, exchange or other
disposition of Class A common shares generally will be allocated to U.S. source income. The deductibility of a capital loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A common shares may be subject to limitations,
and U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their ability to deduct any such capital loss in light of their particular circumstances.

3.8% tax on net investment income

A U.S. holder that is an individual, estate, or, in certain cases, a trust, will generally be subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (1) the U.S. holder’s net investment income (or undistributed net investment income in the case of an
estate or trust) for the taxable year and (2) the excess of the U.S. holder’s modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals is between $125,000 and $250,000). A U.S.
holder’s net investment income will generally include distributions made by us that constitute dividends and gain upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common shares. This tax is in addition to any income taxes due
on such investment income. Net investment income generally will not include a U.S. holder's pro rata share of our income and gain if we are a PFIC and that U.S. holder makes a QEF election, as described below in “—Consequences
of possible passive foreign investment company classification”. However, a U.S. holder may elect to treat inclusions of income and gain from a QEF election as net investment income. Failure to make this election could result in a
mismatch between a U.S. holder's ordinary income and net investment income.

If you are a U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisors regarding the applicability of the 3.8% tax on net investment income to the ownership of our Class A common shares.

Consequences of possible passive foreign investment company classification

A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be a PFIC in any taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of the corporation and certain subsidiaries pursuant to a
“look through” rule, either: (1) 75% or more of its gross income is “passive” income or (2) 50% or more of the average value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive
income. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated
parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business; income derived from the performance of services does not, however, constitute “passive income.” The determination of whether a corporation is a PFIC is made
annually. If a corporation is a PFIC in any taxable year that a person holds stock in the corporation (and was not a qualified electing fund with respect to such year, as discussed below), the stock held by such person will be treated as
stock in a PFIC for all future years (absent an election which, if made, may require the electing person to pay taxes in the year of the election).

Based on the projected composition of our income and valuation of our assets, we do not expect that we will constitute a PFIC with respect to the current or any future taxable year, although there can be no assurance in this regard.
Our expectation is based principally on the position that, for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, the majority, if not all, of the gross income we derive from our chartering activities should constitute services income rather
than rental income.

In this regard, we have been advised by our tax advisor that the income from our time and voyage chartering activities should be services income. There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our
current and projected future operations or supporting our position. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not assert that we are a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, nor that a court would not uphold any such
assertion.

If we were to be classified as a PFIC in any year, each U.S. holder of our Class A common shares that does not make a timely qualified electing fund or mark-to-market election (as discussed below) will be subject (in that year and
all subsequent years) to special rules with respect to: (1) any “excess distribution” (generally defined as any distribution received by a U.S. holder in a taxable year that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received
by the U.S. holder in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A common shares), and (2) any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of the Class A common shares. Under
these rules:

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

•

•

•

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. holder’s holding period for our Class A common shares;

the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any year prior to the first year in which we were a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income in the current year; and

the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years in the U.S. holder’s holding period for our Class A common shares will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the highest rate in effect for the applicable class of
taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge will be added as though the amount of the taxes computed with respect to these other taxable years were overdue.

In addition, each U.S. holder of our Class A common shares will generally be required to file an IRS Form 8621 if such U.S. holder holds its shares in any year in which we were classified as a PFIC.

In order to avoid the application of the PFIC rules discussed above with respect to excess distributions and realized gains, U.S. holders of our Class A common shares may make a qualified electing fund, or a QEF, election
provided in Section 1295 of the Code. In lieu of the PFIC rules discussed above, a U.S. holder that makes a valid QEF election will, in very general terms, be required to include its pro rata share of our ordinary income and net capital
gains, unreduced by any prior year losses, in income for each taxable year (as ordinary income and long-term capital gain, respectively) and to pay tax thereon, even if the amount of that income is not the same as the distributions paid
on the Class A common shares during the year. If we later distribute the income or gain on which the U.S. holder has already paid taxes under the QEF rules, the amounts so distributed will not again be subject to tax in the hands of the
U.S. holder. A U.S. holder’s tax basis in any Class A common shares as to which a QEF election has been validly made will be increased by the amount included in such U.S. holder’s income as a result of the QEF election and
decreased by the amount of nontaxable distributions received by the U.S. holder. On the disposition of a common share, a U.S. holder making the QEF election generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference, if any,
between the amount realized upon such disposition and its adjusted tax basis in the common share. In general, a QEF election should be made on or before the due date for filing a U.S. holder’s federal income tax return for the first
taxable year for which we are a PFIC or, if later, the first taxable year for which the U.S. holder held common stock. In this regard, a QEF election is effective only if certain required information is made available by the PFIC.
Subsequent to the date that we first determine that we are a PFIC, we will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide any U.S. holder of Class A common shares, upon request, with the information necessary for such U.S. holder to
make the QEF election. If we do not believe that we are a PFIC for a particular year but it is ultimately determined that we were a PFIC, it may not be possible for a holder to make a QEF election for such year.

In addition to the QEF election, Section 1296 of the Code permits U.S. persons to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to marketable stock in a PFIC. If a U.S. holder of our Class A common shares makes a mark-to-
market election, such U.S. holder generally would, in each taxable year that we are a PFIC: (1) include as ordinary income the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Class A common shares at the end of the taxable year over
such U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Class A common shares, and (2) be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of such U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Class A common shares over their fair market
value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election (with the U.S. holder’s basis in the Class A common shares being increased and
decreased, respectively, by the amount of such ordinary income or ordinary loss). If a U.S. holder makes an effective mark-to-market election, any gain such U.S. holder recognizes upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A
common shares in a year that we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market
election. The consequences of this election are generally less favorable than those of a QEF election for U.S. holders that are sensitive to the distinction between ordinary income and capital gain, although this is not necessarily the case.
U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors as to the consequences to them of making a mark-to-market or QEF election, as well as other U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding stock in a PFIC in light of their particular
circumstances.

As previously indicated, if we were to be classified as a PFIC for a taxable year in which we pay a dividend or the immediately preceding taxable year, dividends paid by us would not constitute “qualified dividend income” and,

hence, would not be eligible for the preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax that apply to certain non-corporate U.S. holders.

If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder holds our Class A common shares and any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes is also
classified as a PFIC, such U.S. holder will be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of the PFIC rules. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors
about the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Non-U.S. holders

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of our Class A common shares that is neither a U.S. holder nor a partnership (or any other entity taxed as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

A non-U.S. holder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on dividends paid in respect of the Class A common shares or on gains recognized in connection with the sale or other disposition of the Class A common
shares, provided, in each case, that such dividends or gains are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business. However, even if not engaged in a U.S. trader or business, individual non-U.S.
holders may be subject to tax on gain resulting from the disposition of our Class A common shares if they are present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which those Class A common shares are disposed and
meet certain other requirements.

Dividends or gains that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) are subject to
U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. holder, and may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an
applicable income tax treaty.

Information Reporting and Back-up Withholding

U.S.  holders  generally  are  subject  to  information  reporting  requirements  with  respect  to  dividends  paid  on  Class  A  common  shares,  and  on  the  proceeds  from  the  sale,  exchange  or  disposition  of  Class  A  common  shares.  In
addition, a holder may be subject to back-up withholding (currently at a rate of 24%) on dividends paid on Class A common shares, and on the proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A common shares, unless the
holder provides certain identifying information, such as a duly executed IRS Form W-9, W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Back-up withholding is not an additional tax and the amount of any back-up
withholding will be allowable as a credit against a holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that certain required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Individuals who are U.S. holders (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury regulations, certain individuals who are non-U.S. holders and certain U.S. entities) who hold “specified foreign financial assets” (as defined in
Section 6038D of the Code) are required to file IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the asset for each taxable year in which the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000
on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher dollar amount as prescribed by applicable Treasury regulations). Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other assets, our Class A common shares, unless the shares are
held through an account maintained with a U.S. financial institution. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.
Additionally, in the event an individual U.S. holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury regulations, an individual non-U.S. holder or a U.S. entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute
of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required information is filed. U.S. holders (including U.S. entities)
and Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations under this legislation.

Tax Consequences of Holding 8.75% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Shares

Our Series B Preferred Shares are treated as equity rather than debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Similar considerations apply as those described above in “—Tax Consequences of Holding Class A common shares.”
Holders of Series B Preferred Shares should consult their tax advisors regarding the specific tax consequences to them of the acquisition, holding or disposition of our Series B Preferred Shares, in light of their particular circumstances.

Marshall Islands Taxation

In the opinion of our Marshall Islands tax counsel, Watson Farley & Williams LLP, because we do not (and do not expect in the future that we will) conduct business or operations in the Republic of The Marshall Islands, we are

not subject to income, capital gains, profits or other taxation under current Marshall Islands law. Distributions on our Class A common shares or on our Series B Preferred Shares will not be subject to Marshall Islands withholding tax.

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Other Taxation

We may be subject to taxation in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions because we are either organized, or conduct business or operations, in such jurisdictions. We intend that our business and the business of our subsidiaries will be
conducted  and  operated  in  a  manner  that  minimizes  taxes  imposed  upon  us  and  our  subsidiaries.  However,  we  cannot  assure  this  result  as  tax  laws  in  these  or  other  jurisdictions  may  change  or  we  may  enter  into  new  business
transactions relating to such jurisdictions, which could affect our tax liability.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statements by Experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

We filed reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this annual report and the accompanying exhibits, are available from www.sec.gov. Shareholders may also request a copy of our filings by writing to

us at the following address: c/o GSL Enterprises Ltd., 9 Irodou Attikou Street, Kifisia, Athens 14561, Greece or telephoning us at +30 2106233670.

I. Subsidiaries

Not applicable.

J. Annual Report to Security Holders

Not applicable.

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through our floating-rate borrowings under our credit facilities. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to

service our own debt.

Sensitivity Analysis

In December 2021 and February 2022, we entered into interest rate cap agreements with respect to an aggregate of $992.0 million of our floating rate debt, effective through the fourth quarter of 2026, for a USD one-month LIBOR
cap of 0.75%. As a result of the discontinuation of LIBOR, on July 1, 2023, our interest rate caps automatically transitioned to one-month Compounded SOFR at a net level of 0.64%. For additional information, please see “Item 5.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity, Working Capital and Dividends—Overview.”

Our analysis of the potential effects of variations in market interest rates is based on a sensitivity analysis, which models the effects of potential market interest rate changes on our financial condition and results of operations. The

following sensitivity analysis may have limited use as a benchmark and should not be viewed as a forecast as it does not include a variety of other potential factors that could affect our business as a result of changes in interest rates.

Currently we are fully hedged on our floating rate debt of $538.8 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

The shipping industry’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. All of our revenues and the majority of our operating costs are in U.S. dollars. In the future, we do not expect to be exposed to any significant extent to the impact of
changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Consequently, we do not presently intend to enter into derivative instruments to hedge the foreign currency translation of assets or liabilities or foreign currency transactions or to use financial
instruments for trading or other speculative purposes.

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Inflation

Historically, with the exception of rising costs associated with the employment of international crews for our ships and the impact of global oil prices on the cost of lubricating oil, we had not experienced a significant impact on
ship operating expenses, drydocking expenses and general and administrative expenses. Currently, due to the conflict in Ukraine, the recent escalation of the Israel-Gaza conflict, the Houthi rebel attacks on shipping in the Red Sea and
the new macroeconomic environment, among other factors, there is inflationary pressure which may, in turn, increase certain of our other operating expenses, such as the cost of spares and supplies, transportation costs and other
expenses, in addition to drydocking expenses and general and administrative expenses.

Item 12.

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Not applicable.

Item 13.

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

None.

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

PART II

None.

Item 15.

Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, management has evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and

procedures as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Disclosure controls and procedures refer to controls and other procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and
reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in
our reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding our
required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of
achieving the desired control objectives, and management was required to apply its judgment in evaluating and implementing possible controls and procedures.

Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2023, the end of the period covered by this annual report, our disclosure controls and procedures were

effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management acknowledges its responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting refers to a process designed by, or under the supervision of,
our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

•

•

•

relate to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and members of our Board of Directors; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may

become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 using the framework established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of

Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the foregoing, management has concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In accordance with Rule 13a-15(d), management has evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, whether any changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred

during our last fiscal year have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

During the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal

control over financial reporting.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report

which appears herein.

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Board of Directors has determined that our director and chairman of the audit committee, Mr. van Lacum, qualifies as an audit committee financial expert and is independent under applicable NYSE and SEC standards.

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees. This document is available in the Corporate Governance section of our website (www.globalshiplease.com). The
information included on our website is not incorporate herein by reference. We also intend to disclose on our website any waivers to or amendments of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for the benefit of our executive officers
that we may be required to disclose under applicable rules.

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Our principal accountant for 2023 and 2022 was PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm.

Fees Incurred by Global Ship Lease for PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A.’s Services

The fees for services rendered by the principal accountant in 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

Audit Fees
Audit related fees
Tax Fees
All other fees
Total

$

$

2023 
578,200  $
26,367 
84,855 
26,000 
715,422  $

2022
636,800
25,133
38,864
70,452
771,249

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Audit Fees

Audit fees represent professional services rendered for the audit of our consolidated annual financial statements, the quarterly reviews and services provided by our principal accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory

filings or engagements.

Audit-Related Fees

Audit-related fees consist of assurance and related services rendered by the principal accountant related to the performance of the audit or review of our consolidated financial statements or other filings which have not been

reported under Audit Fees above.

Tax Fees

Tax fees for 2023 and 2022 are primarily for tax compliance and consultation services.

The audit committee has the authority to pre-approve audit-related and non-audit services not prohibited by law to be performed by our independent auditors and associated fees. Engagements for proposed services either may be
separately  pre-approved  by  the  audit  committee  or  entered  into  pursuant  to  detailed  pre-approval  policies  and  procedures  established  by  the  audit  committee,  as  long  as  the  audit  committee  is  informed  on  a  timely  basis  of  any
engagement entered into on that basis. The audit committee has pre-approved all non-audit services, subject to a detailed pre-approval policy and procedure established by them.

All other fees

All other fees relate to services not included in the first three categories.

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

None.

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

In March 2022, our Board of Directors authorized our repurchase of up to $40.0 million of Class A common shares, to be utilized on an opportunistic basis. In July 2023, our Board of Directors authorized our repurchase of an
additional $40.0 million of Class A common shares on the same basis (our “Share Repurchase Program”). The specific timing and amounts of the repurchases will be in the sole discretion of management and may vary based on market
conditions and other factors. We are not obligated under the terms of the Share Repurchase Program to repurchase any of our common shares.

The following table sets forth our share repurchase activity during 2022 and 2023, including the number of shares repurchased, the average price paid per share, the number of shares repurchased as part of publicly announced

Share Repurchase Program and the amount yet to be used on share repurchases under the Share Repurchase Program.

Period

April 2022
September 2022
October 2022
January 2023
April 2023
May 2023
June 2023
September 2023
October 2023
Total

Total Number of Common Shares
Repurchased

Average Price Paid per Common Share
($)

184,684
568,835
307,121
582,178
203,140
101,632
80,292
187,479
87,942
2,303,303

26.66
17.55
16.61
17.16
18.49
17.92
17.67
18.35
17.61
18.41

98

Total Number of Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly Announced Plan or
Program
184,684
753,319
1,060,640
1,642,818
1,845,958
1,947,590
2,027,882
2,215,361
2,303,303
2,303,303

Maximum Amount that May Yet Be
Expected on Share Repurchases Under
the Plan or Program ($ in millions)
35.1
25.1
20.0
10.0
6.2
4.4
43.0
39.5
38.0
38.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

None.

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

As  a  foreign  private  issuer,  we  are  exempt  from  certain  corporate  governance  rules  that  apply  to  domestic  companies  under  NYSE  listing  standards.  Even  though  we  are  not  required  to  do  so,  we  follow  certain  corporate

governance practices applicable to domestic companies under NYSE listing standards, such as:

• we have a compensation committee that consists of four directors, all of whom satisfy NYSE standards for independence;

• we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that consists of three directors, all of whom satisfy NYSE standards for independence; and

• we hold annual meetings of shareholders under the Business Corporations Act of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, similar to NYSE requirements. The significant differences between our corporate governance practices

and the NYSE standards are set forth below.

Shareholder Approval of Equity Compensation Plans

The NYSE requires listed companies to obtain prior shareholder approval to adopt or materially revise any equity compensation plan. As permitted under Marshall Islands law and our Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws, we do

not need prior shareholder approval to adopt or revise equity compensation plans, including our equity incentive plan.

Share Issuances

In lieu of obtaining shareholder approval prior to the issuance of designated securities, we will comply with provisions of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, which allows the Board of Directors to approve share
issuances. However, pursuant to 313.00 of Section 3 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, the NYSE will accept any action or issuance relating to the voting rights structure of a non-U.S. company that is in compliance with the
NYSE’s requirements for domestic companies or that is not prohibited by the company’s home country law. We are not subject to such restrictions under our home country, Marshall Islands, law.

Executive Sessions

The NYSE requires that non-management directors meet regularly in executive sessions without management. Marshall Islands law and our Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws do not require our non-management directors to

regularly hold executive sessions without management.

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 16I. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

Item 16J.

Insider Trading Policies

Our Board of Directors has adopted Policies and Procedures to Detect and Prevent Insider Trading (“Insider Trading Policy”) governing the purchase, sale, and other dispositions of our securities by directors, senior management,
and employees that are reasonably designed to promote compliance with applicable insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and any listing standards applicable to us. A copy of our Insider Trading Policy has been filed as Exhibit
11.1 to this Annual Report.

Item 16K. Cybersecurity.

Risk Assessment and Management

We believe that cybersecurity is fundamental in our operations and, as such, we are committed to maintaining robust governance and oversight of cybersecurity risks and to implementing comprehensive processes and procedures
for identifying, assessing, and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats as part of our broader risk management system and processes. Our cybersecurity risk management strategy prioritizes detection, analysis, and response to
known, anticipated or unexpected threats; effective management of security risks; and resiliency against incidents. With the ever-changing cybersecurity landscape and continual emergence of new cybersecurity threats, our Board of
Directors, audit committee and senior management team ensure that significant resources are devoted to cybersecurity risk management and the technologies, processes and people that support it. We implement through our manager
and other third parties, risk-based controls based on ISO 27001 framework, to protect our information, the information of our customers, suppliers, and other third parties, our information systems, our business operations, and our
vessels. Our cybersecurity risk management also includes a Security Operations Center (“SOC”) that is provided by a third-party vendor that conducts ongoing monitoring of networks and systems for potential signs of suspicious
activity. The SOC monitors security alerts to initiate defensive action, verification, and remediation activities. Additionally, our cybersecurity program provides mechanisms for employees to report any unusual or potentially malicious
activity they observe.

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Overall, our approach to cybersecurity risk management includes the following key elements:

Continuous monitoring of cybersecurity threats, both internal and external, using data analytics and network monitoring systems.

Engagement of third-party consultants and other advisors to assist in assessing points of vulnerability of our information security systems.

Training  and  Awareness  –  We  provide  employee  mandatory  training  that  is  administered  on  a  periodic  basis  that  reinforces  our  information  technology  policies,  standards,  and  practices,  as  well  as  the  expectation  that
employees comply with these policies and identify and report potential cybersecurity risks.

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

Incident Response

As  part  of  our  cybersecurity  risk  management  system  and  through  our  manager  we  have  a  dedicated  cybersecurity  incident  response  team  consisting  of  internal  employees  and  third-party  consultants  who  are  responsible  for
managing  and  coordinating  the  our  cybersecurity  incident  response  efforts.  This  team  also  collaborates  closely  with  other  internal  teams  in  identifying,  protecting  from,  detecting,  responding  to,  and  recovering  from  cybersecurity
incidents. Cybersecurity incidents that meet certain thresholds are escalated to the senior management and cross-functional teams on an as-needed basis for support and guidance. Additionally, this team tracks cybersecurity incidents to
help identify and analyze them. We maintain a cybersecurity incident response plan to prepare for and respond to cybersecurity incidents. The incident response plan includes standard processes for reporting and escalating cybersecurity
incidents to senior management who then consult with our Audit Committee and ultimately the Board of Directors if deemed necessary.

Cybersecurity Governance

Our Audit Committee along with our senior management have oversight responsibility for risks and incidents relating to cybersecurity threats, including compliance with disclosure requirements, cooperation with law enforcement,
and related effects on financial and other risks, and it reports any findings and recommendations, as appropriate, to our Board of Directors for consideration. Senior management regularly discusses cyber risks and trends and, should
they arise, any material incidents with our audit committee.

We  continue  to  invest  in  our  cybersecurity  systems  and  to  enhance  our  internal  controls  and  processes.  Our  business  strategy,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  have  not  been  materially  affected  by  risks  from
cybersecurity threats, but we cannot provide assurance that they will not be materially affected in the future by such risks or any future material incidents. For more information about risks associated with cybersecurity, see “Item 3.D.
Risk Factors—Company-Specific Risk Factors—A cyber-attack could materially disrupt our business”.

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 17.

Financial Statements

Not applicable.

Item 18.

Financial Statements

PART III

The following financial statements, together with the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A. thereon, beginning on page F-1, are filed as part of this Annual Report.

Item 19.

Exhibits

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this Annual Report are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves,
and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by the registrant in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or
document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:

Exhibit Number

1.1

1.2

1.3*

1.4

1.5

1.6

1.7

Description
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of GSL Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Global Ship Lease, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 001-34153) filed with the
SEC on March 26, 2019).

Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Global Ship Lease, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K, filed with the SEC on
March 25, 2019).

Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Certificate of Designation of the 8.75% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Shares of Global Ship Lease, Inc., filed with the Registrar of Corporations of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and
effective August 19, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed on August 20, 2014).

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designation of the 8.75% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Shares of Global Ship Lease, Inc., filed with the Registrar of Corporations of the Republic
of the Marshall Islands and effective December 9, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed on December 10, 2019).

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designation of the 8.75% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Shares of Global Ship Lease, Inc., filed with the Registrar of Corporations of the Republic
of the Marshall Islands and effective (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed on December 29, 2022).

Certificate of Designation of the Series C Perpetual Preferred Shares of Global Ship Lease, Inc. filed with the Registrar or Deputy Registrar of Corporations of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and effective
November 12, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.5 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March 29, 2019).

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

2.1

2.2

Form of Common Share Certificate of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 6-K (File No. 001-34153) filed on March 25, 2019).

Deposit Agreement, dated as of August 20, 2014, by and among Global Ship Lease, Inc., Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as applicable, as depositary, registrar and transfer agent, and the
holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed on August 20, 2014).

2.3*

Description of Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

4.10

4.11

4.12

4.13

4.14

4.15

4.16

4.17

4.18

4.19

4.20

4.21

4.22

Term Loan Facility, dated May 23, 2019, by and among Global Ship Lease 30 LLC, Global Ship Lease 31 LLC and Global Ship Lease 32 LLC, as joint and several borrowers, Global Ship Lease, Inc., as parent guarantor,
and Hellenic Bank Public Company Limited, as arranger, facility agent and security agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-233198) filed on
August 9, 2019).

Deed of Accession, Amendment and Restatement, dated December 10, 2019, by and among Global Ship Lease 30 LLC, Global Ship Lease 31 LLC and Global Ship Lease 32 LLC, as original borrowers, Global Ship Lease
33 LLC and Global Ship Lease 34 LLC, as additional borrowers, Global Ship Lease, Inc., as parent guarantor, and Hellenic Bank Public Company Limited, as arranger, facility agent and security agent, relating to the
facility agreement dated May 23, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on April 2, 2020).

Term Loan Facility, dated February 26, 2020, by and among Athena Marine LLC, Aphrodite Marine LLC and Aris Marine LLC, as joint and several borrowers, Global Ship Lease, Inc., as parent guarantor and Chailease
International Financial Services Pte. Ltd., as lender. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on April 2, 2020).

$51.7 Million Credit Facility, dated April 13, 2021, by and among Penelope Marine LLC as borrower, the Company and Poseidon Containers Holdings LLC, as guarantors and the banks and financial institutions listed in
Part  B  of  Schedule  1  as  lenders,  Crédit  Agricole  Corporate  and  Investment  Bank  as  bookrunner  and  arranger,  Crédit  Agricole  Corporate  and  Investment  Bank,  CTBC  Bank  Co.,  LTD  and  Bank  Sinopac  Co.,  LTD  as
mandated lead arrangers and Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, as facility agent and security agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March
24, 2022).

$64.2 Million Credit Facility, dated April 15, 2021, by and among GSL Arcadia LLC, GSL Tegea LC, GSL MYNY LLC, GSL Melita LLC, GSL Maria LLC and GSL Dorothea LLC as joint and several borrowers, the
bank and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 as lenders and Hamburg Commercial Bank AG as agent, mandated lead arranger and security trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 of the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 20-F filed on March 24, 2022).

$51.7  Million  Credit  Facility,  dated  May  6,  2021,  by  and  among  Laertis  Marine  LLC  as  borrower,  Poseidon  Containers  Holdings  LLC,  Odyssia  Containers  Holdings  LLC,  K&T  Marine  LLC  and  the  Company  as
guarantors and Deutsche Bank AG Filiale Deutschlanddgeschaft as arranger, facility agent and security agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March 24,
2022).

$140.0 Million Credit Facility, dated July 6, 2021, by and among Global Ship Lease 55 LLC, Global Ship Lease 57 LLC, Global Ship Lease 58 LLC, Global Ship Lease 59 LLC, Global Ship Lease 60 LLC, Global Ship
Lease 61 LLC, Global Ship Lease 62 LLC, Global Ship Lease 63 LLC, Global Ship Lease 64 LLC, Global Ship Lease 65 LLC, Global Ship Lease 66 LLC and Global Ship Lease 67 LLC as joint and several borrowers, the
Company as guarantor and the banks and financial institutions listed in Part B of Schedule 1 as lenders, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Hamburg Commercial Bank AG as mandated lead arrangers,
Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as facility agent and security agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March 24, 2022).

$12.0 Million Credit Facility, dated August 27, 2021, by and among Global Ship Lease 42 LLC as borrower, the Company as guarantor and Sinopac Capital International (HK) Limited as lender (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4.13 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March 24, 2022).

$14.7 Million Sale and Leaseback Agreement, dated May 12, 2021, by and among NML Violetta Inc. as Lessor and GSL Violetta LLC as Lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 of the Company’s Annual Report
on Form 20-F filed on March 24, 2022).

$54.0  Million  Sale  and  Leaseback  Agreement,  dated  May  20,  2021,  by  and  among  SEA  156  Leasing  Co.  Limited  as  Lessor  and  Telemachus  Marine  LLC  as  Lessee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 4.15 of the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March 24, 2022).

$30.0 Million Sale and Leaseback Agreement, dated August 26, 2021, by and among SEA 253 Leasing Co. Limited as Lessor and Global Ship Lease 70 LLC as Lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 of the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March 24, 2022).

$30.0 Million Sale and Leaseback Agreement, dated August 26, 2021, by and among SEA 254 Leasing Co. Limited as Lessor and Global Ship Lease 71 LLC as Lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 of the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March 24, 2022).

$30.0 Million Sale and Leaseback Agreement, dated August 26, 2021, by and among SEA 251 Leasing Co. Limited as Lessor and Global Ship Lease 68 LLC as Lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 of the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March 24, 2022).

$30.0 Million Sale and Leaseback Agreement, dated August 26, 2021, by and among SEA 252 Leasing Co. Limited as Lessor and Global Ship Lease 69 LLC as Lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 of the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March 24, 2022).

Note Purchase Agreement, dated June 14, 2022, by and among Knausen Holding LLC and the purchasers named therein, relating to the 5.69% Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 of
the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed on June 21, 2022).

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between Global Ship Lease, Inc. and each of its directors and officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1
(File No. 333-147070) filed on November 1, 2007).

2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended and restated on September 29, 2021) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March 24, 2022).

Amended and Restated Service Agreement of Ian J. Webber, dated June 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.34 of the Company’s Form 20-F filed on March 29, 2019).

Deed of Amendment of Amended and Restated Service Agreement of Ian J. Webber, dated October 16, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.35 of the Company’s Form 20-F filed on March 29, 2019).

Non-Compete Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2018, by and among Global Ship Lease, Inc., Georgios Giouroukos and Conchart Commercial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Report
on Form 6-K filed on October 30, 2018).

Amended  and  Restated  Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated  as  of  October  29,  2018,  by  and  among  Global  Ship  Lease,  Inc.,  KEP  VI  (Newco  Marine),  Ltd.,  KIA  VIII  (Newco  Marine),  Ltd.,  CMA  CGM  S.A.,
Management Investor Co., Anmani Consulting Inc., Marathon Founders, LLC, Michael S. Gross and Maas Capital Investments B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed
on October 30, 2018).

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 29, 2018, by and among Poseidon Containers Holdings LLC, K&T Marine LLC, Global Ship Lease, Inc., GSL Sub One LLC, GSL Sub Two LLC and, solely for
purposes of Article III, Article XI and Sections 5.2, 6.2 and 6.9 therein, KEP VI (Newco Marine), Ltd., KIA VIII (Newco Marine), Ltd., Maas Capital Investments B.V., Management Investor Co. and Anmani Consulting
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed on October 30, 2018).

4.23*

Form of Technical Management Agreement by and between Technomar Shipping Inc., on the one hand, and vessel-owning subsidiaries of Global Ship Lease, Inc..

4.24

4.25

4.26

4.27

4.28

4.29

Form of Commercial Management Agreement by and between Conchart Commercial Inc., and vessel-owning subsidiaries of Global Ship Lease, Inc.  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 of the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 20-F filed on March 23, 2023).

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated March 12, 2020, by and between GSL Enterprises Ltd. and Georgios Giouroukos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.31 of the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 20-F filed on March 24, 2022).

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated March 12, 2020, by and between GSL Enterprises Ltd. and Anastasios Psaropoulos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.32 of the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 20-F filed on March 24, 2022).

Amendment to the Service Agreement of Ian J. Weber, dated September 29, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.33 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March 24, 2022).

Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 2022, by and between GSL Enterprises Ltd. and Thomas Lister (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.34 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March 24,
2022).

$60.0 Million Credit Facility, dated December 30, 2021, by and among Zeus One Marine LLC, Hephaestus Marine LLC and Pericles Marine LLC as joint and several borrowers, the Company as guarantor and the banks
and  financial  institutions  listed  in  Part  B  of  Schedule  1  as  lenders,  E.SUN  Commercial  Bank,  LTD,  CATHAY  United  Bank,  Mega  International  Commercial  Bank  CO.,  LTD,  Offshore  Banking  Branch  and  Taishin
International Bank as mandated lead arrangers, E.SUN Commercial Bank, LTD as facility agent and security agent. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on
March 23, 2023).

4.30

At Market Issuance Sales Agreement, dated December 29, 2022, by and between the Company and B. Riley Securities, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed on January
4, 2023).

4.31*

$76.0 Million Credit Facility, dated May 18, 2023, by and among Global Ship Lease 72 LLC, Global Ship Lease 73 LLC, Global Ship Lease 74 LLC and Global Ship Lease 75 LLC and Macquarie Bank Limited

8.1*

List of Subsidiaries of Global Ship Lease, Inc.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.1*

Policies and Procedures to Detect and Prevent Insider Trading

12.1*

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Global Ship Lease, Inc.’s Chief Executive Officer.

12.2*

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Global Ship Lease, Inc.’s Chief Financial Officer.

13.1*

Global Ship Lease, Inc. Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

13.2*

Global Ship Lease, Inc. Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

15.1*

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A.

15.2*

Consent of Maritime Strategies International Ltd.

15.3*

Consent of Watson Farley & Williams LLP

97.1*

Policy for the Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation

101*

Interactive Data Files (formatted as Inline XBRL).

104*

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

*

Filed herewith.

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

SIGNATURES

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE, INC.

By:/s/ Ian J. Webber

Name: Ian J. Webber
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 20, 2024

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Unless otherwise stated, references to the following terms have the following meaning as used in this Annual Report:

Address commission. A discount provided directly to a charterer based on a fixed percentage of the agreed upon charter rate
. 
Annual survey. The inspection of a ship pursuant to international conventions, by a classification society surveyor, on behalf of the flag state, that takes place every year.

GLOSSARY OF SHIPPING TERMS

Backhaul. The weaker leg of a round trip voyage with less volume than the stronger headhaul leg or the return movement of a container-often empty-from a destination of unloading to a point of reloading of cargo.

Ballast. Weight in solid or liquid form, such as seawater, taken on a ship to increase draught, to change trim, or to improve stability or a voyage in which a ship is not laden with cargo.

Bareboat charter. A charter of a ship under which the ship-owner is usually paid a fixed amount of charter hire for a certain period of time during which the charterer is responsible for all ship operating expenses, including

expenses for crewing, lubricating oil, insurance, maintenance and drydockings, and for all voyage expenses such as bunker fuel. A bareboat charter is also known as a “demise charter” or a “time charter by demise.”

Bunkers. Heavy fuel and diesel oil used to power a ship’s engines and generators.

Capacity. The nominal carrying capacity of the ship, measured in TEU.

Charter. The hire of a ship for a specified period of time or a particular voyage to carry a cargo from a loading port to a discharging port.

Charterer. The party that hires a ship for a period of time or for a voyage.

Charter hire. A sum of money paid to the ship-owner by a charterer for the use of a ship.

Charter owner. A company that owns containerships and charters out its ships to container shipping companies rather than operating the ships for liner services; also known as ship-owner or lessor.

Charter rate. The rate charged by a Charter owner normally as a daily rate for the use of its containerships by a charterer. Charter rates can be on a time charter or bareboat charter basis.

Classification society. An independent organization that certifies that a ship has been built and maintained according to the organization’s rules for that type of ship and complies with the applicable rules and regulations of the

country of the ship’s registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. A ship that receives its certification is referred to as being “in-class.”

Container shipping company. A shipping company operating liner services using owned or chartered ships with fixed port of call schedules. Also known as a carrier, liner company or an operator.

Drydocking. Placing the ship in a drydock in order to check and repair areas and parts below the water line. During drydockings, which are required to be carried out periodically, certain mandatory classification society inspections

are carried out and relevant certifications are issued. Under Classification Society rules, drydockings for containerships are generally required once every three to five years or after an accident resulting in under-water damage.

Freight rate. The amount charged by container shipping companies for transporting cargo, normally as a rate per 20-foot or 40-foot container.

Geared containerships. Self-sustained containerships, which are able to load and discharge containers with their own on-board cranes and derricks.

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Gross tonnage. A unit of measurement of the entire internal cubic capacity of the ship expressed in tons at 100 cubic feet to the ton.

Headhaul. The stronger leg of a round trip voyage with greater volume than the weaker backhaul or the outgoing goods to be delivered from a point of origin.

Hull. The main body of the ship without engines, buildings and cranes.

Liner company or liner. A container shipping company (also referred to as lines or operators).

KG. Kommanditgesellschaft, a closed end fund construct broadly analogous to a limited partnership. It has been employed as an investment vehicle for high net worth individuals (primarily German) in various types of assets,

including shipping assets.

IMO. International Maritime Organization, a United Nations agency that issues international standards for shipping.

Intermediate survey. The inspection of a ship by a classification society surveyor that takes place 24 to 36 months after each special survey.

Newbuilding. A ship on order, under construction or just delivered.

Off-hire. The period in which a ship is not available for service under a charter and, accordingly, the charterer generally is not required to pay the hire. Off-hire periods can include days spent on repairs, drydocking and surveys,

whether or not scheduled.

Orderbook-to-fleet ratio. The ratio of the orderbook for new vessels yet to be delivered to the existing on-the-water fleet determined on the basis of TEU capacity and expressed as a percentage.

Scrapping. The sale of a ship for conversion into scrap metal.

Ship management. The provision of shore-based ship management services related to crewing, technical and safety management and the compliance with all government, flag state, class certification and international rules and

regulations.

Shipper. Someone who prepares goods for shipment or arranges seaborne transportation; essentially a customer of a container shipping company.

Sister ships. Ships of the same class and specification typically built at the same shipyard.

Special survey. The inspection of a ship by a classification society surveyor that takes place every five years, as part of the recertification of the ship by a classification society.

Spot market. The market for immediate chartering of a ship, usually for single voyages or for short periods of time, up to 12 months.

TEU. A 20-foot equivalent unit, the international standard measure for containers and containership capacity.

Time charter. A charter under which the ship-owner hires out a ship for a specified period of time. The ship-owner is responsible for providing the crew and paying vessel operating expenses while the charterer is responsible for

paying the voyage expenses such as fuel and additional voyage insurance. The ship-owner is paid charter hire, which accrues on a daily basis.

Time charter and voyage expenses. Expenses incurred including brokerage commission and those for owner’s account attributable to a ship’s voyage, such as bunkers costs when the vessel is idle or off-hire and expenses incurred

due to a ship’s voyage from a loading port to a discharging port, such as bunkers costs, port expenses, stevedoring costs, agents’ fees, canal dues, extra war risk insurance and commissions.

Utilization. The percentage of days for which owner receives charter hire. The difference to 100% or full utilization will be off-hire, both planned for, say, regulatory drydocking, and unplanned for, say, breakdown, and idle time

between charters.

Vessel operating expenses. The costs of operating a ship, primarily consisting of crew wages and associated costs, insurance premiums, ship management fees, costs of lubricants and spare parts, and repair and maintenance costs.

Vessel operating expenses exclude bunker costs, port expenses, stevedoring costs, agents’ fees, canal dues, extra war risk insurance and commissions, which are included in “voyage expenses.”

Voyage expenses. Expenses incurred due to a ship’s voyage from a loading port to a discharging port, such as bunkers costs, port expenses, stevedoring costs, agents’ fees, canal dues, extra war risk insurance and commissions.

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 1387)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, 2023 and 2022
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page
F-2 - F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-9-F-42

F-1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Global Ship Lease, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive
income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have
audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects,
effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the
Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent
with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of
material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 F-2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to
accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our
opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it
relates. 

Impairment Assessment – Long-lived assets

As disclosed in Notes 2 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, as of December 31, 2023 the Company’s fleet consisted of vessels with a total carrying value of $1.7 billion. Management reviews vessels held and used or to be
disposed of by the Company for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. In these circumstances, the Company performs step one of the impairment test by
comparing the undiscounted projected net operating cash flows for each vessel group to its carrying value. A vessel group comprises the vessel, the unamortized portion of deferred drydocking related to the vessel and the related
carrying value of the intangible asset or liability (if any) with respect to the time charter attached to the vessel at its purchase. If the undiscounted projected net operating cash flows of the vessel group are less than its carrying amount,
management proceeds to step two of the impairment assessment by comparing the vessel group’s carrying amount to its fair value, including any applicable charter, and an impairment loss is recorded equal to the difference between the
vessel group’s carrying value and fair value. Fair value is determined with the assistance from valuations obtained from third party independent ship brokers. The Company uses a number of assumptions in projecting its undiscounted
net  operating  cash  flows  analysis  including,  among  others,  (i)  revenue  assumptions  for  charter  rates  on  expiry  of  existing  charters,  which  are  based  on  forecast  charter  rates,  where  relevant,  in  the  four  years  from  the  date  of  the
impairment test and a reversion to the historical mean of time charter rates for each vessel thereafter, (ii) off-hire days, which are based on actual off-hire statistics for the Company’s fleet, (iii) operating costs, based on current levels
escalated over time based on long term trends (iv) dry docking frequency, duration and cost, (v) estimated useful life, which is assessed as a total of 30 years from original delivery by the shipyard and (vi) scrap values. Revenue
assumptions are based on contracted time charter rates up to the end of the existing contract of each vessel and thereafter, estimated time charter rates for the remaining life of the vessel. The estimated time charter rate used for non-
contracted  revenue  days  of  each  vessel  is  considered  a  significant  assumption.  Recognizing  that  the  container  shipping  industry  is  cyclical  and  subject  to  significant  volatility  based  on  factors  beyond  the  Company’s  control,
management believes that using forecast charter rates in the four years from the date of the impairment assessment and a reversion to the historical mean of time charter rates thereafter, represents a reasonable benchmark for the
estimated time charter rates for the non-contracted revenue days, and takes into account the volatility and cyclicality of the market.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to impairment assessment – long lived assets is a critical audit matter, is the significant judgement by management in the selection of the forecast
charter rates in the four years from the date of the impairment test and a reversion to the historical mean of time charter rates for each vessel group thereafter, as a benchmark for the estimated time charter rates for the non-contracted
revenue days. A high degree of auditor judgement, subjectivity and significant effort was also required in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence obtained related to the estimated time charter rates for the non-contracted
revenue days, which involved the use of professionals with the specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of
controls  relating  to  management’s  vessel  impairment  assessment.  These  procedures  also  included,  among  others,  assessing  the  step  one  analysis  of  the  impairment  assessments  with  the  relevant  accounting  framework;  testing
completeness, accuracy and relevance of underlying data used in the analysis; evaluating the appropriateness of the undiscounted cash flow model and the reasonableness of the significant assumption used by management relating to
estimated time charter rates for non-contracted revenue days. The reasonableness of the estimated time charter rates was assessed by (i) comparing them to actual historical average time charter rates of the vessels and (ii) ensuring
consistency  with  evidence  obtained  in  other  areas  of  the  audit.  Professionals  with  specialized  skill  and  knowledge  were  used  to  assist  in  evaluating  the  appropriateness  of  management’s  undiscounted  cash  flow  model  and  the
reasonableness of the estimated time charter rates used in the model.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A.

Athens, Greece
March 20, 2024

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018.

F-3

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars except share data)

ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
Time deposits
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Derivative asset
Due from related parties
Total current assets
NON - CURRENT ASSETS
Vessels in operation
Advances for vessels acquisitions and other additions
Deferred charges, net
Other non-current assets
Derivative asset, net of current portion
Restricted cash, net of current portion
Total non - current assets
TOTAL ASSETS
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Current portion of long - term debt
Current portion of deferred revenue
Due to related parties
Total current liabilities
LONG - TERM LIABILITIES
Long - term debt, net of current portion and deferred financing costs
Intangible liabilities - charter agreements
Deferred revenue, net of current portion
Total non - current liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and Contingencies
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Class A common shares - authorized
214,000,000 shares with a $0.01 par value
35,188,323 shares issued and outstanding (2022 - 35,990,288 shares)
Series B Preferred Shares - authorized
104,000 shares with a $0.01 par value
43,592 shares issued and outstanding (2022 - 43,592 shares)
Additional paid in capital
Retained Earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Total shareholders' equity
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-4

Note

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

As of

3

8
7
9
14

4
4
5
2p
9
3

10
11
12
3 
14

12
6
3

15

16

16

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

138,640  
14,000  
56,803  
4,741  
15,764  
40,464  
24,639  
626  
295,677  

1,664,101  
12,210  
73,720  
23,935  
16,867  
85,270  
1,876,103  
2,171,780  

17,601  
28,538  
193,253  
40,331  
717  
280,440  

619,175  
5,662  
82,115  
706,952  
987,392  
—  

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

351  

$

—  

676,592  
488,105  
19,340  
1,184,388  
2,171,780  

$

120,130
8,550
28,363
3,684
12,237
33,765
29,645
673
237,047

1,623,307
4,881
54,663
31,022
33,858
121,437
1,869,168
2,106,215

22,755
36,038
189,832
12,569
572
261,766

744,557
14,218
119,183
877,958
1,139,724
—

359

—

688,262
246,390
31,480
966,491
2,106,215

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Income

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars except share and per share data)

OPERATING REVENUES
Time charter revenue (include related party revenues of $nil, $66,929 and $144,681 for
each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively)
Amortization of intangible liabilities-charter agreements (includes related party amortization of intangible liabilities-charter
agreements of $nil, $5,385 and $6,882 for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively)
Total operating revenues

OPERATING EXPENSES:
Vessel operating expenses (include related party vessels operating expenses of $19,086, $16,642 and $15,294 for
each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively)
Time charter and voyages expenses (include related party time charter and voyage expenses of $7,995, $6,289 and $3,583
for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively)
Depreciation and amortization
Impairment of vessels
General and administrative expenses
Gain on sale of vessel
Operating Income

NON-OPERATING INCOME/(EXPENSES)
Interest income
Interest and other finance expenses (include $108 acceleration of deferred financing costs, $21,511 expenses relating to prepayment fees, acceleration of deferred financing costs,
premium and acceleration of premium amortization and $5,764 Notes premium for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 respectively)
Other income, net
Fair value adjustment on derivative asset
Total non-operating expenses
Income before income taxes
Income taxes
Net Income
Earnings allocated to Series B Preferred Shares
Net Income available to Common Shareholders
Earnings per Share
Weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding
Basic
Diluted
Net Earnings per Class A common share
Basic
Diluted

Note  

2023  

2022  

Year ended December 31,

13, 14   $

666,715   $

604,487   $

6,14

14

14

4, 5
 4

4

9

16 

18
18

18
18

8,080  

674,795  

41,158  

645,645  

179,221  

167,444  

23,582  

91,727  
18,830  
18,217  
—  
343,218  

9,777  

(44,824)

2,149  
(5,372)  
(38,270)  
304,948  
(448)  
304,500   $
(9,536)  
294,964   $

  $

  $

21,154  

81,303  
3,033  
18,526  
—

354,185  

2,512  

(75,289)

1,782  
9,685  
(61,310)  
292,875  
50  

292,925   $
(9,536)  
283,389   $

35,405,458  
35,928,922  

36,603,134  
37,204,345  

8.33  
8.21  

7.74  
7.62  

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Net Income available to Common Shareholders
Other comprehensive income:
Cash Flow Hedge:
Unrealized (loss)/gain on derivative assets
Amortization of interest rate cap premium
Amounts reclassified to/(from) earnings
Total Other Comprehensive (Loss)/Income
Total Comprehensive Income

Note  

  $

9

9

  $

2023  
294,964  $

Year ended December 31,
2022  
283,389  $

(16,625) 
4,271 
214 
(12,140) 
282,824  $

31,221 
1,123 
(1,091) 
31,253 
314,642  $

2021
163,232

227
—
—
227
163,459

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Impairment of vessels
Gain on sale of vessel
Amounts reclassified to/(from) other comprehensive income
Amortization of derivative assets’ premium
Amortization of deferred financing costs
Amortization of original issue premium of notes/premium on repurchase of notes
Amortization of intangible liabilities - charter agreements
Fair value adjustment on derivative asset
Prepayment fees on debt repayment
Share based compensation expense
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Increase in accounts receivable and other assets
Increase in inventories
Increase in derivative assets
(Decrease)/increase in accounts payable and other liabilities
Decrease/(increase) in related parties' balances, net
(Decrease)/increase in deferred revenue
Payments for drydocking and special survey costs
Unrealized foreign exchange (gain)/loss
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisition of vessels and intangibles
Cash paid for vessel expenditures
Net proceeds from sale of vessels
Advances for vessel acquisitions and other additions
Time deposits acquired
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of 2024 Notes
Repurchase of 2022 Notes, including premium
Repurchase of 2024 Notes, including premium
Proceeds from drawdown of credit facilities and sale and leaseback
Proceeds from 2027 Secured Notes
Repayment of credit facilities and sale and leaseback
Repayment of refinanced debt, including prepayment fees
Deferred financing costs paid
Net proceeds from offering of Class A common shares, net of offering costs
Cancellation of Class A common shares
Proceeds from offering of Series B preferred shares, net of offering costs
Class A common shares - dividend paid
Series B Preferred Shares - dividend paid
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of the year
Supplementary Cash Flow Information:
Cash paid for interest
Cash received from interest rate caps
Non-cash investing activities:
Unpaid advances for vessel’s acquisitions and other additions
Acquisition of vessels and intangibles
Non-cash financing activities:
Issuance of 2024 Notes for the acquisition of vessels
Premium on the 2024 Notes issued for the acquisition of vessels
Unpaid offering costs
Unrealized (loss)/gain on derivative assets

  Note  

2023

2022

Year ended December 31,

$

304,500

$

292,925

$

4
4
9

12

6
9
12
17

9

 3

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
 12  
16
16
16
16
16

$

$

$

$

$

91,727
18,830

—  
214
4,271
5,526

—  

(8,080)
5,372

—  

10,189

(669)
(3,527)

—  

(5,890)
192
(9,306)
(38,341)

—  

375,008

$

$

$

$

$

(123,300)
(19,586)
5,940
(9,587)
(5,450)
(151,983)

—  
—  
—  

76,000

—  

(202,348)

—  

(1,140)

—  

(21,969)

—  

(53,249)
(9,536)
(212,242)
10,783
269,930
280,713

67,997
32,549

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  

(16,625)

81,303
3,033

—  

(1,091)
1,123
11,233
762
(41,158)
(9,685)
15,197
10,104

(26,017)
(827)
(15,370)
11,835
2,253
21,968
(30,105)
1
327,484

—  

(5,460)

—  

(3,772)
(650)
(9,882)

—  
—  

(119,871)
60,000
350,000
(167,056)
(276,671)
(9,655)

—  

(20,011)
(17)
(50,497)
(9,536)
(243,314)
74,288
195,642
269,930

51,490
9,245

—  
—  

—  
—  
283
31,221

$

$

$

$

$

2021

171,495

61,563
—
(7,770)
—
—
8,279
8,615
(45,430)
—
3,230
3,510

(33,211)
(5,094)
(7,000)
10,417
(1,107)
104,160
(23,704)
—
247,953

(463,750)
(4,611)
16,514
(3,276)
(7,900)
(463,023)

22,701
(239,183)
—
744,506
—
(115,502)
(152,862)
(13,790)
67,549
(10,000)
51,234
(27,940)
(8,263)
318,450
103,380
92,262
195,642

49,528
—

1,499
96,344

35,000
1,680
—
227

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Balance at January 1, 2021
Stock-based compensation expense (Note 17)
Issuance of Class A common shares, net of offering costs (Notes 16 and 17)
Conversion of Series C Preferred shares to Class A common shares (Note 16)
Cancellation of Class A common shares (Note 16)
Other comprehensive income
Net Income for the year
Series B Preferred Shares dividend (Note 16)
Issuance of Series B Preferred shares, net of offering costs (Note 16)
Class A common shares dividend (Note 16)
Balance at December 31, 2021
Stock-based compensation expense (Note 17)
Cancellation of Class A common shares (Note 16)
Other comprehensive income
Net Income for the year
Series B Preferred Shares dividend (Note 16)
Issuance of Series B Preferred shares, net of offering costs (Note 16)
Class A common shares dividend (Note 16)
Balance at December 31, 2022
Stock-based compensation expense (Note 17)
Cancellation of Class A common shares (Note 16)
Other comprehensive loss
Net Income for the year
Series B Preferred Shares dividend (Note 16)
Issuance of Series B Preferred shares, net of offering costs (Note 16)
Class A common shares dividend (Note 16)
Balance at December 31, 2023

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Number of
Common
Shares at
par value $0.01
17,741,008
747,604
5,541,959
12,955,188
(521,650)
—
—
—
—
—
36,464,109
586,819
(1,060,640)
—
—
—
—
—
35,990,288
440,698
(1,242,663)
—
—
—
—
—
35,188,323

Number
of Series
B
Preferred Shares
at
par value $0.01
22,822
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20,770
—
43,592
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
43,592
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
43,592

Number
of Series
C
Preferred Shares
at

par value $0.01 Common Shares
$ 177
8
55
130
(5)
—
—
—
—
—
$ 365
5
(11)
—
—
—
—
—
$ 359
5
(13)
—
—
—
—
—
$ 351

250,000
—
—
(250,000)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

F-8

Series B
Preferred Shares
$ —
—
—
—
—
—
 —
 —
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$ —

Series C
Preferred Shares
$3
—
—
(3)
—
—
—
—
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$ —

Additional
paid-in capital
$586,355
3,502
67,494
(127)
(9,995)
—
—
—
51,234
—
$ 698,463
10,099
(20,000)
—
—
—
(300)
—
$ 688,262
10,184
(21,956)
—
—
—
102
—
$ 676,592

(Accumulated Deficit)/
Retained Earnings
$ (121,794)
—
—
—
—
—
171,495
(8,263)
—
(27,940)
$ 13,498
—
—
—
292,925
(9,536)
—
(50,497)
$ 246,390
—
—
—
304,500
(9,536)
—
(53,249)
$ 488,105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

1.Description of Business

The Company’s business is to own and charter out containerships to leading liner companies.

On August 14, 2008, Global Ship Lease, Inc. (the “Company”) merged indirectly with Marathon Acquisition Corp., a company then listed on The American Stock Exchange, and with the pre-existing Global Ship Lease, Inc. GSL
Holdings, Inc. was the surviving entity (the “Marathon Merger”), changed its name to Global Ship Lease, Inc. and became listed on The New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”).

On November 15, 2018, the Company completed a transformative transaction and acquired Poseidon Containers’ 20 containerships, one of which, the Argos, was contracted to be sold, which sale was completed in December 2018, (the
“Poseidon Transaction”).

In 2021, the Company purchased 23 vessels. The Company purchased seven containerships of approximately 6,000 TEU each (the “Seven Vessels”), 12 containerships from Borealis Finance LLC (the “Twelve Vessels”) and four 5,470
TEU Panamax containerships (the “Four Vessels”). Also on June 30, 2021, the vessel La Tour was sold.

During the second quarter of 2023, the Company purchased four 8,544 TEU vessels for an aggregate purchase price of $123,300, which were delivered in various dates in May and June 2023.Also on March 23, 2023, GSL Amstel was
sold.

With these additions and following the sale of La Tour in 2021, and GSL Amstel in 2023, the Company’s fleet comprises 68 containerships with average age as at December 31, 2023, weighted by TEU capacity, of 17.2 years.

The following table provides information about the 68 vessels owned as at December 31, 2023.

Company Name (1)

Global Ship Lease 54 LLC
Laertis Marine LLC
Penelope Marine LLC
Telemachus Marine LLC (3)
Global Ship Lease 53 LLC
Global Ship Lease 52 LLC
Global Ship Lease 43 LLC
Global Ship Lease 72 LLC
Global Ship Lease 73 LLC
Global Ship Lease 74 LLC
Global Ship Lease 75 LLC
Global Ship Lease 30 Limited
Global Ship Lease 31 Limited
Global Ship Lease 32 Limited
Alexander Marine LLC
Hector Marine LLC
Ikaros Marine LLC
Philippos Marine LLC
Aristoteles Marine LLC
Menelaos Marine LLC
Global Ship Lease 35 LLC
Global Ship Lease 36 LLC
Global Ship Lease 48 LLC
Leonidas Marine LLC
Global Ship Lease 33 LLC
Global Ship Lease 34 LLC

Country of
Incorporation
Liberia
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Marshall Islands
Liberia
Liberia

F-9

Vessel Name

Capacity in TEUs (2)

Year Built 

CMA CGM Thalassa 
Zim Norfolk 
Zim Xiamen 
Anthea Y 
MSC Tianjin    
MSC Qingdao
GSL Ningbo
GSL Alexandra
GSL Sofia
GSL Effie
GSL Lydia
GSL Eleni
GSL Kalliopi 
GSL Grania
Mary(12)
Kristina
Katherine
Alexandra
Alexis
Olivia I
GSL Nicoletta
GSL Christen
CMA CGM Berlioz 
Agios Dimitrios 
GSL Vinia
GSL Christel Elisabeth

11,040
9,115
9,115
9,115
8,603
8,603
8,603
8,544
8,544
8,544
8,544
7,847
7,847
7,847
6,927
6,927
6,927
6,927
6,882
6,882
6,840
6,840
6,621
6,572
6,080
6,080

2008
2015
2015
2015
2005
2004
2004
2004
2003
2003
2003
2004
2004
2004
2013
2013
2013
2013
2015
2015
2002
2002
2001
2011
2004
2004

Earliest Charter
Expiry Date 
4Q25
2Q27
3Q27
3Q25
3Q27(4)
2Q27(4)
3Q27(5) 
3Q25(6)
3Q25(6)
3Q25(6)
2Q25(6)
3Q24
3Q24
3Q24
4Q28(7)
3Q29(7)
2Q29(7)
2Q29(7)
2Q29(7)
2Q29(7)
3Q24
3Q24
4Q25
2Q27(4)
3Q24
2Q24

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Company Name (1)

GSL Arcadia LLC
GSL Melita LLC
GSL Maria LLC
GSL Violetta LLC (3)
GSL Tegea LLC
GSL Dorothea LLC
GSL MYNY LLC
Tasman Marine LLC
Hudson Marine LLC
Drake Marine LLC
Global Ship Lease 68 LLC (3)
Global Ship Lease 69 LLC (3)
Global Ship Lease 70 LLC (3)
Global Ship Lease 71 LLC (3)
Hephaestus Marine LLC
Zeus One Marine LLC
Global Ship Lease 47 LLC
GSL Alcazar Inc.
Global Ship Lease 55 LLC
Global Ship Lease 50 LLC
Global Ship Lease 49 LLC
Global Ship Lease 51 LLC
Global Ship Lease 57 LLC
Global Ship Lease 58 LLC
Global Ship Lease 59 LLC
Global Ship Lease 60 LLC
Global Ship Lease 61 LLC
Global Ship Lease 62 LLC
Global Ship Lease 63 LLC
Global Ship Lease 42 LLC
Pericles Marine LLC
Global Ship Lease 64 LLC
Global Ship Lease 65 LLC
Global Ship Lease 66 LLC
Aris Marine LLC
Aphrodite Marine LLC
Athena Marine LLC
Global Ship Lease 38 LLC
Global Ship Lease 40 LLC
Global Ship Lease 41 LLC
Global Ship Lease 45 LLC
Global Ship Lease 44 LLC

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Country of
Incorporation
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Liberia
Marshall Islands
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Marshall Islands
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia
Liberia

F-10

Vessel Name

Capacity in TEUs (2)

Year Built 

GSL Arcadia
GSL Melita
GSL Maria
GSL Violetta
GSL Tegea
GSL Dorothea
GSL MYNY
Tasman
Zim Europe
Ian H
GSL Kithira
GSL Tripoli
GSL Syros
GSL Tinos
Dolphin II
Orca I
GSL Château d’If
CMA CGM Alcazar  
GSL Susan
CMA CGM Jamaica   
CMA CGM Sambhar
CMA CGM America  
GSL Rossi
GSL Alice
GSL Melina
GSL Eleftheria
GSL Mercer
Matson Molokai
GSL Lalo
GSL Valerie
Athena
GSL Elizabeth
tbr GSL Chloe (12)
GSL Maren
Maira
Nikolas
Newyorker
Manet
Keta   
Julie
Kumasi
Akiteta

6,008
6,008
6,008
6,008
5,992
5,992
6,008
5,936
5,936
5,936
5,470
5,470
5,470
5,470
5,095
5,095
5,089
5,089
4,363
4,298
4,045
4,045
3,421
3,421
3,404
3,404
2,824
2,824
2,824
2,824
2,762
2,741
2,546
2,546
2,506
2,506
2,506
2,272
2,207
2,207
2,207
2,207

2000

2001
2001
2000
2001
2001
2000
2000
2000
2000
2009
2009
2010
2010
2007
2006
2007
2007
2008
2006
2006
2006
2012
2014
2013
2013
2007
2007
2006
2005
2003
2006
2012
2014
2000
2000
2001
2001
2003
2002
2002
2002

Earliest Charter Expiry
Date
2Q24(8)
3Q24(8)
4Q24(8)
4Q24(8)
3Q24(8)
3Q24(8)
3Q24(8)
2Q24
1Q24
2Q24
4Q24(9)
4Q24(9)
4Q24(9)
4Q24(9)
1Q25
2Q24(10)
4Q26
3Q26
3Q27(11)
1Q28(11)
1Q28(11)
1Q28(11)
1Q26
2Q25
2Q24
3Q25
4Q24
2Q25
1Q24
1Q25
2Q24
1Q24
4Q24
1Q24
3Q24
1Q24
1Q24
4Q24
1Q25
2Q25
1Q25
4Q24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

(1) All subsidiaries are 100% owned, either directly or indirectly;  
(2) Twenty-foot Equivalent Units;
(3) Currently, under a sale and leaseback transaction (see note 2g);
(4) MSC Tianjin, MSC Qingdao and Agios Dimitrios were forward fixed to a leading liner company for minimum 36 months – maximum 38 months. The new charters are expected to commence between 2Q 2024 and 3Q 2024, after

the vessels are drydocked. MSC Qingdao & Agios Dimitrios are fitted with Exhaust Gas Cleaning Systems (“scrubbers”);

(5) GSL Ningbo was fixed to a leading liner company for minimum 48 months – maximum 52 months. The new charter commenced in 3Q 2023;
(6) GSL Alexandra, GSL Sofia, GSL Lydia and GSL Effie delivered in 2Q 2023. Contract cover for each vessel is for a minimum firm period of 24 months from the date each vessel was delivered, with charterers holding one year

extension options;

(7) Mary (tbr Colombia Express), Kristina, Katherine, Alexandra, Alexis, Olivia I were forward fixed to a leading liner company for 60 months +/- 45 days, after which the charterer has the option to extend each charter for a further
two years. The new charter for Mary (tbr Colombia Express) commenced in early 2024. The new charters for the remaining vessels are scheduled to commence as each of the existing charters expire, between approximately 2Q
2024 and late 2024;

(8) GSL Arcadia, GSL Melita, GSL Maria, GSL Violetta, GSL Tegea, GSL Dorothea, GSL MYNY. Contract cover for each vessel is for a firm period of at least three years from the date each vessel was delivered in 2021. Thereafter,
the charterer has the option to extend each charter for a further 12 months, after which they have the option to extend each charter for a second time – for a period concluding immediately prior to each respective vessel’s 25th year
drydocking and special survey;

(9) GSL Kithira, GSL Tripoli, GSL Syros, GSL Tinos were chartered for a period of three years from their delivery dates in 2021, after which the charterer has the option to extend each charter for a further three years;
(10) Orca I. After the initial firm period of the charter, the charterer has the option in 1Q 2024 to extend the charter for a further 12-14 months from 3Q 2024; 
(11) GSL Susan, CMA CGM Jamaica, CMA CGM Sambhar and CMA CGM America were each forward fixed to a leading liner company for a period of five years with up to +/- 45 days in charterer’s option. The new charter for GSL

Susan commenced in 4Q 2022, while the remaining charters commenced in 1Q 2023;

(12) “tbr” means “to be renamed”. On January 3, 2024, Mary was renamed to Colombia Express. On January 26, 2024, Beethoven was renamed to GSL Chloe.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Presentation

 The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”).

The Company has made reclassifications to the prior year statement of cash flows to correct and reclassify payments for drydocking and special survey costs from investing outflows to operating outflows which resulted in a decrease in
investing outflows and increase in operating outflows of $24,457 and $19,226 for the years ended December 31, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The Company evaluated the reclassifications from both a quantitative and qualitative
perspective and determined the impacts were immaterial to the previously issued interim and annual financial statements.

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

(a) Basis of Presentation (continued) 

Adoption of new accounting standards

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-4, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848)” (“ASU 2020-4”), which provides optional guidance intended to ease the potential burden in accounting for the expected discontinuation of LIBOR as
a reference rate in the financial markets. The guidance can be applied to modifications made to certain contracts to replace LIBOR with a new reference rate. The guidance, if elected, will permit entities to treat such modifications as the
continuation  of  the  original  contract,  without  any  required  accounting  reassessments  or  remeasurements.  ASU  2020-4  was  effective  for  the  Company  beginning  on  March  12,  2020,  and  the  Company  applied  the  amendments
prospectively through December 31, 2022. Because the current relief in Topic 848 may not cover a period of time during which a significant number of modifications may take place, in December 2022 the FASB issued ASU 2022-06,
“Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848)”. The amendments of this update defer the sunset date of Topic 848 from December 31, 2022, to December 31, 2024, after which entities will no longer be permitted to apply the relief in Topic 848.
As of December 31, 2023, all Company’s loan agreements have been amended and restated to take into effect the transition from LIBOR to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) and the relevant provisions on a replacement
rate. In addition, the Company’s interest rate caps automatically transited to 1-month Compounded SOFR on July 1, 2023, at a level of 0.64%. There was no impact to the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the
year ended December 31, 2023, as a result of adopting this standard.

(b) Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries; the Company has no other interests. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have
been eliminated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

(c) Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions and/or
conditions.

(d) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. 

(e) Restricted cash

Restricted cash consists of retention accounts which are restricted in use and held in order to service debt and interest payments. In addition, restricted cash consists of pledged cash maintained with lenders and amounts built-up for
future drydockings. Also includes restricted cash received in advance from charterers for future charter service.

(f) Insurance claims

Insurance claims consist of claims submitted and/or claims in the process of compilation or submission. They are recorded on an accrual basis and represent the claimable expenses, net of applicable deductibles, incurred through
December 31 of each reported period, which are probable to be recovered from insurers. Any outstanding costs to complete the claims are included in accrued liabilities. The classification of insurance claims into current and non-
current assets is based on management’s expectation as to the collection dates. 

F-12

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

(g) Inventories

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Inventories consist of bunkers, lubricants, stores and provisions. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value as determined using the first-in, first-out method.

(h) Accounts receivable, net

The  Company  carries  its  accounts  receivable  at  cost  less,  if  appropriate,  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  based  on  a  periodic  review  of  accounts  receivable,  taking  into  account  past  write-offs,  collections  and  current  credit
conditions. The Company does not generally charge interest on past-due accounts. Allowances for doubtful accounts amount to $nil as of December 31, 2023 (2022: $nil).

(i) Vessels in operation

Vessels are generally recorded at their historical cost, which consists of the acquisition price and any material expenses incurred upon acquisition, adjusted for the fair value of intangible assets or liabilities associated with above or
below market charters attached to the vessels at acquisition. See Intangible Assets and Liabilities at note 2(k) below. Vessels acquired in a corporate transaction accounted for as an asset acquisition are stated at the acquisition price,
which consists of consideration paid, plus transaction costs, considering pro rata allocation based on vessels fair value at the acquisition date. Vessels acquired in a corporate transaction accounted for as a business combination are
recorded at fair value. Vessels acquired as part of the Marathon Merger in 2008 were accounted for under ASC 805, which required that the vessels be recorded at fair value, less the negative goodwill arising as a result of the accounting
for the merger.

Subsequent expenditures for major improvements and upgrades are capitalized, provided they appreciably extend the life, increase the earnings capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels.

Borrowing costs incurred during the construction of vessels or as part of the prefinancing of the acquisition of vessels are capitalized. There was no capitalized interest for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

Vessels are stated less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if applicable. Vessels are depreciated to their estimated residual value using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives which are reviewed on an ongoing
basis to ensure they reflect current technology, service potential and vessel structure. The useful lives are estimated to be 30 years from original delivery by the shipyard.

Management estimates the residual values of the Company’s container vessels based on a scrap value cost of steel times the weight of the vessel noted in lightweight tons (LWT). Residual values are periodically reviewed and revised to
recognize changes in conditions, new regulations or other reasons. Revision of residual values affect the depreciable amount of the vessels and affects depreciation expense in the period of the revision and future periods. Management
estimated the residual values of its vessels based on scrap rate of $400 per LWT.

For any vessel group which is impaired, the impairment charge is recorded against the cost of the vessel and the accumulated depreciation as at the date of impairment is removed from the accounts. 

The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets retired or sold are removed from the accounts at the time of sale or retirement and any gain or loss is included in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

F-13

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

(j) Deferred charges, net

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Drydocking costs are reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets within "Deferred charges, net", and include planned major maintenance and overhaul activities for ongoing certification. The Company follows the deferral method of
accounting for drydocking costs, whereby actual costs incurred are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period of five years until approximately the next scheduled drydocking. Any remaining unamortized balance
from the previous drydocking is written-off.

The amortization period reflects the estimated useful economic life of the deferred charge, which is the period between each drydocking. Costs incurred during the drydocking relating to routine repairs and maintenance are expensed.
The unamortized portion of drydocking costs for vessels sold is included as part of the carrying amount of the vessel in determining the gain or (loss) on sale of the vessel.

(k) Intangible assets and liabilities - charter agreements

The Company’s intangible assets and liabilities consist of unfavorable lease terms on charter agreements acquired in assets acquisitions. When intangible assets or liabilities associated with the acquisition of a vessel are identified, they
are recorded at fair value. Fair value is determined by reference to market data and the discounted amount of expected future cash flows. Where charter rates are higher than market charter rates, an intangible asset is recorded, based on
the difference between the acquired charter rate and the market charter rate for an equivalent vessel and equivalent duration of charter party at the date the vessel is delivered. Where charter rates are less than market charter rates, an
intangible liability is recorded, based on the difference between the acquired charter rate and the market charter rate for an equivalent vessel. The determination of the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities requires the Company to
make significant assumptions and estimates of many variables including market charter rates (including duration), the level of utilization of its vessels and its weighted average cost-of capital (“WACC”). The estimated market charter
rate (including duration) is considered a significant assumption. The use of different assumptions could result in a material change in the fair value of these items, which could have a material impact on the Company’s financial position
and results of operations. The amortizable value of favorable and unfavorable leases is amortized over the remaining life of the relevant lease term and the amortization expense or income respectively is included under the caption
“Amortization  of  intangible  liabilities-charter  agreements”  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.  For  any  vessel  group  which  is  impaired,  the  impairment  charge  is  recorded  against  the  cost  of  the  vessel  and  the  accumulated
depreciation as at the date of impairment is removed from the accounts.

(l) Impairment of Long-lived assets

Tangible fixed assets, such as vessels, that are held and used or to be disposed of by the Company are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. In
these  circumstances,  the  Company  performs  step  one  of  the  impairment  test  by  comparing  the  undiscounted  projected  net  operating  cash  flows  for  each  vessel  group  to  its  carrying  value.  A  vessel  group  comprises  the  vessel,  the
unamortized portion of deferred drydocking related to the vessel and the related carrying value of the intangible asset or liability (if any) with respect to the time charter attached to the vessel at its purchase. If the undiscounted projected
net operating cash flows of the vessel group are less than its carrying amount, management proceeds to step two of the impairment assessment by comparing the vessel group’s carrying amount to its fair value, including any applicable
charter, and an impairment loss is recorded equal to the difference between the vessel group’s carrying value and fair value. Fair value is determined with the assistance from valuations obtained from third party independent ship
brokers.

The Company uses a number of assumptions in projecting its undiscounted net operating cash flows analysis including, among others, (i) revenue assumptions for charter rates on expiry of existing charters, which are based on forecast
charter rates, where relevant, in the four years from the date of the impairment test and a reversion to the historical mean of time charter rates for each vessel thereafter (ii) off-hire days, which are based on actual off-hire statistics for
the Company’s fleet (iii) operating costs, based on current levels escalated over time based on long term trends (iv) dry docking frequency, duration and cost  (v) estimated useful life, which is assessed as a total of 30 years from original
delivery by the shipyard and (vi) scrap values.

F-14

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

(I) Impairment of Long-lived assets (continued)

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Revenue assumptions are based on contracted charter rates up to the end of the existing contract of each vessel, and thereafter, estimated time charter rates for the remaining life of the vessel. The estimated time charter rate used for
non-contracted  revenue  days  of  each  vessel  is  considered  a  significant  assumption.  Recognizing  that  the  container  shipping  industry  is  cyclical  and  subject  to  significant  volatility  based  on  factors  beyond  the  Company’s  control,
management believes that using forecast charter rates in the four years from the date of the impairment assessment and a reversion to the historical mean of time charter rates thereafter, represents a reasonable benchmark for the
estimated time charter rates for the non-contracted revenue days, and takes into account the volatility and cyclicality of the market.

Through the latter part of 2023, the Company noted that events and circumstances triggered the existence of potential impairment for some of the Company’s vessel groups. These indicators included volatility in the charter market and
the vessels’ market values, as well as the potential impact of the current container sector on management’s expectation for future revenues. As a result, the Company performed step one of the impairment assessment of each of the
Company’s  vessel  groups  by  comparing  the  undiscounted  projected  net  operating  cash  flows  for  each  vessel  group  to  their  carrying  value  and  step  two  of  the  impairment  analysis  was  required  for  two  vessel  groups,  as  their
undiscounted projected net operating cash flows did not exceed their carrying value. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $18,830 for two vessel groups with a total aggregate carrying amount of $43,830 which was
written down to their fair value of $25,000 (see note 4).

Through  the  latter  part  of  2022,  the  Company  noted  that  charter  rates  in  the  spot  market  had  come  under  pressure  and  accordingly  determined  that  events  occurred  and  circumstances  had  changed,  which  indicated  that  potential
impairment of the Company’s long-lived assets could exist. These indicators included continued volatility in the spot market and the related impact of the current container sector on management’s expectation for future revenues. As a
result, step one of the impairment assessment of each of the vessel groups was performed as at December 31, 2022 and step two of the impairment analysis was required for one vessel group, as its undiscounted projected net operating
cash flows did not exceed its carrying value. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $3,033 for one vessel asset group with a total aggregate carrying amount of $9,033 which was written down to its fair value of
$6,000 (see note 4).

Through 2021, the Company evaluated the impact of the then economic situation on the recoverability of all its vessel groups and determined that there was no triggering event and no impairment test was performed for the year ended
December 31, 2021.

(m) Deferred financing costs

Costs incurred in connection with obtaining long-term debt and in obtaining amendments to existing facilities are recorded as deferred financing costs and are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the
estimated duration of the related debt. Such costs include fees paid to the lenders or on the lenders’ behalf and associated legal and other professional fees. Debt issuance costs, other than any up-front arrangement fee for revolving
credit facilities, related to a recognized debt liability are presented as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt.

(n) Preferred shares

The Series B Preferred Shares were originally issued in August 2014 and have been included within Equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets since their initial issue in August 2014 and increased in 2019, 2020 and 2021 with the
introduction of ATM program see note 16, and the dividends are presented as a reduction of Retained Earnings or addition to Accumulated Deficit in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity as their nature is
similar to that of an equity instrument rather than a liability. Holders of these redeemable perpetual preferred shares, which may only be redeemed at the discretion of the Company, are entitled to receive a dividend equal to 8.75% on
the original issue price, should such dividend be declared, and rank senior to the common shares with respect to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

The 250,000 Series C Perpetual Convertible Preferred Shares (the “Series C Preferred Shares”) have been included within Equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, from their issue on November 15, 2018. The Series C Preferred
Shares were convertible in certain circumstances to Class A common shares and they were entitled to a dividend only should such a dividend be declared on the Class A common shares. On January 20, 2021, upon the redemption in full
of the 9.875% First Priority Secured Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”), Series C Preferred shares converted to Class A common shares see note 16.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

(o) Other comprehensive income

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Other comprehensive income, which is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting equity that, under U.S. GAAP, are excluded from net
income. Under ASU 2011-05, an entity reporting comprehensive income in a single continuous financial statement shall present its components in two sections, net income and other comprehensive income. For year ended December
31, 2023, the Company recorded an unrealized loss on the interest rate caps, amortization of interest rate cap premium and an amount reclassified to earnings of $16,625, $4,271 and $214, respectively. For the year ended December 31,
2022,  unrealized  gain  on  the  interest  rate  caps,  amortization  of  interest  rate  cap  premium  and  an  amount  reclassified  from  earnings  $31,221,  $1,123  and  ($1,091)  respectively,  in  both  years,  reported  as  a  component  of  other
comprehensive income and presented in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. For year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded an unrealized gain on the interest rate caps of $227, $nil for amortization of
interest rate cap premium and no amount reclassified to earnings (see note 9).

(p) Revenue recognition and related expense

The Company charters out its vessels on time charters which involves placing a vessel at a charterer’s disposal for a specified period of time during which the charterer uses the vessel in return for the payment of a specified daily hire
rate. Such charters are accounted for as operating leases and therefore revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis as the average revenues over the rental periods of such charter agreements, as service is performed. Cash received in
excess  of  earned  revenue  is  recorded  as  deferred  revenue.  If  a  time  charter  contains  one  or  more  consecutive  option  periods,  then  subject  to  the  options  being  exercisable  solely  by  the  Company,  the  time  charter  revenue  will  be
recognized on a straight-line basis over the total remaining life of the time charter, including any options which are more likely than not to be exercised. If a time charter is modified, including the agreement of a direct continuation at a
different rate, the time charter revenue will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the total remaining life of the time charter from the date of modification. During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, amounts of
($4,025), $10,899 and $15,869, respectively, were recorded in time charter-revenues for such modifications and revenues recognized on a straight-line basis. Any difference between the charter rate invoiced and the time charter revenue
recognized is classified as, or released from, deferred revenue. As of December 31, 2023, current and non-current portion from implementing the straight-line basis, amounting to $9,027 ($6,487 and $2,866 as for December 31, 2022,
and 2021, respectively) and $15,139 ($21,144 and $14,010 as for December 31, 2022, and 2021, respectively), respectively, are presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in the line item “Prepaid expenses and other current assets”
and “Other non-current assets”, respectively.

Revenues are recorded net of address commissions, which represent a discount provided directly to the charterer based on a fixed percentage of the agreed upon charter rate. Charter revenue received in advance which relates to the
period after a balance sheet date is recorded as deferred revenue within current liabilities until the respective charter services are rendered. 

Under time charter arrangements the Company, as owner, is responsible for all the operating expenses of the vessels, such as crew costs, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and such costs are expensed as incurred and are included in
vessel operating expenses.

Commission paid to brokers to facilitate the agreement of a new charter are included in time charter and voyage expenses as are certain expenses related to a voyage, such as the costs of bunker fuel consumed when a vessel is off-hire
or idle.

Leases: In cases of lease agreements where the Company acts as the lessee, the Company recognizes an operating lease asset and a corresponding lease liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Following initial recognition and
with regards to subsequent measurement the Company remeasures lease liability and right of use asset at each reporting date.

Leases where the Company acts as the lessor are classified as either operating or sales-type / direct financing leases.

In cases of lease agreements where the Company acts as the lessor under an operating lease, the Company keeps the underlying asset on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and continues to depreciate the assets over its useful life. In cases
of lease agreements where the Company acts as the lessor under a sales-type / direct financing lease, the Company derecognizes the underlying asset and records a net investment in the lease. The Company acts as a lessor under
operating leases in connection with all of its charter out - bareboat-out arrangements.

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

(p) Revenue recognition and related expense (continued)

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

In cases of sale and leaseback transactions, if the transfer of the asset to the lessor does not qualify as a sale, then the transaction constitutes a failed sale and leaseback and is accounted for as a financial liability. For a sale to have
occurred, the control of the asset would need to be transferred to the lessor, and the lessor would need to obtain substantially all the benefits from the use of the asset. During 2021, the Company entered into six agreements which
qualified as failed sale and leaseback transactions as the Company is required to repurchase the vessels at the end of the lease term and the Company has accounted for the six agreements as financing transactions.

The Company elected the practical expedient which allows the Company to treat the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component for the leases where the timing and pattern of transfer for the non-lease component and
the associated lease component to the lessees are the same and the lease component, if accounted for separately, would be classified as an operating lease. The combined component is therefore accounted for as an operating lease under
ASC 842, as the lease components are the predominant characteristics.

(q) Foreign currency transactions

The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar as substantially all revenues and a majority of expenditures are denominated in U.S. dollars. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the
rate of exchange at the balance sheet dates. Expenses paid in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the transaction date. Exchange gains and losses are included in the determination of Net Income.

(r) Share based compensation

The Company has awarded incentive stock units to its management and Directors as part of their compensation.

Using the graded vesting method of expensing the incentive stock unit grants, the weighted average fair value of the stock units is recognized as compensation costs in the Consolidated Statements of Income over the vesting period. The
fair value of the incentive stock units for this purpose is calculated by multiplying the number of stock units by the fair value of the shares at the grant date. The Company has not factored any anticipated forfeiture into these calculations
based on the limited number of participants.

(s) Income taxes

The Company and its Marshall Island subsidiaries are exempt from taxation in the Marshall Islands. Otherwise, the Company’s vessels are liable for tax based on the tonnage of the vessel, under the regulations applicable to the country
of incorporation of the vessel owning company, which is included within vessels’ operating expenses. Certain inactive Cyprus and Hong Kong subsidiaries are also liable for income tax on interest income earned from non-shipping
activities.

The Company has one subsidiary in the United Kingdom, where the principal rate of corporate income tax for 2023 is 25% (2022: 19% and 2021:19%).

The Company recognizes uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based solely on the technical merits of the position.

(t) Dividends

Dividends are recorded in the period in which they are declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. Dividends to be paid are presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in the line item “Accrued Liabilities”.

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

(u) Earnings per share 

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Basic earnings per common share are based on income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding unvested restricted stock units. Diluted
income per common share are calculated by applying the treasury stock method. All unvested restricted stock units that have a dilutive effect are included in the calculation. The basic and diluted earnings per share for the period are
presented for each category of participating common shares under the two-class method.

(v) Risks Associated with Concentration

The Company is exposed to certain concentration risks that may adversely affect the Company’s financial position in the near term:

(i) The Company derives its revenue from liner companies which are exposed to the cyclicality of the container shipping industry.

(ii)There is a minimum concentration of credit risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2023, to the extent that substantially all of the amounts are deposited with ten banks (2022: nine banks). The Company

believes this risk is remote as the banks are high credit quality financial institutions.

(w) Segment Reporting

The Company reports financial information and evaluates its operations by charter revenues and not by the length of ship employment for its customers. The Company does not use discrete financial information to evaluate operating
results for each type of charter. Management does not identify expenses, profitability or other financial information by charter type. As a result, management reviews operating results solely by revenue per day and operating results of
the fleet and thus the Company has determined that it operates under one reportable segment.

(x) Fair Value Measurement and Financial Instruments

Financial instruments carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, time deposits, trade receivables and payables, other receivables and other liabilities and long-term debt. The particular
recognition methods applicable to each class of financial instrument are disclosed in the applicable significant policy description of each item or included below as applicable.

Fair value measurement: Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e. the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The
hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:

Level 1 –  Valuations  based  on  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  that  the  Company  has  the  ability  to  access.  Valuation  adjustments  and  block  discounts  are  not  applied  to  Level  1  instruments.  Since
valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

Level 2 – Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 – Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

Through the latter part of 2023, the Company noted that events and circumstances triggered the existence of potential impairment for some of the Company’s vessel groups. These indicators included volatility in the charter market and
the vessels’ market values, as well as the potential impact of the current container sector on management’s expectation for future revenues. As a result, the Company performed step one of the impairment assessment of each of the
Company’s  vessel  groups  by  comparing  the  undiscounted  projected  net  operating  cash  flows  for  each  vessel  group  to  their  carrying  value  and  step  two  of  the  impairment  analysis  was  required  for  two  vessel  groups,  as  their
undiscounted projected net operating cash flows did not exceed their carrying value. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $18,830 for two vessel groups with a total aggregate carrying amount of $43,830 which was
written down to their fair value of $25,000 (see note 4).

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

(x) Fair Value Measurement and Financial Instruments (continued)

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Through  the  latter  part  of  2022,  the  Company  noted  that  charter  rates  in  the  spot  market  had  come  under  pressure  and  accordingly  determined  that  events  occurred  and  circumstances  had  changed,  which  indicated  that  potential
impairment of the Company’s long-lived assets could exist. These indicators included continued volatility in the spot market and the related impact of the current container sector on management’s expectation for future revenues. As a
result, step one of the impairment assessment of each of the vessel groups was performed as at December 31, 2022 and step two of the impairment analysis was required for one vessel group, as its undiscounted projected net operating
cash flows did not exceed its carrying value. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $3,033 for one vessel asset group with a total aggregate carrying amount of $9,033 which was written down to its fair value of
$6,000.

In December 2021, the Company purchased interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $484,106, which amortizes over time as the Company’s outstanding debt balances decline. In February 2022, the Company further
hedged its exposure by putting in place two USD one-month LIBOR interest rate caps of 0.75% through fourth quarter 2026, on $507,891 of its floating rate debt. The second interest rate cap was not designated as a cash flow hedge
and therefore the negative fair value adjustment of $5,372 as at December 31, 2023 was recorded through Consolidated Statements of Income ($9,685 positive fair value adjustment for December 31, 2022 and $nil for December 31,
2021). ASC 815-20-25-13a stipulates that an entity may designate either all or certain future interest payments on variable-rate debt as the hedged exposure in a cash flow hedge relationship. The Company is designating certain future
interest payments on its outstanding variable-rate debt as the hedged item in this relationship. Under ASC 815-20-25-106e, “for cash flow hedges of the interest payments on only a portion of the principal amount of the interest-bearing
asset or liability, the notional amount of the interest rate cap designated as the hedging instrument matches the principal amount of the portion of the asset or liability on which the hedged interest payments are based”. In this case, the
Company has designated only a portion of its outstanding debt (initially, $253,946) as the hedged item, and any interest payments beyond the notional amount of the interest rate cap in any given period are not designated as being
hedged. As of December 31, 2023, all Company’s loan agreements have been amended and restated to take into effect the transition from LIBOR to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) and the relevant provisions on a
replacement rate. In addition, the Company’s interest rate caps automatically transited to 1-month Compounded SOFR on July 1, 2023, at a level of 0.64%.

The Company assesses the effectiveness of the hedges on an ongoing basis. The amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income will be reclassified to interest expense should the hedge no longer be considered effective.

As of December 31, 2023, and 2022, following a quantitative assessment, part of the hedges were no longer considered effective and an amount of ($214) and $1,091, respectively, was reclassified (to)/from other comprehensive income
to the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The objective of the hedges is to reduce the variability of cash flows associated with the interest rates relating to the Company’s variable rate borrowings. When derivatives are used, the Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of
non-performance by the counterparties; however, non-performance is not anticipated. ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging,  requires  companies  to  recognize  all  derivative  instruments  as  either  assets  or  liabilities  at  fair  value  in  the
balance sheet. The fair values of the interest rate derivatives are based on quoted market prices for similar instruments from commercial banks (based on significant observable inputs – Level 2 inputs). As of December 31, 2023, and
2022, the Company recorded a derivative asset of $41,506 and $63,503, respectively (see note 9).

Financial Risk Management: The  Company  activities  expose  it  to  a  variety  of  financial  risks  including  fluctuations  in,  time  charter  rates,  credit  and  interest  rates  risk.  Risk  management  is  carried  out  under  policies  approved  by
executive management. Guidelines are established for overall risk management, as well as specific areas of operations.

Credit risk: The Company closely monitors its credit exposure to customers and counter-parties for credit risk. The Company has entered into commercial management agreement with Conchart Commercial Inc. (“Conchart”), pursuant
to which Conchart has agreed to provide commercial management services to the Company, including the negotiation, on behalf of the Company, of vessel employment contracts (see note 14). Conchart has policies in place to ensure
that it trades with customers and counterparties with an appropriate credit history.

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

(x) Fair Value Measurement and Financial Instruments (continued)

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are accounts receivable and cash and cash equivalents and time deposits. The Company does not believe its exposure to credit risk is likely to
have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Liquidity Risk: Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities and the ability to close out market
positions. The Company monitors cash balances appropriately to meet working capital needs.

Foreign Exchange Risk: Foreign currency transactions are translated into the measurement currency rates prevailing at the dates of transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and
from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

(y) Derivative instruments

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk relating to its variable rate borrowings. In December 2021, the Company purchased interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $484,106 (“December 2021 hedging”), which
amount reduces over time as the Company’s outstanding debt balances amortize. The objective of the hedges is to reduce the variability of cash flows associated with the interest relating to its variable rate borrowings.

At the inception of the transaction, the Company documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and the strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The
Company also documents its assessment, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivative financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values
or cash flows of hedged items.

This  transaction  is  designated  as  a  cash  flow  hedge,  and  under  ASU  2017-12,  cash  flow  hedge  accounting  allows  all  changes  in  fair  value  to  be  recorded  through  Other  Comprehensive  Income  once  hedge  effectiveness  has  been
established. Under ASC 815-30-35-38, amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income shall be reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings (i.e., each
quarter) and shall be presented in the same income statement line item as the earnings effect of the hedged item in accordance with paragraph 815-20-45-1A.

The premium paid related to this derivative was classified in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as operating activities in the line item “Derivative asset”. The premium shall be amortized into earnings “on a systematic and
rational basis over the period in which the hedged transaction affects earnings” (ASC 815-30-35-41A); that is, the Company will expense the premium over the life of the interest rate cap in accordance with the “caplet method”, as
described in Derivatives Implementation Group (DIG) Issue G20. DIG Issue G20 dictates that the cost of the interest rate cap is recognized on earnings over time, based on the value of each periodic caplet. The cost per period will
change as the caplet for that period changes in value. Given that the interest rate cap is forward-starting, expensing of the premium will not begin until the effective start date of the interest rate cap, in order to match potential cap
revenue with the cap expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

In February 2022, the Company further purchased two interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $507,891. The first interest rate cap of $253,946 which has been designated as a cash flow hedge, has the same accounting
treatment as described above for the December 2021 hedging. The second interest rate cap was not designated as a cash flow hedge and a negative fair value adjustment of $5,372 as at December 31, 2023, was recorded through
Consolidated Statements of Income ($9,685 positive fair value adjustment and $nil for December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively). ASC 815-20-25-13a stipulates that an entity may designate either all or certain future interest payments
on variable-rate debt as the hedged exposure in a cash flow hedge relationship. In this case, the Company has designated only a portion of its outstanding debt (initially, $253,946) as the hedged item, and any interest payments beyond
the notional amount of the interest rate cap in any given period are not designated as being hedged (see note 9). As of December 31, 2023, all Company’s loan agreements have been amended and restated to take into effect the transition
from LIBOR to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) and the relevant provisions on a replacement rate. In addition, the Company’s interest rate caps automatically transited to 1-month Compounded SOFR on July 1, 2023,
at a level of 0.64%.

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

(y) Derivative instruments (continued)

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

The amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income will be reclassified to interest expense should the hedge no longer be considered effective. The Company assesses the effectiveness of the hedges on an ongoing basis.
As of December 31, 2023, and 2022, following a quantitative assessment, part of the hedge was no longer considered effective and an amount of ($214) and $1,091, respectively, was reclassified (to)/from other comprehensive income
to the Consolidated Statements of Income.

(z) Recently issued accounting standards

On November 27, 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. This standard improves reportable segment disclosures by adding and enhancing interim
disclosure requirements, clarifying circumstances in which entities can disclose multiple segment measures of profit or loss, providing new segment disclosure requirements for entities with a single reportable segment, and adding other
disclosure requirements. This standard is effective for all entities that are subject to Topic 280, Segment Reporting for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023, but early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently
evaluating the impacts of this guidance on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In  December  2023,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2023-09,  Income  Taxes  (Topic  740):  Improvements  to  Income  Taxes  Disclosures,  which  requires  greater  disaggregation  of  income  tax  disclosures.  The  new  standard  requires  additional
information to be disclosed with respect to the income tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction. This ASU should be applied prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with
retrospective application permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impacts of this guidance on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. 

3. Restricted Cash 

  Restricted cash as of December 31, 2023, and 2022 consisted of the following:

Retention accounts
Restricted bank deposits/Drydock reserves
Cash collateral(*)
Total Current Restricted Cash

Cash collateral(*)
Guarantee deposits
Restricted bank deposits/Drydock reserves
Cash in custody
Total Non - Current Restricted Cash
Total Current and Non - Current Restricted Cash

(*)Cash received in advance from charterers.

F-21

December 31, 2023  
21,443  
2,420  
32,940  
56,803  

80,980  
21  
3,769  
500  
85,270  
142,073  

December 31, 2022
23,903
4,460
–
28,363

118,471
20
2,446
500
121,437
149,800

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

4. Vessels in Operation

Vessels in Operation as of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 consisted of the following:

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

As of January 1, 2021
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation
As of December 31, 2021

Additions
Depreciation
Impairment loss
As of December 31, 2022

Additions
Depreciation
Impairment loss
Disposals
As of December 31, 2023

Vessel Gross Cost,
as adjusted for
impairment charges

1,297,785  
603,514  
(23,167)  
—  
1,878,132  

11,756  
—  
(3,730)  
1,886,158  

138,802  
—  
(25,544)  
(6,803)  
1,992,613  

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Accumulated
Depreciation  
(157,202)  
—  
14,445  
(52,559)  
(195,316)  

—  
(68,232)  
697  
(262,851)  

—  
(72,443)  
6,714  
68  
(328,512)  

$

$

$

$

Net Book Value
1,140,583
603,514
(8,722)
(52,559)
1,682,816

11,756
(68,232)
(3,033)
1,623,307

138,802
(72,443)
(18,830)
(6,735)
1,664,101

As of December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the Company had made additions for vessel expenditures and ballast water treatments. As of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 unpaid capitalized expenses were $2,679, $9,022, and $6,257,
respectively.

2023 Vessels acquisitions

In May and June 2023, the Company took delivery of the four 8,544 TEU Vessels as per below:

Name
GSL Alexandra
GSL Sofia
GSL Effie
GSL Lydia

2023 Sale of Vessel

Capacity in TEUs
8,544
8,544
8,544
8,544

Year Built
2004
2003
2003
2003

Purchase Price
$30,000
$30,000
$30,000
$33,300

Delivery date
June 2, 2023
May 22, 2023
May 30, 2023
June 26, 2023

On March 23, 2023, the Company sold GSL Amstel for net proceeds of $5,940, and the vessel was released as collateral under the Company’s $140,000 loan facility with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Hamburg
Commercial Bank AG, E.Sun Commercial Bank, Ltd, CTBC Bank Co. Ltd. and Taishin International Bank.

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

4. Vessels in Operation (continued) 

2021 Vessels acquisitions

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

In September and October 2021, the Company took delivery of the Four Vessels as per below:

Name
GSL Tripoli
GSL Tinos
GSL Syros
GSL Kithira

Capacity in TEUs
5,470
5,470
5,470
5,470

Year Built
2009
2010
2010
2009

Purchase Price
37,000
37,500
37,500
36,000

Delivery date
September 1, 2021
September 9, 2021
September 13, 2021
October 13, 2021

The charters of the Four Vessels resulted in an intangible liability of $17,100 that was recognized and will be amortized over the remaining useful life of the charters.

In July 2021, the Company took delivery of the Twelve Vessels as per below:

Name
GSL Susan
GSL Rossi
GSL Alice
GSL Melina
GSL Eleftheria
GSL Mercer
GSL Lalo
Matson Molokai
GSL Elizabeth
tbr GSL Chloe
GSL Maren
GSL Amstel

Capacity in TEUs
4,363
3,421
3,421
3,404
3,404
2,824
2,824
2,824
2,741
2,546
2,546
1,118

Year Built
2008
2012
2014
2013
2013
2007
2006
2007
2006
2012
2014
2008

Purchase Price
20,740
21,580
23,150
23,990
26,870
20,750
13,320
16,430
13,910
22,320
23,270
7,560

The charters in place at the time of the purchase of the Twelve Vessels resulted in an intangible liability of $76,193 that was recognized and will be amortized over the remaining useful life of the charters.

In April, May and July 2021, the Company took delivery of the Seven Vessels as per below:

Name
GSL MYNY
GSL Melita
GSL Violetta*
GSL Maria*
GSL Arcadia
GSL Dorothea
GSL Tegea

Capacity in TEUs
6,008
6,008
6,008
6,008
6,008
5,992
5,992

Year Built
2000
2001
2000
2001
2000
2001
2001

Purchase Price
17,600
15,500
17,300
16,600
18,000
15,500
15,500

Delivery Date
July 29, 2021
July 29, 2021
July 29, 2021
July 29, 2021
July 29, 2021
July 29, 2021
July 29, 2021
July 15, 2021
July 28, 2021
July 29, 2021
July 29, 2021
July 29, 2021

Delivery Date
July 28, 2021
May 25, 2021
April 28, 2021
April 28, 2021
April 26, 2021
April 26, 2021
May 17, 2021

* The charters of these vessels resulted in an intangible liability of $3,051 that was recognized and amortized over the remaining useful life of the charters. As of December 31, 2022, the intangible liability relating to the Seven Vessels
had been fully amortized.

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

4. Vessels in Operation (continued)

2021 Sale of Vessel

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

On June 30, 2021, the Company sold La Tour for net proceeds of $16,514, and the vessel was released as collateral under the Company’s $236,200 senior secured loan facility with Hayfin Capital Management, LLP (the “New Hayfin
Credit Facility”). The net gain from the sale of vessel was $7,770.

Impairment

Through the latter part of 2023, the Company noted that events and circumstances triggered the existence of potential impairment for some of the Company’s vessel groups. These indicators included volatility in the charter market and
the vessels’ market values, as well as the potential impact of the current container sector on management’s expectation for future revenues. As a result, the Company performed step one of the impairment assessment of each of the
Company’s  vessel  groups  by  comparing  the  undiscounted  projected  net  operating  cash  flows  for  each  vessel  group  to  their  carrying  value  and  step  two  of  the  impairment  analysis  was  required  for  two  vessel  groups,  as  their
undiscounted projected net operating cash flows did not exceed their carrying value. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $18,830 for two vessel groups with a total aggregate carrying amount of $43,830 which was
written down to their fair value of $25,000 (see note 4).

Through  the  latter  part  of  2022,  the  Company  noted  that  charter  rates  in  the  spot  market  had  come  under  pressure  and  accordingly  determined  that  events  occurred  and  circumstances  had  changed,  which  indicated  that  potential
impairment of the Company’s long-lived assets could exist. These indicators included continued volatility in the spot market and the related impact of the current container sector on management’s expectation for future revenues. As a
result, step one of the impairment assessment of each of the vessel groups was performed as at December 31, 2022 and step two of the impairment analysis was required for one vessel group, as the undiscounted projected net operating
cash flows did not exceed the carrying value. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $3,033 for one vessel group with a total aggregate carrying amount of $9,033 which was written down to its fair value of $6,000.

Through 2021, the Company evaluated the impact of the then economic situation on the recoverability of all its other vessel groups and has determined that there was no triggering event and no impairment test was performed for the
year ended December 31, 2021.

The total impairment loss recognized for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 amounted to $18,830, $3,033 and $nil, respectively.

Collateral

As of December 31, 2023, 20 vessels were pledged as collateral under the 5.69% Senior Secured Notes due 2027 and 43 vessels under the Company’s loan facilities. Five vessels were unencumbered as of December 31, 2023.

Advances for vessel acquisitions and other additions

As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, there were no advances for vessel acquisitions, as all vessels had been delivered as at these dates. As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, the Company had advances for
other vessel additions mainly for ballast water treatment systems totaling $12,210 and $4,881, respectively.

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

5. Deferred charges, net

Deferred charges, net as of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 consisted of the following:

As of January 1, 2021

Additions
Amortization
Write - off

As of December 31, 2021

Additions
Amortization

As of December 31, 2022

Additions
Amortization

As of December 31, 2023

Dry - docking
Costs
                  22,951
 23,704
                 (9,004)
(22)
37,629
30,105
(13,071)
54,663
38,341
(19,284)
73,720

$   

$

$

$

The Company follows the deferral method of accounting for dry-docking costs in accordance with accounting for planned major maintenance activities, whereby actual costs incurred are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis
over the period of five years until approximately the next scheduled dry-docking, which is generally five years. Any remaining unamortized balance from the previous dry-docking are written-off.

6. Intangible Liabilities - Charter Agreements

Intangible Liabilities - Charter Agreements as of December 31, 2023, and 2022 consisted of the following:

Opening balance
Disposals (*)
Amortization
Total

December 31, 2023  
14,218  
(476)  
(8,080)  
5,662  

$

$

December 31, 2022
55,376
—
(41,158)
14,218

$

$

(*) The unamortized portion of GSL Amstel intangible liability-charter agreement when vessel was sold on March 23, 2023.

Intangible liabilities are related to (i) acquisition of the Seven, the Twelve and the Four Vessels, and (ii) management’s estimate of the fair value of below-market charters on August 14, 2008, the date of the Marathon Merger (see note
1).  These  intangible  liabilities  are  being  amortized  over  the  remaining  life  of  the  relevant  lease  terms  and  the  amortization  income  is  included  under  the  caption  “Amortization  of  intangible  liabilities-charter  agreements”  in  the
Consolidated Statements of Income.

Amortization income of intangible liabilities-charter agreements for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $8,080, $41,158 and $45,430, including related party amortization of intangible liabilities-charter agreements
of $nil, $5,385, and $6,882 for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The aggregate amortization of the intangible liabilities in each of the 12-month periods up to December 31, 2025, is estimated to be as follows:

December 31, 2024
December 31, 2025

The weighted average life for the remaining intangible liabilities-charter agreements terms is 1.0 year.

F-25

Amount
5,114
548
5,662

$

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 7. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets as at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 consisted of the following:

Insurance and other claims
Advances to suppliers and other assets
Prepaid insurances
Other (1)
Total

(1) Includes mainly current portion of the straight-line basis of revenue recognition.

8. Inventories

Inventories as at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 consisted of the following:

Bunkers
Lubricants
Stores
Victualling
Total

9. Derivative Asset

December 31, 2023
11,073
11,651
3,628
14,112
40,464

December 31, 2023
685
12,423
2,025
631
15,764

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

December 31, 2022
15,008
6,946
2,969
8,842
33,765

December 31, 2022
-
10,048
1,643
546
12,237

In December 2021, the Company purchased interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $484,106, which amount reduces over time as the Company’s outstanding debt balances amortize. The objective of the hedges is to
reduce the variability of cash flows associated with the interest relating to its variable rate borrowings. The Company receives payments on the caps for any period that the one-month USD LIBOR rate is above beyond the strike rate,
which is 0.75%. The termination date of the interest rate cap agreements is through fourth quarter 2026. The premium paid to purchase the interest caps was $7,000, which was paid out of cash on December 22, 2021. The premium is
being amortized over the life of the interest rate cap by using the caplet method.

In February 2022, the Company further hedged its exposure to a potential rising interest rate environment by putting in place two USD one-month LIBOR interest rate caps of 0.75% through fourth quarter 2026, on $507,891 of its
floating rate debt. The second interest rate cap was not designated as a cash flow hedge and therefore the negative fair value adjustment of $5,372 as at December 31, 2023 ($9,685 positive fair value adjustment and $nil as at December
31, 2022 and 2021, respectively) was recorded through Consolidated Statements of Income. The premium paid by the Company to purchase the interest rate caps was $15,370, which was paid out of cash on the settlement date. ASC
815-20-25-13a stipulates that an entity may designate either all or certain future interest payments on variable-rate debt as the hedged exposure in a cash flow hedge relationship. In this case, the Company has designated only a portion
of its outstanding debt (initially, $253,946) as the hedged item, and any interest payments beyond the notional amount of the interest rate cap in any given period are not designated as being hedged. As of December 31, 2023, all
Company’s  loan  agreements  have  been  amended  and  restated  to  take  into  effect  the  transition  from  LIBOR  to  the  Secured  Overnight  Financing  Rate  (“SOFR”)  and  the  relevant  provisions  on  a  replacement  rate.  In  addition,  the
Company’s interest rate caps automatically transited to 1-month Compounded SOFR on July 1, 2023, at a level of 0.64%. Amount received from interest rate caps for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was
$32,549, $9,245 and $nil, respectively.

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

9. Derivative Asset (continued)

Opening balance
Derivative asset premium
Unrealized (loss)/gain on derivative assets
Fair value adjustment on derivative asset
Closing balance
Less: Current portion of derivative assets
Non-current portion of derivative assets

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

December 31, 2023
63,503
-
(16,625)
(5,372)
41,506
(24,639)
16,867

$

$

$

December 31, 2022
7,227
15,370
31,221
9,685
63,503
(29,645)
33,858

$

$

$

The amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income will be reclassified to interest expense should the hedge no longer be considered effective. The Company assesses the effectiveness of the hedges on an ongoing basis.
As of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, following a quantitative assessment, part of the hedge was no longer considered effective and an amount of ($214), $1,091 and $nil was reclassified (to)/from other comprehensive income to
the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company will continue to assess the effectiveness of the hedge on an ongoing basis.

10. Accounts Payable

Accounts payable as of December 31, 2023, and 2022 consisted of the following:

Suppliers, repairers
Insurers, agents and brokers
Payables to charterers
Other creditors
Total

11. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2023, and 2022 consisted of the following:

Accrued expenses
Accrued interest
Total

  December 31, 2023  

$

$

12,933
303
1,967
2,398
17,601

  December 31, 2022
12,802
510
6,306
3,137
22,755

$

$

$

$

December 31, 2023
20,378
8,160
28,538

$

$

December 31, 2022
26,676
9,362
36,038

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

 12. Long-Term Debt

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Long-term debt as of December 31, 2023, and 2022 consisted of the following:

Facilities
Macquarie loan (a)
2027 Secured Notes (b)
E.SUN, MICB, Cathay, Taishin Credit Facility (c)
Sinopac Credit Facility (d)
HCOB, CACIB, ESUN, CTBC, Taishin Credit Facility (e)
Deutsche Credit Facility (f)
HCOB Credit Facility (g)
CACIB, Bank Sinopac, CTBC Credit Facility (h)
Chailease Credit Facility (i)
Syndicated Senior Secured Credit Facility (CACIB, ABN, First-Citizens & Trust Company, Siemens, CTBC, Bank Sinopac, Palatine) (j)
Total credit facilities
Sale and Leaseback Agreement CMBFL - $120,000 (k)
Sale and Leaseback Agreement CMBFL - $54,000 (l)
Sale and Leaseback Agreement - Neptune $14,735 (m)
Total Sale and Leaseback Agreements
Total borrowings
Less: Current portion of long-term debt
Less: Current portion of Sale and Leaseback Agreements (k,l,m)
Less: Deferred financing costs (t)
Non-current portion of Long-Term Debt

a) Macquarie Credit Facility 

December 31, 2023
66,000
284,375
28,500
8,220
73,283
40,046
24,744
38,950
2,608
149,200
715,926
64,438
36,018
6,796
107,252
823,178
(164,888)
(28,365)
(10,750)
 619,175

$

$

$
$

$

  December 31, 2022
-
$
336,875
46,500
9,900
100,000
44,695
40,794
44,050
3,852
181,200
807,866
89,838
41,850
9,971
141,659
949,525
(155,424)
(34,408)
(15,136)
744,557

$
$

$

$

On May 18, 2023, the Company via its subsidiaries Global Ship Lease 72 LLC, Global Ship Lease 73 LLC, Global Ship Lease 74 LLC and Global Ship Lease 75 LLC entered into a new credit facility agreement with Macquarie Bank
Limited (“Macquarie”) for an amount of $76,000 to finance part of the acquisition cost of the four 8,544 TEU vessels for an aggregate purchase price of $123,300. The vessels were delivered during the second quarter of 2023.

All four tranches were drawdown in the second quarter of 2023 and the credit facility has a maturity in May 2026.

The facility is repayable in two equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $5,000, six equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $6,000 and one quarterly instalments of $3,000 and two equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $1,000
with a final balloon of $25,000 payable three years after the first utilisation date.

This facility’s interest rate is SOFR plus a margin of 3.50% per annum payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $66,000.

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

 12. Long-Term Debt (continued)

b) 5.69% Senior Secured Notes due 2027 

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

On June 16, 2022, Knausen Holding LLC (the "Issuer"), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, closed on the private placement of $350,000 of privately rated/investment grade 5.69% Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (the
“2027 Secured Notes”) to a limited number of accredited investors. The fixed interest rate was determined on June 1, 2022, based on the interpolated interest rate of 2.84% plus a margin 2.85%.

The Company used the net proceeds from the private placement for the repayment of the remaining outstanding balances on its New Hayfin Credit Facility and the Hellenic Bank Credit Facility (releasing five unencumbered vessels),
and our 2024 Notes. The remaining amount of net proceeds were allocated for general corporate purposes.

An amount equal to 15% per annum of the original principal balance of each Note shall be paid in equal quarterly installments on the 15th day of each of January, April, July, and October starting October 15, 2022, and the remaining
unpaid principal balance shall be due and payable on the maturity date of July 15, 2027. Interest accrues on the unpaid balance of the Notes, payable quarterly on the 15th day of January, April, July, and October in each year, such
interest commencing and accruing on and from June 14, 2022.

The 2027 Secured Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer, secured by first priority mortgages on 20 identified vessels owned by subsidiaries of the Issuer (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) and certain other associated assets and contract
rights, as well as share pledges over the Subsidiary Guarantors. In addition, the 2027 Secured Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $284,375.

c) $60.0 Million E.SUN, MICB, Cathay, Taishin Credit Facility

On December 30, 2021,  the  Company  via  its  subsidiaries  Zeus  One  Marine  LLC,  Hephaestus  Marine  LLC  and  Pericles  Marine  LLC,  entered  into  a  new  syndicated  senior  secured  debt  facility  with  E.SUN  Commercial  Bank  Ltd
(“E.SUN”), Cathay United Bank (“Cathay”), Mega International Commercial Bank Co. Ltd (“MICB”) and Taishin International Bank (“Taishin”). The Company using a portion of the net proceeds from this credit facility fully prepaid
the outstanding amount of the Blue Ocean Junior Credit facility, amounting to $26,205 plus a prepayment fee of $3,968. All three tranches were drawn down in January 2022.

The facility is repayable in eight equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $4,500 and ten equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $2,400.

This facility’s interest rate is SOFR plus a margin of 2.75% per annum plus Credit Adjustment Spread (“CAS”) payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $28,500.

d) $12.0 Million Sinopac Capital International Credit Facility

On August 27, 2021, the Company via its subsidiary Global Ship Lease 42 LLC entered into a secured credit facility for an amount of $12,000 with Sinopac Capital International (HK) Limited (“Sinopac Credit Facility”), partially used
to fully refinance the Hayfin Credit Facility. The full amount was drawn down in September 2021 and the credit facility has a maturity in September 2026.

The facility is repayable in 20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $420 with a final balloon of $3,600 payable together with the final instalment.

This facility’s interest rate is SOFR plus a margin of 3.25% per annum payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $8,220.

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

12. Long-Term Debt (continued)

e) $140.0 Million HCOB, CACIB, ESUN, CTBC, Taishin Credit Facility

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

On July 6, 2021, the Company entered into a facility with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank (“CACIB”), Hamburg Commercial Bank AG (“HCOB”), E.Sun Commercial Bank, Ltd (“ESUN”), CTBC Bank Co. Ltd.
(“CTBC”) and Taishin International Bank (“Taishin”) for a total of $140,000 to finance the acquisition of the Twelve Vessels. The full amount was drawdown in July 2021 and the credit facility has a maturity in July 2026.

The facility is repayable in six equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $8,000, eight equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $5,400 and six equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $2,200 with a final balloon of $35,600 payable
together with the final instalment. On March 23, 2023, due to the sale of GSL Amstel, the Company additionally repaid $2,838 out of which $1,000 deducted from the balloon instalment, and the vessel was released as collateral under
the Company’s $140,000 HCOB, CACIB, ESUN, CTBC, Taishin Credit Facility.

This facility’s interest rate is SOFR plus a margin of 3.25% per annum plus Credit Adjustment Spread (“CAS”) payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $73,283.

f) $51.7 Million Deutsche Bank AG Credit Facility

On May 6, 2021, the Company via its subsidiary Laertis Marine LLC entered into a secured facility for an amount of $51,670 with Deutsche Bank AG in order to refinance one of the three previous tranches of the $180,500 Deutsche,
CIT, HCOB, Entrust, Blue Ocean Credit Facility, that had a maturity date on June 30, 2022, of an amount $48,527.

The facility is repayable in 20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $1,162.45 with a final balloon of $28,421 payable together with the final instalment.

This facility bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 3.25% per annum payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $40,046.

g) $64.2 Million Hamburg Commercial Bank AG Credit Facility

On April 15, 2021, the Company entered into a Senior Secured term loan facility with Hamburg Commercial Bank AG “the HCOB Credit Facility” for an amount of up to $64,200 in order to finance the acquisition of six out of the
Seven Vessels.

Tranche A, E and F amounting to $32,100 were drawn down in April 2021 and have a maturity date in April 2025, Tranche B and D amounting to $21,400 were drawn down in May 2021 and have a maturity date in May 2025, and
Tranche C amounting to $10,700 was drawn down in July 2021 and has a maturity date in July 2025.

Each Tranche of the facility is repayable in 16 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $668.75.

This facility bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 3.50% per annum payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $24,744.

h) $51.7 Million CACIB, Bank Sinopac, CTBC Credit Facility

On April 13, 2021, the Company via its subsidiary Penelope Marine LLC entered into a secured facility for an amount of $51,700 in order to refinance one of the three previous tranches of the $180,500 Deutsche, CIT, HCOB, Entrust,
Blue Ocean Credit Facility, that had a maturity date on June 30, 2022, of an amount $48,648. The secured credit facility has a maturity in April 2026.

F-30

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

12. Long-Term Debt (continued)

h) $51.7 Million CACIB, Bank Sinopac, CTBC Credit Facility (continued)

The lenders are Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank (“CACIB”), Bank Sinopac Co. Ltd. (“Bank Sinopac”) and CTBC Bank Co. Ltd. (“CTBC”).

The facility is repayable in 20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $1,275 with a final balloon of $26,200 payable together with the final instalment.

This facility bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 2.75% per annum plus CAS payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $38,950.

i) $9.0 Million Chailease Credit Facility

On February 26, 2020, the Company via its subsidiaries, Athena Marine LLC, Aphrodite Marine LLC and Aris Marine LLC entered into a secured term facility agreement with Chailease International Financial Services Pte., Ltd. for an
amount of $9,000. The Chailease Bank Facility was used for the refinance of DVB Credit Facility.

The facility is repayable in 36 consecutive monthly instalments $156 and 24 monthly instalments of $86 with a final balloon of $1,314 payable together with the final instalment.

This facility bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 4.20% per annum.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $2,608.

j) $268.0 Million Syndicated Senior Secured Credit Facility (CACIB, ABN, First-Citizens & Trust Company, Siemens, CTBC, Bank Sinopac, Palatine)

 On September 19, 2019, the Company entered into a Syndicated Senior Secured Credit Facility in order to refinance existing credit facilities that had a maturity date in December 2020, of an amount $224,310.

The  Senior  Syndicated  Secured  Credit  Facility  was  agreed  to  be  borrowed  in  two  tranches.  The  Lenders  are  Credit  Agricole  Corporate  and  Investment  Bank  (“CACIB”),  ABN  Amro  Bank  N.V.  (“ABN”),  First-Citizens  &  Trust
Company, Siemens Financial Services, Inc (“Siemens”), CTBC Bank Co. Ltd. (“CTBC”), Bank Sinopac Ltd. (“Bank Sinopac”) and Banque Palatine (“Palatine”).

Tranche A amounting to $230,000 was drawn down in full on September 24, 2019 and is scheduled to be repaid in 20 consecutive quarterly instalments of $5,200 starting from December 12, 2019 and a balloon payment of $126,000
payable on September 24, 2024.

Tranche B amounts to $38,000 was drawn down in full on February 10, 2020 and is scheduled to be repaid in 20 consecutive quarterly instalments of $1,000 and a balloon payment of $18,000 payable in the termination date on the fifth
anniversary from the utilization date of Tranche A, which falls in September 24, 2024. In January 2022, the Company agreed a new senior secured debt facility to refinance its outstanding Syndicated Senior Secured Credit Facility,
which extended the maturity date from September 2024 to December 2026, amended certain covenants in the Company’s favor at an unchanged rate of LIBOR + 3.00%. On July 1, 2022, the interest rate is SOFR plus a margin of 3.00%
plus CAS and is payable at each quarter end date.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $149,200.

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

12. Long-Term Debt (continued)

k) $120.0 Million Sale and Leaseback agreements - CMBFL Four Vessels 

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

On August 26, 2021, the Company via its subsidiaries Global Ship Lease 68 LLC, Global Ship Lease 69 LLC, Global Ship Lease 70 LLC and Global Ship Lease 71 LLC, entered into four $30,000 sale and leaseback agreements with
CMB Financial Leasing Co. Ltd. (“CMBFL”) to finance the acquisition of the Four Vessels. As at September 30, 2021, the Company had drawdown a total of $90,000. The drawdown for the fourth vessel, amounting to $30,000, took
place on October 13, 2021 together with the delivery of this vessel. The Company has a purchase obligation to acquire the Four Vessels at the end of their lease terms and under ASC 842-40, the transaction has been accounted for as a
failed sale. In accordance with ASC 842-40, the Company did not derecognize the respective vessels from its balance sheet and accounted for the amounts received under the sale and leaseback agreement as financial liabilities.

Each sale and leaseback agreement is repayable in 12 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $1,587.5 and 12 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $329.2 with a repurchase obligation of $7,000 on the final repayment date.

The sale and leaseback agreements for the three vessels mature in September 2027 and for the fourth vessel in October 2027 and bear interest at SOFR plus a margin of 3.25% per annum plus CAS payable quarterly in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of these sale and lease back agreements was $64,438.

I) $54.0 Million Sale and Leaseback agreement - CMBFL 

On May 20, 2021, the Company via its subsidiary Telemachus Marine LLC entered into a $54,000 sale and leaseback agreement with CMB Financial Leasing Co. Ltd. (“CMBFL”) to refinance one of the three previous tranches of the
$180,500 Deutsche, CIT, HCOB, Entrust, Blue Ocean Credit Facility, that had a maturity date on June 30, 2022, of an amount $46,624. The Company has a purchase obligation to acquire the vessel at the end of the lease term and under
ASC 842-40, the transaction has been accounted for as a failed sale. In accordance with ASC 842-40, the Company did not derecognize the respective vessel from its balance sheet and accounted for the amount received under the sale
and leaseback agreement as a financial liability.

The sale and leaseback agreement is repayable in eight equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $2,025 each and 20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $891 with a repurchase obligation of $19,980 on the final repayment date.

The sale and leaseback agreement matures in May 2028 and bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 3.25% per annum plus CAS payable quarterly in arrears.

In May 2021, on the actual delivery date of the vessel, the Company drew $54,000, which represented vessel purchase price $75,000 less advanced hire of $21,000, which advanced hire neither bore any interest nor was refundable and
was set off against payment of the purchase price payable to the Company by the unrelated third party under this agreement.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this sale and leaseback agreement was $36,018.

m) $14.7 Million Sale and Leaseback agreement - Neptune Maritime Leasing

On May 12, 2021, the Company via its subsidiary GSL Violetta LLC entered into a $14,735 sale and leaseback agreement with Neptune Maritime Leasing (“Neptune”) to finance the acquisition of GSL Violetta delivered in April 2021.
The  Company  has  a  purchase  obligation  to  acquire  the  vessel  at  the  end  of  the  lease  term  and  under  ASC  842-40,  the  transaction  has  been  accounted  for  as  a  failed  sale.  In  accordance  with  ASC  842-40,  the  Company  did  not
derecognize the respective vessel from its balance sheet and accounted for the amount received under the sale and leaseback agreement as a financial liability. In May 2021, the Company drew $14,735 under this agreement.

The sale and leaseback agreement will be repayable in 15 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $793.87 each and four equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $469.12 with a repurchase obligation of $950 on the last repayment
date.

The sale and leaseback agreement matures in February 2026 and bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 4.64% per annum payable quarterly in arrears.

F-32

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

12. Long-Term Debt (continued)

m) $14.7 Million Sale and Leaseback agreement - Neptune Maritime Leasing (continued)

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this sale and leaseback agreement was $6,796.

n) $236.2 Million Senior secured loan facility with Hayfin Capital Management, LLP

On January 7, 2021, the Company entered into the New Hayfin Credit Facility amounting to $236,200, and on January 19, 2021, the Company drew down the full amount under this facility. The proceeds from the New Hayfin Credit
Facility, along with cash on hand, were used to optionally redeem in full the outstanding 2022 Notes on January 20, 2021. The New Hayfin Credit Facility matured in January 2026 and bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of
7.00% per annum. It was repayable in twenty quarterly instalments of $6,560, along with a balloon payment at maturity. The New Hayfin Credit Facility was secured by, among other things, first priority ship mortgages over 21 of the
Company’s vessels, assignments of earnings and insurances of the mortgaged vessels, pledges over certain bank accounts, as well as share pledges over the equity interests of each mortgaged vessel-owning subsidiary. On June 30,
2021, due to the sale of La Tour, the Company additionally repaid $5,831, and the vessel was released as collateral under the Company’s New Hayfin Credit Facility. On June 16, 2022, the Company used a portion of the proceeds from
the private placement for the full prepayment of the remaining outstanding balance $197,569 plus a prepayment fee of $11,229.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $nil.  

o) Redemption of 8.00% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2024

On November 19, 2019, the Company completed the sale of $27,500 aggregate principal amount of its 8.00% Senior Unsecured Notes (the “2024 Notes”) which matured on December 31, 2024. On November 27, 2019, the Company
sold an additional $4,125  of  2024  Notes,  pursuant  the  underwriter’s  option  to  purchase  such  additional  2024  Notes.  Interest  on  the  2024  Notes  was  payable  on  the  last  day  of  February,  May,  August  and  November  of  each  year
commencing on February 29, 2020.

The Company had the option to redeem the 2024 Notes for cash, in whole or in part, at any time (i) on or after December 31, 2021 and prior to December 31, 2022, at a price equal to 102% of the principal amount, (ii) on or after
December 31, 2022 and prior to December 31, 2023, at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount and (iii) on or after December 31, 2023 and prior to maturity, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount.

On November 27, 2019, the Company entered into an “At Market Issuance Sales Agreement” with B. Riley FBR, Inc. (the “Agent”) under which and in accordance with the Company’s instructions, the Agent could offer and sell from
time to time newly issued 2024 Notes.

In July 2021, the Company agreed to purchase the Twelve Vessels for an aggregate purchase price of $233,890, part of which was financed by the issuance of $35,000 2024 Notes to the sellers. The remaining purchase price was
financed by cash on hand and a new syndicated credit facility for a total of $140,000 (see note 12e).

On April 5, 2022, the Company completed the partial redemption of $28,500 aggregate principal amount of the Notes (the “Redeemed Notes”) at a redemption price equal to 102.00% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest. Upon completion of the redemption the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2024 Notes was $89,020. On July 15, 2022, the 2024 Notes were fully repaid by the Company using a portion of the net proceeds
from  the  private  placement  of  $350,000  aggregate  principal  amount  of  its  2027  Secured  Notes,  pursuant  to  a  note  purchase  agreement,  dated  June  14,  2022.  Total  loss  on  redemption  was  $2,350  and  was  recorded  within  the
Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2022, in line “Interest and other finance expenses”.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2024 notes was $nil.  

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

12. Long-Term Debt (continued)

p) $38.5 Million Blue Ocean Junior Credit Facility

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

On September 19, 2019, the Company entered into a refinancing agreement with Blue Ocean Income Fund LP, Blue Ocean Onshore Fund LP, and Blue Ocean Investments SPC Blue, holders of the outstanding debt of $38,500 relevant
to the previous Blue Ocean Credit Facility in order to refinance that existing facility with the only substantive change being to extend maturity at the same date with the Syndicated Senior Secured Credit Facility.

The Company fully drew down the facility on September 23, 2019, and it was scheduled to be repaid in a single instalment on the termination date which fell on September 24, 2024. This facility bore interest at 10.00% per annum.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the at-the-market issuance programs to prepay an amount of $12,295 under this facility plus a prepayment fee of $1,618.

On January 19, 2022, the Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the new facility agreement entered on December 30, 2021, with E.SUN, MICB, Cathay, Taishin, to fully prepay the amount of $26,205 under this facility, plus
a prepayment fee of $3,968.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $nil.

q) $59.0 Million Hellenic Bank Credit Facility

On May 23, 2019, the Company via its subsidiaries, Global Ship Lease 30, 31 and 32 entered into a facility agreement with Hellenic Bank for an amount up to $37,000. Borrowings under the Hellenic Bank Facility were available in
tranches and were used in connection with the acquisition of the vessels GSL Eleni, GSL Grania and GSL Kalliopi.

An initial tranche of $13,000 was drawn on May 24, 2019, in connection with the acquisition of the GSL Eleni. The Facility was repayable in 20 equal quarterly instalments of $450 each with a final balloon of $4,000 payable together
with the final instalment.

A second tranche of $12,000 was drawn on September 4, 2019, in connection with the acquisition of GSL Grania. The Facility was repayable in 20 equal quarterly instalments of $400 each with a final balloon of $4,000  payable
together with the final instalment.

The third tranche of $12,000 was drawn on October 3, 2019, in connection with the acquisition of GSL Kalliopi. The Facility was repayable in 20 equal quarterly instalments of $400 each with a final balloon of $4,000 payable together
with the final instalment.

On December 10, 2019, the Company via its subsidiaries Global Ship Lease 33 and 34 entered into an amended and restated loan agreement with Hellenic Bank for an additional facility of amount $22,000 that was to be borrowed in
two tranches and to be used in connection with the acquisition of the vessels GSL Vinia and GSL Christel Elisabeth. Both tranches were drawn on December 10, 2019, and were each repayable in 20 equal quarterly instalments of $375
each with a final balloon of $3,500 payable together with the final instalment.

This facility bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.90% per annum.

On June 24, 2022, the Hellenic Bank credit Facility was fully prepaid by the Company using a portion of the net proceeds from the private placement of $350,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2027 Secured Notes, pursuant to a
note purchase agreement, dated June 14, 2022.

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of this facility was $nil.

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

12. Long-Term Debt (continued)

r) 9.875% First Priority Secured Notes due 2022 

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

On October 31, 2017, the Company completed the sale of $360,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 9.875% First Priority Secured Notes (the “2022 Notes”) which mature on November 15, 2022. Proceeds after the deduction of the
original issue discount, but before expenses, amounted to $356,400. The original issue discount was being amortized on an effective interest rate basis over the life of the 2022 Notes. The 2022 Notes were fully redeemed in January
2021.

Interest on the 2022 Notes was payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on May 15, 2018. As at December 31, 2020 the 2022 Notes were secured by first priority vessel mortgages on 16 of our
vessels at that time and by assignments of earnings and insurances, pledges over certain bank accounts, as well as share pledges over each subsidiary owning a vessel securing the 2022 Notes. In addition, the 2022 Notes were fully and
unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Company’s 16 vessel owning subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020 and Global Ship Lease Services Limited.

On February 10, 2020, the Company completed an optional redemption of $46,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2022 Notes at a redemption price of $48,271 (representing 104.938% of the aggregate principal amount) plus accrued
and unpaid interest. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company purchased $15,287 of aggregate principal amount of 2022 Notes in the open market at a weighted average price of 98.98% of the aggregate principal
amount.

On January 20, 2021, the Company optionally redeemed, in full, $233,436 aggregate principal amount of 2022 Notes, representing the entire outstanding amount under the 2022 Notes, using the proceeds the Company received from the
New Hayfin Credit Facility, see note 12n above, and cash on hand, at a redemption price of $239,200 (representing 102.469%  of  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  notes  redeemed)  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest.  Total  loss  on
extinguishment of the bonds was $10,642 and is recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2021, as interest and other finance expenses.

s) Repayment Schedule

Maturities of long-term debt for the years subsequent to December 31, 2023, are as follows:

Payment due by year ended
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2025
December 31, 2026
December 31, 2027
December 31, 2028

t) Deferred Financing Costs  

Opening balance
Expenditure in the period
Amortization included within interest expense
Closing balance

Amount
193,252
144,587
300,858
162,719
21,762
823,178

December 31,
2022
16,714
9,655
(11,233)
15,136

$

$

$

December 31,
2023
15,136
1,140
(5,526)
10,750

$

$

During 2023, total costs amounting to $1,140 were incurred in connection with the Macquarie Credit Facility (see note 12a).

During 2022, total costs amounting to $1,066 were incurred in connection with the Syndicated Senior Secured Credit facility (see note 12j), $1,180 in connection with E.SUN, MICB, Cathay, Taishin credit facility (see note 12c) and
$7,409 in connection with the 2027 Secured Notes (see note 12b). 

F-35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

12. Long-Term Debt (continued)

t) Deferred Financing Costs (continued)

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

During 2021, total costs amounting to $434 were incurred in connection with the “At Market Issuance Sales Agreement” of 2024 Notes (see note 12o). In addition, total costs amounting $4,049 were incurred in connection with the New
Hayfin Credit Facility (see note 12n), $777 in connection with the Deutsche Credit Facility (see note 12f), $1,386 in connection with the HCOB Credit Facility (see note 12g), $191 in connection with the Neptune sale and leaseback
agreement (see note 12m), $984 in connection with the CACIB, Bank Sinopac, CTBC Credit Facility (see note 12h), $945 in connection with the CMBFL sale and lease back agreement (see note 12l), $252 in connection with the
Sinopac Credit Facility (see note 12d), $2,852 in connection with the HCOB, CACIB Credit Facility (see note 12e) for financing the acquisition of the Twelve Vessels and $1,920 in connection with the Sale and Leaseback agreements
with CMBFL for the Four Vessels (see note 12k) that were drawn down during the year ended December 31, 2021.

For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Company recognized a total of $5,526, $11,233, and $8,279, respectively, in respect of amortization of deferred financing costs.

u) Debt covenants-securities

Amounts drawn under the facilities listed above are secured by first priority mortgages on certain of the Company’s vessels and other collateral. The credit facilities contain a number of restrictive covenants that limit the Company
from, among other things: incurring or guaranteeing indebtedness; charging, pledging or encumbering the vessels; and changing the flag, class, management or ownership of the vessel owning entities. The credit facilities also require
the vessels to comply with the ISM Code and ISPS Code and to maintain valid safety management certificates and documents of compliance at all times. Additionally, specific credit facilities require compliance with a number of
financial covenants including asset cover ratios and minimum liquidity and corporate guarantor requirements. Among other events, it will be an event of default under the credit facilities if the financial covenants are not complied with
or remedied.

As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants.

13. Time charter revenue

Operating revenue from significant customers (constituting more than 10% of total time charter revenue) was as follows:

Charterer
CMA CGM
MAERSK
ZIM

 14. Related Party Transactions

Year Ended December 31,

2023
28.59%  
30.82%  
13.49%  

2022
29.62%  
29.79%  
10.73%  

2021
33.83%
22.81%
7.49%

CMA CGM was presented as a related party as it was a shareholder as of December 31, 2021, owning Class A common shares and representing 8.4% of voting rights in the Company. As of May 27, 2022, CMA CGM following the sale
of its shares, is not anymore Company’s shareholder. Related party revenue and expenses recorded on Consolidated Statements of Income for CMA CGM are up to May 27, 2022.

Time Charter Agreements

A number of the Company’s time charter arrangements were with CMA CGM, representing  14.9% of gross revenues for the period it was considered to be a related party in the year ended December 31, 2022, and 33.8% of gross
revenues in the year ended December 31, 2021. Under these time charters, hire is payable in advance and the daily rate is fixed for the duration of the charter. Revenues generated from charters to CMA CGM are disclosed separately in
the Consolidated Statements of Income.

F-36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

 14. Related Party Transactions (continued)

Ship Management Agreements

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Technomar Shipping Inc. (“Technomar”) is presented as a related party, as the Company’s Executive Chairman is a significant shareholder. The Company has currently a number of ship management agreements with Technomar under
which the ship manager is responsible for all day-to-day ship management, including crewing, purchasing stores, lubricating oils and spare parts, paying wages, pensions and insurance for the crew, and organizing other ship operating
necessities, including the arrangement and management of dry-docking. During 2022, Technomar provided all day-to-day technical ship management services for all but five (excluding GSL Amstel which was sold in March 23, 2023)
of  the  Twelve  Vessels.  Management  agreements  of  another  third-party  ship  manager  of  these  five  vessels  were  terminated  between  May  and  July  2023.  From  those  dates  and  onwards  Technomar  manages  the  five vessels.  The
management fees charged to the Company by third party managers for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, amounted to $981, $1,488 and $834, respectively, and are shown in “Vessels operating expenses” in the
Consolidated Statements of Income. Technomar continued to supervise management for the five outsourced vessels up to the termination of the underlying management agreements between May and July 2023.

The management fees charged to the Company by Technomar for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, amounted to $19,086, $16,642 and $15,294, respectively and are shown under “Vessels operating expenses-related
parties” in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Additionally, as of December 31, 2023, and 2022, outstanding receivables due from Technomar totaling $626 and $673, respectively, are presented under “Due from related parties”.

Conchart Commercial Inc. (“Conchart”) provides commercial management services to the Company pursuant to commercial management agreements. The Company’s Executive Chairman is the sole beneficial owner of Conchart.
Under  the  management  agreements,  Conchart,  is  responsible  for  (i)  marketing  of  the  Company’s  vessels,  (ii)  seeking  and  negotiating  employment  of  the  Company’s  vessels,  (iii)  advise  the  Company  on  market  developments,
developments  of  new  rules  and  regulations,  (iv)  assisting  in  calculation  of  hires,  freights,  demurrage  and/or  dispatch  monies  and  collection  any  sums  related  to  the  operation  of  vessels,  (v)  communicating  with  agents,  and  (vi)
negotiating sale and purchase transactions. For the 19 vessels that the Company acquired as a result of the Poseidon Transaction, excluding the Argos, the agreements were effective from the date of the completion of the Poseidon
Transaction; for the 19 vessels that were owned by the Company prior to the consummation of the Poseidon Transaction until the refinancing of 2022 Notes which took place on January 2021, an EBSA agreement was in place that was
terminated and replaced with commercial management agreements also same agreements applied to all vessels that have been delivered; for all new acquired vessels during 2019 and going forward, the agreements were effective upon
acquisition.

The fees charged to the Company by Conchart for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, amounted to $7,995 and $6,289 and $3,583, respectively, and are disclosed within “Time charter and voyage expenses-related
parties” in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Any outstanding fees due to Conchart are presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets under "Due to related parties" totaling to $717 and $572 as of December 31, 2023, and 2022,
respectively.

The Company as per commercial management agreements has agreed to pay to the commercial manager who shall be named broker in each memorandum of agreement (or equivalent agreement) providing for the sale of all vessels and
purchase of some vessels, a commission of 1.00% based on the sale and purchase price for any sale and purchase of a vessel, which shall be payable upon request of the commercial manager. 

F-37

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

 15. Commitments and Contingencies

Charter Hire Receivable

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

The Company has entered time charters for its vessels. The charter hire is fixed for the duration of the charter. The minimum contracted future charter hire receivable, net of address commissions, not allowing for any unscheduled off-
hire, assuming expiry at earliest possible dates and assuming options callable by the Company included in the charters are not exercised, for the 68 vessels as at December 31, 2023 is as follows:

December 31, 2024
December 31, 2025
December 31, 2026
December 31, 2027
Thereafter
Total minimum lease revenue, net of address commissions

16. Share Capital

Common shares

As of December 31, 2023, the Company has one class of Class A common shares.

$

$

Amount
613,536
381,601
267,162
196,577
130,783
1,589,659

Restricted stock units or incentive stock units have been granted to the Directors and management, under the Company’s Equity Incentive Plans, as part of their compensation arrangements (see note 17). In April 2020, the Company
issued 184,270 shares under grants made under the 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”). In 2023, 2022 and 2021, 440,698, 586,819 and 747,604 Class A common shares were issued under the 2019 Plan, respectively.

On January 11, 2021, the Board of Directors approved the initiation of a quarterly cash dividend of $0.12 per Class A Common Share, with effect from the first quarter of 2021.

On January 20, 2021, upon the redemption in full of the 2022 Notes, KEP VI (Newco Marine) Ltd. and KIA VIII (Newco Marine) Ltd. (together, “Kelso”), both affiliates of Kelso & Company, a U.S. private equity firm, exercised their
right to convert an aggregate of 250,000 Series C Perpetual Convertible Preferred Shares, representing all such shares outstanding, into Class A common shares of the Company, resulting in issuance of an aggregate of 12,955,188 Class
A common shares to Kelso.

On January 26, 2021, the Company completed its underwritten public offering of 5,400,000 Class A common shares, at a public offering price of $13.00 per share, for gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $70,200, prior to
deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and other offering expenses. The Company intended to use the net proceeds of the offering for funding the expansion of the Company’s fleet, general corporate purposes, and working
capital. On February 17, 2021, the Company issued an additional 141,959 Class A common shares in connection with the underwriters’ partial exercise of their option to purchase additional shares (together, the “January 2021 Equity
Offering”). The net proceeds the Company received in the January 2021 Equity Offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses, were approximately $67,758. On September 1, 2021, the Company
purchased 521,650 shares and retired them, reducing the issued and outstanding shares. In April 2022, September 2022 and October 2022, the Company repurchased 184,684, 568,835 and 307,121 Class A common shares, respectively,
reducing the issued and outstanding shares. During 2023, the Company repurchased 1,242,663 Class A common shares, reducing the issued and outstanding shares. As at December 31, 2023, the Company had 35,188,323 Class A
common shares outstanding.

F-38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

16. Share Capital (continued)

Common shares (continued)

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

On April 13, 2021, Kelso and Maas Capital Investments B.V. sold an aggregate of 5,175,000 Class A common shares which they held in an underwritten public offering at $12.50 per share (including 675,000 Class A common shares
that were sold pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise, in full of their option to purchase additional shares). The Company did not receive any proceeds from this sale of Class A Common Shares.

On  March  1,  2023,  the  Company  announced  a  dividend  of  $0.375  per  Class  A  common  share  from  the  earnings  of  the  fourth  quarter  of  2022  paid  on  March  6,  2023,  to  common  shareholders  of  record  as  of  February  22,  2023,
amounting to $13,351.

On May 10, 2023, the Company announced a dividend of $0.375 per Class A common share from the earnings of the first quarter of 2023 paid on June 2, 2023, to common shareholders of record as of May 24, 2023, amounting to
$13,340.

On August 3, 2023, the Company announced a dividend of $0.375 per Class A common share from the earnings of the second quarter of 2023 paid on September 4, 2023 to common shareholders of record as of August 23, 2023
amounting to $13,300.

On November 9, 2023, the Company announced a dividend of $0.375 per Class A common share from the earnings of the third quarter of 2023 paid on December 4, 2023, to common shareholders of record as of November 24, 2023,
amounting to $13,258.

Preferred shares

On August 20, 2014, the Company issued 1,400,000 Depositary Shares (the “Depositary Shares”), each of which represents 1/100th of one share of the Company’s 8.75% Series B Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares (“Series B
Preferred Shares”) representing an interest in 14,000 Series B Preferred Shares, par value $0.01 per share, with a liquidation preference of $2,500.00 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share) (NYSE:GSL-B), priced at
$25.00 per Depositary Share. The net proceeds from the offering were $33,497. Dividends are payable at 8.75% per annum in arrears on a quarterly basis. At any time after August 20, 2019 (or within 180 days after the occurrence of a
fundamental change), the Series B Preferred Shares may be redeemed, at the discretion of the Company, in whole or in part, at a redemption price of $2,500.00 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per depositary share).

These  shares  are  classified  as  Equity  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  The  dividends  payable  on  the  Series  B  Preferred  Shares  are  presented  as  a  reduction  of  Retained  Earnings  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes  in
Shareholders’ Equity, when and if declared by the Board of Directors. An initial dividend was declared on September 22, 2014, for the third quarter 2014. Dividends have been declared for all subsequent quarters.

On December 10, 2019, the Company entered into At Market Issuance Sales Agreement “ATM agreement” with B. Riley FBR under which the Company may, from time to time, issue additional Depositary Shares. Pursuant to the
Depositary Share ATM Program, in 2019, the Company issued 42,756 Depositary Shares (representing an interest in 428 Series B Preferred Shares) for net proceeds net of offering costs of $856. During year ended December 31, 2020,
the Company issued 839,442 Depositary Shares (representing an interest in 8,394 Series B Preferred Shares) for net proceeds net of offering costs of $18,847. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued 2,076,992
Depositary Shares for net proceeds net of offering costs of $51,234.

On December 29, 2022, the Company entered into a new ATM agreement with B. Riley Securities, Inc. (the “Agent”), pursuant to which the Company may offer and sell, from time to time, up to $150,000,000 of its Depositary Shares.
This new ATM Agreement terminated and replaced, in its entirety, the former at-the-market program that the Company had in place with the Agent for the Depositary Shares. No shares were issued under the new ATM Agreement
during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Up to December 31, 2023, and 2022, the Company had offering costs amounting to $nil and $300, respectively, and no sales had occurred under the new ATM Agreement. As of December 31, 2023, there were 4,359,190 Depositary
Shares outstanding, representing an interest in 43,592 Series B Preferred Shares.

F-39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

 17. Share-Based Compensation

On February 4, 2019, the Board of Directors adopted the 2019 Plan.

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

The purpose of the 2019 Plan is to provide directors, officers and employees, whose initiative and efforts are deemed to be important to the successful conduct of our business, with incentives to (a) enter into and remain in the service of
our company or our subsidiaries and affiliates, (b) acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, (c) maximize their performance and (d) enhance the long-term performance of our company. The 2019 Plan is administered
by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, or such other committee of the Board of Directors as may be designated by them. Unless terminated earlier by the Board of Directors, the 2019 Plan will expire 10 years from
the date on which it was adopted by the Board of Directors.

Following the adoption of the 2019 Plan, previous plans adopted in 2015 and 2008 were terminated.

In 2019, the Board of Directors approved awards to the Company’s executive officers under the 2019 Plan, providing those executive officers with the opportunity to receive up to 1,359,375 Class A common shares in aggregate. The
Board of Directors approved additional awards of 61,625 of Class A common shares to two other employees resulting in a total amount of awards of up to 1,421,000 shares. In July 2021, the Board of Directors approved the issuance of
17,720 shares to one member of senior management as a special bonus.

The  1,421,000  shares  of  incentive  stock  may  be  issued  pursuant  to  the  awards,  in  four tranches.  The  first  tranche  was  to  vest  conditioned  only  on  continued  service  over  the  three-year  period  which  commenced  January  1,  2019.
Tranches two, three and four would vest when the Company’s stock price exceeded $8.00, $11.00 and $14.00, respectively, over a 60-day period. The $8.00 threshold was achieved in January 2020, the $11.00 threshold was achieved in
January 2021 and the $14.00 threshold was achieved in March 2021. A total of 1,438,720 incentive shares had vested as at December 31, 2021, of which 931,874 and 408,096 had been issued in 2021 and 2022, respectively.

On  September  29,  2021,  the  Compensation  Committee  and  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  an  increase  in  the  aggregate  number  of  Class  A  common  shares  available  for  issuance  as  awards  under  the  2019  Plan  by  1,600,000 to
3,412,500,  and  approved  new  awards  to  senior  management,  totaling  1,500,000  shares  of  incentive  stock,  in  three  tranches,  with  a  grant  date  October  1,  2021.  The  first  tranche,  representing  55%  of  the  total,  is  to  vest  quarterly
conditioned only on continued service over the four-year period which commenced October 1, 2021. Tranches two and three, each representing 22.5% of the total, were to vest quarterly up to September 30, 2025, once the Company’s
stock price exceeded $27.00 and $30.00, respectively, over a 60-day period. The Compensation Committee and Board of Directors also approved an increase the maximum number of Class A common shares that each non-employee
director may be granted in any one year to 25,000 and subsequently approved stock-based awards to the then seven non-executive directors totaling 105,000 shares of incentive stock, or 15,000 each, to vest in a similar manner to those
awarded to senior management.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, 28,528 unvested share awards were cancelled or withdrawn on the resignations of two directors and an award of 13,780 was made to one new director to vest in a similar manner to the other
awards, with the first tranche adjusted for the date of appointment of the director.

As at December 31, 2022, 3,028,972 incentive Class A common shares had been awarded under the 2019 Plan leaving 383,528 Class A common shares available to be awarded under the 2019 Plan.

In March 2023, the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors, approved an amendment to the stock-based awards agreed in September 2021 for senior management and non-employee directors such that 10% of the second
tranche would be forfeit with the remaining 90% vesting from April 2023 and quarterly thereafter with the last such vesting to be October 2025. The price at which the third tranche is to vest was amended to $21.00, over a 60-day
period. All other terms of the awards remain unchanged.

During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, 399,727, 218,366 and 55,175 incentive shares vested, respectively, under the amended September 2021 awards. A total of 2,111,988 incentive shares under both plans had
vested as at December 31, 2023. Of the total incentive shares which vested under both plans up to December 31, 2023, 152,598 had not been issued.

F-40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

17. Share-Based Compensation (continued)

Share based awards since January 1, 2022, are summarized as follows:

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Unvested as at January 1, 2022
Vested in year ended December 31, 2022
Cancelled in May 2022
Unvested as at December 31, 2022
Vested in year ended December 31, 2023
Forfeit in March 2023
Unvested as at December 31, 2023

Number

Restricted Stock Units
Number of Units
Weighted Average
Fair Value
on Grant Date

Actual Fair
Value on
Vesting Date

1,549,825
(218,366)
(14,748)
1,316,711
(399,727)
(35,771)
881,213

$

$

$

22.35
n/a
n/a
22.35
n/a
n/a
22.35

n/a
19.36
n/a
n/a
18.87
n/a
n/a

Using the graded vesting method of expensing the restricted stock unit grants, the weighted average fair value of the stock units is recognized as compensation costs in the Consolidated Statements of Income over the vesting period.
The fair value of the restricted stock units for this purpose is calculated by multiplying the number of stock units by the fair value of the shares at the grant date. The Company has not factored any anticipated forfeiture into these
calculations based on the limited number of participants.

For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Company recognized a total of $10,189, $10,104, and $3,510, respectively, in respect of stock-based compensation.

18. Earnings per Share

Under  the  two-class  method,  net  income,  if  any,  is  first  reduced  by  the  amount  of  dividends  declared  in  respect  of  common  shares  for  the  current  period,  if  any,  and  the  remaining  earnings  are  allocated  to  common  shares  and
participating securities to the extent that each security can share the earnings assuming all earnings for the period are distributed.

Earnings are only allocated to participating securities in a period of net income if, based on the contractual terms, the relevant common shareholders have an obligation to participate in such earnings. As a result, earnings are only
allocated to the Class A common shareholders.

At December 31, 2023 and 2022, there were 881,213 and 1,316,711, respectively, shares of incentive share grants unvested as part of senior management’s and non-executive directors incentive awards approved on September 29, 2021.

F-41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

18. Earnings per Share (continued)

Numerator:
Net income available to common shareholders:
Class A, basic and diluted

Denominator:
Class A Common shares
Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Plus weighted average number of RSUs with service conditions
Common share and common share equivalents, dilutive

Basic earnings per share:
Class A

Diluted earnings per share:
Class A

19. Subsequent events

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

December 31,
2021

$

294,964

$

283,389

$

163,232

35,405,458
523,464
35,928,922

8.33

8.21

36,603,134
601,211
37,204,345

7.74

7.62

35,125,003
383,012
35,508,015

4.65

4.60

On January 3, 2024, the Company approved new awards to a non-employee director amounting to 4,884 shares of incentive stock.

On January 3, 2024, and January 26, 2024, respectively, Mary was renamed to Colombia Express and Beethoven was renamed to GSL Chloe.

From January 1, 2024, and up to March 15, 2024, the Company repurchased a total of 242,372 common shares for a total investment of $4,812.

In February 2024, the Company declared a dividend of $0.375 per Class A common share from the earnings of the fourth quarter of 2023 to be paid on March 6, 2024, to common shareholders of record as of February 22, 2024.

 F-42

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 1.3 

As Adopted on March 14, 2024

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE, INC.

ARTICLE I
OFFICES

Section 1.1              Registered Office. The registered office of Global Ship Lease, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the Republic of the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405,

Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960.

Section 1.2              Other Offices. The Corporation may also have an office or offices within or without the Republic of the Marshall Islands at such other place or places as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the

“Board of Directors”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

Section 2.1              Place of Meetings. Meetings of the of the shareholders of the Corporation for any purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the Republic of the Marshall Islands, as shall be

designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2.2              Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held on such day and at such time and place within or without the Republic of the Marshall Islands as the Board of Directors
may determine for the purpose of electing directors and/or transacting any other proper business. The Chairman of the Board of Directors (the “Chairman”) or, in the Chairman’s absence, another person designated by the Board of
Directors, shall act as chairman of all annual meetings of shareholders.

Section 2.3              Nature of Business at Annual Meeting of Shareholders. No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders, other than business that is either (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any
supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof); (ii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any
duly  authorized  committee  thereof);  or  (iii)  otherwise  properly  brought  before  the  annual  meeting  by  any  shareholder  of  the  Corporation  who  (x)  is  a  shareholder  of  record  on  the  date  of  the  giving  of  the  notice  provided  for  in
Section 2.6 of this Article II and has remained a shareholder of record through the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (y) gives timely notice thereof in proper written form as set
forth in Section 2.5 of this Article II to the Secretary of the Corporation (the “Secretary”).

No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of shareholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article II, provided, however, that, once business has
been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Article II shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any shareholder of any such business. If the chairman of an annual meeting
determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman of the meeting shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the
meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

Section 2.4              Special Meetings. Unless otherwise required by law or the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended or restated from time to time (the “Articles of Incorporation”), special meetings of the
shareholders, for any purpose or purposes may be called only by the Chairman or by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice. The Chairman, or
in the Chairman’s absence, another person designated by the Board of Directors, shall act as the chairman of all special meetings of the shareholders. If the chairman of the special meeting determines that business was not properly
brought before the special meeting in accordance with this Article II, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

Section 2.5             

1

 
 
 
Shareholder Notice. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first
anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders.

To be in proper written form, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought
before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such shareholder, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned
beneficially or of record by such shareholder, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business
by such shareholder and any material interest of such shareholder in such business and (v) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.
In addition, notwithstanding anything in this Article II to the contrary, a shareholder intending to nominate one or more persons for election as a director at an annual meeting must comply with Section 3.4 of these Bylaws for such
nomination or nominations to be properly brought before such meeting.

Section 2.6              Notice of Meetings. Unless otherwise required by law or the Articles of Incorporation, notice of every annual and special meeting of shareholders shall state the date, hour, place and purpose of such
meeting, and in the case of special meetings, shall also include the name of the person or persons at whose direction the notice is being issued, and shall be given personally or sent by mail, telegraph, cablegram, telex, teleprinter or
electronic transmission at least fifteen (15) but not more than sixty (60) days before such meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat and to each shareholder of record who, by reason of any action proposed at such
meeting would be entitled to have his, her or its shares appraised if such action were taken, and the notice shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect. If mailed, notice shall be deemed to have been given when deposited
in the mail, directed to the shareholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the record of shareholders of the Corporation or at such address as to which the shareholder has given notice to the Secretary. Without limiting the
manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to shareholders, any notice to shareholders may be given by mail, facsimile or electronic transmission to his, her or its last known address or facsimile number or by any other
form of electronic transmission in the manner now or hereafter provided in Section 65 of the Republic of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (the “BCA”) or any other applicable provision of the BCA.

Section 2.7              Waiver of Notice. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a shareholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice
is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of
notice except attendance for the sole purpose of protesting, prior to the conclusion of the meeting, the lack of notice of such meeting.

Section 2.8              Shareholder List. The Secretary shall prepare, certify and make a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order with the address of and the number of voting

shares registered in the name of each. Such list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any shareholder who is present.

Section 2.9              Quorum. Unless otherwise required by law or the Articles of Incorporation, at all meetings of shareholders there must be present either in person or by proxy shareholders of record holding at least a
majority of the shares of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meetings in order to constitute a quorum, but if less than a quorum is present, a majority of those shares present either in person or by proxy
shall have power to adjourn any meeting until a quorum shall be present.

Section 2.10           Adjournments. Any meeting of shareholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting
if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that may have been transacted at the original meeting. If the meeting is
adjourned for lack of quorum, notice of the new meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after an adjournment a new record date is
fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record on the new record date entitled to notice in Section 2.6 of this Article II.

Section 2.11           Vote Required. At any meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present, all matters shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast by the shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote,

unless the matter is one for

2

 
 
 
 
which, by express provision of statute, of the Articles of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the determination of such matter.

Section 2.12           Voting. Except as otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation, every shareholder shall have one vote for each share registered in his, her or its name. Each shareholder may exercise such voting right
either in person or by proxy, provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date such proxy was authorized unless otherwise provided in the proxy. A duly executed proxy shall be
irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands to support an irrevocable power. A shareholder may revoke any proxy that
is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation.

Section 2.13           Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be

taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

The consent shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in

which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

Section 2.14           Fixing of Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may
fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than fifteen (15) days
prior to the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the shareholders shall be at the close of business on the
day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of the shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 3.1              Powers. The Board of Directors shall have the powers set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 3.2              Number and Class. The number of persons constituting the Board of Directors shall be as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 3.3              Election. Directors shall be elected in the manner set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS

Section 3.4              Nomination of Directors. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in
the Articles of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred shares of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of
Directors may be made at any annual meeting of shareholders (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any shareholder of the Corporation (i) who is a shareholder of record
on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 3.4 and on the record date for the determination of shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting and (ii) who timely complies with the notice procedures in proper written
form to the Secretary as set forth in this Section 3.4.

To be timely, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one-hundred twenty (120) days

prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders.

3

 
 
 
To be in proper written form, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth; (a) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence
address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other information
relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and (b) as to the shareholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such shareholder, (ii) the class or series and number
of shares of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person and
persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such shareholder, (iv) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or
persons named in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for
election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and
to serve as a director if elected.

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.4. If the chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not

made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Section 3.5              Resignations. Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time, by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the
Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect after receipt of the applicable notice of resignation by the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation at the time
specified in such notice or, if no time is specified, immediately upon receipt of such notice by the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in such
notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.6              Removal. Directors shall be removed in the manner set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 3.7              Vacancies. Vacancies shall be filled in the manner set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 3.8              Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall appoint, from time to time, one of the directors to serve as the Chairman. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and
of the Board of Directors and shall perform all duties as usually appertain to the office and such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Chairman may enter into and execute in the name of
the Corporation powers of attorney, contracts, bonds and other obligations which implement policies established by the Board of Directors. If the directors have elected an Executive Chairman, the Executive Chairman shall be the
Chairman, and the Chairman shall have the additional authorities and duties described in Section 5.2 of these Bylaws. The Chairman shall be subject to the control of and may be removed from such office by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.9              Annual Meetings. The Board of Directors shall meet for the election of officers and the transaction of other business as soon as practicable after each annual meeting of the shareholders, and/or at such time
and place as specified in the notice for the meeting. No notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event such meeting is not so held, the
meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.10           Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, within or without the Republic of the Marshall Islands, as shall from time to time be

determined by Board of Directors resolution or by consent in writing of all the directors.

Section 3.11           Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called only by the Chairman or by resolution of the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the

time and place, within or without the Republic of the Marshall Islands, specified in the notices thereof.

Section 3.12          

4

 
 
 
Notice of Special Meeting. Notice of the date, time and place of each special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to such meeting, unless the notice is given orally or
delivered in person, in which case it shall be given at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to such meeting. For the purpose of this section, notice shall be deemed to be duly given to a director if given to him or her personally (including
by telephone) or if such notice be delivered to such director by mail, facsimile or electronic transmission to his or her last known address or facsimile number. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who submits a signed
waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting the lack of notice to him or her prior to the conclusion of such meeting.

Section 3.13           Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors at the time in office, present in person, by proxy or by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by
means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn
the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 3.14           Organization. Meetings shall be presided over by the Chairman, or in the absence of the Chairman, by such other person as the directors may select. The Board of Directors shall keep contemporaneous, full

and accurate written minutes of its meetings. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the absence of the Secretary, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 3.15           Voting. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all matters presented to the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) shall be approved by a vote of
the majority of the directors, present in person, by proxy or by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, at any meeting of the
Board of Directors (or such committee) at which a quorum is present.

Section 3.16           Action By Directors Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, whenever the vote of the directors at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be
taken in connection with any corporate action by any provisions of the statutes or of the Articles of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, the meeting and vote of the directors may be dispensed with if all the directors who would be entitled
to vote upon the action, if such meeting were held, shall consent in writing to such corporate action being taken.

Section 3.17           Directors’ Meeting by Conference Telephone or Other Communication Equipment. Any one or more members of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such
Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means
shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

Section 3.18           Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors for their services. A director may also serve the Corporation in other capacities and receive compensation

therefor.

Section 3.19           Interested Directors. No contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, firm, association or other entity in
which one or more of its directors are directors or officers, or have a substantial financial interest, shall be either void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or directors are present at or participate in the
meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which approves such contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to such director’s interest in such
contract or transaction and as to any such common directorship, officership or financial interest are disclosed in good faith or known to the Board of Directors or the committee and the Board of Directors or committee approves such
contract or transaction by a vote sufficient for such purpose without counting the vote of such interested director, or, if the votes of the disinterested directors are insufficient to constitute an act of the Board of Directors as defined in
Section 55 of the BCA, by unanimous vote of the disinterested directors or (ii) the material facts as to such director’s interest in such contract or transaction and as to any such common directorship, officership or financial interest are
disclosed in good faith or known to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and such contract or transaction is approved by vote of the shareholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a
quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which approves such contract or transaction.

Section 4.1             

ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES

5

 
 
 
Constitution and Powers. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors, designate one or more
committees (in addition to the mandatory Standing Committees as defined and as set forth in Section 4.2). Each committee shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation and the composition of each such other committee
shall be in compliance with the applicable Requirements (as defined herein). With respect to all Board of Directors Committees (including Standing Committees), the Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate
members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. With respect to all committees of the Board of Directors (including Standing Committees), in the absence or
disqualification of a member of a committee of the Board of Directors, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof
present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any
absent or disqualified member. Any committee (including any Standing Committee), to the extent permitted by law (including the Requirements (as defined below)) and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have
and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it. Each
committee (including each Standing Committee) shall keep regular, accurate and complete minutes and, when required, report to the Board of Directors.

Section  4.2                            Standing Committees.  The  Board  of  Directors  shall  have  the  following  standing  committees:  (a)  an  Audit  Committee,  (b)  a  Compensation  Committee  and  (c)  a  Nominating/Corporate  Governance
Committee (together, the “Standing Committees”), and such other committees as may be required from time to time by the stock exchange listing requirements applicable to the Corporation (the “Requirements”). The Audit Committee,
the Compensation Committee and the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee (and such other Standing Committees as may be mandated by the Requirements) shall be composed entirely of “independent directors” within the
meaning of the Requirements applicable to such committee, and the composition of each such Standing Committee shall be in compliance with the applicable Requirements. Each Standing Committee shall have a written charter, which
shall be approved by the Board of Directors and state the purpose and authority of such committee.

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

Section 5.1              Officers. The Board of Directors shall appoint a Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint from time to time such other officers as, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, are desirable for the conduct
of the business of the Corporation including, without limitation, an Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and/or Chief Financial Officer. Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same person unless otherwise prohibited
by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. Unless otherwise specified herein, each of the officers of the Corporation will have such authority and will perform such duties as are customarily incident to their respective offices
or as may be specified from time to time by the Executive Chairman or the Board of Directors.

Section 5.2              Executive Chairman. The Board of Directors may, but is not required to, appoint from time to time one of the directors to serve in the role of Executive Chairman. The Executive Chairman, if one is so
appointed by the Board of Directors, shall act as liaison between the Board of Directors and the executive officers of the Corporation and shall be responsible for general oversight of such executive officers. The Executive Chairman
shall formulate and submit to the Board of Directors matters of general policy for the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as usually appertain to the office as the highest-ranking executive officer of the Corporation or as
may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, and shall report directly to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.3              Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer, if appointed, shall be the principal executive officer of the Corporation and shall have such powers and perform such duties as are customarily incident
to the office of the Chief Executive Officer of a corporation, and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Executive Chairman or the Board of Directors, or as may be provided by law, provided,
however, that the Chief Executive Officer shall not have supervisory authority over the Executive Chairman. The Chief Executive Officer shall report directly to the Executive Chairman and the Board of Directors; provided, however,
that if there is no Executive Chairman, then the Chief Executive Officer shall report directly to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.4              Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer, if appointed, shall be the principal financial officer of the Corporation and shall have such powers and perform such duties as are customarily incident to
the office of the Chief Financial Officer of a corporation, and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Executive Chairman or the Board of Directors, or as may be provided by law, and shall report
directly to the Executive Chairman and the Board of Directors;

6

 
 
 
provided, however, that if there is no Executive Chairman, then the Chief Financial Officer shall report directly to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.5              Secretary. Unless otherwise decided by the Board of Directors, the Secretary shall act as secretary of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors at which he or she is present, shall have
supervision over the giving and serving of notices of the Corporation, shall be the custodian of the corporate records and of the corporate seal of the Corporation, shall be empowered to affix the corporate seal to those documents, and
shall, in general, have all authority incident to the office of Secretary and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Executive Chairman or the Board of Directors.

Section 5.6              Removal. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors at any meeting thereof or by any superior officer upon whom such power may be conferred by the Board of

Directors.

Section 5.7              Resignation. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary in writing or by electronic transmission. Any such

resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or if no time is specified, immediately. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 5.8              Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause may be filled at any time by the Board of Directors, or if such officer was appointed by the

Executive Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer, then by the Executive Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer, as appropriate.

ARTICLE VI
FORM OF SHARES; ISSUANCE OF SHARES; SHARE CERTIFICATES

Section 6.1              Registered Form. The shares shall be represented by certificates in form meeting the requirements of law and approved by the Board of Directors; provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation
may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares and adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares by electronic or other means not
involving any issuance of certificates, including provisions for notice to purchasers in substitution for any required statements on certificates, and as may be required by applicable corporate securities laws, which system has been
approved by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Any system so adopted shall not become effective as to issued and outstanding certificated securities until the certificates therefor have been surrendered to the
Corporation.

Section 6.2              Terms and Conditions of Issuance. Subject to the terms of the Articles of Incorporation, shares of the Corporation may be issued at such times, for such considerations and on such terms as may be

established from time to time by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion without the approval of the shareholders.

Section 6.3              Number of Shares Represented by Certificates. Share certificates may be issued to represent more than one share. If shares held by a shareholder are represented by one share certificate, and if such

shareholder disposes of part of his, her or its shares, such shareholder shall be entitled to request the issuance of a share certificate representing such shareholder’s remaining shares.

ARTICLE VII
LOST AND MUTILATED CERTIFICATES

If any shareholder can prove to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors or any transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation, that any share certificate has been mutilated, mislaid or destroyed, then, at such shareholder’s
written request, a duplicate may be issued by the Board of Directors or any transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may deem fit. Upon the issuance of the duplicate share
certificate (on which it shall be noted that such certificate is a duplicate), the original share certificate shall be null and void vis-à-vis the Corporation. A mutilated share certificate may be exchanged for a duplicate certificate upon
delivery of the mutilated certificate to the Board of Directors or any transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

7

 
 
 
SHAREHOLDERS REGISTER; TRANSFER OF SHARES; NOTICES

Section 8.1              Shareholders Register. The Board of Directors, or registrar or transfer agent designated pursuant to Section 8.5, shall keep a shareholders register (the “Register”), which contains the names and addresses of
all registered shareholders, the number and class of shares held by each shareholder, and the dates when the shareholders became owners of record. The Board of Directors shall regularly maintain the Register, including the registration
in the Register of any issue, transfer and cancellation of shares.

Section 8.2              Addresses to be Furnished, Etc. Each shareholder is required to provide his, her or its address to the Corporation. The Corporation shall be entitled for all purposes to rely on the name and address of the
aforementioned persons as entered in the Register. Such person may at any time change his, her or its address as entered in the Register by means of a written notification to the Corporation at its principal office, or any transfer agent or
registrar of the Corporation.

Section 8.3              Access to Register. At the request of a shareholder, the Board of Directors shall furnish an extract of the Register, free of charge, insofar as it relates to such person’s interest in a share.

Section 8.4              Location of Register. The Register shall be kept by the Board of Directors at the Corporation’s principal office, or by a registrar or transfer agent designated thereto by the Board of Directors at such other
location as it may deem fit. In case the Register is kept at any location other than the Corporation’s principal office, then the registrar or transfer agent shall be obligated to send to the principal office of the Corporation a copy thereof
from time to time. In case a registrar or transfer agent is appointed by the Board of Directors, then such registrar or transfer agent shall be authorized and, as the case may be, obligated to exercise the rights and fulfill the obligations set
out in this Article VIII with respect to the Register.

Section 8.5              Transfer of Shares. The Board shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issuance, registration and transfer of certificates representing

shares of the Corporation’s stock, and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section 9.1              Books of Account. The Board of Directors shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Corporation and in particular with respect to all assets and liabilities of the

Corporation.

ARTICLE IX
BOOKS AND RECORDS

Section 9.2              Minutes. The Board of Directors shall cause minutes to be duly entered in the books provided for the purpose:

(i)              of all elections and appointments of officers;

(ii)            of the names of the directors present at each meeting of the Board of Directors and of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors; and

(iii)           of all resolutions and proceedings of general and special meetings of the Board of Directors and committees appointed by the Board of Directors.

Section 9.3              Place Where Books of Account and Minutes are Kept. The Corporation shall maintain its books of account and minutes at its registered office, or subject to the provisions of the BCA, at such other place as

the Board of Directors deems fit.

Section 10.1           Term of Financial Year. The financial year of the Corporation shall run from the first day of January of each year up to and including the last day of December of such year.

Section 10.2          

8

ARTICLE X
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 
 
 
Seal. The seal of the Corporation, if any, shall be circular in form, with the name of the Corporation in the circumference and such other appropriate legend as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

Section 10.3           Section Headings. Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 10.4           Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Articles of Incorporation, the BCA or any other applicable law, the provision of

these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

Section 10.5           Electronic Transmission. For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may

be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENTS

Section 11.1           By the Shareholders. These Bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding Common Shares entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of

shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented.

Section 11.2           By the Directors. These Bylaws may, subject to provisions of applicable law, be adopted, amended and repealed without a vote of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of
Directors at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, except that the provisions of Section 11.1 may be amended only by the affirmative vote of holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding Common
Shares entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented.

ARTICLE XII
EXCLUSIVE FORUM

Section 12.1           Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for any Corporate Claim related to the Corporation shall
be the High Court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. As used herein, “Corporate Claim” means any internal corporate claim, intra-corporate claim, or claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine including, but not limited to: (i)
any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or shareholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the
Corporation’s shareholders; and (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the BCA or the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws (in each case, as amended from time to time).

Section 12.2           Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum and subject to Section 12.1, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for any claim arising under
the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act and any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder (in each case, as amended from time to time) shall be the United States District Court for the Southern District of
New York (or if such court does not have jurisdiction over such claim, any other federal district court of the United States).

Section 12.3           To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and
consented to the provisions of this Article XII. If any provision in this Article XII is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, the legality, validity or enforceability of the rest of these Bylaws shall not be affected
and this Article XII shall be interpreted and construed to the maximum extent possible to apply in the relevant jurisdiction with whatever modification or deletion may be necessary so as best to give effect to the intention of the
Corporation.

 
 
Exhibit 2.3

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Global Ship Lease, Inc. (the “Company”) had the following classes of securities registered under Section 12 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”):

(1)       Class A common shares, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class A common shares”);

(2)       8.75% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Shares (the “Series B Preferred Shares”); and

(3)       Depositary Shares, each of which represents 1/100th interest in a share of Series B Preferred Shares (the “Depositary Shares”).

The  following  description  sets  forth  certain  material  provisions  of  these  securities.  The  following  summary  does  not  purport  to  be  complete  and  is  subject  to,  and  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by  reference  to,  the  applicable
provisions of (i) the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended (the “Articles of Incorporation”), (ii) the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”); and (iii) the Certificate of
Designation of the 8.75% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Shares, filed with the Registrar or Deputy Registrar of Corporations of the Republic of the Marshall Islands effective August 19, 2014, as amended by the
Certificate of Amendment effective December 9, 2019, and as further amended by the Certificate of Amendment effective December 28, 2022 (as amended, the “Certificate of Designation”), each of which is incorporated by reference
as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of which this Exhibit is a part. We encourage you to refer to the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, and Certificate of Designation, as applicable, for additional information.

Under our Articles of Incorporation, our authorized capital stock consists of 249 million registered common shares, of which 214 million are designated as Class A common shares, par value $0.01 per share, 20 million are
designated as Class B common shares, par value $0.01 and 15 million are designated as Class C common shares, par value $0.01. The Company is authorized to issue up to one million registered preferred shares, par value $0.01 per
share.

DESCRIPTION OF COMMON SHARES

The Class A common shares have the voting rights described below under “Voting Rights” and the dividend rights described below under “Dividend Rights”, subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding
preferred  shares.  Holders  of  our  Class  A  common  shares  do  not  have  solely  by  reason  thereof  conversion  or  redemption  rights  or  any  preemptive  rights  to  subscribe  for  any  of  our  unissued  securities  pursuant  to  our  Articles  of
Incorporation. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our Class A common shares are subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred shares.

Voting Rights

Our common shares each have one vote and vote together as a single class except that any amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, including those made pursuant to the terms of any merger, consolidation or similar
transaction, that would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized common shares of a class, increase or decrease the par value of common shares of a class, or alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the class
of common shares so as to affect them adversely, must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of such class of common shares then outstanding, voting separately as a class.
Our directors are elected by the vote of the majority of the votes cast of the common shares, voting as a single class with respect to each director. For purposes thereof, a majority of the votes cast means that the number of shares voted
“for” a director must exceed the number of votes cast against that director. A majority of the outstanding common shares shall constitute a quorum. Our Articles of Incorporation prohibits cumulative voting. We have no Class B or Class
C common shares outstanding.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred shares, holders of Class A common shares are entitled to receive ratably all dividends, if any, declared by our board of directors out of funds legally

available for dividends.

Liquidation Rights

Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if

any, the holders of our common shares are entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

Limitations on Ownership

Under Marshall Islands law generally and our Articles of Incorporation, there are no limitations on the right of non-residents of the Marshall Islands or owners who are not citizens of the Marshall Islands to hold or vote our

common shares.

Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Several provisions included in the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions were intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and
enhance the ability of the board of directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or
prevent (1) the merger or acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, that a shareholder may consider in its best interest, and (2) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Blank check preferred stock

The Articles of Incorporation authorize the issuance of one million blank check preferred shares with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the board of directors. The board of
directors may issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control or the removal of its management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued common shares and preferred shares are available
for future issuances without shareholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but
unissued and unreserved common shares and preferred shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Classified Board of Directors

Our Articles of Incorporation provides for a board of directors serving staggered, three-year terms. Approximately one-third of our board of directors are elected each year. This classified board of directors provision could
discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of the board of directors from removing a majority of the board
of directors for two years. Our Articles of Incorporation also prohibits cumulative voting.

Calling of Special Meetings of Shareholders

Our Bylaws provide that special meetings of our shareholders may be called only by the Chairman of the board of directors or by resolution of the board of directors. Accordingly, a shareholder will be prevented from calling a

special meeting for shareholder consideration of a proposal unless scheduled by our board of directors and shareholder consideration of a proposal may be delayed until the next annual meeting.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our  Bylaws  provide  that  shareholders  seeking  to  nominate  candidates  for  election  as  directors  or  to  bring  business  before  an  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  must  provide  timely  notice  of  their  proposal  in  writing  to  the

corporate secretary.

Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of
shareholders.  Our  bylaws  also  specify  requirements  as  to  the  form  and  content  of  a  shareholder’s  notice.  These  provisions  may  impede  shareholders’  ability  to  bring  matters  before  an  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  or  make
nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

Business combinations

Although  the  Marshall  Islands  Business  Corporations  Act  (the  “BCA”)  does  not  contain  specific  provisions  regarding  “business  combinations”  between  companies  organized  under  the  laws  of  the  Marshall  Islands  and
“interested shareholders,” the Articles of Incorporation includes applicable provisions that prohibit us from engaging in a business transaction with an interested shareholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in
which the person became an interested shareholder, unless:

•

•

•

prior to the date of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction
that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder;

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the  interested  shareholder  owned  at  least  85%  of  the  voting  shares  of  the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and
authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting shares that are not owned by the interested shareholder.

For the purpose of these provisions, a “business combination” includes mergers, consolidations, exchanges, asset sales, leases and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested shareholder and an “interested

shareholder” is any person or entity that beneficially owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting shares and any person or entity affiliated with or controlling or controlled by that person or entity.

Listing

The Class A common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), under the symbol “GSL.”

Forum Selection

Our Bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the High Court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands shall be the sole and exclusive forum
for any internal corporate claim, intra-corporate claim, or claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, including (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of
a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or shareholder of the Company to the Company or the Company’s shareholders, and (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the BCA or our Articles
of Incorporation or Bylaws. Our Bylaws further provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, and except as otherwise provided above, the United States District Court for the Southern District of
New York (or, if such court does not have jurisdiction over such claim, any other federal district court of the United States) shall be the shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any claim arising under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Exchange Act. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act and the
rules and regulations thereunder and Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and
accordingly, we cannot be certain that a court would enforce our forum selection provisions. It is possible that a court could find our forum selection provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable, and, accordingly, we could be required
to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions, incur additional costs, or otherwise not receive the benefits that we expect our forum selection provisions to provide.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any person or entity holding, owning, or otherwise acquiring any shares of capital stock of us shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum selection provisions in our Bylaws. Although our forum selection
provisions shall not relieve us of our statutory duties to comply with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, and our shareholders are not deemed to have waived our compliance with these laws, rules, and
regulations,  as  applicable,  our  forum  selection  provisions  may  limit  a  shareholder’s  ability  to  bring  a  claim  in  a  judicial  forum  that  it  finds  favorable  for  disputes  with  us  or  our  directors,  officers,  or  other  employees,  which  may
discourage such lawsuits with respect to such claims.

Marshall Islands Company Considerations

Our corporate affairs are governed by our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and by the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. While the
BCA also provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall
Islands  and  we  cannot  predict  whether  Marshall  Islands  courts  would  reach  the  same  conclusions  as  courts  in  the  United  States.  As  a  result,  you  may  have  more  difficulty  protecting  your  interests  in  the  face  of  actions  by  our
management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction which has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between the
statutory provisions of the BCA and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware relating to shareholders’ rights.

Held at a time and place as designated in the bylaws.

May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so
designated, as determined by the board of directors.

Marshall Islands

Delaware

Shareholder Meetings

Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may
be authorized by the articles of incorporation or by the bylaws.

Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be
authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.

May be held within or without the Marshall Islands.

May be held within or without Delaware.

Notice:

Notice:

Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, written notice of the meeting shall be given
which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is an annual meeting, indicate that it is
being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting. Notice of a special meeting shall also state
the purpose for which the meeting is called.

Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given
which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any.

A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given personally, sent by mail or by electronic mail not less than 15
nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  articles  of  incorporation,  any  action  required  to  be  taken  at  a  meeting  of
shareholders  may  be  taken  without  a  meeting,  without  prior  notice  and  without  a  vote,  if  a  consent  in  writing,
setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter
thereof, or if the articles of incorporation so provide, by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the
minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares
entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Any action required to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent for such
action is in writing and is signed by shareholders having not fewer than the minimum number of votes that would
be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present
and voted.

Shareholders’ Voting Rights

Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.

Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation or bylaws, a majority of shares entitled to vote constitutes
a quorum. In no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting.

For stock  corporations,  the  certificate  of  incorporation  or  bylaws  may  specify  the  number  of  shares  required  to
constitute  a  quorum  but  in  no  event  shall  a  quorum  consist  of  less  than  one-third  of  shares  entitled  to  vote  at  a
meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.

When  a  quorum  is  once  present  to  organize  a  meeting,  it  is  not  broken  by  the  subsequent  withdrawal  of  any
shareholders.

When  a  quorum  is  once  present  to  organize  a  meeting,  it  is  not  broken  by  the  subsequent  withdrawal  of  any
shareholders.

The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.

The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.

Any  two  or  more  domestic  corporations  may  merge  into  a  single  corporation  if  approved  by  the  board  and  if
authorized by a majority vote of the holders of outstanding shares at a shareholder meeting.

Any two or more corporations existing under the laws of the state may merge into a single corporation pursuant to a
board resolution and upon the majority vote by shareholders of each constituent corporation at an annual or special
meeting.

Merger or Consolidation

Any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation, if not made in the
corporation’s usual or regular course of business, once approved by the board, shall be authorized by the affirmative
vote of two-thirds of the shares of those entitled to vote at a shareholder meeting.

Every corporation may at any meeting of the board sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and
assets as its board deems expedient and for the best interests of the corporation when so authorized by a resolution
adopted by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote.

Any  domestic  corporation  owning  at  least  90%  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  each  class  of  another  domestic
corporation  may  merge  such  other  corporation  into  itself  without  the  authorization  of  the  shareholders  of  any
corporation.

Any corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another corporation may merge the
other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations without the vote or consent of shareholders; however,
in case the parent corporation is not the surviving corporation, the proposed merger shall be approved by a majority
of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation entitled to vote at a duly called shareholder meeting.

Any  mortgage,  pledge  of  or  creation  of  a  security  interest  in  all  or  any  part  of  the  corporate  property  may  be
authorized  without  the  vote  or  consent  of  the  shareholders,  unless  otherwise  provided  for  in  the  articles  of
incorporation.

Any mortgage or pledge of a corporation’s property and assets may be authorized without the vote or consent of
shareholders, except to the extent that the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The board of directors must consist of at least one member.

The board of directors must consist of at least one member.

Directors

The number of board members may be changed by an amendment to the bylaws, by the shareholders, or by action
of the board under the specific provisions of a bylaw.

The number of board members shall be fixed by, or in a manner provided by, the bylaws, unless the certificate of
incorporation  fixes  the  number  of  directors,  in  which  case  a  change  in  the  number  shall  be  made  only  by  an
amendment to the certificate of incorporation.

If the board is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by a majority of the entire board and
so long as no decrease in the number shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

If the number of directors is fixed by the certificate of incorporation, a change in the number shall be made only by
an amendment of the certificate.

Removal:

Removal:

Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the shareholders.

Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled
to vote unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

If the articles of incorporation or the bylaws so provide, any or all of the directors may be removed without cause
by vote of the shareholders.

In the case of a classified board, shareholders may effect removal of any or all directors only for cause.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal

Shareholders have a right to dissent from any plan of merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets
not made in the usual course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. However, the right of
a dissenting shareholder under the BCA to receive payment of the appraised fair value of his shares shall not be
available for the shares of any class or series of stock, which shares or depository receipts in respect thereof, at the
record  date  fixed  to  determine  the  shareholders  entitled  to  receive  notice  of  and  to  vote  at  the  meeting  of  the
shareholders to act upon the agreement of merger or consolidation, were either (i) listed on a securities exchange or
admitted for trading on an interdealer quotation system or (ii) held of record by more than 2,000 holders. The right
of a dissenting shareholder to receive payment of the fair value of his or her shares shall not be available for any
shares of stock of the constituent corporation surviving a merger if the merger did not require for its approval the
vote of the shareholders of the surviving corporation.

6

Appraisal  rights  shall  be  available  for  the  shares  of  any  class  or  series  of  stock  of  a  corporation  in  a  merger  or
consolidation, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national
securities exchange in which listed stock is offered for consideration is (i) listed on a national securities exchange or
(ii) held of record by more than 2,000 holders.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A  holder  of  any  adversely  affected  shares  who  does  not  vote  on  or  consent  in  writing  to  an  amendment  to  the
articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:

• Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preference; or

• Creates, alters, or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares; or

• Alters or abolishes any preemptive right of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or

   •      Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by
the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class.

An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by a holder of shares or of
voting trust certificates or of a beneficial interest in such shares or certificates. It shall be made to appear that the
plaintiff  is  such  a  holder  at  the  time  of  bringing  the  action  and  that  he  was  such  a  holder  at  the  time  of  the
transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law.

In  any  derivative  suit  instituted  by  a  shareholder  of  a  corporation,  it  shall  be  averred  in  the  complaint  that  the
plaintiff  was  a  shareholder  of  the  corporation  at  the  time  of  the  transaction  of  which  he  complains  or  that  such
shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law.

Shareholder’s Derivative Actions

A complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the
board or the reasons for not making such effort.

Other requirements regarding derivative suits have been created by judicial decision, including that a shareholder
may not bring a derivative suit unless he or she first demands that the corporation sue on its own behalf and that
demand is refused (unless it is shown that such demand would have been futile).

Such  action  shall  not  be  discontinued,  compromised  or  settled,  without  the  approval  of  the  High  Court  of  the
Republic of the Marshall Islands.

Reasonable expenses including attorney’s fees may be awarded if the action is successful.

A  corporation  may  require  a  plaintiff  bringing  a  derivative  suit  to  give  security  for  reasonable  expenses  if  the
plaintiff  owns  less  than  5%  of  any  class  of  outstanding  shares  or  holds  voting  trust  certificates  or  a  beneficial
interest in shares representing less than 5% of any class of such shares and the shares, voting trust certificates or
beneficial interest of such plaintiff has a fair value of  $50,000 or less.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF SERIES B PREFERRED SHARES AND DEPOSITARY SHARES

Each Depositary Share represents 1/100th of one share of Series B Preferred Shares. We have 44,000 authorized Series B Preferred Shares under the Certificate of Designation. The Series B Preferred Shares outstanding are
deposited with Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as applicable, as depositary, under the Deposit Agreement among us, the Depositary and the registered holders and indirect and beneficial owners from time
to time of the Depositary Shares (the “Deposit Agreement”). The Deposit Agreement sets forth the terms of the Depositary Shares. In general, each Depositary Share represents, and entitles the holder, subject to the terms of the Deposit
Agreement, to proportional rights and preferences (including dividends, voting, redemption and liquidation rights and preferences) as if such holder held 1/100th of one share of Series B Preferred Shares. The material terms of the
Series B Preferred Shares and the Depositary Shares are summarized below.

Series B Preferred Shares

Ranking

The Series B Preferred Shares, with respect to anticipated quarterly dividends and distributions upon the liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of our affairs, rank:

•

•

•

senior to our common stock and to each other class or series of capital stock that has been or will be established after the original issue date of the Series B Preferred Shares that is not expressly made senior to or on parity with
the Series B Preferred Shares as to the payment of dividends and amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, whether voluntary or involuntary (“Junior Securities”);

pari passu with any class or series of capital stock that has been or will be established after the original issue date of the Series B Preferred Shares with terms expressly providing that such class or series ranks on a parity with
the Series B Preferred Shares as to the payment of dividends and amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, whether voluntary or involuntary (“Parity Securities”); and

junior to all of our indebtedness and other liabilities with respect to assets available to satisfy claims against us, and each other class or series of capital stock expressly made senior to the Series B Preferred Shares as to the
payment of dividends and amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, whether voluntary or involuntary (“Senior Securities”).

Under the Certificate of Designation, we may issue Junior Securities from time to time in one or more series without the consent of the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares. Our board of directors has the authority to
determine the preferences, powers, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and special or relative rights or privileges, if any, of any such series before the issuance of any shares of that series. Our board of directors will also determine the
number of shares constituting each series of securities. Our ability to issue additional Parity Securities in certain circumstances or Senior Securities is limited as described under “—Voting Rights.”

Liquidation Rights

The holders of outstanding Series B Preferred Shares are entitled, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, whether voluntary or involuntary, to receive the liquidation preference of $2,500.00 per
share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share) in cash plus an amount equal to accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for payment of such amount (whether or not declared), and no more, before any distribution
will be made to the holders of our common stock or any other Junior Securities. Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of the Company nor the consolidation or merger of us with or into any other entity,
individually or in a series of transactions, will be deemed a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs for this purpose.

In the event that our assets available for distribution to holders of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares and any Parity Securities are insufficient to permit payment of all required amounts, our assets then remaining will be
distributed among the Series B Preferred Shares and any Parity Securities, as applicable, ratably on the basis of their relative aggregate liquidation preferences plus the amount of any accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon (whether
or not declared). After payment of all required amounts to the holders of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares and Parity Securities, our remaining assets and funds will be distributed among the holders of our common stock and
any other Junior Securities then outstanding according to their respective rights.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Voting Rights

The Series B Preferred Shares have no voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise provided by Marshall Islands law. In the event that six quarterly dividends payable on the Series B Preferred Shares are in arrears,
whether or not consecutive, the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares, have the right, voting as a class together with holders of any Parity Securities upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable, at the next
meeting of stockholders called for the election of directors, to elect one member to our board of directors, and the size of our board of directors will be increased as needed to accommodate such change (unless the size of our board of
directors already has been increased by reason of the election of a director by holders of Parity Securities upon which like voting rights have been conferred and with which the Series B Preferred Shares voted as a class for the election
of such director). The right of such holders of Series B Preferred Shares to elect one member of our board of directors will continue until such time as all dividends accumulated and in arrears on the Series B Preferred Shares have been
paid in full or sufficient funds for such payment have been declared and set apart for such purpose, at which time such right will terminate, subject to the revesting of such right in the event of each and every subsequent failure to pay
six quarterly dividends as described above and, with respect to funds set apart for payment, upon failure to pay the dividend on the Dividend Payment Date. Upon any termination of the right of the holders of the Series B Preferred
Shares and any other Parity Securities to vote as a class for directors, the term of office of all directors then in office elected by such holders voting as a class will terminate immediately. Any director elected by the holders of the Series
B Preferred Shares and any other Parity Securities shall each be entitled to one vote on any matter before our board of directors.

Unless  we  have  received  the  affirmative  vote  or  consent  of  the  holders  of  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  outstanding  Series  B  Preferred  Shares,  voting  as  a  single  class,  we  may  not  adopt  any  amendment  to  our  Articles  of

Incorporation that materially and adversely alters the preferences, powers or rights of the Series B Preferred Shares.

In addition, unless we have received the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares, voting as a class together with holders of any other Parity Securities upon

which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable, we may not create or issue any Senior Securities.

On any matter described above in which the Series B Preferred Shareholders are entitled to vote as a class, whether separately or together with the holders of any Parity Securities, such holders will be entitled to one vote per

$25.00 of liquidation preference (equivalent to 100 votes per Series B Preferred Share). Any shares of Series B Preferred Shares held by us or any of our subsidiaries or affiliates will not be entitled to vote.

No vote or consent of Series B Preferred Shareholders shall be required for (i) the creation or incurrence of any indebtedness, (ii) the authorization or issuance of any common stock or other Junior Securities or (iii) except as

expressly provided above, the authorization or issuance of any of our preferred shares.

Series B Preferred Shares held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner

and his nominee provides otherwise.

Dividends

General

Holders of Series B Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by our board of directors, cumulative cash dividends out of legally available funds for such purpose, payable on each Dividend Payment

Date commencing on the first Dividend Payment Date following issuance.

Dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares offered hereby will accrue from the Dividend Payment Date immediately preceding issuance at a rate of 8.75% per annum of the $2,500.00 per share liquidation preference of Series

B Preferred Shares (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share). The dividend rate is not subject to adjustment.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend Payment Dates

The  “Dividend  Payment  Dates”  for  the  Series  B  Preferred  Shares  is  each  of  January  1, April  1,  July  1  and  October  1.  Dividends  will  accumulate  in  each  dividend  period  from  and  including  the  Dividend  Payment  Date
immediately preceding issuance to but excluding the next applicable Dividend Payment Date for such dividend period. If any Dividend Payment Date otherwise would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, declared dividends will be
paid on the immediately succeeding Business Day without the accumulation of additional dividends. Dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares will be payable based on a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. “Business
Day” means a day on which the NYSE is open for trading and which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks in New York City, London or Amsterdam are authorized or required to close.

Payment of Dividends

Not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on each Dividend Payment Date, we will pay those dividends, if any, on the Series B Preferred Shares that have been declared by our board of directors to the Paying Agent or, if
there is no Paying Agent at the relevant time, the holders of such shares as such holders’ names appear on our share transfer books maintained by the Registrar and Transfer Agent on the applicable Record Date (as defined below). The
applicable record date (the “Record Date”) will be the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date, except that in the case of payments of dividends in arrears, the Record Date with respect to a
Dividend Payment Date will be such date as may be designated by our board of directors in accordance with the Certificate of Designation, our Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws, each as amended and as may be further amended
from time to time.

Declared dividends will be paid to the Paying Agent in same-day funds on each Dividend Payment Date. The Paying Agent will be responsible for holding or disbursing such payments to holders of the Series B Preferred
Shares in accordance with the instructions of such holders. In certain circumstances, dividends may be paid by check delivered to the registered address of the holder of Series B Preferred Shares, unless, in any particular case, we elect
to pay by wire transfer.

No dividend may be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any Junior Securities (other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Securities) unless full cumulative dividends have been or contemporaneously are being paid

or declared and set aside for payment on all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares and any Parity Securities through the most recent respective dividend payment dates.

Accumulated dividends in arrears for any past dividend period may be declared by our board of directors and paid on any date fixed by our board of directors, whether or not a Dividend Payment Date, to holders of the Series B
Preferred Shares on the record date for such payment, which may not be more than 60 days, nor less than five days, before such payment date. Subject to the next succeeding sentence, if all accumulated dividends in arrears on all
outstanding Series B Preferred Shares and any Parity Securities have not been declared and paid, or sufficient funds for the payment thereof have not been declared and set apart, payment of accumulated dividends in arrears will be
made in order of their respective dividend payment dates, commencing with the earliest. If less than all dividends payable with respect to all Series B Preferred Shares and any Parity Securities are paid, any partial payment will be made
pro rata with respect to the Series B Preferred Shares and any Parity Securities entitled to a dividend payment at such time in proportion to the aggregate amounts remaining due in respect of such shares at such time. Holders of the
Series B Preferred Shares will not be entitled to any dividend, whether payable in cash, property or shares, in excess of full cumulative dividends. No interest or sum of money in lieu of interest will be payable in respect of any dividend
payment which may be in arrears on the Series B Preferred Shares.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Redemption

Optional Redemption

At any time, we may redeem, at our option, in whole or in part, the Series B Preferred Shares (and accordingly the Depositary Shares) at a redemption price in cash equal to $2,500.00 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per
Depositary Share) plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to the date of redemption, whether or not declared. Any such optional redemption shall be effected only out of funds legally available for such
purpose. We may undertake multiple partial redemptions.

Redemption Procedures

We will provide notice of any redemption, not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days before the scheduled date of redemption, to the holders of any shares to be redeemed as such holders’ names appear on our share
transfer books maintained by the Registrar and Transfer Agent at the address of such holders shown therein. Such notice shall state: (1) the redemption date, (2) the number of Series B Preferred Shares to be redeemed and, if less than
all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Shares are to be redeemed, the number (and the identification) of shares to be redeemed from such holder, (3) the redemption price, (4) the place where the shares of Series B Preferred Shares
are to be redeemed and shall be presented and surrendered for payment of the redemption price therefor, and (5) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accumulate from and after such redemption date.

If fewer than all of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Shares are to be redeemed, the number of shares to be redeemed will be determined by us, and such shares of Series B Preferred Shares will be redeemed by such

method of selection as the Paying Agent shall determine, either pro rata or by lot, with adjustments to avoid redemption of fractional shares.

The redemption price will be paid by the Paying Agent to the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares on the redemption date.

The aggregate redemption price for any such partial redemption of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares shall be allocated correspondingly among the redeemed shares of Series B Preferred Shares. The shares of Series B
Preferred Shares not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided in the Certificate of Designation (including our right, if we so elect, to redeem all or part of the Series B Preferred Shares
outstanding at any relevant time in accordance with the redemption provisions described herein).

If we give or cause to be given a notice of redemption, then we will deposit with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to redeem the Series B Preferred Shares as to which notice has been given no later than 10:00 a.m., New York
City time, on the Business Day fixed for redemption, and will give the Paying Agent irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the redemption price to the holder or holders thereof upon surrender or deemed surrender of such Series
B Preferred Shares. If notice of redemption shall have been given, then from and after the date fixed for redemption, unless we default in providing funds sufficient for such redemption at the time and place specified for payment
pursuant to the notice, all dividends on such shares will cease to accumulate and all rights of holders of such shares of Series B Preferred Shares as Series B Preferred Shareholders will cease, except the right to receive the redemption
price, including an amount equal to accumulated and unpaid dividends through the date fixed for redemption, whether or not declared. We will be entitled to receive from the Paying Agent the interest income, if any, earned on such
funds deposited with the Paying Agent (to the extent that such interest income is not required to pay the redemption price of the shares to be redeemed), and the holders of any shares so redeemed will have no claim to any such interest
income.  Any  funds  deposited  with  the  Paying  Agent  hereunder  by  us  for  any  reason,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  redemption  of  Series  B  Preferred  Shares,  that  remain  unclaimed  or  unpaid  after  two  years  after  the  applicable
redemption date or other payment date, shall, to the extent permitted by law, be repaid to us upon our written request, after which repayment the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares entitled to such redemption or other payment
shall have recourse only to us.

Any Series B Preferred Shares that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company shall be cancelled and shall constitute preferred shares subject to designation by the Board of Directors set forth in our Articles of
Incorporation. If only a portion of the Series B Preferred Shares has been called for redemption, upon surrender of any certificate representing Series B Preferred Shares to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent will issue to the holder of
such shares a new certificate (or adjust the applicable book-entry account) representing the number of shares of Series B Preferred Shares represented by the surrendered certificate that have not been called for redemption.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notwithstanding any notice of redemption, there will be no redemption of any Series B Preferred Shares called for redemption until funds sufficient to pay the full redemption price of such shares, including all accumulated

and unpaid dividends to the date of redemption, whether or not declared, have been deposited by us with the Paying Agent.

We and our affiliates may from time to time purchase shares of the Series B Preferred Shares, subject to compliance with all applicable securities and other laws. Neither we nor any of our affiliates has any obligation, or any

present plan or intention, to purchase any Series B Preferred Shares. Any shares repurchased and canceled by us will revert to the status of authorized but unissued preferred shares undesignated by us.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that full cumulative dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares and any Parity Securities have not been paid or declared and set apart for payment, we may not repurchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire (1) any Series B Preferred Shares or Parity Securities, except pursuant to a purchase or exchange offer made on the same terms to all holders of Series B Preferred Shares and any Parity Securities, an exchange for or
conversion or reclassification into other Parity Securities or Junior Securities or with proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of Parity Securities or Junior Securities, or (2) any common stock and any other Junior Securities,
except pursuant to an exchange for or conversion or reclassification into other Junior Securities or with proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of Junior Securities.

No Sinking Fund

The Series B Preferred Shares do not have the benefit of any sinking fund.

Depositary Shares

General

Each Depositary Share represents a 1/100th  interest  in  one  Series  B  Preferred  Share,  and  once  issued  will  be  evidenced  by  depositary  receipts,  as  described  under  “Registration  and  Settlement—Book-Entry  System.”  The
underlying shares of the Series B Preferred Shares are deposited with a depositary pursuant to the Deposit Agreement. Subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary Shares are entitled to all the powers, preferences and
special rights of the Series B Preferred Shares, as applicable, in proportion to the applicable fraction of a share of Series B Preferred Shares those Depositary Shares represent.

References to “holders” of Depositary Shares herein mean those who have depositary receipts registered in their own names on the books maintained by the depositary and not indirect holders who own beneficial interests in
depositary receipts registered in the street name of, or issued in book-entry form through, The Depository Trust Company, or “DTC.” DTC is the only registered holder of the depositary receipts representing Depositary Shares. You
should review the special considerations that apply to indirect holders described in “Registration and Settlement—Book-Entry System.”

The depositary, transfer agent and registrar for the Depositary Shares is Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as applicable.

Dividends and Other Distributions

Each dividend payable on a Depositary Share will be in an amount equal to 1/100th of the dividend declared and payable on the related share of the Series B Preferred Shares. The depositary will distribute all dividends and
other cash distributions received on the Series B Preferred Shares to the holders of record of the depositary receipts in proportion to the number of Depositary Shares held by each holder. In the event of a distribution other than in cash,
the depositary will distribute property received by it to the holders of record of the depositary receipts as nearly as practicable in proportion to the number of Depositary Shares held by each holder, unless the depositary determines that
this distribution is not feasible, in which case the depositary may, with our approval, adopt a method of distribution that it deems practicable, including the sale of the property and distribution of the net proceeds of that sale to the
holders of the depositary receipts.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Record dates for the payment of dividends and other matters relating to the Depositary Shares are the same as the corresponding record dates for the related shares of Series B Preferred Shares.

The amount paid as dividends or otherwise distributable by the depositary with respect to the Depositary Shares or the underlying Series B Preferred Shares will be reduced by any amounts required to be withheld by us or the
depositary on account of taxes or other governmental charges. The depositary may refuse to make any payment or distribution, or any transfer, exchange, or withdrawal of any Depositary Shares or the shares of the Series B Preferred
Shares until such taxes or other governmental charges are paid.

Redemption of Depositary Shares

If we redeem the Series B Preferred Shares, in whole or in part, as described above under “—Series B Preferred Shares—Redemption,” Depositary Shares also will be redeemed with the proceeds received by the depositary
from the redemption of the Series B Preferred Shares held by the depositary. The redemption price per Depositary Share will be 1/100th of the redemption price per share payable with respect to the Series B Preferred Shares, plus any
declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of undeclared dividends.

If we redeem shares of the Series B Preferred Shares held by the depositary, the depositary will redeem, as of the same redemption date, the number of Depositary Shares representing those shares of the Series B Preferred
Shares so redeemed. If we redeem less than all of the outstanding Depositary Shares, the depositary will select pro rata, by lot or in such other manner as may be determined by the depositary to be fair and equitable, those Depositary
Shares to be redeemed. The depositary will deliver notice of redemption to record holders of the depositary receipts not less than 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption of the Series B Preferred Shares and
the related Depositary Shares.

Voting the Series B Preferred Shares

Because each Depositary Share represents a 1/100th interest in a share of the Series B Preferred Shares, holders of depositary receipts are entitled to 1/100th of a vote per Depositary Share under those limited circumstances in

which holders of the Series B Preferred Shares are entitled to a vote, as described above in “—Series B Preferred Shares—Voting Rights.”

When the depositary receives notice of any meeting at which the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares are entitled to vote, the depositary will deliver the information contained in the notice to the record holders of the
Depositary Shares relating to the Series B Preferred Shares. Each record holder of the Depositary Shares on the record date, which will be the same date as the record date for the Series B Preferred Shares, may instruct the depositary to
vote the amount of the Series B Preferred Shares represented by the holder’s Depositary Shares. To the extent practicable, the depositary will vote the amount of the Series B Preferred Shares represented by Depositary Shares in
accordance with the instructions it receives. We will agree to take all actions that the depositary determines are necessary to enable the depositary to vote as instructed. If the depositary does not receive specific instructions from the
holders of any Depositary Shares representing the Series B Preferred Shares, it will abstain from voting with respect to such shares.

Withdrawal of Series B Preferred Shares

Underlying shares of Series B Preferred Shares may be withdrawn from the depositary arrangement upon surrender of depositary receipts at the depositary’s office and upon payment of the taxes, charges and fees provided for
in the Deposit Agreement. Subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement, the holder of depositary receipts will receive the appropriate number of shares of Series B Preferred Shares represented by such Depositary Shares. Only whole
shares of Series B Preferred Shares may be withdrawn; if a holder holds an amount other than a whole multiple of 100 Depositary Shares, the depositary will deliver along with the withdrawn shares of Series B Preferred Shares a new
depositary receipt evidencing the excess number of Depositary Shares. Holders of withdrawn shares of Series B Preferred Shares will not be entitled to redeposit such shares or to receive Depositary Shares.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amendment of the Deposit Agreement

We and the depositary may generally amend the form of depositary receipt evidencing the depositary shares and any provision of the Deposit Agreement at any time without the consent of the holders of Depositary Shares in
any respect that we and the depositary deem necessary or desirable. However, any amendment that materially and adversely alters the rights of the holders or that would be materially and adversely inconsistent with the rights granted to
holders of the Series B Preferred Shares will not be effective unless such amendment has been approved by holders of Depositary Shares representing at least a majority of the Depositary Shares then outstanding.

Form and Notices

The Series B Preferred Shares will be issued in registered form to the depositary, and the Depositary Shares will be issued in book-entry only form through DTC, as described below in “Registration and Settlement—Book-
Entry System”. The depositary will forward to the holders of Depositary Shares all reports, notices, and communications from us that are delivered to the depositary and that we are required to furnish to the holders of the Series B
Preferred Shares.

Listing

The Depositary Shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GSL-B.” The Series B Preferred Shares represented by Depositary Shares are not listed and we do not expect that there will be any other trading market for the

Series B Preferred Shares except as represented by the Depositary Shares. Currently, there is no public market for the Series B Preferred Shares and a limited public market for the Depositary Shares.

Registration and Settlement

Book-Entry System

The  Depositary  Shares  are,  and  will  be,  issued  in  book-entry  only  form  through  the  facilities  of  DTC.  This  means  that  actual  depositary  receipts  will  not  be  issued  to  each  holder  of  Depositary  Shares,  except  in  limited
circumstances. Instead, the Depositary Shares will be in the form of a single global depositary receipt deposited with and held in the name of DTC, or its nominee. In order to own a beneficial interest in a depositary receipt, you must be
an organization that participates in DTC or have an account with an organization that participates in DTC, including Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”), and Clearstream Banking, société
anonyme (“Clearstream”).

Except as described herein, owners of beneficial interests in the global depositary receipt will not be entitled to have depositary receipts registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of the
depositary receipts in definitive form, and will not be considered the owners or holders of Depositary Shares under our Articles of Incorporation or the Deposit Agreement, including for purposes of receiving any reports or notices
delivered by us. Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in the depositary receipts must rely on the procedures of DTC and, if that person is not a participant, on the procedures of the participant through which that person
owns its beneficial interest, in order to exercise any rights of a holder of Depositary Shares.

If we discontinue the book-entry only form system of registration, we will replace the global depositary receipt with depositary receipts in certificated form registered in the names of the beneficial owners.

Settlement

Investors  in  the  Depositary  Shares  will  be  required  to  make  their  payment  for  the  Depositary  Shares  in  immediately  available  funds.  DTC  requires  secondary  market  trading  activity  in  the  Depositary  Shares  to  settle  in

immediately available funds. This requirement may affect trading activity in the Depositary Shares. 

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payment of Dividends

We  will  pay  dividends,  if  any,  on  the  Series  B  Preferred  Shares  represented  by  Depositary  Shares  in  book-entry  form  to  the  depositary.  In  turn,  the  depositary  will  deliver  the  dividends  to  DTC  in  accordance  with  the
arrangements then in place between the depositary and DTC. Generally, DTC will be responsible for crediting the dividend payments it receives from the depositary to the accounts of DTC participants, and each participant will be
responsible  for  disbursing  the  dividend  payment  for  which  it  is  credited  to  the  holders  that  it  represents. As  long  as  the  Depositary  Shares  are  represented  by  a  global  depositary  receipt,  we  will  make  all  dividend  payments  in
immediately available funds. In the event depositary receipts are issued in certificated form, dividends generally will be paid by check delivered to the holders of the depositary receipts on the applicable record date at the address
appearing on the security register.

Notices

Any notices required to be delivered to you will be given by the depositary to DTC for communication to its participants.

If the depositary receipts are issued in certificated form, notices to you also will be delivered to the addresses of the holders as they appear on the security register.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.23 

SHIPMAN 2009
STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
PART I

2 Date of commencement of Agreement (Cls. 2,12, 21 and 26) (date to be inserted)

[Effective Date •]
[•]
(a) Guarantors (name, place of registered office and law of registry) (Cl.33)

3.

(i)                    Name: GLOBAL SHIP LEASE, INC. 

(ii)                   Place of registered office: Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960,

Marshall Islands 

(iii)                 Law of registry: Marshall Islands

BIMCO

1.

Place and date of Agreement (date to be inserted)

[•]

3. Owners (name, place of registered office and law of registry) (Cl. 1)

(i)

Name: [•]

(ii)

Place of registered office: [•]

(iii)

Law of registry: [•]

4.

Managers (name, place of registered office and law of registry) (Cl. 1)

(I)             Name: Technomar Shipping Inc.

(II)            Place of registered office: 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia

(III)          Established office : 3-5 Menandrou Str. 14561, Kifissia

Athens - Greece

(IV)       Law of registry: LIBERIA

5. The Company (with reference to the ISM/ISPS Code) (state name and IMO Unique Company

identification number. If the Company is a third party then also state registered office and principal
place of business) (Cls. 1 and 9(c)(i))

 (i)           Name: Technomar Shipping Inc.
 (ii)         IMO Unique Company identification number: 1605338
 (iii)        Place of registered office: as per box 4
 (iv)        Principal place of business: as per box 4

6. Technical Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 4)

7. Crew Management (state “yes or no” as agreed (Cl. 5(a))

8. Commercial Management (state “yes or no” as agreed) (Cl. 6)

YES

YES

NO

9. Chartering Services period (only to be filled in if “yes” stated in Box 8) (Cl. 6(a))

10.   Crew Insurance arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) - YES

N/A

(i)          Crew Insurances* (Cl. 5(b))

(ii)        Insurance for persons proceeding to sea onboard (Cl 5(b)(i))

*only to apply if Crew Management (Cl.5(a)) agreed (see Box 7)

11.

Insurance arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 7)

12.    Optional insurances (state optional insurance(s) as agreed, such as piracy, kidnap and ransom, loss of hire and FD & D)
(Cl 10(a)(iv))

YES

AS MAY BE INSTRUCTED BY OWNERS

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
13. Interest (state rate of interest to apply after the due date to outstanding sums) (Cl.9(a))

14. Annual management fee (Cl. 12(a) and Cl. 23)

15. Manager’s nominated account (Cl. 12(a))

N/A

Euro [•] per day , plus
Euro (.) per day pro rata ( the “Additional Fee”)

16. Daily rate (state rate for days in excess of those agreed in budget) (Cl. 12(c))

TO BE ADVISED

17. Lay-up period/number of months (Cl. 12(d))

N/A

3 (THREE) MONTHS

18. Minimum contract period (state number of months) (Cl. 21(a))

19. Management fee on termination (state number of months to apply) (Cl. 22(e))

Twenty Four (24) months following the termination/expiry of either:
(a) the Vessel's charterparty (existing at any time and as same may be extended or replaced with a
new charter from time to time), or
(b) the Vessel’s credit facility or other debt agreement for which the Vessel serves as collateral
(existing at any time and as same may be financed, refinanced, amended, supplemented and/or
restated from time to time),
whichever is the latest.

20. Severance Costs (state maximum amount) (Cl. 22(c)(ii))

21. Dispute Resolution

AS DEFINED

SEE CLAUSE 22

24(a)

22. Notices (state full style contact details for serving notice and communication to the Owners) (Cl. 25)

23. Notices (state full style contact details for serving notice and communication to the Managers) (Cl. 25)

AS PER BOX 4

c/o Technomar Shipping Inc.
AS PER BOX 4

It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 3 and the party stated in Box 4 that this Agreement consisting of PART I and PART II as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel or Vessels), “B” (Details of Crew) and C
(“Budget”) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and Annexes “A” “B” and “C” shall prevail over those of PART II to the
extent of such conflict but no further.

Signature(s) (Owners)

[•]

Signature(s) (Parent)

[•]

Signature(s) (Managers)

[•]

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 1 – Basis of the Agreement

1. Definitions

PART II SHIPMAN 2009
Standard ship management agreement

In this Agreement save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, any Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with the specified Person.

“Change in Majority Interests or Control” means the occurrence of any one of the following:

(i)          a transaction or series of transactions involving the sale, transfer or other disposition of equity or voting securities in the Owners or in any of its direct or indirect parent companies (including, without limitation, any
transfer by the current owners of equity or voting securities in the Parent), to one or more Persons that are not, immediately prior to such sale, Affiliates of the Parent, of more than 50% of the beneficial equity or voting
securities in the Owners or in any such parent companies;

(ii)         a transaction or series of transactions involving the sale, transfer or other disposition, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent or its subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to one or more
Persons that are not, immediately prior to such sale, transfer, or other disposition, Affiliates of the Parent;

(iii)        any merger, consolidation or other business combination of the Owners or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (including, without limitation, the Parent) in which the owners of equity or voting securities in
the Parent immediately before such transaction cease to own more than 50% of the equity or voting securities in the Parent (or equity or voting securities of its successors) or the Parent ceases to directly or indirectly own more
than 50% of the equity or voting securities in the Owners or its parent companies (or equity or voting securities of their successors) as a result of such transaction;

(iv)        the consummation of any transaction or a series of transactions (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person”(as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the U.S.
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly of more than 50% of the Parent’s voting securities (unless such “person” is, immediately prior to such acquisition, an Affiliate
of the Parent), measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

(v)         a change in the composition of the Board of Directors of the Parent within any consecutive period of thirty-six (36) months as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors;

The term “Incumbent Director” shall mean a person who either (1) is a member of the Board of Directors of the Parent (the “Board”) upon conclusion of the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Parent for the year
2022  (the “Effective Date”), and for each term in office commencing after the Effective Date, has been elected, re-elected, appointed, and/or nominated to the Board, as applicable, in satisfaction of the following subparagraph
(2), or (2) after the Effective Date, including for each subsequent term in office, has been elected, re-elected, appointed, and/or nominated to the Board, as applicable, with the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the
Incumbent  Directors  including  the  affirmative  vote  of  the  Executive  Chairman  at  the  time  of  such  election,  re-election,  appointment,  or  nomination,  provided that  ,  such  person  was  not  elected,  re-elected,  appointed,  or
nominated to the Board in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Parent; or

(vi)        the employment of George Giouroukos (the “Executive Chairman”) as the Executive Chairman of the Parent is terminated by the Parent.

“Commercial Managers” means Conchart Commercial Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation or Global Ship Lease Services Limited, a company incorporated in England (as applicable).

“Commercial Management Agreement” collectively means the agreements with respect to commercial management made between the Parent and/or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Commercial Managers, on the
other hand, with respect to

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
each of the Vessels (as defined therein).

“Company” (with reference to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code) means the organization identified in Box 5 or any replacement organization appointed by the Owners from time to time (see Sub-clauses 9(b)(i) or 9(c) (ii),
whichever is applicable).

"Confidential Information” means all information (of whatever nature and however recorded or preserved) which:

(a)

(b)

(c)

was disclosed by the Owners to the Managers, whether before or after the date of this Agreement, as a result of the discussions leading up to this Agreement, entering into this Agreement or the performance of this
Agreement and is designated as “confidential information” by the Owners at the time of disclosure; or

is information  which  relates  to  existing  or  proposed  operations,  business  plans,  market  opportunities  and  business  affairs  of  the  Owners  or  its  Affiliates  and  is  clearly  confidential  from  its  nature  and/or  the
circumstances in which it was imparted would be regarded as being confidential by a reasonable business person; or

is clearly confidential from its nature and/or the circumstances in which it was imparted, and including information which relates to the commercial affairs, business (including but not limited to any information
considered to be price sensitive information by the Owners), finances, infrastructure, products, services, developments, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, personnel, or contracts of, and any other information
relating to, the Owners or its Affiliates (or its or their customers); or

(d)

any information referred to in (a) to (c) above disclosed on the Owners’ behalf by their Affiliates; and

(e)

information extracted, copied or derived from information referred to in (a) to (d) above.

“Control” or “Controlling” or “Controlled by”  means  the  possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of  the  power  to  direct  or  cause  the  direction  of  the  management  and  policies  of  a  Person,  whether  through  ownership  of  voting
securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Crew” means the personnel of the numbers, rank and nationality specified in Annex “B” hereto, including but not limited to the Master and any officers.

“Crew Insurances” means insurance of liabilities in respect of crew risks which shall include but not be limited to death, permanent disability, sickness, injury, repatriation, shipwreck unemployment indemnity and loss of
personal effects (see Sub- clause 5(b) (Crew Insurances) and Clause 7 (Insurance Arrangements) and Clause 10 (Insurance Policies) and Boxes 10 and 11).

“Crew Support Costs” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the purpose of
providing an efficient and economic management service and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet training schemes, sick
pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews.

“Dollars” and “US$” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

“Exclusive Broker” means Conchart Commercial Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation.

“Exclusive Brokerage Deed” means the Deed of Commercial Advisory Services and Exclusive Brokerage Services entered into on the same date as this Agreement made between the Parent, Global Ship Lease Services Limited
and the Exclusive Broker with respect to the Vessels (as defined therein) (if applicable).

“Flag State” means the State whose flag the Vessel is flying.

“Governmental Entity” means and includes (whether having a distinct legal personality or not) any national or local government authority, board, commission, department, division, organ, instrumentality, court or agency and any
association, organisation or institution of which any of the foregoing is a member or to whose jurisdiction any of the foregoing is subject or in whose activities any of the foregoing is a participant.

“ISM Code” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention and any amendment thereto or substitution therefor.

“ISPS Code” means the International Code for the Security of Ships and Port Facilities and the relevant amendments to Chapter XI of SOLAS and any amendment thereto or substitution therefor.

“Managers” means the party identified in Box 4.

“Management Services” means the services specified in SECTION 2 - Services (Clauses 4 through 7) as indicated affirmatively

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in Boxes 6 through 8, 10 and 11, and all other functions performed by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement.

“Manager Change of Control” means (i) a transaction or series of transactions involving the sale, transfer or other disposition by George Giouroukos ( other than by reason of his death or other incapacity in managing his affairs
) to one or more Persons that are not, immediately prior to such sale, transfer, or other disposition, Affiliates of George Giouroukos, of more than 50% of the equity interests in the Managers; or (ii) any merger, consolidation or
other business combination of the Managers in which George Giouroukos or his Affiliates immediately after such transaction ceases to own more than 50% of the equity interests in the Managers (or equity interests of their
successors) as a result of such transaction.

“Owners” means the party identified in Box 3.

“Parent” means Global Ship Lease, Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation.

“Parties” means the Parties to this Agreement.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, association, partnership (general or limited), joint venture, trust, estate, limited liability company, or other legal entity or organization.

“Severance Costs” means the costs which are legally required to be paid to the Crew as a result of the early termination of any contracts for service on the Vessel.

“SMS” means the Safety Management System (as defined by the ISM Code).

“STCW 95” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 and any amendment thereto or substitution therefor.

“Subsidiary(ies)” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or
other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Persons Controlled by such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether
general or limited) in which such Person or a Person Controlled by such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such
partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, one or more Persons Controlled by such Person, or a
combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Persons Controlled by such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of
determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

“TCMC” means Technomar Crew Management Corporation, a crew manning company affiliated to the Managers with registered offices in Manila, Philippines.

“Vessel” means the vessel details of which are set out in Annex “A” attached hereto.

2. Commencement and Appointment

With effect from the date stated in Box 2 for the commencement of the Management Services and continuing unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers and the Managers hereby
agree to act as the Managers of the Vessel in respect of the Management Services.

3. Authority of the Managers

Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement the Managers shall carry out the Management Services in respect of the Vessel as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Managers
shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time in their absolute discretion consider to be necessary to enable them to perform the Management Services in accordance with sound ship management
practice, including but not limited to compliance with all relevant rules and regulations.

SECTION 2 – Services

4.

Technical Management
(only applicable if agreed according to Box 6).
The Managers shall provide technical management which includes, but is not limited to, the following services:

(a)  ensuring that the Vessel complies with the requirements of the law of the Flag State;

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) ensuring compliance with the ISM Code;

(c)  ensuring compliance with the ISPS Code;

(d) providing competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel;

PART II SHIPMAN 2009
Standard ship management agreement

(e)    arranging and supervising special surveys, dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the maintenance of the Vessel to the standards agreed with the Owners provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary
expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with all requirements and recommendations of the classification society. and with the law of the Flag State and of the places where the Vessel is required to trade;

(f) arranging the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil;

(g) appointing surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be necessary;

(h)    in accordance with the Owners’ instructions, arranging and supervising the sale and/or purchase and legal and physical delivery of the Vessel under the sale and purchase agreement; provided, however services under this
Sub-clause 4(h) shall not include negotiation of the sale agreement;

(i)   arranging for the supply of provisions;

(j)   arranging for the sampling and testing of bunkers;

(k)  arranging for the provision of bunker fuels as required for the Vessel’s trade;

(l)   receiving and relaying voyage instructions;

(m) appointing stevedores;

(n) arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Vessel;

(o)    accounting and calculation of hire, freights, demurrage and/or dispatch monies due from or due to charterers of the Vessel; collection of any sums due to the Owners related to the operation of the Vessel;

(p)  coordinate  with  the  Commercial  Managers  and  the  Exclusive  Broker  (as  applicable)  with  respect  (i)  the  matters  referenced  in  Clause  4(o)  above,  (ii)  consolidation  of  accounts,  budgets  and  other  materials  as  may  be
requested by the Commercial Managers, the Exclusive Broker (as applicable) or Owners with respect to the Vessel and any other vessels subject to the Commercial Management Agreement and/or the Exclusive Brokerage Deed
(as  applicable)  and  for  which  the  Managers  hereunder  provide  any  management  services,  and  (iii)  the  scope  of  Management  Services  required  hereunder  in  relation  to  any  charterparty  for  the  Vessel  negotiated  by  the
Commercial Managers or the Exclusive Broker (as applicable) on its behalf or on behalf of the Owners; and

(q)  Perform the Management Services hereunder in compliance with, and in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of, any charterparty for the Vessel.

5. Crew Management and Crew Insurances

(a) Crew Management
(only applicable if agreed according to Box 7)
The Managers shall provide suitably qualified Crew who shall comply with the requirements of STCW 95. The provision of such crew management services includes, but is not limited to, the following
services:

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II SHIPMAN 2009
Standard ship management agreement

(i)

selecting, engaging  and  providing  for  the  administration  of  the  Crew, including,  as  applicable,  payroll  arrangements,  pension  arrangements,  tax,  social  security  contributions  and  other  mandatory  dues  related  to  their
employment payable in each Crew member’s country of domicile;

(ii)

ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the Flag State in respect of rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations, such as Crew’s tax and social insurance, are satisfied;

(iii)

ensuring that all Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance
with appropriate Flag State requirements, it being understood that the Vessel shall always remain flagged with a Flag State requiring such medical certificates;

(iv)

ensuring that the Crew shall have a common working language and/or a command of the English language of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely;

(v) arranging transportation of the Crew including repatriation;

(vi) training of the Crew;

(vii) conducting union negotiations;

(viii) operating the Manager’s drug and alcohol policy;

(ix)

(x)

(xi)

ensuring that any complaints with respect to the Master or any of the officers or any other members of the Crew are promptly investigated, and if such complaints are well-founded ensuring that changes in appointments are
made without delay in accordance with Clause 15 (Replacement);

if the Managers are the Company, ensuring that the Crew, on joining the Vessel, are given proper familiarization with their duties in relation to the Vessel’s SMS and that instructions which are essential to the SMS are
identified, documented and given to the Crew prior to sailing;

it is hereby agreed that for the employment of Filipino crew the Managers may sub-contract with TCMC or any other manning agent. Where the Mangers have sub-contracted to (i) TCMC for the employment of Filipino
crew, the Owners will pay to the Managers the actual costs of TCMC calculated on the basis of crew days on board the Vessel, and there shall be no commission or other charges payable to TCMC in relation thereto and
(ii) any other manning agent for the employment of Filipino crew, the Owners will pay to the Managers the costs of such manning agent calculated on the basis of crew days on board the Vessel and charged to the Manager
along with the customary commission and all other charges in relation thereto;

(xii)

if the Managers are not the Company: N/A; and

(xiii) where Managers are not providing technical management services in accordance with Clause 4 (Technical Management):

N/A

(b) Crew Insurances
(only applicable if Sub-clause 5(a) applies and if agreed according to Box 10)
The Managers shall throughout the period of this Agreement provide the following services:

(i)

arranging Crew Insurances in accordance with the sound practice of prudent managers of vessels of a similar type to the Vessel, with sound and reputable insurance companies, underwriters or associations. Insurances for
any other persons proceeding to sea onboard the Vessel may be separately agreed by the Owners and the Managers (see Box 10);

(ii)

ensuring that the Owners are aware of the terms, conditions, exceptions and limits of liability of the insurances in Sub-clause 5(b)(i);

(iii) ensuring that all premiums or calls in respect of the insurances in Sub-clause 5(b)(i) are paid by their due date;

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iv)

(v)

if obtainable at no additional cost or as otherwise requested by the Owners, ensuring that insurances in Sub-clause 5(b)(i) name the Owners as a joint assured with full cover and, unless otherwise agreed, on terms such that
Owners shall be under no liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with such insurances;

providing written evidence, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owners, of the Managers’ compliance with their obligations under Sub-clause 5(b)(ii), and 5(b)(iii) within a reasonable time of the commencement of this
Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the insurances in Sub-clause 5(b)(i).

PART II SHIPMAN 2009
Standard ship management agreement

6. Commercial Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 8). – N/A

7.

Insurance Arrangements
(only applicable if agreed according to Box 11).
The Managers shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 10 (Insurance Policies), on such terms as the Owners shall have instructed or agreed, in particular regarding conditions, insured values, deductibles, franchises
and limits of liability.

SECTION 3 – Obligations

8. Managers’ Obligations

(a)   The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in accordance with sound ship management practice and to protect and promote the
interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of services hereunder. In performing and discharging its obligations, duties and liabilities under this Agreement, the Managers shall act in accordance with all
instructions communicated to it by the Owners and the Managers shall at all times serve the Owners faithfully and diligently.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and for the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that the Managers shall continue to act as a technical manager with respect to vessels owned or operated by persons or
entities other than the Owners, the Parent, or their respective Subsidiaries. In addition, and notwithstanding clause 8(a), in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement, the Managers shall be
entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all other vessels as may from time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the
Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances they consider in their discretion (reasonably exercised) to be fair and reasonable, but in no
circumstances shall the Vessel be managed in a manner which is less favourable to the interests of the Owners.

In the performance and discharge of its obligations, duties and liabilities under this Agreement, the Managers shall take care not to exceed the authority given by the Owners under the terms of this Agreement and shall act at all
times in accordance with the Owner’s instructions.

In the performance and discharge of its obligations, duties and liabilities under this Agreement, the Manager shall act with reasonable care and skill in accordance with good industry practices and in compliance with all laws
and regulations, and shall provide the Management Services hereunder and maintain the Vessel at a standard at least equivalent to the standards followed by it with respect to the other vessel(s) for which the Managers provide
management services.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Managers shall at all times devote a sufficient amount of its time, resources and personnel to provide the Management Services contemplated by this Agreement.

(b)   Where the Managers are providing technical management services in accordance with Clause 4 (Technical Management), they shall procure that the requirements of the Flag State are satisfied and they shall agree to be
appointed as the Company, assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code and the ISPS Code, if applicable.

(c)    In providing the Management Services, the Managers will at all times comply with, without limitation, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, any applicable country legislation implementing the OECD Convention on
combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, and the UK Bribery Act 2010, and any other laws or regulations relating to anti-bribery, anti-terrorism, economic sanctions and anti-money
laundering, to the extent applicable. The Managers shall not engage

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in  any  activity,  practice  or  conduct  which  constitutes  a  breach  of  any  of  the  foregoing;  in  addition,  the  Managers  shall  not  employ  any  Person,  nor  subcontract  with  any  person  or  entity, to  perform  or  discharge  any  of  its
obligations under this Agreement if that person or entity is designated or identified as a Specially Designated National, a Person subject to sanctions that prohibit all dealings or restrict dealings with such Person, a foreign
terrorist organization or an organization that provides support to a foreign terrorist organization by the United States Government or any branch or department thereof (including, but not limited to, the Office of Foreign Asset
Control).

9. Owners’ Obligations

(a)   The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b)  Where the Managers are providing technical management services in accordance with Clause 4 (Technical Management), the Owners shall:

(i)

report (or where the Owners are not the registered owners of the Vessel procure that the registered owners report) to the Flag State administration the details of the Managers as the Company as required to comply with the
ISM and ISPS Codes;

(ii)

procure that any officers and ratings supplied by them or on their behalf comply with the requirements of STCW 95; and

(iii)

instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers (in their capacity as the Company) in connection with the operation of the Managers’ safety management system.

(c) Where the Managers are providing crew management services in accordance with Sub-clause 5(a) the Owners shall:

(i)

inform the  Managers,  through  the  Commercial  Managers,  the  Exclusive  Broker  (if  applicable)  or  otherwise,  prior  to  any  order  for  the  Vessel to  any  excluded  or  additional  premium  area  under  any  of  the  Owners’
Insurances by reason of war risks and/or piracy or like perils and pay whatever additional costs may properly be incurred by the Managers as a consequence of such orders including, if necessary, the costs of replacing any
member of the Crew. Any delays resulting from negotiation with or replacement of any member of the Crew as a result of the Vessel being ordered to such an area shall be for the Owners’ account. Should the Vessel be
within an area which becomes an excluded or additional premium area the above provisions relating to cost and delay shall apply;

(ii)

agree with the Managers prior to any change of flag of the Vessel and pay whatever additional costs may properly be incurred by the Managers as a consequence of such change; and

(iii)

provide, at no cost to the Managers, in accordance with the requirements of the law of the Flag State, or higher standard, as mutually agreed, adequate Crew accommodation and living standards.

SECTION 4 – Insurance, Budgets, Income, Expenses and Fees

10.

Insurance Policies
The Managers shall ensure that throughout the period of this Agreement:

(a)  at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for not less than its sound market value or entered for its full gross tonnage, as the case may be for:

(i)

hull and machinery marine risks (including but not limited to crew negligence) and excess liabilities;

(ii) protection  and  indemnity  (“PandI”)  risks  (including  but  not  limited  to  pollution  risks,  diversion  expenses  and,  except  to  the  extent  insured  separately  by  the  Managers  in  accordance  with  Sub-clause  5(b)(i),  Crew

Insurances;

(iii)Freight, Demurrage and Defence cover (“FD & D”);

NOTE: If the Managers are not providing crew management services under Sub-clause 5(a) (Crew Management) or have agreed not to provide Crew Insurances separately in accordance with Sub-clause 5(b)(i), then such
insurances must be included in the protection and indemnity risks cover for the Vessel (see Sub-clause 10(a)(ii) above).

(iii) war risks (including but not limited to blocking and trapping, protection and indemnity, terrorism and crew risks); and

(iv)            such optional insurances as may be agreed (such as piracy, kidnap and ransom, piracy loss of hire, loss of hire ) (see Box 12)

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sub-clauses 10(a)(i) through 10(a)(iv) all in accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to the Vessel, with sound and reputable insurance companies, underwriters or associations (“the
Owners’ Insurances”);

(b)   all premiums and calls on the Owners’ Insurances are paid by their due date;

(c)   In the event the Vessel is sold or this Agreement is terminated as per the terms hereunder the Owners will either pay directly, or remit, sufficient funds in the Vessel’s Earnings Account to cover, the Vessel’s PandI and FD &
D estimated Release Calls as same will be calculated by the Vessel’s Protection and Indemnity Association. The Managers will ensure that, in the event of payment from the Vessel’s Earnings  Account,  when  called  by  the
Vessel’s Protection and Indemnity Association, the Vessel’s Release Calls are paid as appropriate and any balance remaining out of the amount originally remitted by the Owners will be released to the Owners.

(d)  the Owners’ Insurances name the Managers and, subject to underwriters’ agreement, any third party designated by the Managers as a joint assured, with full cover. It is understood that in some cases, such as protection and
indemnity, the normal terms for such cover may impose on the Managers and any such third party a liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances.

If obtainable at no additional cost, however, the Managers shall procure such insurances on terms such that neither the Managers nor any such third party shall be under any liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in
connection with the Owners’ Insurances. In any event, on termination of this Agreement in accordance with Clause 21 (Duration of the Agreement) and Clause 22 (Termination), the Owners or Managers shall procure that the
Managers and any third party designated by the Managers as joint assured shall cease to be joint assured and, if reasonably achievable, that they shall be released from any and all liability for premiums and calls that may arise
in relation to the period of this Agreement; and

(e)   written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owners, of the Managers’ compliance with their obligations under this Clause 10 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, and of
each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the Owners’ Insurances.

11.

Income Collected and Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners

(a)   All monies collected by the Managers under this Agreement (other than monies payable by the Owners to the Managers) and any interest thereon shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

(b)  All expenses incurred by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owners (including expenses as provided in Clause 12(c)) may be debited against the Owners in the account referred to under Sub-
clause 11(a) but shall in any event remain payable by the Owners to the Managers on demand.

(c)     The Managers shall provide the Owners with (i) monthly cash flow statements with respect to the Vessel and the Owners, and (ii) quarterly un-audited accounts and detailed analysis showing all movements and use of
funds held in the separate bank account.

(d)     The Managers shall pay, on behalf of the Owners and from the bank account referred to in Clause 11(a) above, all expenses of the Commercial Managers under the Commercial Management Agreement and all expenses
of the Exclusive Broker under the Exclusive Brokerage Deed (as applicable).

12. Management Fee and Expenses

(a)  The Owners shall pay to the Managers a daily management fee as stated in Box 14 for their services as Managers under this Agreement, which shall be due and payable in monthly instalments in advance, the first instalment
(pro rata if appropriate) being due and payable on the date of delivery of the Vessel to the Owners and subsequent instalments being due and payable every first New York banking day of every calendar month. The management
fee shall be payable to the Managers’ nominated account stated in Box 15.

(b)  The management fee shall be subject to an annual review (at the end of each calendar year) in order to reflect any increases in the salaries of Managers’ employees and other expenses (inflation). The proposed fee shall be
presented in the annual budget in accordance with Sub-clause 13(a). Subject always to the prior written approval of the Owners, the management fee may increase annually on January 1 of each year by not more than two and
one-half percent (2.5%).

(c)   The Managers shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, provide their own office accommodation, office staff, facilities and stationery. Without limiting the generality of this Clause 12 (Management Fee and Expenses) the
Owners  shall  reimburse  the  Managers  for  reasonable  postage,  communication,  travelling  and  accommodation  expenses,  and  other  reasonable  out  of  pocket  expenses  properly  incurred  by  the  Managers  in  pursuance  of  the
Management Services including but not limited to the Vessel

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
apportioned cost of the Managers’ “flying squad” and the “on board the Vessel” allowances as well as any other sundry administrative expenses, it being understood that the Managers shall not make any expenditure with
respect to the items described in this sub-paragraph ( c ) in the aggregate in excess of US$5,000 in any given calendar month, without the prior written consent of the Owners. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any of the above
items that may be included in the annual budget will not be part of this reimbursement.

(d)  If the Owners decide to layup the Vessel and such layup lasts for more than the number of months stated in Box 17, the Management Fee is agreed to be Euro [190] per day and will be applicable for the period exceeding
such period agreed in Box 17 until one month before the Vessel is again put into service. If the Managers are providing crew management services in accordance with Sub-clause 5(a), consequential costs of reduction and
reinstatement of the Crew shall be for the Owners’ account.

(e)  Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the performance of the Management Services shall be credited to the Owners.

13. Budgets and Management of Funds

(a) The Managers shall prepare a budget. The budget shall also provide aggregate forecast expenditure by the Managers for those cost items to be reimbursed by Owners as detailed in Clause 12(c). The Managers’ initial budget
is set out In Annex “C” hereto. Subsequent budgets shall be for twelve month periods and shall be prepared by the Managers and presented to the Owners not less than one month before the end of the budget year.

(b)   The Owners shall state to the Managers in a timely manner, but in any event within one month of presentation, whether or not they agree to each proposed annual budget. In the absence of any such indication by the
Owners, within such one month period, the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted the proposed budget.

(c)   Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their estimate of the working capital requirement for the Vessel and shall each month request the Owners in writing to pay the
funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing month, including the payment of any occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers or provisions. Such
funds shall be received by the Managers within ten running days after the receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

(d)   The Managers shall (i) establish and maintain an accounting system which meets the requirements of the Owners and provide regular accounting services, supply regular reports and records, (ii) maintain the records of all
costs  and  expenditures  incurred  as  well  as  data  necessary  or  proper  for  settlement  of  accounts,  (iii)  prepare  yearly  operating  budgets  for  the  Vessel including  any  drydocking  and  special  surveys,  (iv)  provide  back-office
administration and accounting services for the Vessel and  the  Owners,  and  (v)  at  all  times  maintain  and  keep  true  and  correct  accounts  in  respect  of  the  Management  Services  in  accordance  with  the  relevant  International
Financial Reporting Standards or U.S GAAP as required, including records of all costs and expenditure incurred, and produce a comparison between budgeted and actual income and expenditure of the Vessel in such form and at
such intervals as shall be mutually agreed. The Managers shall make such accounts available for inspection and auditing by the Owners and/or their representatives in the Managers’ offices or by electronic means, provided
reasonable notice is given by the Owners.

(e)   The Managers shall assist the Owners and its Parent in complying with the requirements of Section 404 of the U.S. Sarbanes Oxley Act 2002, as it may be amended from time to time (“SOX”), governing the effectiveness
of internal controls of service organizations retained by publicly held companies by taking or causing to be taken, all actions and doing, or causing to be done, all things and executing any and all documents and instruments
which may reasonably be required, proper or advisable to conducting an evaluation on the internal controls of the Managers in compliance with SOX. The Managers agree to take or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or
cause to be done, all things and to execute any and all documents and instruments of any kind on an ongoing basis which might be reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to permit the Owners and its Parent to remain in
compliance with SOX throughout the term of this Agreement, and, with the exception of the costs incurred by the Managers to obtain SAS 70 reports or any equivalents thereof, if require by the Owners or the Parent, which
shall be payable by either the Owners or the Parent, each of the parties to this Agreement shall bear their own costs associated with such compliance.

(f)   Notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein,  the  Managers  shall  in  no  circumstances  be  required  to  use  or  commit  their  own  funds  to  finance  the  provision  of  the  Management  Services  except  where  the  terms  of  this
engagement provide that such Management Services are to be provided at no extra or additional cost to the Owners.

14. Trading Restrictions

If the Managers are providing crew management services in accordance with Sub-clause 5(a) (Crew Management), the Owners

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and the Managers will, prior to the commencement of this Agreement, agree on any trading restrictions to the Vessel that may result from the terms and conditions of the Crew’s employment.

15. Replacement

If the Managers are providing crew management services in accordance with Sub-clause 5(a) (Crew Management), the Owners may require the replacement, at their own expense, at the next reasonable opportunity, of any
member of the Crew, including but not limited to any Master or officer, found on reasonable grounds to be unsuitable for service. If the Managers have failed to fulfil their obligations in providing suitable qualified Crew within
the meaning of Sub- clause 5(a) (Crew Management), then such replacement shall be at the Managers’ expense.

16. Managers’ Right to Sub-Contract

Other than to its Affiliates or as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the Managers shall not subcontract any of their obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Owners. In the event of such a sub-contract
the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement. Owners hereby agree that the Managers are allowed to sub-contract with TCMC (for the Filipino crew only) and with
other manning agents as same may be necessary for the due performance of the Managers’ services under clause 5 (a).

17. Responsibilities

(a)  Force Majeure - Neither party shall be liable for any loss, damage or delay due to any of the following force majeure events and/or conditions to the extent that the party invoking force majeure is prevented or hindered from
performing any or all of their obligations under this Agreement, provided they have made all reasonable efforts to avoid, minimise or prevent the effect of such events and/or conditions:

(i)

acts of God;

(ii)any requisition, control, intervention, requirement or interference by a Governmental Entity;

(iii) any circumstances arising out of war, threatened act of war or warlike operations, acts of terrorism, sabotage or piracy, or the consequences thereof;

(iv)riots, civil commotion, blockades or embargoes;

(v)

epidemics;

(vi)earthquakes, landslides, floods or other extraordinary weather conditions;

(vii) strikes, lockouts or other industrial action, unless limited to the employees (which shall not include the Crew) of the party seeking to invoke force majeure;

(viii)fire, accident, explosion except where caused by negligence of the party seeking to invoke force majeure; and

(ix)any other similar cause beyond the reasonable control of either party.

(b) Liability to Owners

Without prejudice to Sub-Clause 17(a), the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect (including but not limited
to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel), and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services UNLESS the same is proved to have resulted solely
from:

(i) the persistent and/or continuing negligence of the Managers which causes material losses and/or material additional expense to the Owners for a period of 3 (three) calendar months or more following a written notice from
the Owners that it is dissatisfied with the performance of the Managers due to such negligence and stating the deficiencies to be remedied, provided however, that the Managers shall not be deemed to have acted negligently
if the deficiencies arise or are continuing due to circumstances beyond the control of the Managers, the Exclusive Broker and TCMC, or if the Managers are taking reasonable steps to remedy such deficiencies; or

(ii) the gross negligence or wilful default of the Managers or its employees or agents, or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel,

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii) in which case (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause the same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage,
delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed a total of (A) three (3) times the annual management fee payable
hereunder with respect to such liability arising under the foregoing sub-clause (i) or (B) ten (10) times the annual management fee payable hereunder with respect to such liability arising under the foregoing sub-clause (ii).

(iv) Acts or omissions of the Crew – Notwithstanding anything that may appear to the contrary in this Agreement, the Managers shall not be liable for any acts or omissions of the Crew, even if such acts or omissions are
negligent, grossly negligent or wilful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under Clause 5(a) (Crew Management), in which case their
liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 17 (Responsibilities).

(c)  Indemnity - Except to the extent and solely for the amount therein set out that the Managers would be liable under Sub- clause 17(b), the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-
contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out
of or in connection with the performance of this Agreement, and against and in respect of all costs, loss, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or
incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement.

(d)  “Himalaya” - It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including every sub-contractor from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any
liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his, her or its part while acting in the course of or in connection
with  his,  her  or  its  employment  and,  without  prejudice  to  the  generality  of  the  foregoing  provisions  in  this  Clause  17  (Responsibilities),  every  exemption,  limitation,  condition  and  liberty  herein  contained  and  every  right,
exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent
of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of this Clause 17 (Responsibilities) the Managers are or shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of
all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

18. General Administration

(a)  The Managers shall keep the Owners and, if appropriate, the Company informed in a timely manner of any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to a material delay to the Vessel or
material claims or disputes involving third parties. Without derogating from the foregoing, the Managers shall present the Owners with a report at least every six (6) months identifying all claims arising in or outstanding in such
period, settlement and resolution status, and actions taken with respect thereto.

(b)  The Managers shall handle and settle all claims and disputes arising out of the Management Services hereunder with respect to such claims or disputes relating to claims in excess of USD 100,000, unless the Owners
instruct the Managers otherwise. The Managers shall keep the Owners appropriately informed in a timely manner throughout the handling of such claims and disputes.

(c)  The Owners may request the Managers to bring or defend other actions, suits or proceedings related to the Management Services, on terms to be agreed.

(d)   At Owners’ cost, the Managers shall have power to obtain appropriate legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of claims in relation to Sub-clauses 18(b) and 18(c) and
disputes and any other matters affecting the interests of the Owners in respect of the Vessel, including the appointment of auditors or other outside experts as may be necessary in the ordinary course of business.

(e)  On giving reasonable notice with respect to proposed dates and the scope of inquiry, the Owners may request, and the Managers shall in a timely manner make available, all documentation, information and records in respect
of the matters covered by this Agreement either related to mandatory rules or regulations or other obligations applying to the Owners in respect of the Vessel (including but not limited to STCW 95, the ISM Code and ISPS
Code) to the extent permitted by relevant legislation and the Managers shall permit the Owners during regular business hours to inspect the Managers’ premises, audit records and accounts and meet with executive personnel.

(f) The Managers shall provide the administration and support services set out in Appendix XX (collectively, the “Administrative

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
& Support Services”) at their cost; provided, however, that, at the Owners’ sole cost and expense, the Managers may employ the services of external advisors or other third-party service providers if reasonably necessary for the
Managers to provide the Administrative & Support Services (including, without limitation, the services of accounting, tax or legal advisors, but expressly excluding day-to-day accounting services or other Administrative &
Support Services that Managers provide to other clients in the ordinary course utilizing in-house expertise).

(g)   On giving reasonable notice, the Managers may request, and the Owners shall in a timely manner make available, all documentation, information and records reasonably required by the Managers to enable them to perform
the Management Services.

(h) The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security.

(i)   Any costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations according to this Clause 18 (General Administration) unless otherwise expressly provided or agreed shall be reimbursed by the Owners.

19.

Inspection of Vessel

The Owners may at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary.

20. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

The Parties will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement of the laws and regulations the Flag State, or of any place where the Vessel trades, nor shall either of the Parties act in any
manner which is prohibited under United States laws or regulations related to foreign trade controls.

In performing the Management Services, the Managers shall, and shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that its Affiliates and sub-contractors shall, comply in all material respects with the written policies of the Owners,
Global Ship Lease Services Limited or the Parent that are directly applicable to the Managers’ provision of the Management Services and are made known to the Managers in advance in writing, which shall include, but not be
limited to, the Owners’ Anti-slavery and Human Trafficking Policy, Corporate and Social Responsibility Policy, Anti-bribery and Anti-corruption Policy, Business Ethics Policy, Data and Privacy Policy and Business Conduct
Policy and any other policies of the Owners that are so applicable from time to time.

21. Duration of the Agreement

a.              This Agreement shall come into effect at the date stated in Box 2 and shall continue for the minimum contract period set out in Box 18. Either party may give not less than six (6) months written notice to the other during
the minimum contract period that this Agreement is to be terminated at the expiry of the minimum contract period set out in Box 18.

b.              Following the expiry of the minimum contract period set out in Box 18, and provided that neither party has issued a termination notice pursuant to Clause 21(a) to terminate this Agreement at the end of the minimum
contract period, this Agreement may be terminated by either party by giving no less than six (6) months written notice to the other.

c.               Should the Owners provide notice under either Clauses 21(a) or (b) above on the basis that they are able to secure more competitive terms from a recognized third party ship manager, they shall provide the Managers in
reasonably documented detail, the more competitive terms offered to the Owners by such third party ship manager. The Managers shall have the right to send written notice to the Owners agreeing to match all such terms, in
which case this Agreement shall not terminate and shall be deemed to be amended to incorporate such revised terms, as appropriate.

d.              Notwithstanding Clauses 21(a) and (b) above, this Agreement may be terminated by either party at any time in accordance with Clause 22 (Termination).)

e.             Where the Vessel is not at a mutually convenient port or place on the expiry of such period, this Agreement shall terminate on the subsequent arrival of the Vessel at the next mutually convenient port or place.

22. Termination

Owners’ or Managers’ default

(a)

If either Party fails to meet their obligations under this Agreement, the other Party may give notice to the defaulting Party requiring it to remedy it. In the event that the defaulting Party fails to remedy within a reasonable
time to the reasonable

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
satisfaction of the other Party, that other Party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice to the defaulting Party.

(b)

Notwithstanding Clause 22(a):

(i) The Managers shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice to the Owners if any monies payable by the Owners under the terms of this Agreement shall not have been received in
the Managers’ nominated account within thirty (30) days of receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request, or if the Vessel is repossessed by a mortgagee.

(ii) Unless caused by the act or omission of the Exclusive Broker, if the Owners proceed with the employment of or continue to employ the Vessel in the carriage of contraband, blockade running, or in an unlawful trade,
or on a voyage which in the reasonable opinion of the Managers is unduly hazardous or improper, the Managers may give notice of the default to the Owners, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In
the event that the Owners fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice.

(iii) If either party fails to meet their respective obligations under Sub-clause 5(b) (Crew Insurances) and Clause 10 (Insurance Policies), the other party may give notice to the party in default requiring them to remedy it
within twenty (20) days, failing which the other party may terminate this Agreement with immediate effective by giving notice to the party in default.

(c)

Extraordinary Termination

This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated in the case of the sale of the Vessel (directly or via a sale of a Controlling interest in the Owners) or, if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or
compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned or has been declared missing, or if bareboat chartered, unless otherwise agreed, when the bareboat charter comes to an end; provided, however, that the foregoing
shall not apply to (A) the sale of any Vessel pursuant to a sale/leaseback transaction or (B) any termination or expiration of a bareboat charter of such Vessel by the Owners if such Vessel is purchased (or re-purchased) by
the Owners.

(d)

For the purpose of Sub-clause 22(c) hereof:

(i)

the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be the date on which the Vessel’s Owners cease to be the registered owners of the Vessel;

(ii)

(iii)

the Vessel shall be deemed to be lost either when it has become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with the Vessel’s underwriters in respect of its constructive total loss or if such agreement with the
Vessel’s underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a component tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred; and

the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as declared missing shall be ten (10) days after the Vessel was last reported or when the Vessel is recorded as missing be the Vessel’s underwriters, whichever occurs
first. A missing Vessel shall be deemed lost in accordance with the provisions of Sub-clause 22(d)(ii).

The Managers’ Default

(e)

The Owner may terminate this Agreement for Cause (as hereinafter defined), but only after the Owners have provided the Managers with notice of such Cause and such Cause has not been cured within twenty (20) days of
such notice; provided, however, that if any Cause is incapable of being cured, then no notice and cure period shall be required.

(f)

Cause means any of the following:

(i)

The Managers:

(A)

persist and/or continue to be negligent in their performance of the Management Services which causes material losses and/or material additional expense to the Owners for a period of 3 (three) calendar
months or more following a written notice from the Owners that it is dissatisfied with the performance of the Managers due to such negligence and stating the deficiencies to be remedied, provided however,
that the Managers shall not be deemed to have acted negligently if the deficiencies arise or are continuing due to circumstances beyond the control of the Managers, the Exclusive Broker and TCMC or if the
Managers are taking reasonable steps to remedy such deficiencies; and/or

15

 
 
 
 
 
(B)

is or has been grossly negligent in its performance of the Management Services; and/or

(C)

has engaged in wilful misconduct and/or bad faith and/or fraud;

(ii)

The Managers wilfully fail to cooperate in any government, agency, regulatory or external self-governing body investigation that could have a material adverse effect on the Owners;

(iii)

(iv)

The Managers or any of their directors, officers or employees are convicted or plead nolo contendere to a felony or a misdemeanour involving moral turpitude that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse
effect on the Owners;

The Managers or any of their directors, officers or employees commit any material violation of any U.S. federal law regulating securities or the business of the Owners or the Parent without having relied on the
legal advice of the Owners’ or the Parent’s counsel to perform or omit to perform the act resulting in such violation or the Managers are the subject of any final order, judicial or administrative, obtained or issued by
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, for any securities violation involving fraud that in each case is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Owners or the Parent; and

(v)

a material breach of the obligations of the Managers under this Agreement that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Parent.

(g)

The Managers shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice to the Owners within a six (6) month period following a Change in Majority Interests or Control.

(h)

Owners shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice to the Managers within a six (6) month period following a Manager Change of Control.

(i)

This Agreement  shall  terminate  automatically  in  the  event  of  an  order  being  made  or  resolution  passed  for  the  winding  up,  dissolution,  liquidation  or  bankruptcy  of  either  Party  (otherwise  than  for  the  purpose  of
reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver or administrator is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors (any such event, an
Insolvency).

(j)

In addition, where the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with Clause 5(a) (Crew Management):

the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of ninety (90) days; and

the Owners shall pay an equitable proportion of any Severance Costs which may be incurred. The Managers shall use their reasonable endeavours to minimise such Severance Costs.

(k)

(l)

On the termination, for whatever reason, of this Agreement, the Managers shall arrange to deliver to Owners, if so requested, and upon reasonable notice, the originals where possible, or otherwise certified copies, of all
contracts, charters and all documents specifically relating the Vessels and the Management Services provided under this Agreement. The Managers will ensure that such documents will be available for a period of two (2)
years following the termination of this Agreement.

The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued between the Parties prior to the date of termination, including for the avoidance of doubt specifically the right of the Managers to receive
the Management Fee (a) prior to the date of such termination and (b) in any event up to the expiry of the minimum contract period as per Box 18 provided that, in the event of termination of this Agreement for Cause by
the Owners pursuant to clause 22 (e), no Management Fee shall be due or payable to the Managers hereunder for any period after the date of such termination.

16

 
 
 
 
(m)

In addition  to  any  other  payments  contemplated  herein,  (i)  if  this  Agreement  is  terminated  by  the  Managers  pursuant  to  any  of  Clauses  21(a),  21(b),  22(a),  22(b)(i),  22(b)(ii),  22(b)(iii),  22(c)  or  22(g)  or  (ii)  if  this
Agreement terminates automatically pursuant to Clause 22(i) because of the Insolvency of the Owners, upon such termination the Managers shall be entitled to a lump sum payment in the amount set forth opposite such
Clause reference in the following table:

Applicable Clause Reference

clause 21(a)
clause 21(b)
clause 22(a)
clause 22(b)(i)
clause 22(b)(ii)
clause 22(b)(iii)
clause 22(c)
clause 22(g)
clause 22(i)

Termination Payment
50% of the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination
50% of the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination
Five (5) times the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination
Five (5) times the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination
Five (5) times the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination
Five (5) times the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination
25% of the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination
Six (6) times the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination
Five (5)  times the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination

18

 
 
 
 
(n) In addition to any other payments contemplated herein, (i)  if  this  Agreement  is  terminated  by  the  Owners  pursuant  to  any  of  clauses  21(a),  21(b),  22(a),  22(b)(iii),  22(c),  22(e)  or  22(h)  ,  or  (ii) if this Agreement
terminates automatically pursuant to clause 22(i) because of the Insolvency of the Managers, upon such termination the Managers shall be entitled to a lump sum payment in the amount set forth opposite such clause
reference in the following table:

Applicable Clause Reference
clause 21(a)
clause 21(b)
clause 22(a)
clause 22(b)(iii)
clause 22(c)
clause 22(e)
clause 22(h)
clause 22(i)

Termination Payment
Six (6) times the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination
Five (5) times the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination
25% of the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination
50% of the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination
One quarter of the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination
None
The annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination
25% of the annual management fee payable hereunder at the time of such termination

23. Emission Trading Scheme Allowances. Effective 1st January 2024 and notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Owners and the Managers (together the "Parties" and each individually a “Party”) agree as

follows:

“Emission Allowances” or “EUAs” means an allowance, credit, quota, permit or equivalent, representing a right of a vessel to emit a specified quantity of greenhouse gas emissions recognized by the Emission Scheme.

“Emission Data” means data and records of the Vessel’s emissions in the form and manner necessary to calculate its Emission Allowances.

“Emission Scheme” means a greenhouse gas emissions trading scheme which for the purposes of this Clause shall mean the European Union Emissions Trading System (“EU ETS”).

“Responsible Entity” means the party responsible for compliance under the Emission Scheme applicable to the Vessel by law and/or regulation.

“Surrender Date” means 30 September 2025 and every 30 September thereafter (or as such date may be amended from time to time) which is the deadline for the surrender of Emission Allowances pursuant to the EU ETS

The Managers shall be the Responsible Entity under EU ETS applicable to the Vessel and shall assume that responsibility by way of mandated authority between the Parties in accordance with such Emission Scheme (the
“Mandate”). In consideration of the Managers accepting such responsibility, the following shall apply (also see the Appendix for the respective specific services to be provided by the Managers with regard to the EU ETS) :

(i) The Managers shall provide the Owners with Emission Data together with the calculation of the Emission Allowances required at regular intervals to be agreed between the Parties. Such Emission Data shall be verified by an
independent verifier, where

19

 
 
 
 
 
and when applicable, at the Owners’ expense.

(ii) The Managers shall monitor and report Emission Data to the administering authority (as determined by the EU) in accordance with the EU ETS as applicable to the Vessel.

(iii) The Emission Allowances as calculated by the Managers shall be received by the Managers from the Owners or, if the governing charterparty at the material time so provides, from the Vessel’s charterers , in the Managers’
nominated Emission Scheme account as agreed between the Parties having taken into account any applicable respective agreement between the Owners and any charterer of the Vessel at any time but in any event not later than 20
days prior to the Surrender Date . Notwithstanding that as between Owners and their charterers from time to time the obligation to provide EUAs is the charterers’ obligation, the primary responsibility for provision of EUAs to
the Managers shall remain at all times with the Owners.

(iv) No later than fourteen (14) days prior to termination of this Agreement, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners, in writing, (i) their estimates of the Emission Allowances due for the Vessel for the final month
of validity of this Agreement, or part thereof, and, (ii) in any event, the total Emission Allowances (including estimated ones) applicable to the Vessel until the date on which the Managers shall cease to be the Responsible Entity
by reason of such termination, save that where the Agreement is terminated in circumstances which do not allow the Managers fourteen (14) days’ notification, the Managers shall notify the Owners of the total Emission
Allowances as soon as possible. Within three (3) days of notification by the Managers of the total Emission Allowances due to the Managers, but in any event not later than the termination of this Agreement, the Emission
Allowances notified by the Managers shall be transferred by the Owners or on Owners’ behalf to the Managers. Owners shall fully indemnify the Managers against any liability which the Managers have for Emission
Allowances, and such indemnity will survive any termination of this Agreement.

(v) Any difference between (a) the Emission Allowances estimated according to subclause (iv) above and (b) the Emission Allowances actually due in respect of the Vessel as at the time and date of termination of this Agreement,
shall be reconciled and settled between the Parties within ten (10) days after the termination of this Agreement.

(vi) For the avoidance of any doubt, the Owners shall always provide the Managers in a timely manner (and in any event as per the time context agreed in paragraph (iii) above ), with the Emission Allowances required to fulfil
the Managers’ obligations under EU ETS. It is expressly agreed that the Owners will immediately and without delay transfer to the Managers any Emission Allowances not transferred to them by the charterers of the Vessel at
any time or otherwise authorize the Managers to purchase any such Emission Allowances on Owners’ behalf and at Owners’ cost after first having sent to the Managers sufficient funds as per Managers’ request.

(vii) The Managers shall surrender the Emission Allowances in accordance with the EU ETS as applicable to the Vessel, subject always to the Owners being/remaining responsible for providing such Emission Allowances to the
Managers.

(viii) Any Emission Allowances transferred by the Owners or on Owners’ behalf to the Managers shall be held to the credit of the Owners (but not on trust) until surrendered by the Managers to the administering authority of the
EU ETS applicable to the Vessel.

(ix) The Managers’ daily management fee shall be increased as per BOX 14. The Parties agree that when the EU ETS market standards become clearer or in the event of a material change to them, they will review the position
and/or consider the changes and in good faith re-appraise the level of the Additional Fee with the first such review to take place no later than January 31, 2025.

(x) The Owners acknowledge that the Managers shall act as the Responsible Entity with respect to vessels owned or operated by persons or entities other than the Owners, the Parent, or their respective Subsidiaries and to that
effect the Managers may be found as non-compliant regarding the performance of EU ETS obligations as a consequence of such other vessels and / or owners regarding the performance of EU ETS obligations (“ Non
Compliance Contagion Event”). In the event of a Non-Compliance Contagion Event, Owners will have the right to notify the Managers in writing and request them to remedy the Non-Compliance Contagion Event within (90)
days (or such other greater period as the Parties may agree) following the receipt of such notice from the Owners. Provided that the Managers have been unable to remedy the Non- Compliance Contagion Event as required by the
Owners, the Owners will have the right to revoke the Mandate and the Managers shall cease to be the Responsible Entity upon completion of all necessary administrative actions giving effect to such revocation, subject always to
Owners providing the Managers with all EUAs due and applicable to the Vessel as calculated by the Managers until the date such revocation becomes effective and the Managers cease to be the Responsible Entity. Such EUAs
will be provided by the Owners to the Managers not later than five (5) days following the Managers provision to the Owners of the relevant EUAs calculations. For the avoidance of any doubt, any such Non- Compliance
Contagion Event will never constitute or be construed as constituting a breach of this Agreement or as Managers’ failure to comply with their obligations under this Agreement in any manner whatsoever.

20

 
 
 
 
(xi) The Managers will have the right to revoke the Mandate at any time subject to notifying the Owners in writing and cooperating with the Owners to ensure a smooth change is effected for the Responsible Entity with regard
to EU ETS. Owners will provide the Managers with all EUAs due and applicable to the Vessel as calculated by the Managers until the date such revocation becomes effective and the Managers cease to be the Responsible
Entity. Such EUAs will be provided by the Owners to the Managers not later than five (5) days following the Managers provision to the Owners of the relevant EUAs calculations.

24.

BIMCO Dispute Resolution Clause

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the

Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its
own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days
specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior
notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure
current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

(b)    Notwithstanding Sub-clauses 24(a) above, the parties may agree at any time to refer to mediation any difference and/or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

(i)        In the case of a dispute in respect of which arbitration has been commenced under Sub-clauses 24(a) above, the following shall apply:

(ii)       Either party may at any time and from time to time elect to refer the dispute or part of the dispute to mediation by service on the other party of a written notice (the “Mediation Notice”) calling on the other party to
agree to mediation.

(iii)      The other party shall thereupon within 14 calendar days of receipt of the Mediation Notice confirm that they agree to mediation, in which case the parties shall thereafter agree a mediator within a further 14
calendar  days,  failing  which  on  the  application  of  either  party  a  mediator  will  be  appointed  promptly  by  the  Arbitration Tribunal  (“the  Tribunal”)  or  such  person  as  the  Tribunal  may  designate  for  that  purpose.  The
mediation shall be conducted in such place and in accordance with such procedure and on such terms as the parties may agree or, in the event of disagreement, as may be set by the mediator.

(iv)      If the other party does not agree to mediate, that fact may be brought to the attention of the Tribunal and may be taken into account by the Tribunal when allocating the costs of the arbitration as between the parties.

(v)       The mediation shall not affect the right of either party to seek such relief or take such steps as it considers necessary to protect its interest.

(vi)      Either party may advise the Tribunal that they have agreed to mediation. The arbitration procedure shall continue during the conduct of the mediation but the Tribunal may take the mediation timetable into account
when setting the timetable for steps in the arbitration.

(vii)     Unless otherwise agreed or specified in the mediation terms, each party shall bear its own costs incurred in the mediation and the parties shall share equally the mediator’s costs and expenses.

(viii)    The mediation process shall be without prejudice and confidential and no information or documents disclosed during

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
it shall be revealed to the Tribunal except to the extent that they are disclosable under the law and procedure governing the arbitration.

(c)

If Box 21 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, Sub-clause 24(a) of this Clause shall apply.

25.                Notices
(a) A notice or other communication given under this Agreement (a Notice) shall be:

(i)        in writing;

(ii)       in the English language; and

(iii)      sent by the Permitted Method to the Notified Address.

(b)The Permitted Method means any of the methods set out in the first column below, the second column setting out the date on which a Notice given by such Permitted Method shall be deemed to be given provided the Notice is

properly addressed and sent in full to the Notified Address:

(1)
Permitted Method

(2)
Date on which Notice deemed given

Personal delivery

Courier delivery

E-mail

When left at the Notified Address

When left at the Notified Address

When actually received by the recipient (or made available to the recipient) in readable form

(c) The “Notified Address” (including fax number) of each of the Parties is the address set out below, or as subsequently notified to all Parties in writing:

(i)        to the Owners at: [•]

Attention: [•]

(ii)       to Managers at: [•]
Attention: [•]

or to such other address as is notified by one Party to the other Party under this Agreement.

And in each case proof of posting, handing in or transmission shall be proof that notice has been given, unless proven to the contrary.

26. Entire Agreement

This Agreement  constitutes  the  entire  agreement  between  the  parties  and  no  promise,  undertaking,  representation,  warranty  or  statement  by  either  party  prior  to  the  date  stated  in  Box  2  shall  affect  this  Agreement.  Any
modification of this Agreement shall not be of any effect unless in writing signed by or on behalf of the parties.

27. Third Party Rights

Except to the extent provided in Sub-clauses 17(c) (Indemnity) and 17(d) (Himalaya), no third parties may enforce any term of this Agreement.

28. Partial Validity

If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes or is held by any arbitrator or other competent body to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law or jurisdiction, the provision shall be deemed to be
amended to the extent necessary

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
to avoid such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, or, if such amendment is not possible, the provision shall be deemed to be deleted from this Agreement to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, and the
remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect and shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

29. Confidentiality

(a) The Managers shall keep confidential the Confidential Information disclosed to it by or on behalf of the Owners or howsoever otherwise obtained, developed or created by the Managers.
(b) The Managers shall:

(i) use the Confidential Information solely in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement; and
(ii) take all action reasonably necessary to secure the Confidential Information against theft, loss or unauthorised disclosure.

(c)       The restrictions on use or disclosure of Confidential Information in this clause 29 do not apply to information which is:

(i) generally available in the public domain, other than as a result of the Managers’ breach of any obligation under this clause 29; or
(ii) lawfully acquired from a third party who owes no obligation of confidentiality in respect of the information; or
(iii) independently developed by the Managers, or was in the Managers’ lawful possession prior to receipt from the Owners.

(d)       The Managers may disclose the Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Owners:

(i) to their Affiliates and subcontractors, to whom disclosure is required for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, but only to the extent necessary to perform such obligations (together the Permitted
Disclosees); or

(ii) if, and to the extent that, such information is required to be disclosed (including by way of an Announcement) by the rules of any stock exchange or by any governmental, regulatory or supervisory body (including,
without limitation, any taxation authority) or court of competent jurisdiction (Relevant Authority) to which the Managers are subject, provided that the Managers shall, if it is not so prohibited by law, provide the
Owners with prompt notice of any such requirement or request.

(e)       The Managers shall:

(i) before disclosing Confidential Information to a Permitted Disclosee, to the extent reasonably practicable, notify the Owners in writing of the intended disclosure and the identity of the intended Permitted Disclosee;

(ii) ensure that such Permitted Disclosee is aware of and complies with the Managers’ obligations under this clause 29 as if it were the Managers; and

(iii) be responsible for the acts and omissions of any Permitted Disclosee in relation to the Confidential Information as if they were the acts or omissions of the Managers.

(f)The parties agree that damages may not be an adequate remedy for the Managers’ breach of this clause 29 and (to the extent permitted by the court) the Owners shall be entitled to seek an injunction or specific performance

in respect of such breach.

30.

Interpretation
In this Agreement:

(a)  Singular/Plural

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The singular includes the plural and vice versa as the context admits or requires.

(b)  Headings

The index and heading to the clauses and appendices to this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect its construction or interpretation.

(c)  Day

“Day” means a calendar day unless expressly stated to the contrary

31.Acts of the Commercial Managers and Exclusive Broker (as applicable)

Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  this  Agreement  to  the  contrary,  the  Owners  shall  have  no  liability,  through  indemnification  or  otherwise,  for  any  damages,  losses,  or  claims  of  any  kind  whatsoever  of  the
Managers arising from or in any way related to the acts or omissions of the Commercial Managers and/or the Exclusive Broker, nor shall the Managers have any right to terminate this Agreement for any circumstance
or event arising out of or in any way related to any acts or omissions of the Commercial Managers and/or the Exclusive Broker.

32.Owners’ Right to Assign

(a) The Owners may assign all of their rights under this Agreement to any mortgagee of the Vessel provided that such assignment shall not otherwise prejudice the rights of the Managers to terminate this Agreement
pursuant to the terms hereof. Upon satisfaction of the condition set forth in the first sentence of this Clause 32(a), the Managers hereby agree to enter into an acknowledgment of such assignment in such form as the
mortgagee may reasonably request.

(b) The Managers may not assign all or any of their rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Owners;

(c) Neither party shall be entitled to transfer all or any of its obligations, duties or liabilities under this Agreement unless:

(i) the same is expressly permitted under the terms of this Agreement; or
(ii) it has received the prior written consent of the other party.

33 Guarantee

The Parent (as primary obligor, and not merely as surety) hereby irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to the Manager the full and prompt performance by Owners of all of Owners’ liabilities and obligations under this
Agreement, whether as to payment or otherwise (“the Owners’ Obligations”) when the same are to be paid or performed, as the case may be. Owners’ obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any facts or circumstances that
might constitute a discharge of or defence to any Owners’ Obligation available to the Parent but not available to Owners, and the Parent hereby expressly waives and renounces any and all such discharges and defences. This guarantee
shall be unaffected by any amendment of or supplement to this Agreement, or by the grant of any time or indulgence to Owners by the Managers.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX

Accounting and Records. The Managers shall, on behalf of the Group, establish an accounting system, including the development, implementation and maintenance over financial reporting and disclosure controls and
procedures, and maintain Books and Records, with such modifications as may be necessary to comply with Applicable Laws. The Books and Records shall contain particulars of receipts and disbursements relating to
the Group’s assets and liabilities and shall be kept pursuant to normal commercial practices that will permit consolidated financial statements to be prepared for the Parent in accordance with US GAAP and stand-alone
and, if required, consolidated financial statements for its Subsidiaries under appropriate GAAP. The Books and Records shall be the property of the Group but shall be kept at the Managers’ primary office or such other
place as the Group and the Managers may mutually agree. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, all of the Books and Records shall be provided to the Parent or as the Parent shall direct. The internal control
over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures shall be designed to be effective in the context of the Parent’s management’s obligation to report annually on such controls.

Reporting Requirements. The Managers shall prepare and deliver to the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Parent the following reports, which the Managers shall use its reasonable best
efforts to prepare and deliver within the time periods specified below or, if not so specified, within the time period requested by the relevant party:

(a) a quarterly report, including draft Earnings Release, to be delivered within 30 days of the end of each Fiscal Quarter (45 days for the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31 in each year) setting out the interim financial
results of the Company for such quarter and for the applicable Fiscal Year through the end of such Fiscal Quarter;

(b) as and when requested by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer, draft reports regarding financial and other information required in connection with Applicable Laws
(including annual and other reports that may be required to be filed under the Exchange Act and all other Applicable Laws); and

(c) as and when reasonably requested by the Parent from time to time, such other reports with respect to financial and other information of the Group.

Financial Statements and Tax Returns. At the instruction of the Chief Financial Officer, the Managers shall prepare and deliver for review by the Chief Financial Officer and the Audit Committee of the Board of
Directors the following, which the Managers shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare and deliver within the time periods specified below or, if not so specified, within the time period requested by the relevant
party:

(a) within 30 days of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, unaudited financial statements of the Parent for such Fiscal Quarter, reviewed by the external auditors of the Parent, prepared in accordance with US GAAP and the
rules and regulations of the SEC, on a consolidated basis with all Subsidiaries of the Parent;

(b)  within  45  days  of  the  end  of  each  Fiscal  Year,  financial  statements  of  the  Parent  for  such  Fiscal  Year,  audited  by  the  external  auditors  of  the  Parent,  prepared  in  accordance  with  US  GAAP  and  the  rules  and
regulations of the SEC, on a consolidated basis with all Subsidiaries of the Parent;

(c) within any deadlines imposed by any regulatory authorities or in order to comply with covenants in borrowing facilities, financial statements of the Parent and Subsidiaries (included on a sub-consolidated basis if
required) for such Fiscal Year, audited by the external auditors, prepared in accordance with US GAAP or other GAAP as appropriate; and

(d) tax returns for the Parent and all of its Subsidiaries required to be filed by Applicable Laws.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Parent’s reporting obligations are accelerated under the Exchange Act beyond what such obligations are at the time of the commencement of this Agreement, the
Managers shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide to the Parent the financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above within such periods as shall be required for the Parent to comply with any reporting
requirements under the Exchange Act or other similar applicable laws and regulations.

In addition, the Managers shall attend to the timely calculation and payment of all taxes payable by the Group. At the instruction of the Chief Financial Officer, the Managers shall cause the Parent’s external accountants
to review the Parent’s unaudited financial statements, audit the Parent’s and the Subsidiaries’ annual financial statements, review internal controls and finalize tax returns. The Managers shall make available to the
Parent’s accountants the relevant Books and Records for the Company and the Subsidiaries and shall assist the accountants in their duties.

Legal and Securities Compliance Services.

(a) Responsibilities of the Managers.

25

 
 
 
 
 
The Managers shall assist the Group with the following items, whether or not related to any of the Vessels:

(i) compliance with all Applicable Laws, including all relevant securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange upon which the Parent’s securities
are listed;

(ii) arranging for the provision of advisory services to the Parent with respect to the Parent’s obligations under applicable securities laws in the United States and disclosure and reporting obligations under applicable
securities laws, including the preparation for review, approval and filing by the Parent of reports and other documents with the SEC and all other applicable regulatory authorities;

(iii) maintaining the Group’s corporate existence and good standing in all necessary jurisdictions and assisting in all other corporate and regulatory compliance matters;

(iv) providing information required by any credit rating agencies;

(v) providing support to the Parent with respect to investor relations including maintenance and monitoring of its website;

(vi) providing legal support for transactions, including but not limited to negotiation and documentation of Memoranda of Agreement for the sale and purchase of vessels, new building contracts for vessels, charter
parties, vessel financings; and

(vii) adjusting and negotiating settlements, with or on behalf of claimants or underwriters, of any claim, damages for which are recoverable under insurance policies (subject to any applicable deductible).

(b) Administration and Settlement of Legal Actions.

If any Legal Action is commenced against or is required to be commenced in favor of the Group or any of the Vessels, the Managers shall arrange for the commencement or defense of such Legal Action, as the case may
be, in the name of, on behalf of and at the expense of the Group, including retaining and instructing legal counsel, investigating the substance of the Legal Action and entering pleadings with respect to the Legal Action.
The Managers shall assist the Group in administering and supervising any such Legal Actions and shall keep the Group advised of the status thereof. The Managers may settle any Legal Action on behalf of a Group
where the amount of settlement is less than $500,000 with the approval of the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer and, in excess of such amount, with the approval of the Board of Directors.

(c) Interaction with Regulatory Authorities.

Notwithstanding anything in this Appendix or otherwise, the Managers shall not act for or on behalf of the Group in its relationships with any regulatory authorities except to the extent specifically authorized by the
Parent from time to time.

Bank Accounts.

The Managers shall oversee banking services for the Group and shall, where necessary, establish in the name of the Parent and its Subsidiaries such bank accounts with such financial institutions as the Parent and its
Subsidiaries may request. The Managers shall administer and manage all of the Group’s cash and accounts, including making any deposits and withdrawals reasonably necessary for the management of its business and
day-to-day operations. The Managers shall promptly deposit all moneys payable to the Group and received by the Managers into a bank account held in the name of the Parent or its Subsidiaries. This provision, and any
and all other provisions required to give effect to this provision, shall become effective on the Effective Date.

Corporate Planning.

The Managers shall:

(a) oversee preparation of annual budget, including working capital requirements;

(b) develop forecasts and projections, including profitability analysis; and

(c) obtain investment appraisals;

26

 
 
 
 
 
Emissions Trading System Process Services.

(i)

Data Monitoring. The Managers shall capture and review emissions with the assistance of a consulting company on a per month basis. Emissions data validation to be performed by an independent verifier on an
annual basis and for any other intermediate period, as necessary and available. Final verified data to be distributed to all interested parties both internally and externally as necessary (including the Vessel’s charterers
at any relevant time with whom the Managers will communicate and share any relevant information and data for the purposes of EU ETS as required by the Owners).

(ii)

Reporting. The Managers shall report the verified emissions data to the EU (MRV – emissions metrics with the EU) and IMO (global emissions). The Managers shall obtain relevant certification and distribute to
all parties as necessary.

(iii) Trading. The Managers shall open / manage / monitor the EU ETS trading account and the EU ETS compliance account. Upon any collection of EUAs the Managers treasury dept. will inform all relevant parties
and also will perform an initial reconciliation for EUAs expected and received for the Vessel basis to identify any discrepancies. Trading of EUAs in order to cover any potential needs such as off-hire(s) or as
Owners may otherwise instruct the Managers will be performed by the Managers subject to Owners’ authorisation on Owners’ behalf and at Owners’ cost.

(iv) Reconciliation. Prior to the final submission of the EUAs to the EU the Managers shall perform a final reconciliation analysis  to  verify  the  EUAs  to  be  agreed  between  the  Owners  and  the  Charterers,  EUAs

covering any off-hires, etc. and shall further confirm that all required EUAs are collected and/or purchased and are in the relevant compliance account.

(v)

EUAs Submission. The Managers to surrender verified EUAs to the EU as required by EU ETS

Other Services.

The Managers shall assist the Group to:

(a) identify, negotiate and secure opportunities for the Group to acquire vessels or companies which own vessels, or to construct vessels, and to negotiate and carry out the purchase of existing vessels, newbuilding
vessels or companies which are the registered owners of vessels.

(b)  obtain,  on  behalf  of  the  Group,  general  insurance,  director  and  officer  liability  insurance  and  other  insurance  of  the  Group  not  related  to  the  Vessels  that  would  normally  be  obtained  for  companies  in  a  similar
business to that of the Group;

(c) if so required by the Group, administer payroll services, for any employee, officer or director of the Parent and its Subsidiaries;

(d) provide the Group with information technology support including email;

(e) provide office space and office equipment for personnel of the Group at the location of the Managers or any subsidiary thereof or as otherwise reasonably designated by the Parent, and clerical, secretarial, accounting
and administrative assistance as may be reasonably necessary;

(f) at the request and under the direction of the Parent, handle all administrative and clerical matters in respect of (i) board and committee meetings of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, (ii) the call and arrangement of all
annual and special meetings of shareholders, the Parent and any of its subsidiaries, (iii) the preparation of all materials (including notices of meetings and proxy or similar materials) in respect thereof and (iv) the
submission of all such materials to the Parent in sufficient time prior to the dates upon which they must be mailed, filed or otherwise relied upon so that the Parent has full opportunity to review, approve, execute and
return them to the Managers for filing or mailing or other disposition as the Parent may require or direct;

(g) provide, at the request and under the direction of the Parent, such communications to the transfer agent for the Parent as may be necessary or desirable;

(h) make recommendations to the Parent for the appointment of auditors, accountants, legal counsel and other

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
accounting, financial or legal advisers, and technical, commercial, marketing or other independent experts; provided, however, that nothing herein shall permit the Managers to engage any such adviser or expert for the
Parent without the Parent’s specific approval;

(i) providing assistance and advice to the Group with respect to financing, including (i) the monitoring and administration of the compliance with any applicable financing terms and conditions in effect with investors,
banks, lenders or other financial institutions and (ii) the identification and negotiation of new capital or financings or re-financings; and

(j) attend to all other administrative matters necessary to ensure the professional management of the Group’s business or as reasonably requested by the Group from time to time

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Unless otherwise defined in this Appendix, capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined in this Appendix shall have the meaning given such term in Clause 1 (Definitions) of Part II of this Agreement.

“Applicable Laws” means, in respect of any Person, property, transaction or event, all laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations, municipal by-laws, treaties, judgments and decrees applicable to that Person, property,
transaction  or  event,  all  applicable  official  directives,  rules,  consents,  approvals,  authorizations,  guidelines,  orders,  codes  of  practice  and  policies  of  any  Governmental  Authority  having  authority  over  that  Person,
property, transaction or event and having the force of law, and all general principles of common law and equity.

“Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Parent, as the same may be constituted from time to time.

“Books and Records” means all books of accounts and records, including tax records, sales and purchase records, Vessel records, computer software, formulae, business reports, plans and projections and all other
documents, files, correspondence and other information of the Group with respect to the Vessels or the Business (whether or not in written, printed, electronic or computer printout form).

“Business” means the Group’s business of owning, operating and/or chartering or re-chartering Vessels to other Persons and any other lawful act or activity customarily conducted in conjunction therewith.

“Chief Executive Officer” means the chief executive officer of the Parent.

“Chief Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer of the Parent.

“Disclosing Party” means a party who has disclosed Confidential Information hereunder to the other party or on whose behalf Confidential Information has been disclosed to the other party.

“Effective Date” means the date on which this Agreement shall become effective in accordance with box 2.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter for the Group

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Parent, being the twelve-month period ending December 31.

“GAAP” means the generally accepted accounting principles

“Group” means the Parent and all of its Subsidiaries, or any one of them as the context might require

“Governmental Authority” means any domestic or foreign government, including any federal, provincial, state, territorial or municipal government, any multinational or supranational organization, any government
agency  (including  the  SEC),  any  tribunal,  labor  relations  board,  commission  or  stock  exchange  (including  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange),  and  any  other  authority  or  organization  exercising  executive,  legislative,
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, government.

“Legal Action” means any action, suit or other proceeding concerning the Owner and/or the Vessel in any jurisdiction.

“Parent” means Global Ship Lease, Inc.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
“Receiving Party” means a party to whom Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party has been disclosed hereunder.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

29

 
 
 
 
Annex A – Vessel Details

[•]
[•]

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Master and crew to be appointed as appropriate to the trading and operational requirements of the Vessel, always subject to the relevant governing laws and regulations.

Annex B – Crew

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
Annex C – Budget

[•]

 
 
 
 Exhibit 4.31

Dated 18 May 2023

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 72 LLC
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 73 LLC
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 74 LLC
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 75 LLC
as joint and several Borrowers

and

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE, INC.
as Parent Guarantor

and

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Part B of Schedule 1
as Lenders

and

MACQUARIE BANK LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH
as Arranger

and

MACQUARIE BANK LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH
as Facility Agent

and

MACQUARIE BANK LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH
as Security Agent

FACILITY AGREEMENT

relating to the financing of part of the acquisition cost of
m.vs. "ADRIAN MAERSK", "ANNA MAERSK", "ARNOLD MAERSK" and "AXEL MAERSK"

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Clause

 Index

Utilisation

Costs and Expenses

Definitions and Interpretation

  Mitigation by the Finance Parties

Repayment
Prepayment and Cancellation

The Facility
Purpose
Conditions of Utilisation

Tax Gross Up and Indemnities
Increased Costs
Other Indemnities

Interest
Interest Periods
Changes to the Calculation of Interest
Fees

Section 1 Interpretation
1
Section 2 The Facility
2
3
4
Section 3 Utilisation
5
Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation
6
7
Section 5 Costs of Utilisation
8
9
10
11
Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations
12
13
14
15
16
Section 7 Guarantees and Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers
17
18
Section 8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Section 9 Changes to Parties
28
29
Section 10 The Finance Parties
30
31
32
33
Section 11 Administration
34
35
36
37

Representations
Information Undertakings
Financial Covenants
General Undertakings
Insurance Undertakings
General Ship Undertakings
Loan value ratio
Accounts, application of Earnings
Events of Default

The Facility Agent and the Arranger
The Security Agent
Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties
Sharing among the Finance Parties

Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor
Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers

Payment Mechanics
Set-Off
Bail-In
Notices

Changes to the Lenders
Changes to the Transaction Obligors

Page

2
2
33
33
34
34
36
36
38
38
38
44
44
47
48
51
53
53
57
59
62
62
65
65
68
70
70
78
83
84
91
96
103
105
107
113
113
118
120
120
129
144
144
147
147
150
150
151

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Calculations and Certificates
38
Partial Invalidity
39
Remedies and Waivers
40
Settlement or Discharge Conditional
41
Irrevocable Payment
42
Amendments and Waivers
43
Confidential Information
44
Confidentiality of Funding Rates
45
46
Counterparts
Section 12 Governing Law and Enforcement
47
48

Governing Law
Enforcement

Schedules

Schedule 1 The Parties

Part A The Obligors
Part B The Lenders
Part C The Servicing Parties
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent

Part A Conditions Precedent to initial Utilisation Request
Part B Conditions Precedent to Utilisation

Schedule 3 Utilisation Request
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement
Schedule 6 Form of Compliance Certificate
Schedule 7 Details of the Ships
Schedule 8 Timetables
Schedule 9 Benchmark Terms
Schedule 10 Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate
Schedule 11 Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate
Schedule 12 Repayment Schedule

Execution

Execution Pages

153
153
153
154
154
154
159
163
164
165
165
165

166
166
168
170
171
171
174
176
178
180
183
184
185
186
190
192
193

195

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THIS AGREEMENT is made on 18 May 2023

PARTIES

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

GLOBAL  SHIP LEASE 72 LLC, a limited  liability  company  formed  in  the  Republic  of  Liberia  with  registration  number  LLC-960304 whose  registered  address  is  at  80  Broad  Street,  Monrovia,  Republic  of  Liberia,  as  a
borrower ("Borrower A")

GLOBAL  SHIP LEASE 73 LLC, a limited  liability  company  formed  in  the  Republic  of  Liberia  with  registration  number  LLC-960305 whose  registered  address  is  at  80  Broad  Street,  Monrovia,  Republic  of  Liberia,  as  a
borrower ("Borrower B")

GLOBAL  SHIP LEASE 74 LLC, a limited  liability  company  formed  in  the  Republic  of  Liberia  with  registration  number  LLC-960306 whose  registered  address  is  at  80  Broad  Street,  Monrovia,  Republic  of  Liberia,  as  a
borrower ("Borrower C")

GLOBAL  SHIP LEASE 75 LLC, a limited  liability  company  formed  in  the  Republic  of  Liberia  with  registration  number  LLC-960307 whose  registered  address  is  at  80  Broad  Street,  Monrovia,  Republic  of  Liberia,  as  a
borrower ("Borrower D")

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE, INC., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, whose registered address is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960
as the parent guarantor (the "Parent Guarantor")

(6)

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 (The Parties) as lenders (the "Original Lenders")

(7) MACQUARIE BANK LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH, as arranger (the "Arranger")

(8) MACQUARIE BANK LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH as agent of the other Finance Parties (the "Facility Agent")

(9) MACQUARIE BANK LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH as security agent for the Secured Parties (the "Security Agent")

BACKGROUND

The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrowers a senior secured term loan facility in an aggregate amount of up to $76,000,000, divided in four Tranches, for the purposes of:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

partly financing the acquisition cost of each Ship;

funding each Dry Dock Reserve Account;

funding each Earnings Account with the Starting Working Capital Amount in respect of the relevant Borrower;

paying the Dry Docking Spares Costs in respect of each Ship (other than Ship D) to the relevant Seller; and

paying fees under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

1

 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

"Account Bank" means:

(a)

(b)

(c)

in relation to each of the Earnings Accounts, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., acting in such capacity through its office at Gustav Mahlerlaan 10 1082PP, Amsterdam, Netherlands;

in relation to each of the Dry Dock Reserve Accounts, Macquarie Bank Limited, acting in such capacity through its London branch at Ropemaker Place, 28 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9HD; or

any replacement bank or other financial institution as may be approved by the Facility Agent.

"Accounts" means the Earnings Accounts and the Dry Dock Reserve Accounts.

"Account Security" means a document creating Security over any Account in agreed form.

"Additional Business Day" means any day specified as such in the Benchmark Terms.

"Affiliate" means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

"Approved Brokers" means any firm or firms of insurance brokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

"Approved Classification" means, in relation to a Ship, as from the Delivery Date of that Ship, the classification in respect of that Ship with the Approved Classification Society in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 7
(Details of the Ships) or the equivalent classification with another Approved Classification Society.

"Approved Classification Society" means, in relation to a Ship, as from the Delivery Date of that Ship, the classification society in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships) or any other classification
society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (but excluding the Russian Register of Shipping, China Classification Society and the Indian Register of Shipping) approved in writing by
the Facility Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

"Approved Commercial Manager" means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, Conchart Commercial Inc. or any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent, as the commercial manager of that
Ship.

"Approved Flag" means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the flag of the Republic of Liberia or such other flag approved in writing by the Facility Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

2

 
 
 
"Approved Insurers" means insurance companies and/or underwriters rated BBB+ or higher by Standard & Poor's Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or Baa1 or higher by Moody's Investors Service Limited or with a
comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency and, in the case of protection and indemnity risks, such insurance company or companies and/or underwriters being in the International Group of P&I
Clubs, in each case, approved by the Facility Agent in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

"Approved Manager" means, in relation to a Ship, the Approved Commercial Manager or the Approved Technical Manager of that Ship.

"Approved Technical Manager" means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, Technomar Shipping Inc., or any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent, as the technical manager of that Ship.

"Approved Valuer" means any of Kontiki Shipbrokers, Barry Rogliano Salles, Maersk Brokers K/S and Howe Robinson Partners (or any Affiliate of such person through which valuations are commonly issued) and any other
firm or firms of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent from time to time.

"Article 55 BRRD" means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

"Assignable Charter" means, in relation to a Ship, a Charter in respect of that Ship (including the Initial Charter applicable to that Ship) which has or is capable of having, by virtue of any optional extensions, a duration of 12
months or more entered or to be entered into by the Borrower which is the owner of that Ship and a charterer.

"Assignment Agreement" means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

"Authorisation" means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, legalisation or registration.

"Availability Period" means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including 31 July 2023 or such other date as the Facility Agent and the Borrowers may agree in writing.

"Available Commitment" means a Lender's Commitment minus:

(a)

(b)

the amount of its participation in the outstanding Loan; and

in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any Utilisation that is due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

"Available Facility" means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender's Commitment in respect of the Loan.

"Bail-In Action" means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

3

 
 
 
 
"Bail-In Legislation" means:

(a)

(b)

in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule
from time to time;

in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country and the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion
Powers contained in that law or regulation; and

(c)

in relation to the United Kingdom, the UK Bail-In Legislation.

"Benchmark Terms" means the terms set out in Schedule 9 (Benchmark Terms) or in any Compounded Rate Supplement.

"BMP5"  means  the  Best  Management  Practice  guide  jointly  released  on  28  June  2018  by  BIMCO,  the  International  Chamber  of  Shipping,  the  International  Group  of  P&I  Clubs,  INTERTANKO  and  the  Oil  Companies
International Marine Forum.

"Borrower" means Borrower A, Borrower B, Borrower C or Borrower D.

"Break Costs" means:

(a)

in respect of any Term Rate Loan, the amount (if any) by which:

(i)

the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or that Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in
relation to the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period

exceeds

(ii)

the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank for a period starting on the Business
Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period; and

(b)

in respect of the Loan or any part of the Loan to which a Fixed Rate applies at the time, the amount of any expenses which a Lender is charged by its treasury department as a result of (i) the Loan or that part of the
Loan being repaid or prepaid either in whole or in part other than in accordance with the relevant Repayment Schedule or (ii) an Unfixing.

"Budget" has the meaning given to it in Clause  20.2 (Financial statements).

"Business Day" means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, New York, Athens, Piraeus and Amsterdam, and in relation to:

(a)

(b)

(c)

the fixing of an interest rate in respect of a Term Rate Loan;

any date for payment or purchase of an amount relating to a Compounded Rate Loan; or

the determination of the first day or the last day of an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan or otherwise in relation to the determination of the length of such an Interest Period,

which is an Additional Business Day relating to that Term Rate Loan or Compounded Rate Loan (as the case may be).

4

 
 
 
"BWM Convention" means the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments, 2004, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time

"BWTS Installation" has the meaning given to it in Clause 26.4 (Dry Dock Reserve Amount).

"Central Bank Rate" has the meaning given to that term in the Benchmark Terms.

"Central Bank Rate Adjustment" has the meaning given to that term in the Benchmark Terms.

"Central Bank Rate Spread" has the meaning given to that term in the Benchmark Terms.

"Charter" means, in relation to a Ship, any charter relating to that Ship (including, without limitation, any Assignable Charter in respect of that Ship), or other contract for its employment, whether or not already in existence.

"Charter Guarantee" means any guarantee, bond, letter of credit or other instrument (if any and whether or not already issued) supporting a Charter, the form of which shall not be subject to the Facility Agent's prior approval.

"Charterparty Assignment" means, in relation to an Initial Charter or an Assignable Charter of a Ship, a specific deed of assignment of the rights, title and interests of the relevant Borrower under the Initial Charter or that
Assignable Charter (as the case may be) in the agreed form.

"Code" means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

"Commercial Management Agreement" means, in relation to a Ship, the agreement entered into between the Borrower owning that Ship and the Approved Commercial Manager regarding the commercial management of that
Ship.

"Commitment" means:

(a)

in relation  to  an  Original  Lender,  the  amount  set  opposite  its  name  under  the  heading  "Commitment"  in  Part  B  of  Schedule  1  (The Parties)  and  the  amount  of  any  other  Commitment  transferred  to  it  under  this
Agreement; and

(b)

in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

5

 
 
 
"Compliance Certificate" means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Compliance Certificate) or in any other form agreed between the Parent Guarantor and the Facility Agent.

"Compounded Market Disruption Rate" means the rate specified as such in the Benchmark Terms.

"Compounded Rate Interest Payment" means the aggregate amount of interest that:

(a)

(b)

is, or is scheduled to become, payable under any Finance Document; and

relates to a Compounded Rate Loan.

"Compounded Rate Loan" means the Loan, or part of the Loan which is, or becomes, a "Compounded Rate Loan" pursuant to Clause 10.1 (Unavailability of Term SOFR) or which is an Unpaid Sum.

"Compounded Rate Supplement" means a document which:

(a)

(b)

(c)

is agreed in writing by the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (in its own capacity) and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);

specifies the relevant terms which are expressed in this Agreement to be determined by reference to the Benchmark Terms; and

has been made available to the Borrowers and each Finance Party.

"Compounded Reference Rate" means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day during the Interest Period of a Compounded Rate Loan, the percentage rate per annum which is the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate
for that RFR Banking Day.

"Compounding Methodology Supplement" means, in relation to the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate or the Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate, a document which:

(a)

(b)

(c)

is agreed in writing by the Borrowers, the Facility Agent (in its own capacity) and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of Majority Lenders);

specifies a calculation methodology for that rate; and

has been made available to the Borrowers and each Finance Party.

"Confidential Information" means all information relating to any Transaction Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of
becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

(a)

(b)

any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers, in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any
document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:

6

 
 
 
(i)

information that:

(A)

(B)

(C)

is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 44 (Confidential Information); or

is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a
source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not
otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

(ii)

any Funding Rate.

"Confidentiality Undertaking" means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the LMA from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility
Agent.

"Corresponding Debt" means any amount, other than any Parallel Debt, which an Obligor owes to a Secured Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

"Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate" means, in relation to an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan, the percentage rate per annum determined by the Facility Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to
determine that rate in place of the Facility Agent) in accordance with the methodology set out in Schedule 11 (Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate) or in any relevant Compounding Methodology Supplement.

"Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate" means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day during an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan, the percentage rate per annum determined by the Facility Agent (or by
any  other  Finance  Party  which  agrees  to  determine  that  rate  in  place  of  the  Facility  Agent)  in  accordance  with  the  methodology  set  out  in  Schedule  10  (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate)  or  in  any  relevant
Compounding Methodology Supplement.

"Daily Rate" means the rate specified as such in the Benchmark Terms.

"Default" means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

"Delegate" means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Agent.

"Delivery Date" means, in relation to a Ship, the date on which that Ship is delivered by the relevant Seller to the Borrower acquiring that Ship under the relevant MOA.

7

 
 
 
"Disruption Event" means either or both of:

(a)

(b)

a material  disruption  to  those  payment  or  communications  systems  or  to  those  financial  markets  which  are,  in  each  case,  required  to  operate  in  order  for  payments  to  be  made  in  connection  with the Facility (or
otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties or, if applicable, any Transaction
Obligor; or

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor preventing that, or
any other, Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor:

(i)

(ii)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

from communicating with other Parties or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor whose operations are disrupted.

"Dividend Payment" means, in relation to a Borrower, a withdrawal of an amount standing to the credit of the Earnings Accounts (or any of them) pursuant to any of the following:

(a)

(b)

(c)

a declaration, making or payment of any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or  in  respect  of  its  equity
interests;

a repayment or distribution of any dividend or share premium reserve; or

a redemption, repurchase, defeasance, retirement or repayment of any of its issued shares or a resolution to do any of the foregoing.

"Document of Compliance" has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

"dollars" and "$" mean the lawful currency, for the time being, of the United States of America.

"Dry Dock Reserve Account" means in relation to a Borrower (other than Borrower D):

(a)

(b)

an account in the name of that Borrower with the relevant Account Bank designated "[Name of relevant Borrower] – Dry Dock Reserve Account";

any other account in the name of that Borrower with the relevant Account Bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above,
irrespective of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

(c)

any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

8

 
 
 
"Dry Dock Reserve Amount" has the meaning given to it in Clause 26.4 (Dry Dock Reserve Amount).

"Dry Docking Expenses" has the meaning given to it in Clause 26.4 (Dry Dock Reserve Amount).

"Dry-Docking  Spares  Costs"  means,  in  respect  of  Ship  A,  Ship  B  or  Ship  C,  the  expenses  in  respect  of  the  dry  dock/critical  spares,  the  normal/yes  list  spares  and  the  ballast  water  installation  system  spares  (as  more
particularly described in MOA A, MOA B and MOA C respectively).

"Earnings" means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to a Borrower or the Security Agent and which arise out of or in connection with or relate to
the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

(a)

the following, save to the extent that any of them is, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, pooled or shared with any other person:

(i)

all freight, hire and passage moneys net of customary commissions (other than commissions payable to any Affiliate of the Parent Guarantor) including, without limitation, all moneys payable under, arising
out of or in connection with a Charter or a Charter Guarantee;

(ii)

the proceeds of the exercise of any lien on sub-freights;

(iii)

compensation payable to a Borrower or the Security Agent in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire or use;

(iv)

remuneration for salvage and towage services;

(v)

demurrage and detention moneys;

(vi)

without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (i) above, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship;

(vii)

all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in relation to loss of hire;

(viii)

all monies which are at any time payable to a Borrower in relation to general average contribution; and

(b)

if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to (viii) of paragraph (a) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of
the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship.

"Earnings Account" means, in relation to a Borrower:

(a)

(b)

an account in the name of that Borrower with the relevant Account Bank designated "Earnings Account";

any other account in the name of that Borrower with the relevant Account Bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above,
irrespective of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

(c)

any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

9

 
 
 
"EEA Member Country" means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

"Environmental Approval" means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other Authorisation required under Environmental Law.

"Environmental Claim" means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any
Environmental Law and, for this purpose, "claim" includes a claim for damages, compensation, contribution, injury, fines, losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal,
whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment
of any asset.

"Environmental Incident" means:

(a)

(b)

(c)

any release, emission, spill or discharge of Environmentally Sensitive Material whether within a Group Ship or from a Group Ship into any other vessel or into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed)
or surface water; or

any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than any Group
Ship and which involves a collision between any Group Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Group Ship is actually or potentially
liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Group Ship and/or any Transaction Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Group Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal
or administrative action; or

any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from a Group
Ship and in connection with which a Group Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Transaction Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Group Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or
otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with any present Environmental Approval.

"Environmental Law" means any present or future law relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to conditions in the workplace, to the carriage, generation, handling, storage, use, release or
spillage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.

"Environmentally Sensitive Material" means and includes all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is
capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

"EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule" means the document described as such and published by the LMA from time to time.

10

 
 
 
 
"EU Ship Recycling Regulation" means Regulation (EU) No. 1257/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 November 2013 on ship recycling and amending Regulation (EC) No. 1013/2006 and Directive
2009/16/EC.

"Event of Default" means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 27 (Events of Default).

"Facility" means the term loan facility made or to be made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facility).

"Facility Office" means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days' written notice) as the office
or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

"FATCA" means:

(a)

(b)

(c)

sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation  of  any  law  or
regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation
authority in any other jurisdiction.

"FATCA Deduction" means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

"FATCA Exempt Party" means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

"Fee Letter" means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between any of the Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and any Obligor setting out the amount of any of the fees referred to
in Clause 11 (Fees) and the time of payment of the same.

"Finance Document" means:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

this Agreement (including each Repayment Schedule);

any Fee Letter;

the Side Letter;

each Utilisation Request;

any Compounded Rate Supplement;

any Compounding Methodology Supplement;

any Security Document;

11

 
 
 
(h)

(i)

(j)

(k)

any Managers' Undertaking;

any Subordination Agreement;

any other document which is executed for the purpose of establishing any priority or subordination arrangement in relation to the Secured Liabilities; or

any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

"Finance Party" means the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, the Account Bank in respect of the Dry Dock Reserve Accounts and/or a Lender.

"Financial Indebtedness" means any indebtedness for or in relation to:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

moneys borrowed;

any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

the amount of any liability in relation to any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a balance sheet liability;

receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement or trade credit) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a
borrowing;

any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market
value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

any counter-indemnity obligation in relation to a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

the amount of any prospective or contingent liability in relation to any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above.

"Fixed Rate" has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (d) of Clause 8.3 (Fixed Rate Option).

"Fixed Rate Loan" means the Loan or, any part of the Loan which is not a Compounded Rate Loan or a Term Rate Loan.

"Fixed Rate Option" has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (a) of Clause 8.3 (Fixed Rate Option).

12

 
 
 
 
"Fixed Rate Period" has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (a) of Clause 8.3 (Fixed Rate Option).

"Free Liquidity" means, on a date of calculation, on a consolidated basis, the aggregate of the unencumbered cash balances held by the Parent Guarantor or its Subsidiaries and which the Parent Guarantor can call without any
limitation and included under the line "Cash and Cash equivalents" as evidenced in the Parent Guarantor's latest financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Financial statements).

"Funding Rate" means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds).

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America including IFRS.

"General Assignment" means, in relation to a Ship, the general assignment creating first ranking Security over, inter alia, that Ship's Earnings, its Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in relation to that Ship in agreed
form.

"Group" means the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the time being.

"Group Ship" means any vessel owned by a member of the Group.

"Holding Company" means, in relation to a person, any other person in relation to which it is a Subsidiary.

"IFRS" means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

"Indemnified Person" has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities).

"Indicative Fixed Rate" has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (b) of Clause 8.3 (Fixed Rate Option).

"Initial Charter" means, in relation to a Ship, a time charter dated 2 May 2023 (as amended by a confidential side letter dated 2 May 2023 and as may be (subject to Clause 22.25 (No amendment to Initial Charter)) further
amended and/or supplemented from time to time) entered into between the Borrower which is or, will be, the owner of that Ship and the relevant Initial Charterer, for a minimum term (as at the Utilisation Date of the Tranche
financing that Ship) of two years maximum 28 months plus one year in the relevant Initial Charterer's option, at a daily gross hire rate of at least $35,000 during the fixed period and at a daily gross hire rate of $21,500 during
the optional period and on all other terms disclosed and approved by the Facility Agent prior to the date of this Agreement.

"Initial Charterer" means:

(a)

(b)

Maersk A/S, trading as Sealand Americas, of Esplanaden 50, 1098 Copenhagen, Denmark; or

any other charterer acceptable to the Facility Agent.

"Initial Market Value" means, in relation to a Ship, the Market Value thereof determined pursuant to paragraph 2.5 of Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

13

 
 
 
 
"Insurances" means, in relation to a Ship:

(a)

(b)

all policies and contracts of insurance and reinsurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in relation to that Ship, that Ship's Earnings (if applicable) or
otherwise in relation to that Ship whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

all rights (including, without limitation, any and all rights or claims which the Borrower owning that Ship may have under or in connection with any cut-through clause relative to any reinsurance contract relating to
the aforesaid policies or contracts of insurance) and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of such policies, contracts or entries, including any rights to a return of premium and any rights in relation to any claim
whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.

"Interest Period" means, in relation to the Loan, any part of the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to any Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with
sub-paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 8.5 (Default interest).

"Inventory of Hazardous Materials" means, in relation to a Ship, a statement of compliance issued by a classification society being a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (IACS) which includes
a list of any and all materials known to be potentially hazardous utilised in the construction of that Ship together with their respective location and approximate quantities as required by Article 5 (Inventory  of  Hazardous
Materials) of the EU Ship Recycling Regulation (or any similar statement of compliance required under the Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships, 2009).

"ISM  Code"  means  the  International  Safety  Management  Code  for  the  Safe  Operation  of  Ships  and  for  Pollution  Prevention  (including  the  guidelines  on  its  implementation),  adopted  by  the  International  Maritime
Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

"ISPS Code" means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization's (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or
supplemented from time to time.

"ISSC" means an International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code.

"Legal Reservations" means:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of
creditors;

the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or
counterclaim;

similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and

any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation).

14

 
 
 
 
"Lender" means:

(a)

(b)

any Original Lender; and

any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance with this Agreement.

"Limitation Acts" means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

"LLC Shares" shall have, in respect of each Borrower, the meaning ascribed thereto in that Borrower's limited liability company agreement.

"LMA" means the Loan Market Association or any successor organisation.

"Loan" means the loan to be made available under the Facility or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the borrowings under the Facility and a "part of the Loan" means a Tranche, a part of a
Tranche or any other part of the Loan as the context may require.

"Loan Value Ratio" means, at any relevant time, the percentage ratio determined by the Facility Agent of:

(a)

(b)

the amount of the Loan then outstanding (plus, in respect of a Term Rate Loan or during a Fixed Rate Period only, any Break Costs that would be payable if the whole of the Loan were to be repaid or prepaid at that
time);

to

the aggregate Market Value of the Mortgaged Ships plus the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under Clause 25 (Loan Value Ratio) at that time, plus the amounts standing to the credit of
the Dry Dock Reserve Accounts, at the relevant time.

"Lookback Period" means the number of days specified as such in the Benchmark Terms.

"Major Casualty" means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in relation to which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds
$1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

"Majority Lenders" means:

(a)

(b)

if no Tranche has yet been advanced, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Total Commitments; or

at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the amount of the Loan then outstanding or, if the Loan has been repaid or prepaid in full, a Lender or
Lenders whose participations in the Loan immediately before repayment or prepayment in full aggregate more than 67 per cent. of the Loan immediately before such repayment.

15

 
 
 
 
"Management Agreement" means a Technical Management Agreement or a Commercial Management Agreement.

"Manager's Undertaking" means, in relation to a Ship, the letter of undertaking from the Approved Technical Manager and the letter of undertaking from the Approved Commercial Manager subordinating the rights of the
Approved Technical Manager and the Approved Commercial Manager respectively against that Ship and the relevant Borrower to the rights of the Finance Parties and, if such Approved Manager is named on the insurance
policies or entries for that Ship, assigning the rights of that Approved Manager in the Insurances of that Ship to the Finance Parties, in agreed form.

"Margin" means 3.5 per cent. per annum.

"Market Value" means, in relation to a Ship or any other vessel, at any date, an amount in dollars determined by the Facility Agent as being an amount equal to the market value of that Ship or vessel conclusively determined
by the arithmetic average of two valuations prepared for and addressed to the Facility Agent and in each case prepared:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

as at a date not more than 20 Business Days previously;

by an Approved Valuer selected and appointed by the Facility Agent;

in dollars;

with or without (as the Facility Agent may require):

(i)

(ii)

physical inspection of that Ship or vessel; and

regard to any physical inspection report provided by the Facility Agent to the Approved Valuer; and

(e)

on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any Charter,

and, where a valuation is presented as a range of values, the mid-point of the range shall be used for the purposes of calculating such arithmetic average.

"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on:

(a)

(b)

(c)

the business, operations, property, financial condition or prospects of any Transaction Obligor; or

the ability of any Transaction Obligor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a Party; or

the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of
the Finance Documents.

16

 
 
 
"Merger" means a reverse triangular merger involving the Parent Guarantor and Poseidon Containers Holdings LLC, as a result of which Poseidon Containers Holdings LLC became the indirect, wholly owned Subsidiary of
the Parent Guarantor.

"MOA" means MOA A, MOA B, MOA C or MOA D.

"MOA A" means the memorandum of agreement dated 2 May 2023 and made between (i) Borrower A as buyer and (ii) Seller A for the purchase of Ship A (as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time).

"MOA B" means the memorandum of agreement dated 2 May 2023 and made between (i) Borrower B as buyer and (ii) Seller B for the purchase of Ship B (as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time).

"MOA C" means the memorandum of agreement dated 2 May 2023 and made between (i) Borrower C as buyer and (ii) Seller C for the purchase of Ship C (as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time).

"MOA D" means the memorandum of agreement dated 2 May 2023 and made between (i) Borrower D as buyer and (ii) Seller D for the purchase of Ship D (as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time).

"Month" means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

(a)

other than where paragraph (b) applies:

(i)

(subject to sub-paragraph (iii) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is
one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii)

if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

(iii)

if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end; and

(b)

in relation to an Interest Period for any Compounded Rate Loan (or any other period for the accrual of commission or fees while interest is calculated on the basis of the Compounded Reference Rate) for which there
are rules specified as "Business Day Conventions" in the Benchmark Terms, those rules shall apply.

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

"Mortgage" means, in relation to a Ship, a first preferred Liberian ship mortgage or, as the case may be, a first preferred or priority ship mortgage at the applicable ship registry of the Approved Flag on that Ship in agreed
form.

"Mortgaged Ship" means a Ship subject to a Mortgage at any relevant time.

"Obligor" means a Borrower or the Parent Guarantor.

17

 
 
 
 
"Operating Expenses" means, in relation to a Ship, the aggregate expenditure necessarily incurred by the Borrower owning that Ship in the ordinary course of business of insuring, repairing, crewing, employment, managing
and maintaining that Ship, including any management fees paid under a Management Agreement in respect of that Ship (but excluding general, selling and administrative expenses which are paid by the Parent Guarantor in
respect of that Ship).

"Original Financial Statements" means, in relation to the Parent Guarantor, its audited consolidated financial statements for its financial year ended 2022.

"Original Jurisdiction" means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Transaction Obligor is formed as at the date of this Agreement.

"Overseas Regulations" means the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/1801).

"Parallel Debt" means any amount which an Obligor owes to the Security Agent under Clause 31.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) or under that Clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other
Finance Document.

"Participating Member State" means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

"Party" means a party to this Agreement.

"Perfection Requirements" means the making or procuring of filings, stampings, registrations, notarisations, endorsements, translations and/or notifications of any Finance Document (and/or any Security created under it)
necessary for the validity, enforceability (as against the relevant Obligor or any relevant third party) and/or perfection of that Finance Document.

"Permitted Charter" means, in relation to a Ship, a Charter:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

which is a time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter;

the duration of which does not exceed and is not capable of exceeding, by virtue of any optional extensions, 12 months plus a redelivery allowance of not more than 30 days unless prior approval has been obtained
from the Facility Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld);

which is entered into on bona fide arm's length terms at the time at which that Ship is fixed; and

in relation to which not more than two months' hire is payable in advance,

and any other Charter which is approved in writing by the Facility Agent (including for the avoidance of doubt each Initial Charter and any Replacement Charter), such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

18

 
 
 
"Permitted Financial Indebtedness" means:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

any Financial Indebtedness that is subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents pursuant to a Subordination Agreement and which is, in the case of any such Financial Indebtedness
of a Borrower, the subject of Subordinated Debt Security;

any indebtedness incurred for the purposes of any dry-docking, special survey and BWTS Installation for which the Dry Dock Reserve Amounts have been reserved pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

any guarantee and indemnity issued in the ordinary course of its business of trading, chartering and operating a Ship having an aggregate value not exceeding $750,000 in respect of the relevant Borrower or such
higher value as may be requested by that Borrower and approved in writing by the Facility Agent in its discretion; and

in respect of a Ship, any Financial Indebtedness in the form of a trade credit incurred by a Borrower in the ordinary course of its business operations of owning, chartering, managing, maintaining and operating the
relevant Ship in an aggregate amount not exceeding $750,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency), or such higher amount as may be agreed by the Facility Agent from time to time, and which is paid promptly and
in accordance with the trade creditor's terms.

"Permitted Security" means:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

Security created by the Finance Documents;

any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any Obligor in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances which are approved by the Facility Agent;

liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice and not being enforced through arrest;

liens for salvage;

liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice; and

any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of any Ship:

(i)

(ii)

not as a result of any default or omission by any Borrower; and

subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 24.14 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.),

provided such lien does not secure amounts more than 45 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and for the payment of which adequate reserves are held.

"Potential Event of Default" means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 27 (Events of Default)  which  would  (with  the  expiry  of  a  grace  period,  the  giving  of  notice,  the  making  of  any  determination  under  the
Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

19

 
 
 
 
 
"Prohibited Person" means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed.

"Protected Party" has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

"Purchase Price" means, in relation to a Ship, the total price payable for it by the relevant Borrower to the relevant Seller under the MOA in respect of that Ship, being:

(a)

(b)

in the case of each of Ship A, Ship B and Ship C, $30,000,000; and

in the case of Ship D, $33,300,000.

"Quarter End Date" means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December in each calendar year.

"Quiet Enjoyment Agreement" means, in respect of a Ship, if required under an Assignable Charter for that Ship, an agreement between the Security Agent and the relevant charterer in such form as the Security Agent (acting
on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may require.

"Quotation Day" means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Additional Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the relevant syndicated loan
market in which case the relevant Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with that market practice (and if quotations would normally be given on more than one day, the relevant Quotation Day
will be the last of those days).

"Receiver" means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Security Assets.

"Related Fund" in relation to a fund (the "first fund"), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager
or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

"Relevant Amount" has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest, detention or Total Loss).

"Relevant Date" has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest, detention or Total Loss).

"Relevant Jurisdiction" means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

its Original Jurisdiction;

any jurisdiction where any asset other than a Ship subject to, or intended to be subject to, any of the Transaction Security created, or intended to be created, by it is situated;

any jurisdiction where it has as a place of business; and

the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

20

 
 
 
"Relevant Market" means the market specified as such in the Benchmark Terms.

"Relevant Nominating Body" means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of
them or the Financial Stability Board.

"Relevant Percentage" has the meaning given to it in Clause 25.1 (Maximum loan to value ratio).

"Repayment Date" means each date on which a Repayment Instalment is required to be paid under Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loan).

"Repayment Instalment" means each quarterly repayment instalment and each balloon repayment instalment of a Tranche as specified in the Repayment Schedule for that Tranche.

"Repayment Schedule" shall have the meaning given in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loan).

"Repeating Representation" means each of the representations set out in Clause 19 (Representations) except Clause 19.10 (Insolvency), Clause 19.11 (No filing or stamp taxes), Clause 19.12 (Deduction of Tax), Clause 19.18
(Validity and completeness of the MOAs), Clause 19.22 (Initial Charter) and any representation of any Transaction Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a "Repeating Representation" or is
otherwise expressed to be repeated.

"Replacement Charter" has the meaning given to it in paragraph (b) of Clause 7.7 (Termination of Initial Charter).

"Reporting Day" means the day specified as such in the Benchmark Terms.

"Reporting Time" means the relevant time (if any) specified as such in the Benchmark Terms.

"Representative" means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

"Requisition" means in relation to a Ship:

(a)

any expropriation, confiscation, requisition (excluding a requisition for hire or use which does not involve a requisition for title) or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its
proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected (whether de jure or de facto) by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a
government or official authority; and

(b)

any capture or seizure of that Ship (including any hijacking or theft) by any person whatsoever.

"Requisition Compensation" includes all compensation or other moneys payable to a Borrower by reason of any Requisition or any arrest or detention of a Ship in the exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim.

"Resolution Authority" means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

21

 
 
 
"RFR" means the rate specified as such in the Benchmark Terms.

"RFR Banking Day" means any day specified as such in the Benchmark Terms.

"Safety Management Certificate" has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

"Safety Management System" has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

"Sanctions" means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to
or connected with any of the foregoing):

(a)

(b)

imposed by law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, any member state of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council or the United
States  of  America  (including  the  Office  of  Foreign  Assets  Control  of  the  US  Department  of  Treasury)  or  Australia  (to  the  extent  that  such  Australian  sanctions  are  notified  by  the  Facility  Agent  to  the  Obligors)
regardless of whether the same is or is not binding on any Transaction Obligor or member of the Group; or

otherwise imposed by any law or regulation binding on any Transaction Obligor or member of the Group or to which any Transaction Obligor or member of the Group is subject (which shall include without limitation,
any extra-territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America),

against any state, natural or legal person, body or entity.

"Sanctioned Country" means a country or territory that is the subject or target of any comprehensive, country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions (which, as at the date of this Agreement, includes Cuba, Iran, Syria, North Korea
and the following occupied oblasts of Ukraine: Crimea, Donetsk, Kherson, Luhansk and Zaporizhzhia).

"Secured Liabilities"  means  all  present  and  future  obligations  and  liabilities,  (whether  actual  or  contingent  and  whether  owed  jointly  or  severally  or  in  any  other  capacity  whatsoever)  of  each  Transaction  Obligor  to  any
Secured Party under or in connection with each Finance Document.

"Secured Party" means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement, a Receiver or any Delegate.

"Security" means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.

"Security Assets" means all of the assets of the Transaction Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

22

 
 
 
 "Security Document" means:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

any Shares Security;

any Mortgage;

any General Assignment;

any Charterparty Assignment;

any Account Security;

any Subordinated Debt Security;

any other document (whether or not it creates Security) which is executed as security for the Secured Liabilities; or

any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

"Security Period" means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Facility Agent is satisfied that there is no outstanding Commitment in force and that the Secured Liabilities have
been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full. 

"Security Property" means:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;

all obligations expressed to be undertaken by a Transaction Obligor to pay amounts in relation to the Secured Liabilities to the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and secured by the Transaction Security
together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by a Transaction Obligor or any other person in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties;

the Security Agent's interest in any turnover trust created under the Finance Documents;

any other amounts or property, whether rights, entitlements, choses in action or otherwise, actual or contingent, which the Security Agent is required by the terms of the Finance Documents to hold as trustee on trust
for the Secured Parties,

except:

(i)

(ii)

rights intended for the sole benefit of the Security Agent; and

any moneys or other assets which the Security Agent has transferred to the Facility Agent or (being entitled to do so) has retained in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

"Seller" means Seller A, Seller B, Seller C or Seller D.

"Seller A" means Maersk A/S, a company incorporated in Denmark whose registered office is at Esplanaden 50, 1263 Copenhagen, Denmark, or its guaranteed nominee.

"Seller B" means Maersk A/S, a company incorporated in Denmark whose registered office is at Esplanaden 50, 1263 Copenhagen, Denmark, or its guaranteed nominee.

"Seller C" means Maersk A/S, a company incorporated in Denmark whose registered office is at Esplanaden 50, 1263 Copenhagen, Denmark, or its guaranteed nominee.

"Seller D" means Maersk A/S, a company incorporated in Denmark whose registered office is at Esplanaden 50, 1263 Copenhagen, Denmark, or its guaranteed nominee.

23

 
 
 
"Servicing Party" means the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

"Shares Security" means, in relation to a Borrower, a document creating Security over the LLC Shares in that Borrower in agreed form.

"Ship" means Ship A, Ship B, Ship C or Ship D.

"Ship A"  means  m.v.  "ADRIAN  MAERSK",  currently  registered  in  the  ownership  of  Seller  A  and  which  is  to  be  purchased  by  Borrower A  under  MOA  A  and  which,  on  delivery,  is  to  be  registered  in  the  ownership  of
Borrower A under an Approved Flag, further details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

"Ship B" means m.v. "ANNA MAERSK", currently registered in the ownership of Seller B and which is to be purchased by Borrower B under MOA B and which, on delivery, is to be registered in the ownership of Borrower
B under an Approved Flag, further details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

"Ship C" means m.v. "ARNOLD MAERSK", currently registered in the ownership of Seller C and which is to be purchased by Borrower C under MOA C and which, on delivery, is to be registered in the ownership of
Borrower C under an Approved Flag, further details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

"Ship D" means m.v. "AXEL MAERSK", currently registered in the ownership of Seller D and which is to be purchased by Borrower D under MOA D and which, on delivery, is to be registered in the ownership of Borrower
D under an Approved Flag, further details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

"Side Letter" means a letter dated on the date of this Agreement from the Obligors to the Facility Agent setting out the percentage of the shares in the Parent Guarantor owned by the Parent Guarantor's shareholders as at the
date of completion of the Merger.

"Specified Time" means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 8 (Timetables).

"Starting Working Capital Amount" has the meaning given to it in paragraph (b) of Clause 26.2 (Payment of Earnings, starting working capital amount).

"Subordinated Creditor" means:

(a)

(b)

a Transaction Obligor (other than a Borrower); or

any other person who becomes a Subordinated Creditor in accordance with this Agreement.

"Subordinated Debt Security" means a Security over Subordinated Liabilities entered into or to be entered into by a Subordinated Creditor in favour of the Security Agent in an agreed form.

24

 
 
 
 
 "Subordinated Finance Document" means:

(a)

(b)

a Subordinated Loan Agreement; and

any other document relating to or evidencing Subordinated Liabilities.

"Subordinated Liabilities" means all indebtedness owed or expressed to be owed by the Borrowers to a Subordinated Creditor whether under the Subordinated Finance Documents or otherwise.

"Subordinated Loan Agreement" means any loan agreement made between (i) a Borrower and (ii) a Subordinated Creditor.

"Subordination Agreement" means a subordination agreement entered into or to be entered into by a Subordinated Creditor and the Security Agent, subordinating, inter alia all the Subordinated Creditor's rights and interests
under any Subordinated Finance Document to the rights and interests of the Finance Parties in agreed form.

"Subsidiary" means a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

"Tax" means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

"Tax Credit" has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

"Tax Deduction" has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

"Tax Payment" has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

"Technical Management Agreement" means the agreement entered into between a Borrower and the Approved Technical Manager regarding the technical management of a Ship.

"Term Market Disruption Rate" means the Term Reference Rate.

"Term Rate Loan" means the Loan or any part of the Loan which is not a Compounded Rate Loan or a Fixed Rate Loan.

"Term Reference Rate" means, in relation to a Term Rate Loan, the applicable Term SOFR as of the Specified Time and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Term Rate Loan and, if that rate is less than
zero, the Term Reference Rate shall be deemed to be zero.

"Term SOFR" means the term SOFR reference rate administered by CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period published
(before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) by CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the publication of that rate).

"Termination Date" means the date falling on the third anniversary of the first Utilisation Date.

"Testing Date" means each date falling on the earlier of (a) the date on which the audited or, as the case may be, unaudited, financial statements of the Parent Guarantor referred to in Clause 20.2 (Financial statements) are
actually  delivered  to  the  Facility  Agent  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  that  Clause  and  (b)  the  latest  date  by  which  each  such  financial  statements  are  required  to  be  delivered  to  the  Facility  Agent  pursuant  to  Clause  20.2
(Financial statements), commencing with the financial statements for the 3-month period ending on 30 June 2023 in relation to the Parent Guarantor.

25

 
 
 
"Third Parties Act" has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.5 (Third party rights).

"Total Commitments" means the aggregate of the Commitments, being $76,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

"Total Loss" means, in relation to a Ship:

(a)

(b)

actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship; or

any Requisition of that Ship unless that Ship is returned to the full control of the relevant Borrower within 45 days of such Requisition (or such longer period as may be requested by the Borrowers and agreed to by the
Facility Agent).

"Total Loss Date" means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Ship:

(a)

(b)

in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;

in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earlier of:

(i)

(ii)

the date on which a notice of abandonment is given (or deemed or agreed to be given) to the insurers; and

the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the relevant Borrower with that Ship's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Ship as a total loss; and

(c)

in the case of any other type of Total Loss, the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Facility Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

"Tranche" means Tranche A, Tranche B, Tranche C or Tranche D.

"Tranche A" means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers to, inter alia, finance part of the acquisition cost of Ship A by Borrower A.

"Tranche B" means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers to, inter alia, finance part of the acquisition cost of Ship B by Borrower B.

"Tranche C" means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers to, inter alia, finance part of the acquisition cost of Ship C by Borrower C.

"Tranche D" means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers to, inter alia, finance part of the acquisition cost of Ship D by Borrower D.

26

 
 
 
"Transaction Document" means:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

a Finance Document;

a Subordinated Finance Document;

any Assignable Charter;

any MOA; or

any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and a Borrower.

"Transaction Obligor" means an Obligor, any Approved Manager from time to time that is an Affiliate of an Obligor (it being acknowledged that neither the Approved Commercial Manager nor the Approved Technical
Manager as at the date of this Agreement are Affiliates of an Obligor) or any other member of the Group who executes a Transaction Document.

"Transaction Security" means the Security created or evidenced or expressed to be created or evidenced under the Security Documents.

"Transfer Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrowers. 

"Transfer Date" means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

(a)

(b)

the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

the date on which the Facility Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

"UK Bail-In Legislation" means Part 1 of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or
other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

"UK Establishment" means a UK establishment as defined in the Overseas Regulations.

"Unfixing" has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (g) of Clause 8.3 (Fixed Rate Option).

"Unfixing Notice" has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (g) of Clause 8.3 (Fixed Rate Option).

"Unpaid Sum" means any sum due and payable but unpaid by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

"US" means the United States of America.

"US Tax Obligor" means:

(a)

(b)

a person which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or

a person some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes.

"Utilisation" means the utilisation of any part of the Facility.

27

 
 
 
 
"Utilisation Date" means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Tranche is to be made.

"Utilisation Request" means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Utilisation Request).

"VAT" means:

(a)

(b)

(c)

any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994;

any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in the United Kingdom or in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) above, or
imposed elsewhere.

"Write-down and Conversion Powers" means:

(a)

(b)

in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule;

in relation to the UK Bail-In Legislation, any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of
a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of
that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation
in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

(c)

in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

(i)

any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other
financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares,
securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of
that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

(ii)

any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.

1.2

(a)

Construction

Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

28

 
 
 
(i)

any "Account Bank", the "Arranger", the "Facility Agent", any "Finance Party", any "Lender", any "Obligor", any "Party", any "Secured Party", the "Security Agent", any "Transaction Obligor" or any other
person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;

(ii)

"assets" includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

(iii)

a liability which is "contingent" means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

(iv)

"document" includes a deed and also a letter, email or telex;

(v)

(vi)

"expense" means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable Tax including VAT;

a Lender's "cost of funds" in relation to its participation in the Loan or any part of the Loan is a reference to the average cost (determined either on an actual or a notional basis) which that Lender would incur if it were
to fund, from whatever source(s) it may reasonably select, an amount equal to the amount of that participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that
part of the Loan;

(vii)

a "Finance Document", a "Security Document" or "Transaction Document" or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document, Security Document or Transaction Document or other
agreement or instrument as amended, replaced, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

(viii)

a "group of Lenders" includes all the Lenders;

(ix)

"indebtedness" includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

(x)

"law" includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the
United Nations or its Security Council;

(xi)

"proceedings" means, in relation to any enforcement provision of a Finance Document, proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure;

(xii)

(xiii)

a "person" includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate
legal personality);

a "regulation"  includes  any  regulation,  rule,  official  directive,  request  or  guideline  (whether  or  not  having  the  force  of  law)  of  any  governmental,  intergovernmental  or  supranational  body,  agency,  department  or
regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

(xiv)

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted from time to time;

29

 
 
 
(xv)

a time of day is a reference to London time;

(xvi)

any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of a jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to
include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

(xvii) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

(xviii)

"including" and "in particular" (and other similar expressions) shall be construed as not limiting any general words or expressions in connection with which they are used.

(b)

(c)

(d)

The determination of the extent to which a rate is "for a period equal in length" to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement.

Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purposes of construction or interpretation of the Finance Documents.

Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under, or in connection with, any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this
Agreement.

(e)

A reference in this Agreement to a page or screen of an information service displaying a rate shall include:

(i)

(ii)

any replacement page of that information service which displays that rate; and

the appropriate page of such other information service which displays that rate from time to time in place of that information service,

(f)

(g)

and, if such page or service ceases to be available, shall include any other page or service displaying that rate specified by the Facility Agent after consultation with the Borrowers.

A reference in this Agreement to a Central Bank Rate shall include any successor rate to, or replacement rate for, that rate.

Any Compounded Rate Supplement overrides anything in:

(i)

(ii)

Schedule 9 (Benchmark Terms); or

any earlier Compounded Rate Supplement.

(h)

A Compounding Methodology Supplement relating to the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate or the Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate overrides anything relating to that rate in:

(i)

(ii)

Schedule 10 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate) or Schedule 11 (Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate), as the case may be; or

any earlier Compounding Methodology Supplement.

(i)

A Potential Event of Default is "continuing" if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is "continuing" if it has not been waived in writing.

30

 
 
 
1.3

Construction of insurance terms

In this Agreement:

"approved" means, for the purposes of Clause 23 (Insurance Undertakings), approved in writing by the Facility Agent.

"excess risks" means, in respect of a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured
value being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims.

"obligatory insurances" means all insurances effected, or which any Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 23 (Insurance Undertakings) or any other provision of this Agreement or of another Finance Document.

"policy" includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms.

"protection and indemnity risks" means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or
persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02) (1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time
Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) (1/11/95) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision.

"war risks" includes the risk of mines, confiscation or expropriation and all risks excluded by clauses 29, 30 or 31 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02), clauses 29 or 30 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/03),
clauses 24, 25 or 26 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clauses 23, 24 or 25 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or any equivalent provision.

1.4

Agreed forms of Finance Documents

(a)

(b)

1.5

(a)

(b)

(c)

References in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) to any Finance Document being in "agreed form" are to that Finance Document:

in a form attached to a certificate dated the same date as this Agreement (and signed by each Borrower and the Facility Agent); or

in any other form agreed in writing between each Borrower and the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders or, where Clause 43.2 (All Lender matters) applies, all the Lenders.

Third party rights

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the "Third Parties Act") to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of
any term of this Agreement.

Subject to Clause 43.3 (Other exceptions) but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

Any Affiliate,  Receiver,  Delegate  or  any  other  person  described  in  paragraph  (d)  of  Clause  14.2  (Other indemnities),  paragraph  (b)  of  Clause  30.11  (Exclusion  of  liability), or  paragraph  (b)  of  Clause  31.11  (Exclusion  of
liability), may, subject to this Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the Third Parties Act, rely on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it.

31

 
 
 
2

THE FACILITY

2.1

The Facility

SECTION 2

THE FACILITY

2.2

(a)

(b)

(c)

2.3

(a)

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a dollar term loan facility in four Tranches in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Total Commitments.

Finance Parties' rights and obligations

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the
Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from a Transaction Obligor is a
separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party
under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of the Loan or any other amount owed by a Transaction Obligor which relates to a Finance Party's participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance
Document (including any such amount payable to the Facility Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Transaction Obligor.

A Finance Party may not, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

Borrowers' Agent

Each Borrower by its execution of this Agreement irrevocably appoints the Parent Guarantor to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

(i)

(ii)

the Parent Guarantor on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions, to make such agreements and to effect the
relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Borrower notwithstanding that they may affect that Borrower, without further reference to or the consent of that
Borrower; and

each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Borrower pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Parent Guarantor, and in each case each Borrower shall be bound as though the
Borrowers  themselves  had  given  the  notices  and  instructions  or  executed  or  made  the  agreements  or  effected  the  amendments,  supplements  or  variations,  or  received  the  relevant  notice,  demand  or  other
communication.

(b)

Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Parent Guarantor or given to the Parent Guarantor under any Finance
Document on behalf of a Borrower or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any Borrower) shall be binding for all purposes on that Borrower as if that Borrower had expressly made, given or
concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Parent Guarantor and any Borrower, those of the Parent Guarantor shall prevail.

32

 
 
 
3

PURPOSE

3.1

Purpose

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility only for the purposes of:

partly financing the acquisition cost of each Ship;

funding each Dry Dock Reserve Account;

funding each Earnings Account with the Starting Working Capital Amount in respect of the relevant Borrower;

paying the Dry Docking Spares Costs in respect of each Ship (other than Ship D) to the relevant Seller; and

paying fees under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

3.2

Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

4

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

4.1

Initial conditions precedent

The Borrowers may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to
the Facility Agent.

4.2

Further conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation) if:

(a)

on the date of a Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date and before the relevant Tranche is made available:

(i)

(ii)

no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed making of that Tranche; and

the Repeating Representations to be made by each or on behalf of each Transaction Obligor are true; and

(b)

the Facility Agent has received on or before the relevant Utilisation Date, or is satisfied it will receive when the relevant Tranche is made available, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2
(Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

33

 
 
 
 
4.3

Condition Subsequent

The Borrowers undertake to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Facility Agent within 120 days after each Utilisation Date, the inspection report in relation to the relevant Ship in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 24.7
(Inspection) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

Notification of satisfaction of conditions precedent and condition subsequent

The Facility  Agent  shall  notify  the  Borrowers  and  the  Lenders  promptly  upon  being  satisfied  as  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  conditions  precedent  referred  to  in  Clause  4.1  (Initial  conditions  precedent),  Clause  4.2  (Further
conditions precedent) and Clause 4.3 (Condition Subsequent).

Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require)
the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

4.4

(a)

(b)

4.5

Waiver of conditions precedent

If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit a Tranche to be borrowed before any of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) has been
satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that that condition is satisfied within 10 Business Days after the relevant Utilisation Date or such other date as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may
agree in writing with the Borrowers.

34

 
 
 
 
UTILISATION

Delivery of a Utilisation Request

The Borrowers may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

SECTION 3

UTILISATION

The Borrowers may not deliver more than one Utilisation Request in respect of each Tranche.

Completion of a Utilisation Request

Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

(i)

(ii)

the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and

(iii)

the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 (Interest Periods).

Only one Utilisation may be requested in a Utilisation Request.

Currency and amount

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars.

The amount of each Tranche shall not exceed the lower of:

(i)

(ii)

$19,000,000;

60 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the relevant Ship; and

(iii)

an amount which, when aggregated with the amount utilised under the other Tranches, would result in a Loan Value Ratio of 60 per cent.

The amount of any Tranche must be an amount which is not more than the Available Facility.

Lenders' participation

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Tranche available by the relevant Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

The amount of each Lender's participation in each Tranche will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately before making that Tranche.

The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Tranche and the amount of its participation in that Tranche by the Specified Time.

35

5

5.1

(a)

(b)

5.2

(a)

(b)

5.3

(a)

(b)

(c)

5.4

(a)

(b)

(c)

 
 
 
5.5

Cancellation of Commitments

The Commitments in respect of any Tranche which are not utilised at the end of the Availability Period for such Tranche shall then be cancelled without any further act or omission on the part of the Lenders.

5.6

Payment to third parties

Each Borrower irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent on each Utilisation Date, to pay to, or for the account of, the Borrowers the amounts which the Facility Agent receives from the Lenders in respect of the relevant
Tranche. That payment shall be made:

(a)

(b)

(c)

in relation to the amount required by Clause  26.4 (Dry Dock Reserve Amount), to the relevant Dry Dock Reserve Account;

in relation to any fees payable at the time under or in connection with the Finance Documents (including under Clause 11 (Fees)), to the account of the Facility Agent or, as the case may be, the Arranger to be distributed to the
relevant Finance Party or to the account of the Lender to which those fees relate; and

in the case of the balance, to such accounts specified by the Borrowers in the relevant Utilisation Request and as designated pursuant to the relevant MOA, including any escrow agent's account as designated therein, provided
that such accounts are acceptable to the Facility Agent.

5.7

Disbursement of a Tranche to third party

Payment by the Facility Agent under Clause 5.6 (Payment to third parties) to a person other than a Borrower shall constitute the making of the relevant Tranche and the Borrowers shall, at that time become indebted, as
principal and direct obligors, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's participation in that Tranche.

5.8

Prepositioning of funds

If  required,  in  respect  of  any  proposed  Tranche,  the  Lenders,  at  the  request  of  the  Borrowers  and  on  terms  (including  for  the  avoidance  of  doubt  and  without  limitation,  the  identity  of  the  bank  with  which  the  funds  are
prepositioned) acceptable to all the Lenders and the Facility Agent in their absolute discretion, preposition funds with any bank, each Borrower and the Parent Guarantor:

(a)

agree to pay interest on the amount of the funds so prepositioned at the rate described in Clause 8.1 (Calculation of interest) on the basis of successive interest periods of one day and so that interest shall be paid together with
the first payment of interest on such Tranche after the Utilisation Date in respect of it or, if such Utilisation Date does not occur, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent; and

(b)

shall, without duplication, indemnify each Finance Party against any costs, loss or liability it may incur in connection with such arrangement.

36

 
 
 
SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

REPAYMENT

Repayment of Loan

The Borrowers shall repay each Tranche in accordance with the repayment schedule for that Tranche as set out in Schedule 12 (Repayment Schedule) to this Agreement as may be replaced in accordance with paragraph (b) of
this Clause 6.1 (the "Repayment Schedule").

If the amount actually utilised of a Tranche is less than $19,000,000, then the Repayment Instalments for that Tranche shall be reduced pro-rata in proportion to the reduced amount of that Tranche and the Facility Agent shall
deliver a revised Repayment Schedule for that Tranche to the Borrowers within 10 Business Days of the Utilisation Date of that Tranche specifying the Repayment Instalments for that Tranche and their respective quarterly
Repayment Dates (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be Quarter End Dates). Upon delivery of such revised Repayment  Schedule  to  the  Borrowers  by  the  Facility  Agent,  such  Repayment  Schedule  shall  become  an
integral part of this Agreement.

6

6.1

(a)

(b)

6.2

Effect of prepayment on scheduled repayments

If any part of the Loan is prepaid then the Repayment Instalments for that part of the Loan for each Repayment Date falling after that prepayment (including any balloon instalment) will reduce in inverse order of maturity by
the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid (and, except in respect of a prepayment made under Clause 7.1 (Illegality) or the prepayment of the Tranche relating to a Ship which has been sold, arrested, detained or become a Total
Loss under paragraph (a) of Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest, detention or Total Loss) pro rata between the Tranches or as unless otherwise agreed between the parties).

6.3

Termination Date

On the Termination Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Finance Parties all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.

6.4

Reborrowing

No Borrower may reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.

7

PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

7.1

Illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in a Tranche or the Loan or any part of the Loan or
any part thereof or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

the Borrowers shall prepay that Lender's participation in the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Loan occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by that
Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the
participation prepaid.

Voluntary and automatic cancellation

The Borrowers may, if they give the Facility Agent not less than 10 days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior irrevocable written notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of
$500,000 or a multiple of that amount) of the Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.2 (Voluntary and automatic cancellation) shall be applied in inverse order of maturity against the Repayment Instalments,
including any balloon instalment, and pro rata between the Tranches.

Any unutilised Commitment shall be automatically cancelled at close of business on the last date of the Availability Period.

Voluntary prepayment of Loan

(a)

(b)

(c)

7.2

(a)

(b)

7.3

The Borrowers may, if they give the Facility Agent not less than 10 days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior irrevocable written notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part,
being a minimum amount of $500,000 or a multiple of that amount) on a Quarter End Date.

37

 
 
 
7.4

(a)

(b)

(c)

Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest, detention or Total Loss

If a Ship is sold (without prejudice to paragraph (a) of Clause 22.14 (Disposals)), arrested, detained or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrowers shall, on the Relevant Date, prepay the Relevant Amount.

Provided that no Default has occurred and is continuing, any remaining proceeds of the sale or Total Loss of a Ship or a Requisition Compensation in respect of a Ship after the prepayment referred to in paragraph (a) above has
been  made,  together  with  all  other  amounts  that  are  payable  on  any  such  prepayment  pursuant  to  the  Finance  Documents,  shall  be  paid  to  the  relevant  Earnings  Account  for  application  in  accordance  with  Clause   26.3
(Application of Earnings).

Each Borrower undertakes, in the case of a sale or Total Loss of the Ship owned by it, to deposit the sale proceeds relating to such sale or the insurance proceeds relating to such Total Loss (as the case may be) to the Earnings
Account in respect of that Borrower to be applied towards the prepayment of the Loan as required to be made by the Borrowers pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

In this Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest, detention or Total Loss):

"Relevant Amount" means:

(a)

(b)

the amount outstanding, at the time, under the Tranche relating to the Ship which has been sold, arrested, detained or become a Total Loss; plus

any additional amount of the Loan as shall return the Loan Value Ratio to its level immediately prior to the relevant sale, arrest, detention or Total Loss (as applicable).

For the avoidance of doubt, the additional amount referred to in sub-paragraph (b) above shall be applied pro rata against the remaining Tranches and thereafter against the then outstanding Repayment Instalments for
each of those Tranches in inverse order of maturity.

"Relevant Date" means:

(a)

in the case of a sale of a Ship, the date falling on the earlier of:

(i)

(ii)

the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of that Ship to the buyer of that Ship; and

the date of receipt by the relevant Borrower or the Security Agent of the proceeds relating to such sale;

38

 
 
 
 
 
(b)

in the case of a Total Loss of a Ship, the date falling on the earlier of:

(i)

(ii)

the date falling 120 days after the Total Loss Date; and

the date of receipt by the Security Agent of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss; and

(c)

in the case of an arrest or detention of a Ship (which has not been redelivered to the full control of the relevant Borrower within 45 days of such arrest or detention), on the date falling 45 days after the date of the arrest
or detention of that Ship, unless the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) has consented in its absolute discretion to a longer period, at the relevant Borrower's request.

7.5

Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs the Borrowers and the Parent Guarantor shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event and if the Majority Lenders so require, the Facility Agent shall (acting on the
instructions of the Majority Lenders), by not less than 15 days' notice to the Borrowers, cancel the Facility and declare the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents
immediately due and payable, whereupon the Facility will be cancelled and the Loan and all such outstanding interest and other amounts will become immediately due and payable.

For the purpose of this clause, a "Change of Control" occurs if, during the Security Period:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

a change occurs in the direct or indirect legal or beneficial ownership or control of any Borrower (other than a change in the legal or beneficial ownership or control of the Parent Guarantor which does not otherwise constitute a
Change of Control in accordance with this definition);

Mr George Giouroukos ceases to own at least 50 per cent. of the number of shares of the Parent Guarantor (either directly or through one or more affiliates) held by him on the date of the completion
of the Merger (excluding any share split or reverse split) other than by reason of death or other incapacity in managing his affairs;

Mr George Giouroukos ceases to be the Executive Chairman of (or to hold an equivalent executive officer position in) the Parent Guarantor other than by reason of death or other incapacity in managing his affairs; or

any person(s) own(s) more than 35 per cent. of the shares in the Parent Guarantor, unless such person(s) owned at least 35 per cent. of the shares in the Parent Guarantor on the date of the completion of the Merger.

39

 
 
 
 
7.6

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

If:

(i)

any sum payable to any Lender by a Transaction Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or under that Clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance
Document; or

(ii)

any Lender claims indemnification from a Borrower under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 13.1 (Increased costs),

that Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Facility Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to
procure the repayment of that Lender's participation in the Loan.

On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrowers have given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrowers in that notice), the
Borrowers shall repay that Lender's participation in the Loan.

The Borrowers may, in the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above, on 21 Business Days' prior notice to the Facility Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by
law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity
selected by the Borrowers which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash or other
cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the Loan and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Facility Agent has not given a notification
under Clause 28.9 (Pro rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

(e)

The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i)

(ii)

the Borrowers shall have no right to replace a Lender acting in its capacity as a Servicing Party;

neither the Facility Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;

(iii)

in no event shall the Lender replaced under paragraph (d) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

(iv)

the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (d) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all
applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

40

 
 
 
 
(f)

7.7

(a)

(b)

7.8

(a)

A Lender shall perform the checks described in sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (e) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (d) above and shall notify the Facility Agent
and the Borrowers when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

Termination of Initial Charter or other Assignable Charter

If, in respect of a Ship, the Initial Charter or any other Assignable Charter relating to that Ship is frustrated, terminated (except by mere effluxion of time or in the case of Total Loss of that Ship), cancelled or rescinded or
purported to be cancelled or rescinded prior to its expiration date, the Borrowers shall prepay the Tranche in respect of that Ship.

No such prepayment will need to be made if, as soon as possible after (and in any event within 30 days after) such cancellation, rescission, termination or withdrawal the Borrower owning that Ship has entered into a charter
(which shall, without limitation, include a binding and unconditional recapitulation of terms) in respect of that Ship on terms (including, without limitation as to the tenor and charter hire) at least similar to those contained in
the Initial Charter or any other Assignable Charter and acceptable to the Facility Agent in its reasonable discretion (a "Replacement Charter") and, promptly after the entry into such Replacement Charter, that Borrower has
granted in favour of the Security Agent a Charterparty Assignment in respect of such Replacement Charter.

Restrictions

Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 (Prepayment and Cancellation) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates
upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made, the amount of that cancellation or prepayment and, if relevant, the part of the Loan to be prepaid or cancelled.

41

 
 
 
 
(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any fee provided for in Clause 11.3 (Cancellation fee) or Clause 11.4 (Prepayment fee) and any Break
Costs, if and as applicable under this Agreement, without premium or penalty.

No Borrower may reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

No Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 (Prepayment and Cancellation) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrowers and/or the affected Lenders, as appropriate.

If all or part of any Lender's participation in the Loan is repaid or prepaid, an amount of that Lender's Commitment (equal to the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date
of repayment or prepayment.

7.9

Application of prepayments between Lenders

Any prepayment of any part of the Loan (other than a prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.1 (Illegality) or Clause 7.6 (Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender)) shall be applied pro rata to each Lender's
participation in that part of the Loan.

42

 
 
 
8

INTEREST

8.1

Calculation of interest – Term Rate Loans

SECTION 5

COSTS OF UTILISATION

Subject to Clause 8.3 (Fixed Rate Option) and Clause 8.5 (Default Interest), the rate of interest on each Term Rate Loan for an Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

(a)

(b)

8.2

(a)

(b)

8.3

(a)

Margin; and

Term Reference Rate.

Calculation of interest – Compounded Rate Loans

If Clause 10.1 (Unavailability of Term SOFR) applies and subject to Clause 8.5 (Default Interest), the rate of interest on each Compounded Rate Loan for any day during an Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum
which is the aggregate of the applicable:

(i)

(ii)

Margin; and

Compounded Reference Rate for that day.

If any day during an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan is not a RFR Banking Day, the rate of interest on that Compounded Rate Loan for that day will be the rate applicable to the immediately preceding RFR
Banking Day.

Fixed Rate Option

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Clause 8 (Interest), the Borrowers may, no later than five Business Days prior to the Utilisation Date of a Tranche or the start of an Interest Period in respect of a Tranche (or such
other date as may be agreed by the Facility Agent in its absolute discretion), make a written request to the Facility Agent for a fixed base rate to apply to the whole of that Tranche rather than the rate specified in Clause 8.1
(Calculation of interest – Term Rate Loans) or Clause 8.2 (Calculation of interest – Compounded Rate Loans) (a "Fixed Rate Option") for a specific period starting on either the Utilisation Date of that Tranche or a Quarter
End Date and being no less than twelve Months (or such shorter period as the Facility Agent may agree) provided such period ends (irrespective of its start date) on a Quarter End Date or the Termination Date (a "Fixed Rate
Period").

(b)

In the event that the Borrowers request a Fixed Rate Option, the Facility Agent shall provide the Borrowers with an indicative fixed base rate to apply to that Tranche for that Fixed Rate Period rather than the rate specified in
Clause 8.1 (Calculation of interest – Term Rate Loans) or Clause 8.2 (Calculation of interest – Compounded Rate Loans) (the "Indicative Fixed Rate").

(c)

Within one Business Day of receipt of such Indicative Fixed Rate in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the Borrowers shall, in writing to the Facility Agent, irrevocably accept or reject the offer of the Indicative Fixed Rate.

43

 
 
 
(d)

If the Borrowers accept the offer of the Indicative Fixed Rate in accordance with paragraph (c) above:

(i)

(ii)

the Fixed Rate Option shall apply to the relevant Tranche for the relevant Fixed Rate Period and the Facility Agent shall proceed to fix the base rate for that Tranche (a "Fixed Rate") and confirm that Fixed Rate in
writing to the Borrowers, and such Fixed Rate shall apply during the Fixed Rate Period for that Tranche until the end of the Fixed Rate Period (subject to any Unfixing Notice being served in accordance with paragraph
(g) below);

the determination of the Fixed Rate by the Facility Agent shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lenders and, subject to paragraph (g) below, the Borrowers and the Lenders may not revoke their
acceptance of the Fixed Rate for any reason (including, but not limited to, due to the relevant Fixed Rate being different to the Indicative Fixed Rate); and

(iii)

the rate of interest on the relevant Tranche for the relevant Fixed Rate Period for that Tranche, subject to paragraph (g) below, will be the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

(A)

(B)

the Margin; and

the relevant Fixed Rate.

(e)

If the Borrowers reject the Indicative Fixed Rate or fail to accept it within the time permitted for acceptance or do not exercise the Fixed Rate Option, the other provisions of this Clause 8 (Interest) and Clause 9 (Interest
Periods) shall apply and the rate of interest on the relevant Tranche shall be determined in accordance with Clause 8.1 (Calculation of interest – Term Rate Loans).

(f)

At the end of the Fixed Rate Period for a Tranche (other than where an Unfixing Notice has been issued by the Borrowers in accordance with paragraph (g) below):

(i)

(ii)

the Fixed Rate Option for that Tranche shall end and the Fixed Rate, as determined during that Fixed Rate Period, shall no longer apply; and

the rate of interest on the relevant Tranche for all Interest Periods commencing after the date on which the Fixed Rate Option ends shall be determined in accordance with Clause 8.1 (Calculation of interest – Term Rate
Loans); and

(iii)

the other provisions of this Clause 8 (Interest) and Clause 9 (Interest Periods) shall, subject to paragraph (h), apply to the relevant Tranche for the remainder of the Security Period.

(g)

At any time whilst the Fixed Rate Option applies to a Tranche, the Borrowers may, with five Business Days written notice, notify the Facility Agent that they no longer wish for the Fixed Rate to apply to that Tranche (an
"Unfixing Notice"), in which case:

(i)

(ii)

the Fixed Rate Option and the Fixed Rate Period for that Tranche shall end on the date specified in the Unfixing Notice;

the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers of any Break Costs incurred by the Lenders as a result of the unfixing of the Fixed Rate pursuant to the Unfixing Notice and promptly after such notification the Borrowers
shall pay to the Facility Agent any such Break Costs;

44

 
 
 
(iii)

(iv)

a stub interest period shall apply and shall start on the day immediately following the date on which the Fixed Rate Period ends and shall end on the next Quarter End Date and thereafter each subsequent Interest Period
shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Clause 9 (Interest Periods);

the rate of interest on the relevant Tranche for all Interest Periods commencing after the date on which the Fixed Rate Option ends shall be determined in accordance with Clause 8.1 (Calculation of interest – Term Rate
Loans); and

(v)

the other provisions of this Clause 8 (Interest) and Clause 9 (Interest Periods) shall, subject to paragraph (h), apply to the relevant Tranche for the remainder of the Security Period, (an "Unfixing").

If the Borrowers wish to request a fixed base interest rate for a Tranche for any period after an Unfixing in respect of that Tranche, such new fixed rate shall be determined again in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d).

Payment of interest

Subject to paragraph (b) of Clause 8.6 (Notifications), the Borrowers shall pay accrued interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period.

Default interest

If an Event of Default has occurred, interest shall accrue on the Loan and any Unpaid Sum from the date of the occurrence of the relevant Event of Default up to the date such Event of Default has been waived in writing by the
Facility Agent at a rate which is 2 per cent. per annum higher than:

(i)

(ii)

in the case of the Loan the rate which would otherwise have been payable for the Loan under Clause 8.1 (Calculation of interest – Term Rate Loans) or Clause 8.2 (Calculation of interest – Compounded Rate Loans) or
Clause 8.3 (Fixed Rate Option); and

in the case of any Unpaid Sum, the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest
Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent.

Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.5 (Default interest) shall be immediately payable by the Obligors on demand by the Facility Agent.

Default interest (if unpaid) arising on the Loan or any Unpaid Sum will be compounded at the end of each Interest Period but will remain immediately due and payable.

Notifications

The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest relating to a Term Rate Loan.

45

(h)

8.4

8.5

(a)

(b)

(c)

8.6

(a)

 
 
 
(b)

If Clause 10.1 (Unavailability of Term SOFR) or Clause 10.2 (Market disruption) applies, the Facility Agent shall as soon as practicable upon a Compounded Rate Interest Payment being determinable (and in any event within
one Business Day before the relevant Quarter End Date), notify:

(i)

(ii)

the Borrowers of that Compounded Rate Interest Payment;

each Lender of the proportion of that Compounded Rate Interest Payment which relates to that Lender's participation in the relevant Compounded Rate Loan; and

(iii)

the Lenders and the Borrowers of:

(A)

(B)

each applicable rate of interest relating to the determination of that Compounded Rate Interest Payment; and

to the extent it is then determinable, the Compounded Market Disruption Rate (if any) relating to the relevant Compounded Rate Loan.

This paragraph (b) shall not apply to any Compounded Rate Interest Payment determined pursuant to Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds).

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

9

9.1

(a)

(b)

(c)

If the Facility Agent is unable to provide the relevant notice in relation to a Compounded Rate Interest Payment in accordance with the timeframe set out in paragraph (b) above for any reason, the Borrowers shall pay accrued
interest on the relevant Compounded Rate Loan within one Business Day following the Facility Agent providing such notification (whenever that may be).

The Facility Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrowers of each Funding Rate relating to the Loan or any part of the Loan.

The Facility Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest relating to a Compounded Rate Loan to which Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) applies (and in particular
it shall advise the Borrowers of such determination of rate of interest, as soon as it receives a Lender's notification pursuant to Clause 10.2(b) (Market disruption)).

This Clause 8.6 (Notifications) shall not require the Facility Agent to make any notification to any Party on a day which is not a Business Day.

INTEREST PERIODS

Selection of Interest Periods

Subject to this Clause 9 (Interest Periods) and Clause 8.5 (Default interest), each Interest Period for the Loan shall be 3 Months (or such other period of approximately three Months as is necessary for the Interest Period to end
on a Quarter End Date).

Subject to Clause 8.5 (Default interest), an Interest Period in respect of the Loan or any part of the Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

The first Interest Period for the Loan shall start on the first Ulisaon Date and shall end on the first Quarter End Date to occur aer the first Ulisaon Date and, subject to paragraph (d) below, each
subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.

(d)

The first Interest Period for the second and any subsequent Tranche shall start on the Utilisation Date of such Tranche and end on the first Quarter End Date to occur after such Utilisation Date.

46

 
 
 
9.2

(a)

(b)

9.3

(a)

(b)

10

Changes to Interest Periods

In respect of a Repayment Instalment, prior to commencement of an Interest Period, the Facility Agent may establish an Interest Period for a part of the Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment to end on the Repayment Date
relating to it and the remaining part of the Loan shall have the Interest Period applicable to the Loan.

If the Facility Agent makes any change to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 9.2 (Changes to Interest Periods), it shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders.

Non-Business Days

Other than where paragraph (b) below applies, if an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is
one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

In respect of any Compounded Rate Loan, if there are rules specified as "Business Day Conventions" in the Benchmark Terms, those rules shall apply to each Interest Period for that Compounded Rate Loan.

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

10.1

Unavailability of Term SOFR

(a)

Except during a Fixed Rate Period, if no Term SOFR is available on the relevant Quotation Day for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, then:

(i)

(ii)

there shall be no Term Reference Rate for the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) and Clause 8.1 (Calculation of interest – Term Rate Loans) will not apply for that Interest Period for the Loan or that part of
the Loan; and

the Loan or that part of the Loan shall be a "Compounded Rate Loan" for that Interest Period and Clause 8.2 (Calculation of interest – Compounded Rate Loans) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as
applicable).

(b)

If paragraph (a) above applies but there is no RFR or Central Bank Rate for the purposes of calculating the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for an RFR Banking Day during an Interest Period for the Loan or the
relevant part of the Loan, Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for that Interest Period.

10.2 Market disruption

(a)

In the case of a Term Rate Loan, if before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan
or the relevant part of the Loan exceed 50 per cent. of the Loan or that part of the Loan as appropriate) that its cost of funds relating to its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan would be in excess of the Term Market
Disruption Rate then Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for the relevant Interest Period.

47

 
 
 
 
(b)

In the case of a Compounded Rate Loan, if:

(i)

(ii)

a Compounded Market Disruption Rate is specified in the Benchmark Terms; and

before the Reporting Time for the Loan or any part of the Loan, the Facility Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan exceed 50 per cent.
of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan as appropriate) that its cost of funds relating to its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan would be in excess of that Compounded Market Disruption Rate, then
Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for the relevant Interest Period.

10.3

Cost of funds

(a)

If this Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) applies to the Loan or part of the Loan for an Interest Period, then Clause 8.1 (Calculation of interest – Term Rate Loans) and Clause 8.2 (Calculation of interest - Compounded Rate Loans)
shall not apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest Period and the rate of interest on each Lender's share of the Loan or that part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum
which is the sum of:

(i)

(ii)

the Margin; and

the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by the Reporting Time for the Loan or that part of the Loan to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum its cost
of funds relating to its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan.

If this Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) applies and the Facility Agent or the Borrowers so require, the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a
substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

Subject to Clause 43.4 (Changes to reference rates), any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrowers, be binding on all Parties.

If paragraph (e) below does not apply and any rate notified to the Facility Agent under sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above is less than zero, the relevant rate shall be deemed to be zero.

If this Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) applies pursuant to Clause 10.2 (Market disruption) and:

(i)

in relation to a Term Rate Loan:

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(A)

(B)

a Lender's Funding Rate is less than the Term Market Disruption Rate; or

a Lender does not nofy a rate to the Facility Agent by the me specified in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above,that Lender's cost of funds relating to its participation in the Loan or the
relevant part of the Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above, to be the Term Market Disruption Rate.

48

 
 
 
(ii)

in relation to a Compounded Rate Loan:

(A)

(B)

a Lender's Funding Rate is less than the relevant Compounded Market Disruption Rate; or

a Lender does not notify a rate to the Facility Agent by the time specified in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above,

that Lender's cost of funds relating to its participation in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above, to be the Compounded
Market Disruption Rate for that Compounded Rate Loan.

(f)

If this Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) applies, the Facility Agent shall, as soon as is practicable, notify the Borrowers.

10.4

Break Costs

(a)

The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs (if any) attributable to:

(i)

in respect of a Term Rate Loan, all or any part of such Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day prior to the last day of an Interest Period for such Loan, that part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum:

(A)

(B)

(C)

all or any such part of the Loan being paid other than in accordance with a Repayment Schedule;

any part of the Total Commitments which is cancelled; or

an Unfixing for the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

(ii)

in respect of a Fixed Rate Loan:

(A)

(B)

(C)

all or ant such part of the Loan being paid other than in accordance with a Repayment Schedule;

any part of the Total Commitments which is cancelled; or

an Unfixing for the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

(b)

Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period (if applicable) or Fixed Rate Period in respect of
which they become, or may become, payable.

49

 
 
 
11

FEES

11.1

Upfront fee

The Borrowers shall pay to the Arranger an upfront fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

11.2

Commitment fee

(a)

(b)

The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed at the rate of 2 per cent. per annum on that Lender's Available Commitment during the relevant Availability Period.

The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of the Availability Period in relation to the relevant part of the Commitment or if earlier on each the final Utilisation Date and, if cancelled, on the cancelled amount of the
relevant Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

11.3

Cancellation fee

(a)

(b)

The Borrowers shall pay to the Arranger (for the account of each Lender) a cancellation fee an amount equal to 2 per cent. of any unutilised Available Commitment as at the last day of the Availability Period.

The cancellation fee is payable on the last day of the Availability Period.

11.4

Prepayment fee

(a)

(b)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers must pay to the Facility Agent for the account of each Lender a prepayment fee on the date of prepayment of all or any part of the Loan.

The amount of the prepayment fee is:

(i)

(ii)

if the prepayment occurs on or before the first anniversary of the first Utilisation Date, two per cent. of the amount prepaid;

if the prepayment occurs after the first but on or before the second anniversary of the first Utilisation Date, one per cent. of the amount prepaid; and

(iii)

none thereafter.

(c)

No prepayment fee shall be payable under this Clause 11.4 (Prepayment fee) if the prepayment is made under Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest, detention or Total Loss) as a result of a
sale or Total Loss of a Ship, Clause 7.5 (Change of Control) or Clause 25.2 (Provision of additional security prepayment).

11.5

Agency fees

The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent certain agency fees in the amounts and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

11.6

Arrangement fee

The Borrowers shall pay to the Arranger certain Utilisation fees in the amounts and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

50

 
 
 
12

TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

12.1

Definitions

(a)

In this Agreement:

SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

"Protected Party" means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes
of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

"Tax Credit" means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

"Tax Deduction" means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

"Tax Payment" means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity).

(b)

Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) reference to "determines" or "determined" means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

12.2

Tax gross-up

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

The Borrowers shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender
shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrowers and that Obligor.

If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the
payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by
law.

Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the
payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

51

 
 
 
12.3

Tax indemnity

(a)

The Obligors shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or
indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

(b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

(i)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

(A)

(B)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party's Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

(ii)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

(A)

(B)

is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); or

relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

(c)

A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall
notify the Obligors.

(d)

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity), notify the Facility Agent.

12.4

Tax Credit

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

(a)

(b)

a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and

that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be
made by the Obligor.

12.5

Stamp taxes

The Obligors shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Secured Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar
Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

52

 
 
 
12.6

VAT

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Document which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any
VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance
Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the
amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the "Supplier") to any other Finance Party (the "Recipient") under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the "Relevant
Party") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that
consideration):

(i)

(ii)

(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to
the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority
which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the
VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost
or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

Any reference in this Clause 12.6 (VAT) to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise
requires)  a  reference  to  the  person  who  is  treated  at  that  time  as  making  the  supply,  or  (as  appropriate)  receiving  the  supply,  under  the  grouping  rules  (provided  for  in  Article  11  of  Council  Directive  2006/112/EC  (or  as
implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union or equivalent provisions imposed elsewhere) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal
unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be).

In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party's VAT
registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

53

 
 
 
12.7

FATCA Information

(a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

(i)

confirm to that other Party whether it is:

(A)

(B)

a FATCA Exempt Party; or

not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

(ii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and

(iii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation or
exchange of information regime.

If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party
shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything and sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a
breach of:

(b)

(c)

(i)

(ii)

any law or regulation;

any fiduciary duty; or

(iii)

any duty of confidentiality.

(d)

If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the
avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party
in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

(e)

If a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor, or the Facility Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law or regulation require it, each Lender shall, within ten Business Days of:

(i)

(ii)

where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of this Agreement;

where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor on a Transfer Date and the relevant Lender is a New Lender, the relevant Transfer Date; or

(iii)

where a Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Facility Agent,

54

 
 
 
supply to the Facility Agent:

(iv)

a withholding certificate on Form W-8, Form W-9 or any other relevant form; or

(v)

any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the Facility Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation.

The Facility Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above to the Borrowers.

If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Facility Agent by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that
Lender shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Facility Agent unless it is unlawful for the Lender to do so (in which case the
Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent). The Facility Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Borrowers.

The Facility Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) or (g) above without further verification. The Facility
Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with paragraphs (e), (f) or (g) above.

(f)

(g)

(h)

12.8

FATCA Deduction

(a)

(b)

Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which
it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in
addition, shall notify each Obligor and the Facility Agent and the Facility Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

13

INCREASED COSTS

13.1

Increased costs

(a)

Subject to Clause 13.3 (Exceptions), the Borrowers shall, within five days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its
Affiliates as a result of:

(i)

(ii)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or

compliance with any law or regulation made; or

(iii)

the implementation, application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV,

in each case after the date of this Agreement.

55

 
 
 
 
(b)

In this Agreement:

(i)

"Basel III" means:

(A)

(B)

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International
framework  for  liquidity  risk  measurement,  standards  and  monitoring"  and  "Guidance  for  national  authorities  operating  the  countercyclical  capital  buffer"  published  by  the  Basel  Committee  on  Banking
Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the
Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

(C)

any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III".

(ii)

"CRD IV" means:

(A)

(B)

Regulation (EU)  No  575/2013  of  the  European  Parliament  and  of  the  Council  of  26  June  2013  on  prudential  requirements  for  credit  institutions  and  investment  firms  and  amending  regulation  (EU)  No.
648/2012, as amended by Regulation (EU) 2019/876;

Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms,
amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC, as amended by Directive (EU) 2019/878; and

(C)

any other law or regulation which implements Basel III.

(iii)

"Increased Costs" means:

(A)

(B)

(C)

a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital;

an additional or increased cost; or

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any
Finance Document.

56

 
 
 
13.2

Increased cost claims

(a)

(b)

A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers.

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

13.3

Exceptions

Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

compensated for by Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 (Tax
indemnity) applied);

compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost); or

attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

OTHER INDEMNITIES

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

14

14.1

Currency indemnity

(a)

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a "Sum"), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the "First Currency") in which that Sum is
payable into another currency (the "Second Currency") for the purpose of:

(i)

(ii)

making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party to which that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy
between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

(b)

Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

57

 
 
 
14.2

Other indemnities

(a)

Each Obligor shall within 3 Business Days of any demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any documented cost, direct loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

the occurrence of any Event of Default;

a failure by a Transaction Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 33 (Sharing among the Finance
Parties);

funding, or  making  arrangements  to  fund,  its  participation  in  a  Tranche  requested  by  the  Borrowers  in  a  Utilisation  Request  but  not  made  by  reason  of  the  operation  of  any  one  or  more  of  the  provisions  of  this
Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Secured Party alone); or

(iv)

the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers.

(b)

Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 (Other
indemnities) an "Indemnified Person"), against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in
connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Security constituted by the Finance Documents or which relates to the condition or
operation of, or any incident occurring in relation to, any Ship unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.

(c)

Without limiting, but subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any jurisdiction:

(i)

(ii)

arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions; or

in connection with any Environmental Claim.

(d)

Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or of any of its Affiliates may rely on this Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities) subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

14.3 Mandatory Cost

Each Borrower shall within 3 Business Days of any demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Facility Agent to be
its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank or any other
authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or
any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of
their functions),

(a)

(b)

which, in each case, is referable to that Lender's participation in the Loan.

58

 
 
 
 
14.4

Indemnity to the Facility Agent

Each Obligor shall within 3 Business Days of any demand, indemnify the Facility Agent against:

(a)

any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

(i)

(ii)

investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

(iii)

instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents; and

(b)

any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 34.11 (Disruption to
Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent in acting as Facility
Agent under the Finance Documents.

14.5

Indemnity to the Security Agent

(a)

Each Obligor shall within 3 Business Days of any demand, indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them:

(i)

in relation to or as a result of:

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

(E)

(F)

any failure by a Borrower to comply with its obligations under Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses);

acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

the taking, holding, protection, perfection or enforcement of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Security;

the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;

any default by any Transaction Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

any action by any Transaction Obligor which vitiates, reduces the value of, or is otherwise prejudicial to, the Transaction Security; and

(G)

instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents;

(ii)

acting as  Security  Agent,  Receiver  or  Delegate  under  the  Finance  Documents  or  which  otherwise  relates  to  any  of  the  Security  Property  or  the  performance  of  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or  the  other Finance
Documents (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agent's, Receiver's or Delegate's gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

(b)

The Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate may, in priority to any payment to the Secured Parties, indemnify itself out of the Security Assets in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the
indemnity in this Clause 14.5 (Indemnity to the Security Agent) and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all monies payable to it.

59

 
 
 
 
15

MITIGATION BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

15.1 Mitigation

(a)

Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled
pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities), Clause 13 (Increased Costs) or paragraph (a) of Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and
obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

(b)

Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

15.2

Limitation of liability

(a)

(b)

Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation).

A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation) if either:

(i)

(ii)

a Default has occurred and is continuing; or

in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

16

COSTS AND EXPENSES

16.1

Transaction expenses

The Obligors shall, within three Business Days of any demand, pay the Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Arranger the amount of all costs and expenses (including pre-agreed legal fees) reasonably incurred by any
Secured Party in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

(a)

(b)

this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement or in a Security Document; and

any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement,

always taking into account the costs cover down payments of $50,000 (the "Costs Cover Amount") already made by the Borrowers to the Facility Agent prior to the date of this Agreement.

Should there be any balance remaining out of the Costs Cover Amount following payment of any amounts due under this Clause 16.1 (Transaction expenses), then the Facility Agent will release such balance to the Borrowers.
If the amounts due under this Clause 16.1 (Transaction expenses) are in excess of the Costs Cover Amount, then the Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent such an amount as to eliminate the shortfall.

60

 
 
 
 
16.2

Amendment costs

(a)

(b)

(c)

Subject to Clause 16.4 (Reference rate transition costs) if:

a Transaction Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

an amendment or other action is required either pursuant to Clause 34.9 (Change of currency); or

a Transaction Obligor requests, and the Security Agent agrees to, the release of all or any part of the Security Assets from the Transaction Security,

the Obligors shall, within three Business Days of any demand, reimburse each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by each Secured
Party in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

16.3

Enforcement and preservation costs

The Obligors shall within 3 Business Days of any demand, pay to each Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Secured Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the
preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security and with any proceedings instituted by or against that Secured Party as a consequence of it entering into a Finance Document, taking or
holding the Transaction Security, or enforcing those rights.

16.4

Reference rate transition costs

The Borrowers shall within 3 Business Days of demand reimburse each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including pre-agreed legal fees) reasonably incurred by each
Secured Party in connection with:

(a)

(b)

the negotiation or entry into of any Compounded Rate Supplement or Compounding Methodology Supplement; or

any amendment, waiver or consent relating to:

(i)

(ii)

the transition to the Compounded Reference Rate;

any Compounded Rate Supplement or Compounding Methodology Supplement; or

(iii)

any change arising as a result of an amendment required under Clause 43.4 (Changes to reference rates).

61

 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 7

GUARANTEES AND JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF BORROWERS

17

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY – PARENT GUARANTOR

17.1

Guarantee and indemnity

The Parent Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a)

(b)

(c)

guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that Borrower's obligations under the Finance Documents;

undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Parent Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it
were the principal obligor; and

agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand
against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date
when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Parent Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor) if the
amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

17.2

Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by each Borrower under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

17.3

Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Transaction Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Secured Party in whole or in part on the basis of any
payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Parent Guarantor under this Clause 17 (Guarantee
and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

17.4 Waiver of defences

The obligations of the Parent Guarantor under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing
which, but for this Clause 17.4 (Waiver of defences), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor) or in respect of any Transaction Security
(without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Secured Party) including:

62

 
 
 
 
(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Transaction Obligor or other person;

the release of any other Transaction Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security
over assets of, any Transaction Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of a Transaction Obligor or any other person;

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation,
any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

any insolvency or similar proceedings.

17.5

Immediate recourse

(a)

(b)

The Parent  Guarantor  waives  any  right  it  may  have  of  first  requiring  any  Secured  Party  (or  any  trustee  or  agent  on  its  behalf)  to  proceed  against  or  enforce  any  other  rights  or  security  or  claim  payment  from  any  person
(including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity –
Parent Guarantor). This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

The Parent Guarantor acknowledges the rights of the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 27.19 (Acceleration) to enforce or direct the Security Agent to enforce or exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions
under any guarantee or indemnity contained in this Agreement.

17.6

Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Transaction Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf)
may:

(a)

refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner
and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Parent Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

(b)

hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Parent Guarantor or on account of the Parent Guarantor's liability under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor).

63

 
 
 
17.7

Deferral of Parent Guarantor's rights

All rights which the Parent Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against any Borrower, any other Transaction Obligor or their respective assets shall be fully
subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, the Parent Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it
may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable,
or liability arising, under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor):

to be indemnified by a Transaction Obligor;

to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Transaction Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;

to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection
with, the Finance Documents by any Secured Party;

to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Transaction Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Parent Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity
under Clause 17.1 (Guarantee and indemnity);

to exercise any right of set-off against any Transaction Obligor; and/or

to claim or prove as a creditor of any Transaction Obligor in competition with any Secured Party.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

If the Parent Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to
the Secured Parties by the Transaction Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Secured Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the
Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 34 (Payment Mechanics).

17.8

Additional security

This  guarantee  and  any  other  Security  given  by  the  Parent  Guarantor  is  in  addition  to  and  is  not  in  any  way  prejudiced  by,  and  shall  not  prejudice,  any  other  guarantee  or  Security  or  any  other  right  of  recourse  now  or
subsequently held by any Secured Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

17.9

Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

Clauses 17.2 (Continuing guarantee), 17.3 (Reinstatement), 17.4 (Waiver of defences), 17.5 (Immediate recourse), 17.6 (Appropriations), 17.7 (Deferral of Parent Guarantor's rights) and 17.8 (Additional security) shall apply,
with any necessary modifications, to any Security which the Parent Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

64

 
 
 
18

JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF THE BORROWERS

18.1

Joint and several liability

All liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be joint and several.

18.2 Waiver of defences

The liabilities and obligations of a Borrower shall not be impaired by:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

(j)

this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards any other Borrower;

any Lender or the Security Agent entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with any other Borrower;

any Lender or the Security Agent releasing any other Borrower or any Security created by a Finance Document;

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with any other Borrower or other person;

the release of any other Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any other Borrower or other person or any non-presentation or
non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of any other Borrower or any other person;

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental, and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation,
any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation or any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

any insolvency or similar proceedings.

18.3

Principal Debtor

Each Borrower declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and no Borrower shall, in any circumstances, be
construed to be a surety for the obligations of any other Borrower under this Agreement.

65

 
 
 
18.4

Borrower restrictions

(a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, during the Security Period no Borrower shall:

(i)

claim any amount which may be due to it from any other Borrower whether in respect of a payment made under, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this
Agreement or any Finance Document; or

(ii)

take or enforce any form of security from any other Borrower for such an amount, or in any way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of any other Borrower; or

(iii)

set off such an amount against any sum due from it to any other Borrower; or

(iv)

prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving any other Borrower; or

(v)

exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.

(b)

If during the Security Period, the Facility Agent, by notice to a Borrower, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to any other Borrower, that Borrower shall take that action as soon as
practicable after receiving the Facility Agent's notice.

18.5

Deferral of Borrowers' rights

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Borrower will
exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

(a)

(b)

to be indemnified by any other Borrower; or

to claim any contribution from any other Borrower in relation to any payment made by it under the Finance Documents.

66

 
 
 
SECTION 8

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

19

REPRESENTATIONS

19.1

General

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 19 (Representations) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

19.2

Status

(a)

(b)

(c)

Each Borrower is a limited liability company formed and validly existing and in good standing under the law of its Original Jurisdiction.

The Parent Guarantor is a corporation incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the law of its Original Jurisdiction.

It and each Transaction Obligor has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

19.3

LLC shares and ownership

(a)

In the case of each Borrower, the aggregate number of limited liability company interests that it is authorised to issue is 500 LLC Shares, all of which (being 100 per cent. of its limited liability company interests) have been
issued to the Parent Guarantor.

(b)

The Parent Guarantor is authorised to issue an aggregate of 249,000,000 common stock shares, each with a par value $0.01, consisting of:

(i)

(ii)

214,000,000 Class A common stock shares, each with a par value of $0.01 per share, of which 36,283,468 shares are issued and outstanding;

20,000,000 Class B common stock shares, each with a par value of $0.01 per share, of which none are issued and outstanding; and

(iii)

15,000,000 Class C common stock shares, each with a par value of $0.01 per share, of which none are issued and outstanding.

(c)

(d)

The legal title to and beneficial interest in the LLC Shares in each Borrower is held directly by the Parent Guarantor free of any Security or any other claim, except for Permitted Security.

None of the LLC Shares in a Borrower is subject to any option to purchase, pre-emption rights or similar rights.

19.4

Binding obligations

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

67

 
 
 
19.5

Validity, effectiveness and ranking of Security

(a)

(b)

(c)

Each Finance Document to which it is a party does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery create, subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the Security it purports to create over
any assets to which such Security, by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created, be valid and effective.

No third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted by it.

Subject to the Perfection Requirements, the Transaction Security granted by it to the Security Agent or any other Secured Party has or will when created or intended to be created have first ranking priority or such other priority
it is expressed to have in the Finance Documents and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking security.

(d)

No concurrence, consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security.

19.6

Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, each Transaction Document to which it is a party:

(a)

do not and will not conflict with:

(i)

(ii)

any law or regulation applicable to it;

its constitutional documents; or

(iii)

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument; and

(b)

is for the corporate benefit of that Obligor.

19.7

Power and authority

(a)

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party and the transactions
contemplated by those Transaction Documents.

(b)

No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

19.8

Validity and admissibility in evidence

All Authorisations required or desirable:

(a)

(b)

to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party enforceable and admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions, have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

68

 
 
 
19.9

Governing law and enforcement

(a)

(b)

The choice of governing law of each Transaction Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

Any judgment obtained in relation to a Transaction Document to which it is a party in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Transaction Document and any arbitral award obtained in relation to a Transaction Document in
the seat of that arbitral tribunal as specified in that Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

19.10

Insolvency

No:

(a)

(b)

corporate action, legal proceeding or other similar legal procedure or similar legal step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 27.8 (Insolvency proceedings); or

creditors' process described in Clause 27.9 (Creditors' process),

has been taken or, to the best of its knowledge, threatened in relation to any Transaction Obligor; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 27.7 (Insolvency) applies to any Transaction Obligor.

19.11 No filing or stamp taxes

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be registered, filed, recorded, notarised or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any
stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party or the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents except the registration of a Mortgage at
the applicable ship registry of the relevant Approved Flag; which registration will be made promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Documents.

19.12 Deduction of Tax

It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

19.13 No default

(a)

(b)

No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement and on each Utilisation Date, no Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of,
or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.

No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are subject which
might have a Material Adverse Effect.

69

 
 
 
 
19.14 No misleading information

(a)

(b)

(c)

Any factual information provided by any Transaction Obligor for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

The financial projections contained in any such information have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in any such information being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

19.15

Financial Statements

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied unless expressly disclosed to the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the date of this Agreement.

The Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and its results of operations during the relevant financial year.

There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group) since 31 December 2022.

Its most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Financial statements):

(i)

(ii)

have been prepared in accordance with Clause 20.5 (Requirements as to financial statements); and

fairly present its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated in the case of the Parent Guarantor).

(e)

Since the  date  of  the  most  recent  financial  statements  delivered  pursuant  to  Clause  20.2  (Financial statements)  there  has  been  no  material  adverse  change  in  its  business,  assets  or  financial  condition  (or  the  business  or
consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Parent Guarantor).

19.16

Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law
applying to companies generally.

19.17 No proceedings pending or threatened

(a)

(b)

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) of or before any court, arbitral
body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened
against it or any other Transaction Obligor.

No judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has (to the best of
its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been made against it or any other Transaction Obligor.

70

 
 
 
19.18 Validity and completeness of the MOAs

(a)

(b)

(c)

Each MOA constitutes legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the relevant Seller.

The copy of each MOA delivered to the Facility Agent before the date of this Agreement is a true and complete copy.

No amendments or additions to the MOAs (other than any amendments or additions in the form of addenda to the MOAs as disclosed to the Facility Agent prior to the execution of this Agreement) have been agreed nor have
any rights under any MOA been waived.

19.19 No rebates etc.

There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, inducement, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (however described) to any Borrower or any other member of the Group, any Seller
or a third party in connection with the purchase by a Borrower of a Ship, other than as disclosed to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date of this Agreement.

19.20 Valuations

(a)

(b)

(c)

All information supplied by it or on its behalf to an Approved Valuer for the purposes of a valuation delivered to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement was true and accurate as at the date it was supplied or (if
appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

It has not omitted to supply any information to an Approved Valuer which, if disclosed, would adversely affect any valuation prepared by such Approved Valuer.

There has been no change to the factual information provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above in relation to any valuation between the date such information was provided and the date of that valuation which, in either case,
renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect.

19.21 No breach of laws

It has not breached any applicable law or regulation which breach is reasonably like to have a Material Adverse Effect.

19.22

Initial Charter

Each relevant Ship, as at the Delivery Date in respect of such Ship, is subject to the respective Initial Charter and has been delivered to the Initial Charterer.

71

 
 
 
19.23 Compliance with Environmental Laws

All Environmental Laws relating to the ownership, operation and management of each Ship and, to the best of each Obligor's knowledge having made due and careful enquiry, the business of each other Transaction Obligor (as
now conducted and as reasonably anticipated to be conducted in the future) and the terms of all Environmental Approvals have been complied with.

19.24 No Environmental Claim

No Environmental Claim has been made or, to the best of its knowledge having made due and careful enquiry, threatened against any Transaction Obligor or any member of the Group or any Group Ship which might be
reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

19.25 No Environmental Incident

No Environmental Incident has occurred and, to the best of its knowledge having made due and careful enquiry no person has claimed that an Environmental Incident has occurred which might be reasonably expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

19.26

ISM and ISPS Code compliance

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to each Borrower, each Approved Technical Manager and each Ship have been complied with.

19.27 No Charter

Except as disclosed by the Borrowers to the Security Agent in writing on or before the date of this Agreement, no Ship is subject to any Charter other than a Permitted Charter in relation to that Ship.

19.28 Taxes paid

(a)

(b)

It is not and (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) no other Transaction Obligor is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and to the best of its knowledge and
belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) and no other Transaction Obligor is overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax unless and only to the extent that (i) such payment is being contested in good faith, (ii)
adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them and (iii) such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to file such returns or pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

No claims or investigations are being or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it (or (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) against any other Transaction Obligor) with
respect to Taxes.

19.29

Financial Indebtedness

No Borrower has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

72

 
 
 
19.30 Overseas companies

No Obligor has delivered particulars, whether in its name stated in the Finance Documents or any other name, of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or, if it has so
registered, it has provided to the Facility Agent sufficient details to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Lenders at the Companies Registry.

19.31 Good title to assets

It has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

19.32 Ownership

(a)

(b)

With effect on and from the relevant Delivery Date, the relevant Borrower will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of the relevant Ship, its Earnings and its Insurances.

With effect on and from the date of its creation or intended creation, each Transaction Obligor will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of any asset that is the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be
created by such Transaction Obligor.

(c)

The constitutional documents of each Transaction Obligor do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of the LLC Shares of a Borrower on creation or enforcement of the security conferred by the Security Documents.

19.33 Centre of main interests and establishments

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 2015/848 on Insolvency Proceedings (recast) (the "Regulation"), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is
situated in Greece and it has no "establishment" (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

19.34

Place of business

(a)

(b)

No Obligor has a place of management of its business in any country other than Greece.

Each Borrower is not a tax resident in the Republic of Liberia or any other jurisdiction and it is liable to pay Greek tonnage tax in respect of the Ship belonging to it as long as that Ship is managed by an Approved Manager
whose place of management of its business is Greece.

19.35 No employee or pension arrangements

No Obligor has any employees or any liabilities under any pension scheme.

19.36 No immunity

No Obligor nor any of its respective assets are entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceedings (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgment,
execution or other enforcement).

73

 
 
 
19.37 Anti-corruption

It  and,  to  the  best  of  its  knowledge  and  belief  having  made  due  and  careful  enquiry,  each  other  Transaction  Obligor  has  conducted  its  businesses  in  compliance  with  applicable  anti-corruption  laws  and  has  instituted  and
maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

19.38

Sanctions

(a)

No Obligor and, in relation to a Borrower, to the best of its knowledge and belief having made due and careful enquiry no other Transaction Obligor nor any other member of the Group:

(i)

(ii)

is a Prohibited Person;

is owned or controlled by or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person;

(iii)

owns or controls a Prohibited Person; or

(iv)

has a Prohibited Person serving as a director, officer or employee.

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

No proceeds of the Loan (or any part thereof) shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose
prohibited by Sanctions.

The Parent Guarantor represents that no Group Ship is being used by or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person.

The Parent Guarantor represents that no Group Ship is being used in trading in any manner contrary to Sanctions (or which could be contrary to Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on the Transaction Obligors or a member of
the Group).

The Parent Guarantor represents that no Group Ship is being traded in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances;

The Parent Guarantor represents that no Group Ship is chartered or subject to any agreement pursuant to which it is required or may be required to call at any port in a Sanctioned Country.

All charterparties for a Ship contain, for the benefit of the relevant Borrower, language which gives effect to the provisions of paragraph (c) of Clause 24.9 (Compliance with laws etc.) as regards Sanctions and Clause 24.21
(Sanctions and Ship trading) and shall permit refusal of employment or voyage orders if compliance would result in a breach of Sanctions (or which would result in a breach of Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on each
Transaction Obligor) or would require a Ship to call at a port in a Sanctioned Country.

19.39 Validity and completeness of the Initial Charter

(a)

(b)

(c)

Each Initial Charter, as at the Delivery Date in respect of the relevant Ship and at all times thereafter, constitutes legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the relevant Borrower.

The copy of each Initial Charter in respect of a Ship delivered to the Facility Agent by no later than the Delivery Date in respect of that Ship is a true and complete copy.

No amendments or additions to each of the Initial Charters have been agreed save as otherwise disclosed to the Facility Agent prior to the execution of this Agreement nor has any Borrower waived any of its rights under the
Initial Charter to which it is a party.

74

 
 
 
19.40

Ships status

Each Ship is, or will be with effect on and from the relevant Delivery Date (as the case may be):

registered in the name of the relevant Borrower under the laws and flag of the Approved Flag;

operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

classed with the relevant Approved Classification free of all overdue requirements and recommendations of the relevant Approved Classification Society affecting class; and

insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

19.41 Approved Managers

None of the Approved Managers at the date of this Agreement is an Affiliate of an Obligor.

19.42 Repetition

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of each Utilisation Request, each Utilisation Date and the last day of every calendar
month.

20

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

20.1

General

The undertakings in this Clause 20 (Information Undertakings)  remain  in  force  throughout  the  Security  Period  unless  the  Facility  Agent,  acting  with  the  authorisation  of  the  Majority  Lenders  (or,  where  specified,  all  the
Lenders), may otherwise permit.

20.2

Financial statements

(a)

The Parent Guarantor shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders all financial statements required by, and prepared in accordance with NYSE rules (as shown and available on the website of the
Parent Guarantor), including:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

as  soon  as  they  become  available,  but  in  any  event  within  180  days  after  the  end  of  each  financial  year  of  the  Parent  Guarantor,  the  consolidated  audited  annual  financial  statements  of  the  Parent  Guarantor
(commencing with the financial statements for the financial year which ended on 31 December 2022) for that financial year;

as soon  as  they  become  available,  but  in  any  event  within  120  days  after  the  6-month  period  ending  on  30  June  in  each  financial  year  of  the  Parent  Guarantor,  the  semi-annual  consolidated  unaudited  financial
statements of the Parent Guarantor, for that 6-month period (commencing with the financial statements for the 6-month period ending on 30 June 2023), duly certified as to their correctness by the chief financial officer
of the Parent Guarantor; and

as soon as they become available, but in any event within 90 days after each Quarter End Date in each financial year of the Parent Guarantor, the quarterly consolidated unaudited financial statements of the Parent
Guarantor,  for  that  3-month  period  (commencing  with  the  financial  statements  for  the  3-month  period  ending  on  31  March  2023),  duly  certified  as  to  their  correctness  by  the  chief  financial  officer  of  the  Parent
Guarantor.

75

 
 
 
 
(b)

Each Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

(i)

(ii)

as soon as possible, but in no event later than 60 days after each Quarter End Date in each financial year of that Borrower, its unaudited quarterly management accounts in a format approved by the Facility Agent
(commencing with the management accounts for 3-month period ending on 30 June 2023) which show the results of the operation of each Ship during the preceding financial quarter year; and

as soon as possible, but in no event later than the Utilisation Date applicable to its Ship in respect of the current calendar year and 30 days before the end of each of its financial years thereafter, a budget in a format
approved by the Facility Agent which shows all anticipated Operating Expenses in respect of its Ship during the next 12 month period (each a "Budget").

(c)

(d)

Each Obligor shall supply, promptly after each request by the Facility Agent, such further financial or other information in respect of each Borrower, (and through the Parent Guarantor, information in respect of) each Group
Ship, the Parent Guarantor, the other Transaction Obligors and the Group as may be requested by the Facility Agent.

Each Borrower (i) grants to the Facility Agent viewing rights to the Earnings Accounts by means of online banking and (ii) shall provide to the Facility Agent all information necessary to ensure that the Facility Agent will have
access to the relevant Account Bank's portal to enable it to receive all information in relation to the Earnings Accounts, including account statements.

20.3

Compliance Certificate

(a)

The Parent Guarantor shall supply to the Facility Agent, together with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 20.2 (Financial statements) as the case may be,
a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 21 (Financial Covenants) as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up.

(b)

Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by the chief financial officer of the Parent Guarantor.

20.4

DAC6

(a)

(b)

In this Clause  20.5 (DAC6), "DAC6" means the Council Directive of 25 May 2018 (2018/822/EU) amending Directive 2011/16/EU or any replacement legislation for DAC 6 applicable in the UK.

The Borrowers shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):

(i)

(ii)

promptly upon the making of such analysis or the obtaining of such advice, any analysis made or advice obtained on whether any transaction contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any transaction carried out
(or to be carried out) in connection with any transaction contemplated by the Transaction Documents contains a hallmark as set out in Annex IV of DAC6; and

promptly upon the making of such reporting and to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation, any reporting made to any governmental or taxation authority by or on behalf of any Transaction Obligor or by
any adviser to such Transaction Obligor in relation to DAC6 or any law or regulation which implements DAC6 and any unique identification number issued by any governmental or taxation authority to which any such
report has been made (if available).

76

 
 
 
 
20.5

Requirements as to financial statements

(a)

(b)

Each set of financial statements delivered by the Parent Guarantor pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Financial statements) shall be certified by the chief financial officer of the Parent Guarantor as giving a true and fair view (if audited)
or fairly representing (if unaudited) its financial condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

The Obligors shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Financial statements) is prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those
applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, they notify the Facility Agent that there has been a change in GAAP, the accounting practices or reference
periods and the auditors of the Parent Guarantor deliver to the Facility Agent:

(i)

(ii)

a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 21 (Financial Covenants) has been complied with and make an
accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements.

Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

20.6

Information: miscellaneous

(a)

(b)

Each Obligor shall and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):

all documents which are not of a routine nature dispatched by it to its members (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched and copies of any relevant press releases;

promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual
breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect and each Borrower
shall procure that all reasonable measures are taken to defend any such legal or administrative action;

77

 
 
 
 
(c)

(d)

(e)

promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency which is made against any member of the Group and which might reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect;

promptly, its constitutional documents where these have been amended or varied;

promptly, such further information and/or documents regarding:

(i)

(ii)

each Ship, goods transported on each Ship, its Earnings and its Insurances;

the Security Assets;

(iii)

compliance of the Transaction Obligors with the terms of the Finance Documents;

(iv)

the financial condition, business and operations of any other Transaction Obligor;

(v)

the Initial Charters or any Replacement Charters, as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may request; and

(f)

promptly, such further information and/or documents as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request so as to enable such Finance Party to comply with any laws applicable to it or as may be required
by any regulatory authority.

20.7

Notification of Default

(a)

(b)

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor shall, notify the Facility Agent of any Default and provide an early indication thereof if such Default becomes manifest that the financial covenants set
out in Clause 21 (Financial Covenants) may not be met (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy each of them) promptly upon becoming aware of such occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already
been provided by another Obligor).

Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, each Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by an officer on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the
Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

20.8

Notification of litigation

(a)

(b)

The Obligors will provide the Facility Agent with details of any legal action (i) involving any Obligor and any other Transaction Obligor as soon as such action is instituted and (ii) on becoming aware of the same, involving
any Approved Technical Manager, or any Ship, its Earnings, its Insurances unless in each case (other than as regards legal action involving a Borrower) it is clear that the legal action could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect if adversely determined.

The Obligors shall and shall procure that any other Transaction Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent promptly, to the extent permitted by law, details of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against it with
respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests).

78

 
 
 
20.9

Use of websites

(a)

Each Obligor may satisfy its obligation under the Finance Documents to which it is a party to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the "Website Lenders") which accept this method of communication by
posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (the "Designated Website") if:

(i)

(ii)

the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

both the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

(iii)

the information is in a format previously agreed between the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent.

If any Lender (a "Paper Form Lender") does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors accordingly and each Obligor shall supply the information to the Facility
Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event each Obligor shall supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

(b)

The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Obligors or any of them and the
Facility Agent.

(c)

An Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if:

(i)

(ii)

the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

(iii)

any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

(iv)

any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

(v)

if that Obligor becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

If an Obligor notifies the Facility Agent under sub-paragraph (i) or (v) of paragraph (c) above, all information to be provided by the Obligors under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form
unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

(d)

Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Obligors shall comply with any
such request within 10 Business Days.

79

 
 
 
20.10

"Know your customer" checks

(a)

If:

(i)

(ii)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

any change in the status of a Transaction Obligor (or of a Holding Company of a Transaction Obligor) (including, without limitation, a change of ownership of a Transaction Obligor or of a Holding Company of a
Transaction Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or

(iii)

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges a Finance Party (or, in the case of sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is
not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of any Finance Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by a Servicing Party (for itself
or on behalf of any other Finance Party) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for such Finance Party or, in the case of the
event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations
pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

(b)

Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of a Servicing Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Servicing Party (for itself) in order for that Servicing
Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

20.11

Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries

The  Borrowers  shall  provide  the  Facility  Agent  on  or  before  the  date  of  this  Agreement  with  a  list  of  each  member  of  the  Group  at  the  date  of  this  Agreement  and  shall,  at  the  same  time  the  Parent  Guarantor  delivers  a
Compliance Certificate pursuant to Clause 20.3 (Compliance Certificate), advise the Facility Agent in writing of any amendments to such list.

21

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

21.1

Parent Guarantor's minimum liquidity and most favoured nations

At all times during the Security Period, the Parent Guarantor shall:

(a)

(b)

maintain a minimum Free Liquidity in an amount of $20,000,000 (or a lesser amount (if agreed by all the Lenders)); and

ensure that the Finance Parties shall receive no less favourable treatment under this Agreement in relation to any financial covenant relating to it, than any financial covenant provided or to be provided under any credit, loan
facility or indenture agreement (or guarantee thereof) creating Financial Indebtedness to which the Parent Guarantor is a party (or by way of amendment or supplement to that credit, loan facility or indenture agreement (or
guarantee thereof)) or any agreement creating Financial Indebtedness to refinance or otherwise substitute any existing Financial Indebtedness of, or guarantee by, the Parent Guarantor.

Notwithstanding paragraph (b) above, the Parent Guarantor shall promptly advise the Facility Agent of those arrangements and covenants in advance and shall, upon the Facility Agent's request (acting on the instructions of the
Majority Lenders), enter into such documentation which amends and supplements this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, as the Majority Lenders may require in order to achieve parity with the creditors under the
relevant financing of the Parent Guarantor.

80

 
 
 
 
21.2

Compliance Check

Compliance with the undertakings contained in this Clause 21 (Financial Covenants) shall be determined on each Testing Date and evidenced by the Compliance Certificate.

22

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

22.1

General

The  undertakings  in  this  Clause  22  (General Undertakings)  remain  in  force  throughout  the  Security  Period  except  as  the  Facility  Agent,  acting  with  the  authorisation  of  the  Majority  Lenders  (or,  where  specified,  all  the
Lenders) may otherwise permit in writing (and in the case of Clause 22.14 (Disposals), 22.15 (Merger), 22.17 (Financial Indebtedness), 22.21 (Other transactions), 22.25 (No amendment to Initial Charter) and 22.26 (No
amendment to MOAs) such permission not to be unreasonably withheld).

22.2

Authorisations

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly:

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of,

(a)

(b)

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction or the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship to enable it to:

(i)

(ii)

perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in any Relevant Jurisdiction or in the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship, of any Transaction Document to which it is a party; and

(iii)

own and operate its Ship (in the case of a Borrower).

81

 
 
 
 
22.3

Compliance with laws

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, comply in all respects with all laws (including, without limitation, Sanctions) and regulations to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply has
or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

22.4

Anti-corruption Law

(a)

No Obligor shall directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Loan for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other
jurisdictions.

(b)

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor shall:

(i)

(ii)

conduct its business in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws; and

maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

22.5

Environmental compliance

Each Borrower shall, and shall use its best endeavours to procure that each Approved Manager, each other Transaction Obligor will, and the Parent Guarantor shall use its best endeavours to ensure that each other member of
the Group will:

(a)

(b)

(c)

comply with all Environmental Laws;

obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

22.6

Environmental Claims

Each Obligor shall, and shall use its best endeavours to procure that each Approved Manager, each other Transaction Obligor and (through the Parent Guarantor) each member of the Group will, promptly upon becoming aware
of the same, inform the Facility Agent in writing of:

(a)

(b)

any Environmental Claim against any Transaction Obligor or member of the Group or any Group Ship which is current, pending or threatened; and

any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any Transaction Obligor or member of the Group or any Group Ship,

where the claim, if determined against that Transaction Obligor, member of the Group or Group Ship, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

82

 
 
 
22.7

Evidence of Good Standing

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, from time to time if requested by the Facility Agent provide the Facility Agent with evidence that it remains in good standing under the law of its
Original Jurisdiction.

22.8

Taxation

(a)

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent
that:

(i)

(ii)

such payment is being contested in good faith;

adequate reserves are maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them and both have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 20.2 (Financial
statements); and

(iii)

such payment can be lawfully withheld.

(b)

No Obligor shall and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, change its residence for Tax purposes.

22.9

Overseas companies

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly inform the Facility Agent if it delivers to the Registrar particulars required under the Overseas Regulations of any UK Establishment and
it shall comply with any directions given to it by the Facility Agent regarding the recording of any Transaction Security on the register which it is required to maintain under The Overseas Companies (Execution of Documents
and Registration of Charges) Regulations 2009.

22.10 No change to centre of main interests

No Obligor shall change the location of its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) from that stated in relation to it in Clause 19.33 (Centre of main interests and establishments) and it will
create no "establishment" (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

22.11

Pari passu ranking

Each Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari
passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

22.12 Title

(a)

(b)

With effect on and from the Delivery Date of each Ship, the Borrower acquiring that Ship shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in that Ship, its Earnings and its Insurances.

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, with effect on and from its creation or intended creation, hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in, any other assets which are
the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Transaction Obligor.

83

 
 
 
22.13 Negative pledge

(a)

(b)

No Borrower shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets which are the subject of the Security created or intended to be created by the Finance Documents.

No Borrower shall:

(i)

(ii)

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by a Transaction Obligor;

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

(iii)

enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

(iv)

enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

(c)

Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Permitted Security.

22.14 Disposals

(a)

No Borrower shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset (including without limitation the
Ship owned by it, its Earnings or its Insurances).

(b)

Paragraph (a) above does not apply to:

any Charter as all Charters are subject to Clause 24.14 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.); or

to a sale of any Ship provided that the Borrowers comply with the prepayment obligations of Clause 7 (Prepayment and Cancellation) and the provisions of Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest, detention
or Total Loss) and all other provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, in relation to Sanctions and Clause 24.16 (Responsible Ship Recycling)) relating to such sale.

(i)

(ii)

22.15 Merger

No Borrower shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation, corporate reconstruction or joint venture arrangement.

22.16 Change of business

No Borrower shall engage in any business other than the ownership and operation of its Ship.

84

 
 
 
 
22.17

Financial Indebtedness

No Borrower shall incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness (including entering into any investments, any sale or leaseback agreement or any off-balance sheet transactions) except for Permitted Financial
Indebtedness.

22.18 Expenditure

No Borrower shall incur any expenditure, except for expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating, chartering, maintaining and repairing its Ship.

22.19 LLC interests

No Borrower shall:

(a)

(b)

purchase, cancel or redeem any of its LLC Shares;

issue any further LLC Shares, except to the Parent Guarantor as per Clause 19.3 (LLC shares and ownership) and provided such LLC Shares are issued subject to the terms of the relevant Shares Security applicable to that
Borrower immediately upon the issuance of such LLC Shares in a manner satisfactory to the Facility Agent and in compliance with the terms of the Shares Security; or

(c)

appoint any further officer of the Borrower (unless in accordance with the provisions of the Shares Security).

22.20 Dividends

(a)

A Borrower may make a Dividend Payment only if at the relevant time all of the following conditions have been met to the satisfaction of the Facility Agent in its discretion:

(i)

(ii)

each Mortgaged Ship is subject to an Initial Charter or a Replacement Charter and no default has occurred and is continuing under that Initial Charter or Replacement Charter;

immediately after the making of such Dividend Payment the aggregate credit balance on the Earnings Accounts will be at least equal to $350,000 per Mortgaged Ship; and

(iii)

no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the proposed Dividend Payment.

(b)

For the avoidance of doubt, any Dividend Payment allowed to be made pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall only be made on a quarterly basis and after all payments described in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of Clause 26.3
(Application of Earnings) have been made.

22.21 Other transactions

No Borrower will:

(a)

(b)

be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person other than where such loan or form of credit is Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which that Borrower assumes
any liability of any other person other than any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents;

85

 
 
 
(c)

enter into any material agreement other than:

(i)

(ii)

the Transaction Documents;

any other agreement expressly allowed under any other term of this Agreement; and

(d)

(e)

enter into any transaction on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to that Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length; or

acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks.

22.22 Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled

No Obligor shall do (or fail to do) or cause or permit another person to do (or omit to do) anything which is likely to:

make it unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents;

cause any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Transaction Documents to cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable;

cause any Transaction Document to cease to be in full force and effect;

cause any Transaction Security to rank after, or lose its priority to, any other Security; and

imperil or jeopardise the Transaction Security.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

22.23

Inspection of Documents

Each Obligor shall, upon the Facility Agent giving notice, permit the inspection of its financial records and accounts from time to time by the Facility Agent or its nominee.

22.24

Further assurance

(a)

Each Obligor  shall,  and  shall  procure  that  each  other  Transaction  Obligor  will,  promptly,  and  in  any  event  within  the  time  period  specified  by  the  Security  Agent  do  all  such  acts  (including  procuring  or  arranging  any
registration,  notarisation  or  authentication  or  the  giving  of  any  notice)  or  execute  or  procure  execution  of  all  such  documents  (including  assignments,  transfers,  mortgages,  charges,  notices,  instructions,  acknowledgments,
proxies and powers of attorney), as the Security Agent may specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):

(i)

to create, perfect, vest in favour of the Security Agent or protect the priority of the Security or any right of any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents (which may include
the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and
remedies of any of the Secured Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

86

 
 
 
(ii)

(iii)

to confer  on  the  Security  Agent  or  confer  on  the  Secured  Parties  Security  over  any  property  and  assets  of  that  Transaction  Obligor  located  in  any  jurisdiction  equivalent  or  similar  to  the  Security  intended  to  be
conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of, any interest in or right relating to the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security or to
exercise any power specified in any Finance Document in respect of which the Security has become enforceable; and/or

(iv)

to enable or assist the Security Agent to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the Security Property.

(b)

(c)

Each Obligor  shall,  and  shall  procure  that  each  other  Transaction  Obligor  will,  take  all  such  action  as  is  available  to  it  (including  making  all  filings  and  registrations)  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  purpose  of  the  creation,
perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Secured Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

At the same time as an Obligor delivers to the Security Agent any document executed by itself or another Transaction Obligor pursuant to this Clause 22.24 (Further assurance), that Obligor shall deliver, or shall procure that
such other Transaction Obligor will deliver, to the Security Agent a certificate signed by one of that Obligor's or Transaction Obligor's officers which shall:

(i)

(ii)

set out the text of a resolution of that Obligor's or Transaction Obligor's directors or members, as applicable, specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Security Agent; and

state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors or members, as applicable, validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors or members, as applicable, entitled to vote on
the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors or members and is valid under that Obligor's or Transaction Obligor's articles of association, limited liability company agreement or
other constitutional documents.

22.25 No amendment to the Initial Charter

No Borrower will agree to any material amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, the Initial Charter to which it is a party or any of its provisions (and, without limitation, any reduction to the charter hire rate or
to  the  fixed  duration  of  that  Initial  Charter  (without  taking  into  account  any  optional  extensions),  shall  be  considered  a  material  amendment  for  the  purposes  of  this  Clause  22.25  (No  amendments  to  the  Initial  Charter))
provided that that Borrower is permitted at any time to enter into an extension of the relevant Initial Charter so long as it is on the same, or more favourable to that Borrower, terms and conditions without material amendments
relating to that Borrower's rights under the relevant Initial Charter.

87

 
 
 
22.26 No amendment to MOAs

The Borrowers will not agree to any amendment or supplement of a material nature (determined by the Facility Agent at its discretion) to (other than those already disclosed to the Facility Agent prior to the execution of this
Agreement), or waive or fail to enforce, the MOA to which it is a party or any of its provisions without the consent of the Facility Agent.

23

INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS

23.1

General

The undertakings in this Clause 23 (Insurance Undertakings) remain in force in relation to a Ship from the Delivery Date in respect of that Ship and throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting
with  the  authorisation  of  the  Majority  Lenders  (or,  where  specified,  all  the  Lenders)  may  otherwise  permit  (and  in  the  case  of  paragraph  (a)  of  Clause  23.13  (Settlement of claims)  such  permission  not  to  be  unreasonably
withheld).

23.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances

Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at its expense against:

hull interest and/or freight interest;

fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery, increased value and excess risks);

war risks (including acts of terrorism and piracy and the amended version of AHIS (April 1 1984) and London Blocking & Trapping Addendum or similar);

protection and indemnity risks in each case in the highest amount available as per IG P&I rules (including liability for oil pollution and excess war risk protection and indemnity cover);

freight, demurrage and defence risks; and

any other risks against which the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would be reasonable for that
Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Facility Agent by notice to that Borrower.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

23.3

Terms of obligatory insurances

Each Borrower shall effect such insurances:

(a)

(b)

in dollars;

in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

(i)

(ii)

an amount which is equal to 120 per cent. of the Tranche relating to the Ship owned by it; and

the Market Value of that Ship;

88

 
 
 
(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market
and currently not less than $1,000,000,000;

in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in respect of the full tonnage of its Ship;

in relation to war risks insurance, extended to cover piracy and terrorism where excluded under the fire and usual marine risks insurance;

on approved terms; and

through Approved Brokers and with Approved Insurers.

23.4

Further protections for the Finance Parties

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 23.3 (Terms of obligatory insurances), each Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances effected by it shall:

(a)

subject always to paragraph (b), name that Borrower as the sole named insured unless the interest of every other named insured is limited:

(i)

in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

(A)

(B)

to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

(ii)

in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims  made  specifically
against it;

and every other named insured has undertaken in writing to the Security Agent (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Borrower and every other named insured in proportion to the
gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become
payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and, if required by the Security Agent, that any such other named insured shall assign its rights and interest to the obligatory insurances if they are named as a co-assured party;

whenever the Facility Agent requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Agent as additional named insured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation
against the Security Agent, but without the Security Agent being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

name the Security Agent as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Facility Agent may specify;

provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Agent shall be made without set off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Agent or any other Finance Party; and

provide that the Security Agent may make proof of loss if that Borrower fails to do so.

89

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

 
 
 
23.5

Renewal of obligatory insurances

Each Borrower shall:

(a)

at least 5 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:

(i)

notify the Facility Agent of the Approved Brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with which it proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed
terms of renewal; and

(ii)

obtain the Facility Agents' approval to the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (i) above;

at least 3 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Facility Agent's approval pursuant to paragraph (a) above; and

procure that the Approved Brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Facility Agent in writing of the
terms and conditions of the renewal.

(b)

(c)

23.6

Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

Each Borrower shall ensure that the Approved Brokers provide the Security Agent upon request with:

pro forma copies of all requested policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew; and

a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Facility Agent and including undertakings by the Approved Brokers that:

(a)

(b)

(i)

(ii)

they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 23.4 (Further protections for the Finance Parties);

they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Agent in accordance with such loss payable clause;

(iii)

they will advise the Security Agent immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

(iv)

they will, if they have not received notice of renewal instructions from the relevant Borrower or its agents, notify the Security Agent not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances;

90

 
 
 
 
(v)

(vi)

if they receive instructions to renew the obligatory insurances, they will promptly notify the Facility Agent of the terms of the instructions;

they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Borrower under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person
whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts and they will not cancel such
obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts;

(vii)

they will provide notice for any cancellation of policies within the time line standard for industry guidelines; and

(viii)

they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship owned by that Borrower forthwith upon being so requested by the Facility Agent.

23.7

Copies of certificates of entry

Each Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provide the Security Agent upon request with:

a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and

a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

(a)

(b)

(c)

23.8

Deposit of original policies

Each Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the Approved Brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

23.9

Payment of premiums

Each Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it or the Security Agent, as the case may be, and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the
Facility Agent or the Security Agent. The Borrowers shall indemnify the Security Agent in respect of any other insurance cover, including but not limited to cover for port risk, crew liability or any other cover required in the
Security Agent's sole discretion upon a Default.

23.10 Guarantees

Each Borrower shall use its best endeavours to procure that a protection and indemnity or war risks association issues any guarantees as may be required always in accordance with their respective rules and conditions and shall
further use its best endeavours to procure that such guarantees are issued as promptly as practically possible and that they remain in full force and effect.

91

 
 
 
23.11 Compliance with terms of insurances

(a)

No Borrower shall do or omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an
obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part.

(b)

Without limiting paragraph (a) above, each Borrower shall:

(i)

take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b)
of Clause 23.6 (Copies of policies; letters of undertaking)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Facility Agent has not given its prior approval;

(ii)

not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

(iii)

(iv)

make (and promptly supply copies to the Facility Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to
maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation and, if requested by the Facility
Agent, provide copies of such declarations to the Facility Agent on an annual basis); and

not employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying
with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

23.12 Alteration to terms of insurances

No Borrower shall make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

23.13

Settlement of claims

Each Borrower shall:

(a)

(b)

not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty; and

do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

23.14

Provision of copies of communications

Each Borrower shall provide the Security Agent, upon the Security Agent's request, with copies of all written communications between that Borrower and:

(a)

(b)

(c)

the Approved Brokers;

the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters,

which relate directly or indirectly to:

(i)

(ii)

that Borrower's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

any credit arrangements made between that Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

92

 
 
 
23.15

Provision of information

(a)

(b)

Each Borrower shall provide the Facility Agent (or any persons which it may designate) upon the Facility Agent's request with any information which the Facility Agent (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose
of:

obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 23.16 (Mortgagee's interest and additional perils insurances) or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,

and the Borrowers shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Agent in connection with any such report as is referred to in
paragraph (a) above.

23.16 Mortgagee's interest and additional perils insurances

(a)

(b)

The Security Agent shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew a mortgagee's interest marine insurance and a mortgagee's interest additional perils insurance in respect of each Ship in each case, in such
amounts, on such terms, for such value, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders may from time to time consider appropriate.

The Borrowers shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Agent in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any insurance
referred to in paragraph (a) above with cover of up to the total amount insured under the Borrowers' Insurances or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

24

GENERAL SHIP UNDERTAKINGS

24.1

General

The undertakings in this Clause 24 (General Ship Undertakings) remain in force in relation to a Ship on and from the Delivery Date in respect of that Ship and throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility
Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit (and in the case of Clauses 24.2 (Ship's name and registration), 24.3 (Repair and classification), 24.4
(Modifications),  24.5  (Removal  and  installation  of  parts),  paragraphs  (c)  and  (d)  of  Clause  24.14  (Restrictions  on  chartering,  appointment  of  managers  etc.)  and  24.20  (Sharing  of  Earnings)  such  permission  not  to  be
unreasonably withheld).

93

 
 
 
 
24.2

Ships' name and registration

Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

keep that Ship registered in its name under the Approved Flag from time to time at its port of registration;

not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration of that Ship might be suspended, cancelled or imperilled;

not enter into any dual flagging arrangement in respect of that Ship; and

not change the name of that Ship, provided that any change of flag of a Ship shall be subject to:

(i)

that Ship remaining subject to Security securing the Secured Liabilities created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on that Ship and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to that mortgage
(or equivalent first priority Security) on substantially the same terms as the Mortgage on that Ship and on such other terms and in such other form as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority
Lenders, shall approve or require; and

(ii)

the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require.

24.3

Repair and classification

Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice; and

so as to maintain the Approved Classification free of overdue recommendations and conditions.

(a)

(b)

24.4 Modifications

No Borrower shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, any Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially and adversely alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that
Ship or materially reduce its value.

24.5

Removal and installation of parts

(a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, no Borrower shall remove any material part of the Ship, or any item of equipment installed on any Ship unless:

(i)

(ii)

the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed;

the replacement part or item is free from any Security in favour of any person other than the Security Agent; and

(iii)

the replacement part or item becomes, on installation on that Ship, the property of that Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage on that Ship.

(b)

A Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by that Borrower.

94

 
 
 
 
24.6

Surveys

Each Borrower shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodic or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Facility Agent, provide the Facility Agent, with copies of
all survey reports.

24.7

Inspection

(a)

(b)

(c)

Each Borrower shall permit (and shall procure that any Approved Manager and any charterer or operator of any Ship shall permit) the Security Agent (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose)
to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times, with prior notice reasonably in advance, without materially interfering with the Ship's trading schedule, to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or
executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections.

Each Borrower shall provide an inspection report in relation to the relevant Ship addressed to the Facility Agent, obtained within 120 days of the relevant Utilisation Date from surveyors appointed by the Facility Agent (which
shall board that Ship with prior notice reasonably in advance, without materially interfering with the Ship's trading schedule), evidencing that the relevant Ship is seaworthy and capable of safe operation and is in all other
respects satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

The Borrowers shall pay the costs of (i) the initial inspection of each Ship obtained pursuant to paragraph (b) above, (ii) one inspection and survey of each Ship per calendar year until the end of the Security Period and (iii) any
further inspections and surveys which occur whilst an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or where any such inspection or survey evidences an Event of Default.

For the avoidance of doubt, the costs of all other inspections and surveys of each Ship, which do not fall under (i) to (iii) of the preceding paragraph, shall be borne by the Finance Parties.

24.8

Prevention of and release from arrest

(a)

Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly discharge:

(i)

(ii)

all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances;

all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances; and

(iii)

all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances.

(b)

Each Borrower shall as promptly as possible after receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, take all steps necessary to procure its release by
providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

95

 
 
 
 
24.9

Compliance with laws etc.

Each Obligor shall:

(a)

comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations:

(i)

(ii)

relating to its business generally; and

in respect of a Borrower, relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration,

including, but not limited to, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions, all labour laws and the laws of the Approved Flag;

(through the Parent Guarantor) use its best endeavours to procure compliance by each member of the Group with Sanctions;

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Environmental Approvals; and

without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS
Code, all Environmental Laws, all labour laws and Sanctions (or which would be contrary to Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on the Obligors).

(b)

(c)

(d)

24.10

ISPS Code

Without limiting paragraph (a) of Clause 24.9 (Compliance with laws etc.), each Borrower shall:

(a)

(b)

(c)

procure that the Ship owned by it and the company responsible for that Ship's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

maintain an ISSC for that Ship; and

notify the Facility Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

24.11 Entering war zones and "listed" or "excluded" areas

(a)

(b)

No Borrower shall cause or permit the Ship owned by it to enter to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government.

Without prejudice to its obligations under sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (b) of Clause 23.11 (Compliance with terms of insurances), no Borrower shall cause or permit its Ship to enter any zone which is declared a "listed" or
"excluded"  area  by  the  relevant  insurer  (or  any  other  area  in  respect  of  which  additional  war  risk  premium  is  payable)  without  first  effecting  (at  its  expense)  any  special,  additional  or  modified  insurance  cover  that  the
Borrowers' war risks insurers may require in respect of such entry and provided that such Borrower complies with BMP5 (or its successor) at all times when its Ship is in such areas.

96

 
 
 
 
24.12

Provision of information

Without prejudice to Clause 20.6 (Information: miscellaneous) each Borrower shall in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly provide the Facility Agent with any information which it requests, acting reasonably in the event
there is no Default, regarding:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

that Ship, its employment, position and engagements;

the Earnings and payments and amounts due to its master and crew;

any expenditure incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of that Ship and any payments made by it in respect of that Ship;

any towages and salvages; and

its compliance, the Approved Manager's compliance and the compliance of that Ship with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

and, upon the Facility Agent's request, promptly provide copies of any current Charter relating to that Ship, of any current guarantee of any such Charter, the Ship's Safety Management Certificate and any relevant Document of
Compliance and any fuel oil consumption reporting data provided to an approved verifier (IACS classification society) and/or Approved Flag.

24.13 Notification of certain events

Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, as soon as practically possible notify the Facility Agent by letter or email, of:

any casualty to that Ship which is or is likely to become a Major Casualty;

any occurrence as a result of which that Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

any requisition of that Ship for hire;

any overdue requirement or recommendation made in relation to that Ship by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority;

any arrest or detention of that Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Ship or the Earnings;

any intended dry docking of that Ship;

any Environmental Claim made against that Borrower or in connection with that Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Borrower, an Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with that Ship; or

any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

and each Borrower shall keep the Facility Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Facility Agent shall require as to that Borrower's, any such Approved Manager's or any other person's response to
any of those events or matters.

97

 
 
 
 
24.14 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

No Borrower shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it:

let that Ship on demise or bareboat charter for any period;

enter into any time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship other than a Permitted Charter;

materially amend, supplement or terminate a Management Agreement;

appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Commercial Manager and the Approved Technical Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of an Approved Manager's appointment;

de activate or lay up that Ship; or

put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the
Security Agent and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or its Earnings or its Insurances for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

24.15 Notice of Mortgage

Each Borrower shall keep the relevant Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first preferred mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a
conspicuous place in the navigation room and the master's cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Borrower to the Security Agent.

24.16 Responsible Ship Recycling

If a Ship is sold for scrapping (including indirectly to a cash buyer) the Borrowers shall:

(a)

ensure that such Ship is sold on the basis of a memorandum of agreement (or equivalent) that contains language that ensures that the Ship shall be dismantled in accordance with the Hong Kong International Convention for the
Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships in a safe, sustainable and socially and environmentally responsible way; and

(b)

use best endeavours to ensure that that Ship is so dismantled.

24.17

Inventory of Hazardous Materials

Each Borrower shall procure that at all times its Ship maintains an Inventory of Hazardous Materials or equivalent document acceptable to the Facility Agent.

98

 
 
 
 
24.18 Ballast water management

The Obligors shall procure that, at all times each Ship complies, at a minimum, with the BWM Convention and in the event that a Ship trades in jurisdictional waters which are subject to higher standards of ballast water
requirements the Obligors shall ensure that such Ship complies with such higher standards, if such higher standards are applicable to the Ship.

24.19 Charterparty Assignment

If a Borrower enters into any Assignable Charter and subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 24.14 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.),
that Borrower shall promptly after the date of entry into such Assignable Charter:

(a)

(b)

(c)

provide the Facility Agent with a certified true copy of such Assignable Charter (or, alternatively if a copy is not then available, a copy of a binding and unconditional recapitulation of charterparty terms);

execute in  favour  of  the  Security  Agent  a  Charterparty  Assignment  in  respect  of  that  Assignable  Charter  (such  Charterparty  Assignment  to  be  notified  to  the  relevant  charterer  and  any  charter  guarantor  and  use  its  best
endeavours to procure that an executed acknowledgment of such notice from the relevant charterer and charter guarantor is obtained); and

shall deliver to the Facility Agent such other documents as it may reasonably require (including, without limitation, documents equivalent to those referred to at paragraphs 1, 5 and 6.2 of Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions
Precedent) in respect of such Charterparty Assignment).

24.20

Sharing of Earnings

No Borrower shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings.

24.21

Sanctions and Ship Trading

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Without limiting Clause 24.9 (Compliance with laws etc.), each Borrower shall procure, in relation to the Ship owned by it (and the Parent Guarantor shall procure, in relation to any Group Ship other than a Ship):

no Group Ship shall be used by or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person;

no Group Ship shall be used in trading in any manner contrary to Sanctions (or which could be contrary to Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on the Transaction Obligors or a member of the Group);

no Group Ship shall call in a port in a Sanctioned Country;

no Group Ship shall be traded in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances; and

any charterparty in respect of each Ship shall contain, for the benefit of the Borrower that it is the owner of that Ship, language which gives effect to the provisions of paragraph (d) of Clause 24.9 (Compliance with laws etc.) as
regards Sanctions and of this Clause 24.21 (Sanctions and Ship trading) and which permits refusal of employment or voyage orders if compliance would result in a breach of Sanctions (or which would result in a breach of
Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on each Transaction Obligor) (regardless of whether the same is or is not binding on the charterer) or would require a Ship to call at a port in a Sanctioned Country.

99

 
 
 
24.22 Class Status Report

The Borrowers shall ensure that there shall be provided to the Security Agent, within 10 days of a request by the Facility Agent, a class status report in respect of each Ship within ten Business Days of the end of each financial
half year of the Borrowers, such class status report to have been issued by the relevant Classification Society not more than ten Business Days prior to it being provided to the Security Agent.

24.23 Notification of compliance

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent from time to time with evidence (in such form as the Facility Agent requires) that it is complying with this Clause 24 (General Ship Undertakings).

25

LOAN VALUE RATIO

25.1 Maximum loan to value ratio

Clause 25.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) applies if the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers that the Loan Value Ratio exceeds the Relevant Percentage.

In this Clause 25.1 (Maximum loan to value ratio):

"Relevant Percentage" means:

(i)

(ii)

during the period commencing on the first Utilisation Date and ending on the first anniversary of the first Utilisation Date, 70 per cent.; and

from the first anniversary of the first Utilisation Date and at all times thereafter, 65 per cent.

25.2

Provision of additional security; prepayment

(a)

(b)

If the Facility Agent serves a notice on the Borrowers under Clause 25.1 (Maximum loan to value ratio), the Borrowers shall, on or before the date falling 30 days after the date (the "Prepayment Date") on which the Facility
Agent's notice is served, prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate the shortfall and reduce the Loan Value Ratio to the applicable Relevant Percentage.

The Borrowers may, instead of making a prepayment as described in paragraph (a) above, provide, or ensure that a third party has provided, additional security with a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall, acceptable
to the Facility Agent which, in the opinion of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders:

(i)

(ii)

will reduce the Loan Value Ratio to below the applicable Relevant Percentage; and

is documented in such terms as the Facility Agent may approve or require,

before the Prepayment Date; and conditional upon such security being provided in such manner, it shall satisfy such prepayment obligation.

(c)

Any additional security provided by the Borrowers pursuant to this Clause 25 (Loan Value Ratio) may be released upon request by and at the cost of the Borrowers provided that the Loan Value Ratio is less than the applicable
Relevant Percentage for at least two consecutive Quarter End Dates and remains in compliance with such requirement following the release of such additional security and no Default has occurred and is continuing or would
occur as a result of releasing such security.

100

 
 
 
25.3

Value of additional vessel security

The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 25.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment), in the case of cash, shall be the face value thereof and if it consists of Security over a
vessel, and which consists of Security over a vessel shall be the Market Value of the vessel concerned.

25.4

Valuations binding

Any valuation under this Clause 25 (Loan Value Ratio) shall be binding and conclusive as regards each Borrower, save for manifest error.

25.5

Provision of information

(a)

(b)

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent and any Approved Valuer acting under this Clause 25 (Loan Value Ratio) with any information which the Facility Agent or the Approved Valuer may request for the
purposes of the valuation.

If a Borrower fails to provide the information referred to in paragraph (a) above by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Valuer or the Facility Agent
considers prudent.

25.6

Prepayment mechanism

Any prepayment pursuant to Clause 25.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause 7 (Prepayment and Cancellation) and shall be treated as a voluntary
prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.2 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan), disregarding the requirement for a minimum prepayment amount of $500,000 or payment of a prepayment fee, which for the avoidance of doubt shall not be
applicable, pursuant to Clause 11.4(c) (Prepayment fee).

25.7

Provision of valuations

(a)

The Lenders shall be entitled to instruct the Facility Agent to arrange valuations of a Ship and any other vessel over which additional Security has been created in accordance with Clause 25.2 (Provision of additional security;
prepayment) to be carried out at any time to determine the Market Value of that Ship or vessel.

(b)

The Borrowers shall pay the costs of:

(i)

(ii)

two valuations per Ship obtained to determine the Initial Market Value of each Ship for the purposes of drawdown of each respective Tranche financing the relevant Ship;

up to two valuations in respect of each Ship or vessel over which additional Security has been created in accordance with Clause 25.3 (Value of additional vessel security) per calendar year; and

(iii)

any further valuations which evidence a breach of the threshold required under Clause 25.1 (Maximum loan to value ratio) or which are obtained whilst an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,

and all other valuations shall be at the cost of the Facility Agent.

101

 
 
 
 
26

ACCOUNTS, APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

26.1

Accounts

(a)

Each Borrower shall open and maintain, with the relevant Account Bank:

(i)

(ii)

its Earnings Account; and

other than in respect of Borrower D, its Dry Dock Reserve Account.

(b)

No Borrower may, without the prior consent of the Facility Agent, maintain any bank account other than its Earnings Account and its Dry Dock Reserve Account, as applicable.

26.2

Payment of Earnings, starting working capital amount

(a)

(b)

Each Borrower shall ensure that, subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment to which it is a party, all the Earnings in respect of the Ship owned by it are paid in to its Earnings Account.

Each Borrower shall on the Utilisation Date relating to the Tranche financing its Ship ensure that a minimum starting working capital amount is standing to the credit of its Earnings Account in an amount equal to $350,000 (the
"Starting Working Capital Amount").

(c)

The Borrowers shall be entitled to freely transfer balances between the Earnings Accounts provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

26.3

Application of Earnings

Until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any balances on the Earnings Accounts shall be only applied as follows:

firstly, in payment of the Operating Expenses of the Mortgaged Ships which are due and payable at such time;

secondly, in payment of all interest payable pursuant to the Finance Documents;

thirdly, in payment of all principal payable pursuant to the Finance Documents;

fourthly, any remaining amounts standing to the credit of the Earnings Accounts after application pursuant to the foregoing paragraphs shall be available for Dividend Payments subject to and in accordance with Clause 22.20
(Dividends).

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

26.4

Dry Dock Reserve Amount

(a)

Each Borrower (other than Borrower D) shall ensure that its Dry Dock Reserve Account is fully funded, by no later than the Utilisation Date of the Tranche applicable to its Ship, with an amount of $1,910,065 (which is
$3,000,000 less the amount of $1,089,935 to be applied on the relevant Utilisation Date against payment of the Dry Docking Spares Costs to the Sellers of the Ship being financed by the relevant Tranche, on delivery of the
Ship, pursuant to the relevant MOA) (the "Dry Dock Reserve Amount") which shall remain, subject to paragraph (b) below, blocked in that Dry Dock Reserve Account throughout the Security Period.

102

 
 
 
 
(b)

Amounts shall only be released from a Dry Dock Reserve Account in respect of:

(i)

the payment of any costs incurred in relation to the dry docking, special survey and ballast water treatment system installation ("BWTS Installation") in respect of the relevant Ship which is scheduled to take place on
a date falling during the period from and including the Utilisation Date of the Tranche financing that Ship up to the Termination Date; and

(ii)

the prepayment of any advances to the suppliers in relation to any upcoming dry docking, special survey and BWTS Installation in respect of that Ship,

(such costs referred to in paragraph (b) above are, together, the "Dry Docking Expenses") and subject to, in each case:

(A)

(B)

the Borrowers previously delivering to the Facility Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent, a list of scheduled payments in this respect and if requested by the Facility Agent, copies of
the invoices and/or proforma invoices and/or orders to be paid (partially or in full out of the relevant Dry Dock Reserve Amount) in respect of the Dry Docking Expenses; and

no Event of Default having occurred and being continuing at the relevant time or resulting from the release of the relevant part of the Dry Dock Reserve Amount towards payment of the relevant Dry Docking
Expenses.

Upon completion of each of the dry docking, special survey or BWTS Installations referred to in paragraph (b) above, the Borrowers shall promptly deliver to the Facility Agent evidence satisfactory to it that such special
survey, dry docking or BWTS Installation has been completed. If there is any balance in a Dry Dock Reserve Account, following the completion of all the dry docking, special surveys or BWTS Installations in respect of the
relevant Ship, at any time prior to the occurrence of the Termination Date, such balance shall be released to the Earnings Account of the relevant Borrower, the relevant Dry Docking Reserve Account shall be closed and any
existing Account Security creating Security over such Dry Docking Reserve Account shall be released and discharged Provided that no Event of Default has occurred at the relevant time or will result from such release.

(c)

If a Ship is sold or becomes a total loss and all amounts payable pursuant to Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest, detention or Total Loss) have been paid by the Borrowers before the completion of the dry
docking, special survey or BWTS Installation in respect of that Ship, the relevant Dry Dock Reserve Amount (or such part thereof as remains in the relevant Dry Dock Reserve Account) in relation to that Ship will be released
to the Earnings Account of the relevant Borrower, the relevant Dry Docking Reserve Account shall be closed and any existing Account Security creating Security over such Dry Docking Reserve Account shall be released and
discharged. Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the relevant time or will result from such release.

103

 
 
 
26.5

Interest accrued on Dry Dock Reserve Accounts

Any credit balance on a Dry Dock Reserve Account shall bear interest at the rate from time to time offered by the relevant Account Bank to its customers for dollar deposits of similar amounts.

26.6

Release of accrued interest

Interest accruing under Clause 26.5 (Interest accrued on Dry Dock Reserve Accounts) shall be credited to the relevant Dry Dock Reserve Account and, to the extent not applied previously pursuant to Clause 26.4 (Dry Dock
Reserve Amount), shall be released to the Borrowers at the end of the Security Period or at any shorter time, as provided in Clause 26.4 (Dry Dock Reserve Amount) paragraph (b) or paragraph (c).

26.7

Location of Accounts

Each Borrower shall promptly:

(a)

(b)

comply with any requirement of the Facility Agent as to the location or relocation of any of the Accounts; and

execute any documents which the Facility Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Agent Security over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Accounts (or any of them).

26.8

Borrowers' obligations unaffected

The provisions of this Clause 26 (Accounts, Application of Earnings) do not affect:

the liability of a Borrower to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or

any other liability of obligation of a Borrower or any Transaction Obligor under any Finance Document.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

(a)

(b)

27

27.1

General

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 27 (Events of Default) is an Event of Default except for Clause 27.19 (Acceleration) and Clause 27.20 (Enforcement of security).

27.2

Non-payment

A Transaction Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

(a)

its failure to pay is caused by:

(i)

(ii)

administrative or technical error; or

a Disruption Event; and

(b)

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date.

104

 
 
 
27.3

Specific obligations

A breach occurs of Clause 4.5 (Waiver of conditions precedent), Clause 21 (Financial Covenants), Clause 22.12 (Title), Clause 22.13 (Negative pledge), Clause 22.22 (Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled),
Clause 23.2 (Maintenance of obligatory insurances), Clause 23.3 (Terms of obligatory insurances), Clause 23.5 (Renewal of obligatory insurances), Clause 24.11 (Entering war zones and "listed" or "excluded" areas), Clause
24.21 (Sanctions and Ship Trading), Clause 24.14 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.) or Clause 25 (Loan Value Ratio).

27.4

Other obligations

(a)

(b)

A  Transaction Obligor or an Approved Manager does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents to which it is a party (other than those referred to in Clause 27.2 (Non-payment) and Clause 27.3 (Specific
obligations)).

No Event  of  Default  under  paragraph  (a)  above  will  occur  if  the  failure  to  comply  is  capable  of  remedy  and  is  remedied  within  five  Business  Days  of  the  Facility  Agent  giving  notice  to  the  Borrowers  or  (if  earlier)  any
Transaction Obligor or Approved Manager becoming aware of the failure to comply.

27.5 Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by a Transaction Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Transaction Obligor under or in connection with any
Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made unless such misrepresentation or statement is determined by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority
Lenders) to have been made in error and is rectified within five Business Days from the date of such representation or statement.

27.6

Cross default

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor is not paid when due (unless contested in good faith by appropriate measures) nor within any originally applicable grace period.

Any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor is declared to be due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

Any commitment  for  any  Financial  Indebtedness  of  any  Transaction  Obligor  is  cancelled  or  suspended  by  a  creditor  of  any  Transaction  Obligor  as  a  result  of  an  event  of  default  (however  described)  unless  the  relevant
Transaction Obligor has satisfied the Facility Agent that such cancellation or suspension will not have any negative impact on the ability of that Transaction Obligor to satisfy its debts as they fall due.

Any creditor of any Transaction Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 27.6 (Cross default) in respect of the Parent Guarantor if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs
(a) to (d) above is less than $15,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency).

105

 
 
 
27.7

Insolvency

(a)

A Transaction Obligor:

(i)

(ii)

is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

is declared to be unable to pay its debts under applicable law;

(iii)

suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or

(iv)

by  reason  of  actual  or  anticipated  financial  difficulties,  commences  negotiations  with  one  or  more  of  its  creditors  (excluding  any  Finance  Party  in  its  capacity  as  such)  with  a  view  to  rescheduling  any  of  its
indebtedness.

Provided that should such Transaction Obligor, for any reason, including without limitation, any actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences, with the approval of the Facility Agent, negotiations with one or
more of its creditors (including the Facility Agent for account of the Lenders) with a view to rescheduling, deferring, re-organising or suspending any of its indebtedness, the negotiations themselves or the entering, as
a result of such negotiations, into any agreement or contract with one or more of its creditors (including the Facility Agent for account of the Lenders) setting out terms for any rescheduling, deferral, re-organization or
suspension of its indebtedness, shall not in itself constitute an Event of Default.

(b)

A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

27.8

Insolvency proceedings

(a)

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

(i)

the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Transaction
Obligor;

(ii)

a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Transaction Obligor;

(iii)

the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Transaction Obligor or any of its assets; or

(iv)

enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Transaction Obligor,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

(b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement.

106

 
 
 
27.9

Creditors' process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (or any analogous process in any jurisdiction) affects any asset or assets of a Transaction Obligor (other than an arrest or detention of a Ship referred to in
Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest, detention or Total Loss)) and is not discharged within 30 days (or such longer period the Facility Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, may agree to).

27.10 Ownership of the Borrowers

The Parent Guarantor ceases to directly own or control a Borrower.

27.11 Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

It is or becomes unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

Any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable.

Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or to be continuing or is or purports to be determined or any Transaction Security is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.

Any Transaction Security proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, any other Security.

27.12

Security imperilled

Any Security created or intended to be created by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy.

27.13 Cessation of business

Any Transaction Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

27.14 Expropriation

The authority or ability of any Transaction Obligor to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of
any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Transaction Obligor or any of its assets other than:

(a)

(b)

an arrest or detention of a Ship referred to in Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest, detention or Total Loss); or

any Requisition.

27.15 Repudiation and rescission of agreements

Any Transaction Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Transaction Document (other than an Assignable Charter or an MOA) or any of the Transaction
Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Transaction Document or any Transaction Security.

107

 
 
 
27.16 Litigation

Any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency are started or threatened, or any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency is made, in
relation to any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in any of the Transaction Documents or against any Transaction Obligor or member of the Group or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to
have a Material Adverse Effect.

27.17 Material adverse change

Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, including, without limitation, the withdrawal of any material license or governmental or regulatory approval in respect of a
Ship, the Parent Guarantor or a Borrower (unless such withdrawal can be contested with the effect of suspension and is in fact so contested in good faith by the Borrowers and the Parent Guarantor).

27.18 Reduction of capital

A Borrower:

(a)

(b)

purchases, cancels or redeems any of its share capital or, as the case may be, limited liability company interests; or

reduces its authorised share capital or, as the case may be, limited liability company interests,

without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

27.19 Acceleration

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders:

(a)

by notice to the Borrowers:

(i)

(ii)

cancel the Total Commitments, whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall become immediately
due and payable; and/or

(iii)

declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

(b)

exercise or direct the Security Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents,

and the Facility Agent may serve notices under sub-paragraph (i), (ii) or (iii) of paragraph (a) above simultaneously or on different dates and any Servicing Party may take any action referred to in paragraph (b) above or Clause
27.20 (Enforcement of security) if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of any of such notice.

27.20 Enforcement of security

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Security Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any
notice served under Clause 27.19 (Acceleration), the Security Agent is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.

108

 
 
 
SECTION 9

CHANGES TO PARTIES

28

CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

28.1

Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders), a Lender (the "Existing Lender") may:

(a)

(b)

assign any of its rights; or

transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

under the Finance Documents to an Affiliate of a Lender or another bank, fund or financial institution or to a trust or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing
in loans, securities or other financial assets (the "New Lender").

28.2

Conditions of assignment or transfer

(a)

(b)

An Existing Lender may, in its sole discretion, assign or transfer any of its rights or transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to a New Lender without the approval of the Obligors
provided that if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing that Existing Lender shall not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents to a new Lender known as a loan-to-own
investor, distressed debt buyer or activist.

The Existing Lender shall notify the Borrowers of the identity of the proposed New Lender prior to any assignment or transfer. Subject to paragraph (a) above, for the avoidance of doubt, no consent or approval of any Obligor
shall be required.

(c)

An assignment will only be effective on:

(i)

(ii)

receipt by the Facility Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will
assume the same obligations to the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it were an Original Lender; and

performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the
Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

(d)

Each Obligor on behalf of itself and each Transaction Obligor agrees that all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the
New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender's title and of any rights or equities which the Borrowers or any other Transaction Obligor had against the Existing Lender.

(e)

A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 28.5 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with.

109

 
 
 
(f)

If:

(i)

(ii)

a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, a Transaction Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office
under Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) or under that Clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document or Clause 13 (Increased Costs),

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office
would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (f) shall not apply in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facility.

(g)

Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has
been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is
bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

28.3

Assignment or transfer fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of $1,000.

28.4

Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

(a)

Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

(i)

(ii)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents and any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

the financial condition of any Transaction Obligor;

(iii)

the performance and observance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents, any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement or any other documents; or

(iv)

the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document, any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

110

 
 
 
(b)

Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties and the Secured Parties that it:

(i)

has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in
this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document, any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement or the
Transaction Security; and

(ii)

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities throughout the Security Period.

(c)

Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

(i)

(ii)

accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders); or

support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents, any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement
or otherwise.

28.5

Procedure for transfer

(a)

(b)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer), a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer
Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate
appearing on its face to comply with this Agreement and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar
checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

(c)

Subject to Clause 28.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security, each of the Transaction
Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another
under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the "Discharged Rights and Obligations");

each of the Transaction Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as
that Transaction Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Transaction Obligor and the Existing Lender;

the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as
they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Facility Agent, the
Security Agent, the Arranger and the Existing Lenders shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

(iv)

the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender".

111

 
 
 
 
28.6

Procedure for assignment

(a)

(b)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed
Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment
Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other
similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

(c)

Subject to Clause 28.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

(i)

(ii)

the Existing  Lender  will  assign  absolutely  to  the  New  Lender  its  rights  under  the  Finance  Documents  and  in  respect  of  the  Transaction  Security  expressed  to  be  the  subject  of  the  assignment  in  the  Assignment
Agreement;

the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the "Relevant Obligations") expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound
in respect of the Transaction Security); and

(iii)

the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender" and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

(d)

Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 28.6 (Procedure for assignment) to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Transaction Obligor or
unless in accordance with Clause 28.5 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by that Transaction Obligor from the obligations owed to that Transaction Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations
by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer).

28.7

Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers

The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Borrowers a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.

112

 
 
 
28.8

Security over Lenders' rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders), each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Transaction Obligor, at any time charge, assign or
otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

(a)

(b)

any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

(i)

(ii)

release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

require any payments to be made by a Transaction Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the
Finance Documents.

28.9

Pro rata interest settlement

(a)

If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a "pro rata basis" to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 28.5 (Procedure for
transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 28.6 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

(i)

any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date
("Accrued Amounts") and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period; and

(ii)

the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

(A)

(B)

when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 28.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), have been payable to it on that date, but after
deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

(b)

(c)

In this Clause 28.9 (Pro rata interest settlement) references to "Interest Period" shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.

An Existing Lender which retains the right to the Accrued Amounts pursuant to this Clause 28.9 (Pro rata interest settlement) but which does not have a Commitment shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of
ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents.

113

 
 
 
29

CHANGES TO THE TRANSACTION OBLIGORS

29.1

Assignment or transfer by Transaction Obligors

No Transaction Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents, without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent.

29.2

Release of security

(a)

If a disposal of any asset subject to security created by a Security Document is made in the following circumstances:

(i)

(ii)

the disposal is permitted by the terms of any Finance Document;

all the Lenders agree to the disposal;

(iii)

the disposal is being made at the request of the Security Agent in circumstances where any security created by the Security Documents has become enforceable; or

(iv)

the disposal is being effected by enforcement of a Security Document,

the Security Agent may release the asset(s) being disposed of from any security over those assets created by a Security Document. However, the proceeds of any disposal (or an amount corresponding to them) must be applied
in accordance with the requirements of the Finance Documents (if any).

(b)

If the Security Agent is satisfied that a release is allowed under this Clause 29.2 (Release of security) (at the request and expense of the Borrowers) each Finance Party must enter into any document and do all such other things
which are reasonably required to achieve that release. Each other Finance Party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to enter into any such document. Any release will not affect the obligations of any other Transaction
Obligor under the Finance Documents.

29.3

Subordinated Creditors

(a)

The Borrowers may request that any person becomes a Subordinated Creditor, with the prior approval of the Facility Agent, by delivering to the Facility Agent:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

a duly executed Subordination Agreement;

a duly executed Subordinated Debt Security; and

such constitutional documents, corporate authorisations and other documents and matters as the Facility Agent may reasonably require, in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent, to verify that the person's
obligations are legally binding, valid and enforceable and to satisfy any applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

(b)

A  person referred to in paragraph (a) above will become a Subordinated Creditor on the date the Security Agent enters into the Subordination Agreement and the Subordinated Debt Security delivered under paragraph (a)
above.

114

 
 
 
 
 
30

THE FACILITY AGENT AND THE ARRANGER

30.1

Appointment of the Facility Agent

SECTION 10

THE FINANCE PARTIES

(a)

(b)

Each of the Arranger and the Lenders appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

Each of the Arranger and the Lenders authorises the Facility Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent
under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

30.2

Instructions

(a)

The Facility Agent shall:

(i)

unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

(A)

(B)

all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

(ii)

not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or, if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of
Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

(b)

(c)

The Facility Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or
group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Facility Agent may
refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

Save in  the  case  of  decisions  stipulated  to  be  a  matter  for  any  other  Finance  Party  or  group  of  Finance  Parties  under  the  relevant  Finance  Document  and  unless  a  contrary  indication  appears  in  a  Finance  Document,  any
instructions given to the Facility Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

(d)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

(i)

(ii)

where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

where a Finance Document requires the Facility Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

(iii)

in respect of any provision which protects the Facility Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Facility Agent for the relevant Finance Parties.

115

 
 
 
(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Facility Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers), the Facility Agent
shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Facility Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion the Facility Agent shall do so having regard to the
interests of all the Finance Parties.

The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require
(which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with
those instructions.

Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 30.2 (Instructions), in the absence of instructions, the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to take any action (or refrain from taking action) even if it considers acting or not
acting to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties. The Facility Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not
apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

30.3

Duties of the Facility Agent

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

The Facility Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Facility Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party.

Without prejudice to Clause 28.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement.

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent, the Arranger or the Security Agent) under this Agreement, it
shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(g)

The Facility Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

116

 
 
 
 
30.4

Role of the Arranger

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

30.5

No fiduciary duties

(a)

(b)

Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Facility Agent or the Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

Neither the Facility Agent nor the Arranger shall be bound to account to other Finance Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

30.6

Application of receipts

Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Facility Agent receives or recovers in its capacity as Facility Agent shall be applied by the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause
34.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments).

30.7

Business with the Group

The Facility Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

30.8

Rights and discretions

(a)

The Facility Agent may:

(i)

(ii)

rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

assume that:

(A)

(B)

any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

(iii)

rely on a certificate from any person:

(A)

(B)

as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

117

 
 
 
 
(b)

The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Finance Parties) that:

(i)

(ii)

no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 27.2 (Non-payment));

any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and

(iii)

any notice or request made by any Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

The Facility Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Facility Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Facility Agent (and so
separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Facility Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

The Facility Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Facility Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be
liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

(i)

(ii)

be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(g)

(h)

(i)

Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under the Finance Documents.

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Facility Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or
regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its
duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is
not reasonably assured to it.

118

 
 
 
 
30.9

Responsibility for documentation

Neither the Facility Agent nor the Arranger is responsible or liable for:

(a)

(b)

(c)

the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, a Transaction Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any
Transaction Document, any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents, any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made
or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement;

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or
executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document, any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement or the Security Property; or

any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party or Secured Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation
relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

30.10 No duty to monitor

The Facility Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

whether or not any Default has occurred;

as to the performance, default or any breach by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document or any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement; or

whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document or any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement has occurred.

(a)

(b)

(c)

30.11 Exclusion of liability

(a)

Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to paragraph (e) of Clause 34.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) or any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the
Facility Agent), the Facility Agent will not be liable for:

(i)

(ii)

any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document, any Quiet
Enjoyment Agreement or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement, the Security Property or any other agreement,
arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document, any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement or the Security Property; or

119

 
 
 
(iii)

any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or

(iv)

without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

(A)

(B)

any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency
restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third
party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

(b)

(c)

No Party other than the Facility Agent may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission
of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document, any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this
Clause subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if the Facility Agent has taken all
necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Facility Agent for that purpose.

(d)

Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent or the Arranger to carry out:

(i)

(ii)

any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or

any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,

on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in
relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent or the Arranger.

(e)

Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Facility Agent's liability, any liability of the Facility Agent arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document, any Quiet
Enjoyment Agreement or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Facility
Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Facility Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In
no event shall the Facility Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Facility Agent has
been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

120

 
 
 
30.12 Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent

(a)

(b)

(c)

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility
Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost,
loss or liability pursuant to Clause 34.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based
on the fraud of the Facility Agent) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Facility Agent to an Obligor.

30.13 Resignation of the Facility Agent

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.

Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent may appoint a successor Facility
Agent.

If the Facility Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Facility Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Facility Agent under paragraph
(c) above, the Facility Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Facility Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Facility Agent) agree with the
proposed successor Facility Agent amendments to this Clause 30 (The Facility Agent and the Arranger) and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Facility Agent consistent with then
current market practice for the appointment and protection  of  corporate  trustees  together  with  any  reasonable  amendments  to  the  agency  fee  payable  under  this  Agreement  which  are  consistent  with  the  successor  Facility
Agent's normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

121

 
 
 
(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

The retiring Facility Agent shall make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its
functions as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Facility Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees)
properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.

The Facility Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain
entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.4 (Indemnity to the Facility Agent) and this Clause 30 (The Facility Agent and the Arranger) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its
liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Facility Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Facility Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall
have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred
to in paragraph (e) above shall be for the account of the Borrowers.

(i)

The consent of any Borrower (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Facility Agent.

30.14 Confidentiality

(a)

(b)

(c)

In acting as Facility Agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

If information is received by a division or department of the Facility Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information
may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information
if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

30.15 Relationship with the other Finance Parties

(a)

Subject to Clause 28.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent's principal office as notified to the
Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

122

 
 
 
(i)

(ii)

entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

unless it has received not less than five Business Days' prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b)

(c)

Each Finance Party shall supply the Facility Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Facility Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Agent to perform its
functions as Security Agent.

Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such
notice shall contain the address and, where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 37.5 (Electronic communication), electronic mail address and/or any other information required
to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, electronic
mail address (or such other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) and sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 37.5 (Electronic communication) and the Facility
Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

30.16 Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Arranger
that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or
in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

whether that  Finance  Party  has  recourse,  and  the  nature  and  extent  of  that  recourse,  against  any  Party  or  any  of  its  respective  assets  under,  or  in  connection  with,  any  Transaction  Document,  the  Security  Property,  the
transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the
Security Property;

the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by the Facility Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any
Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

123

 
 
 
30.17 Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the
Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be
regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

30.18

Full freedom to enter into transactions

Without prejudice to Clause 30.7 (Business with the Group) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

(a)

to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not
limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor
or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

(b)

to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

(i)

(ii)

any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

(c)

to provide advice or other services to any Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

and, in particular, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and
(c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other
matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

31

THE SECURITY AGENT

31.1

Trust

(a)

(b)

The Security Agent declares that it holds the Security Property on trust for, and in relation to any security governed by Dutch law which is held for the benefit of, the Secured Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement
and shall deal with the Security Property in accordance with this Clause 31 (The Security Agent) and the other provisions of the Finance Documents.

Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under, or in
connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

124

 
 
 
31.2

Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)

(a)

(b)

Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Agent its Parallel Debt which shall be amounts equal to, and in the currency or currencies of, its Corresponding Debt.

The Parallel Debt of an Obligor:

(i)

(ii)

shall become due and payable at the same time as its Corresponding Debt;

is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, its Corresponding Debt.

(c)

For purposes of this Clause 31.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)), the Security Agent:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

is the independent and separate creditor of each Parallel Debt;

acts in its own name and not as agent, representative or trustee of the Finance Parties and its claims in respect of each Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust; and

shall have the independent and separate right to demand payment of each Parallel Debt in its own name (including, without limitation, through any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and
applications for and voting in any kind of insolvency proceeding).

(d)

The Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall be:

(i)

(ii)

decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and

increased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has increased, and the Corresponding Debt of an Obligor shall be decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or
discharged,

in each case provided that the Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall never exceed its Corresponding Debt.

(e)

All amounts received or recovered by the Security Agent in connection with this Clause 31.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be applied in accordance with
Clause 34.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments).

(f)

This Clause 31.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to each Finance Document.

125

 
 
 
31.3

Enforcement through Security Agent only

The Secured Parties shall not have any independent power to enforce, or have recourse to, any of the Transaction Security or to exercise any right, power, authority or discretion arising under the Security Documents except
through the Security Agent.

31.4

Instructions

(a)

The Security Agent shall:

(i)

unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

(A)

(B)

all Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

in all other cases, the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf); and

(ii)

not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of
Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

(b)

(c)

The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a
decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority
or discretion and the Security Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

Save in  the  case  of  decisions  stipulated  to  be  a  matter  for  any  other  Finance  Party  or  group  of  Finance  Parties  under  the  relevant  Finance  Document  and  unless  a  contrary  indication  appears  in  a  Finance  Document,  any
instructions given to the Security Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

(d)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

(i)

(ii)

where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

where a Finance Document requires the Security Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

(iii)

in respect of any provision which protects the Security Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Security Agent for the relevant Secured Parties;

(iv)

in respect of the exercise of the Security Agent's discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under any of:

(A)

(B)

(C)

Clause 31.27 (Application of receipts);

Clause 31.28 (Permitted Deductions); and

Clause 31.29 (Prospective liabilities).

126

 
 
 
(e)

If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Security Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers), the Security Agent
shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Security Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

(f)

In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where either:

(i)

(ii)

it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion; or

the exercise of that discretion is subject to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (d) above, the Security Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Secured Parties.

(g)

(h)

(i)

The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require
(which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with
those instructions.

Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 31.4 (Instructions), in the absence of instructions, the Security Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) take such action in the exercise of its powers and duties under the
Finance Documents as it considers in its discretion to be appropriate.

The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not
apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

31.5

Duties of the Security Agent

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

The Security Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

The Security Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Security Agent for that Party by any other Party.

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Security Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

If the Security Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

The Security Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

127

 
 
 
31.6

No fiduciary duties

(a)

(b)

Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Security Agent as an agent, trustee or fiduciary of any Transaction Obligor.

The Security Agent shall not be bound to account to any other Secured Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

31.7

Business with the Group

The Security Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

31.8

Rights and discretions

(a)

The Security Agent may:

(i)

(ii)

rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

assume that:

(A)

(B)

(C)

any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;

unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked;

if it receives any instructions to act in relation to the Transaction Security, that all applicable conditions under the Finance Documents for so acting have been satisfied; and

(iii)

rely on a certificate from any person:

(A)

(B)

as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

(b)

The Security Agent shall be entitled to carry out all dealings with the other Finance Parties through the Facility Agent and may give to the Facility Agent any notice or other communication required to be given by the Security
Agent to any Finance Party.

128

 
 
 
(c)

The Security Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as security agent for the Secured Parties) that:

(i)

(ii)

no Default has occurred;

any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and

(iii)

any notice or request made by any Borrower (other than the Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

The Security Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (f) below, the Security Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Security Agent (and so
separate from any lawyers instructed by the Facility Agent or the Lenders) if the Security Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

The Security Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Security Agent or by any other Party) and shall not
be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

The Security Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

(i)

(ii)

be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Security Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(h)

(i)

(j)

Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Security Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as security agent under the Finance Documents.

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or
regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or
responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured
to it.

129

 
 
 
31.9

Responsibility for documentation

None of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate is responsible or liable for:

(a)

the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, a Transaction Obligor or any other

person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of,
under or in connection with any Transaction Document;

(b)

(c)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or
in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Secured Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider
dealing or otherwise.

31.10 No duty to monitor

The Security Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

whether or not any Default has occurred;

as to the performance, default or any breach by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or

whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

(a)

(b)

(c)

31.11 Exclusion of liability

(a)

Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate), none of the Security Agent
nor any Receiver or Delegate will be liable for:

(i)

(ii)

any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the
Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered
into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

(iii)

any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or

(iv)

without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

(A)

(B)

any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of
nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value
of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism,
insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

130

 
 
 
 
(b)

(c)

No Party other than the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as applicable) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate in respect of any claim it
might have against the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any
officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

The Security Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Security Agent if the Security Agent has taken
all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Security Agent for that purpose.

(d)

Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Security Agent to carry out:

(i)

(ii)

any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or

any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,

on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks
made by the Security Agent.

(e)

Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate, any liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate arising under or
in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of
default of the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Security Agent, any
Receiver or Delegate at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated
saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Security Agent, the Receiver or Delegate has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

31.12 Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent

(a)

(b)

(c)

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Security
Agent and every Receiver and every Delegate, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them (otherwise than by reason of the Security Agent's or Receiver's or Delegate's
gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Security Agent or Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents (unless the Security Agent or Receiver or Delegate has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor
pursuant to a Finance Document).

Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers shall within three days of any demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Security Agent to an Obligor.

131

 
 
 
31.13 Resignation of the Security Agent

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

The Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.

Alternatively, the Security Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Security Agent.

If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Security Agent may appoint a successor Security
Agent.

The retiring Security Agent shall make available to the successor Security Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Security Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing
its functions as Security Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees)
properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.

(e)

The Security Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon:

(i)

(ii)

the appointment of a successor; and

the transfer, by way of a document expressed as a deed, of all the Security Property to that successor.

(f)

(g)

Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged, by way of a document executed as a deed, from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under
paragraph (b) of Clause 31.24 (Winding up of trust) and paragraph (d) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.5 (Indemnity to the Security Agent) and this Clause 31 (The Security Agent) and any other
provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Security Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Security Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall
be payable on) that date. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Security Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Security Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred
to in paragraph (d) above shall be for the account of the Borrowers.

(h)

The consent of any Borrower (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Security Agent.

132

 
 
 
31.14 Confidentiality

(a)

(b)

(c)

In acting as Security Agent for the Finance Parties, the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its trustee division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

If information is received by a division or department of the Security Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information
may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Security Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure
would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

31.15 Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it has been,
and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or
in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

whether that  Finance  Party  has  recourse,  and  the  nature  and  extent  of  that  recourse,  against  any  Party  or  any  of  its  respective  assets  under,  or  in  connection  with,  any  Transaction  Document,  the  Security  Property,  the
transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the
Security Property;

the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by the Security Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any
Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

133

 
 
 
31.16 Reliance and engagement letters

Each Secured Party confirms that the Security Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Security Agent) the terms of any reliance letter
or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and
to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

31.17 No responsibility to perfect Transaction Security

The Security Agent shall not be liable for any failure to:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

require the deposit with it of any deed or document certifying, representing or constituting the title of any Transaction Obligor to any of the Security Assets;

obtain any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

register, file  or  record  or  otherwise  protect  any  of  the  Transaction  Security  (or  the  priority  of  any  of  the  Transaction  Security)  under  any  law  or  regulation  or  to  give  notice  to  any  person  of  the  execution  of  any  Finance
Document or of the Transaction Security;

take, or to require any Transaction Obligor to take, any step to perfect its title to any of the Security Assets or to render the Transaction Security effective or to secure the creation of any ancillary Security under any law or
regulation; or

(e)

require any further assurance in relation to any Finance Document.

31.18

Insurance by Security Agent

(a)

The Security Agent shall not be obliged:

(i)

(ii)

to insure any of the Security Assets;

to require any other person to maintain any insurance; or

(iii)

to verify any obligation to arrange or maintain insurance contained in any Finance Document,

and the Security Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of the lack of, or inadequacy of, any such insurance.

(b)

Where the Security Agent is named on any insurance policy as an insured party, it shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of its failure to notify the insurers of any material fact relating to the
risk assumed by such insurers or any other information of any kind, unless the Majority Lenders request it to do so in writing and the Security Agent fails to do so within 14 days after receipt of that request.

134

 
 
 
31.19 Custodians and nominees

The Security Agent may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to any asset of the trust as the Security Agent may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a
custodian this Agreement or any document relating to the trust created under this Agreement and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, expense, demand, cost, claim or proceedings incurred by
reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it under this Agreement or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any person.

31.20 Delegation by the Security Agent

(a)

(b)

(c)

Each of the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate may, at any time, delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person for any period, all or any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it in its capacity as
such.

That delegation  may  be  made  upon  any  terms  and  conditions  (including  the  power  to  sub  delegate)  and  subject  to  any  restrictions  that  the  Security  Agent,  that  Receiver  or  that  Delegate  (as  the  case  may  be)  may,  in  its
discretion, think fit in the interests of the Secured Parties.

No Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate shall be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any damages, costs or losses incurred by reason of any misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such delegate or
sub delegate.

31.21 Additional Security Agents

(a)

The Security Agent may at any time appoint (and subsequently remove) any person to act as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with it:

(i)

(ii)

if it considers that appointment to be in the interests of the Secured Parties; or

for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirement, restriction or condition which the Security Agent deems to be relevant; or

(iii)

for obtaining or enforcing any judgment in any jurisdiction,

and the Security Agent shall give prior notice to the Borrower and the Finance Parties of that appointment.

(b)

(c)

Any person  so  appointed  shall  have  the  rights,  powers,  authorities  and  discretions  (not  exceeding  those  given  to  the  Security  Agent  under  or  in  connection  with  the  Finance  Documents)  and  the  duties,  obligations  and
responsibilities that are given or imposed by the instrument of appointment.

The remuneration that the Security Agent may pay to that person, and any costs and expenses (together with any applicable VAT) incurred by that person in performing its functions pursuant to that appointment shall, for the
purposes of this Agreement, be treated as costs and expenses incurred by the Security Agent.

135

 
 
 
31.22 Acceptance of title

The Security Agent shall be entitled to accept without enquiry, and shall not be obliged to investigate, any right and title that any Transaction Obligor may have to any of the Security Assets and shall not be liable for or bound
to require any Transaction Obligor to remedy any defect in its right or title.

31.23 Releases

Upon a disposal of any of the Security Assets pursuant to the enforcement of the Transaction Security by a Receiver, a Delegate or the Security Agent, the Security Agent is irrevocably authorised (at the cost of the Obligors
and  without  any  consent,  sanction,  authority  or  further  confirmation  from  any  other  Secured  Party)  to  release,  without  recourse  or  warranty,  that  property  from  the  Transaction  Security  and  to  execute  any  release  of  the
Transaction Security or other claim over that asset and to issue any certificates of non-crystallisation of floating charges that may be required or desirable.

31.24 Winding up of trust

If the Security Agent, with the approval of the Facility Agent determines that:

(a)

(b)

all of the Secured Liabilities and all other obligations secured by the Security Documents have been fully and finally discharged; and

no Secured Party is under any commitment, obligation or liability (actual or contingent) to make advances or provide other financial accommodation to any Transaction Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents,

then

(i)

the trusts set out in this Agreement shall be wound up and the Security Agent shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of the Transaction Security and the rights of the Security Agent under each of the Security
Documents; and

(ii)

any Security Agent which has resigned pursuant to Clause 31.13 (Resignation of the Security Agent) shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of its rights under each Security Document.

31.25

Powers supplemental to Trustee Acts

The rights, powers, authorities and discretions given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 and in addition to any
which may be vested in the Security Agent by law or regulation or otherwise.

31.26 Disapplication of Trustee Acts

Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Security Agent in relation to the trusts constituted by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. Where there are any inconsistencies between (i) the
Trustee Acts 1925 and 2000 and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall, to the extent permitted by law and regulation,
prevail and, in the case of any inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of the Trustee Act 2000.

136

 
 
 
31.27 Application of receipts

All amounts from time to time received or recovered by the Security Agent pursuant to the terms of any Finance Document, under Clause 31.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) or in connection with the
realisation or enforcement of all or any part of the Security Property (for the purposes of this Clause 31 (The Security Agent), the "Recoveries") shall be held by the Security Agent on trust to apply them at any time as the
Security Agent (in its discretion) sees fit, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 31 (The Security Agent), in the following order of priority:

(a)

(b)

(c)

in discharging any sums owing to the Security Agent (in its capacity as such) other than pursuant to Clause 31.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) or any Receiver or Delegate;

in payment or distribution to the Facility Agent, on its behalf and on behalf of the other Secured Parties, for application towards the discharge of all sums due and payable by any Transaction Obligor under any of the Finance
Documents in accordance with Clause 34.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments);

if none of the Transaction Obligors is under any further actual or contingent liability under any Finance Document, in payment or distribution to any person to whom the Security Agent is obliged to pay or distribute in priority
to any Transaction Obligor; and

(d)

the balance, if any, in payment or distribution to the relevant Transaction Obligor.

31.28

Permitted Deductions

The Security Agent may, in its discretion:

(a)

(b)

set aside  by  way  of  reserve  amounts  required  to  meet,  and  to  make  and  pay,  any  deductions  and  withholdings  (on  account  of  Taxes  or  otherwise)  which  it  is  or  may  be  required  by  any  applicable  law  to  make  from  any
distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement; and

pay all Taxes which may be assessed against it in respect of any of the Security Property, or as a consequence of performing its duties, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Agent under any of the Finance Documents or
otherwise (other than in connection with its remuneration for performing its duties under this Agreement).

31.29

Prospective liabilities

Following enforcement of any of the Transaction Security, the Security Agent may, in its discretion, or at the request of the Facility Agent, hold any Recoveries in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the
name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) for later payment to the Facility Agent for
application in accordance with Clause 31.27 (Application of receipts) in respect of:

(a)

(b)

any sum to the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate; and

any part of the Secured Liabilities, that the Security Agent or, in the case of paragraph (b) only, the Facility Agent, reasonably considers, in each case, might become due or owing at any time in the future.

137

 
 
 
31.30

Investment of proceeds

Prior to the payment of the proceeds of the Recoveries to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 31.27 (Application of receipts) the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold all or part of those proceeds in
an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the
relevant account) pending the payment from time to time of those moneys in the Security Agent's discretion in accordance with the provisions of Clause 31.27 (Application of receipts).

31.31 Currency conversion

(a)

For the  purpose  of,  or  pending  the  discharge  of,  any  of  the  Secured  Liabilities  the  Security  Agent  may  convert  any  moneys  received  or  recovered  by  the  Security  Agent  from  one  currency  to  another,  at  a  market  rate  of
exchange.

(b)

The obligations of any Transaction Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

31.32 Good discharge

(a)

(b)

Any payment to be made in respect of the Secured Liabilities by the Security Agent may be made to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and any payment made in that way shall be a good discharge, to the extent
of that payment, by the Security Agent.

The Security Agent is under no obligation to make the payments to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above in the same currency as that in which the obligations and liabilities owing to the relevant Finance Party are
denominated.

31.33 Amounts received by Obligors

If any of the Obligors receives or recovers any amount which, under the terms of any of the Finance Documents, should have been paid to the Security Agent, that Obligor will hold the amount received or recovered on trust for
the Security Agent and promptly pay that amount to the Security Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

31.34 Application and consideration

In consideration for the covenants given to the Security Agent by the Obligors in relation to Clause  31.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)), the Security Agent agrees with the Obligors to apply all moneys
from time to time paid by such Obligor to the Security Agent in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 31 (The Security Agent).

138

 
 
 
31.35

Full freedom to enter into transactions

Without prejudice to Clause 31.7 (Business with the Group) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

(a)

to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not
limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor
or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

(b)

to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

(i)

(ii)

any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

(c)

to provide advice or other services to the Borrowers or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

and, in particular, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b)
and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other
matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

32

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

No provision of this Agreement will:

(a)

(b)

(c)

33

interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

33.1

Payments to Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a "Recovering Finance Party")  receives  or  recovers  any  amount  from  a  Transaction  Obligor  other  than  in  accordance  with  Clause  34  (Payment Mechanics)  (a  "Recovered Amount")  and  applies  that
amount to a payment due to it under the Finance Documents then:

(a)

(b)

(c)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;

the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and
distributed in accordance with Clause 34 (Payment Mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the "Sharing Payment") equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the
Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 34.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments).

139

 
 
 
33.2

Redistribution of payments

The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Transaction Obligor and distribute it among the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the "Sharing  Finance
Parties") in accordance with Clause 34.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments) towards the obligations of that Transaction Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

33.3

Recovering Finance Party's rights

On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 33.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from a Transaction Obligor, as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and the
Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

33.4

Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

(a)

each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment
(together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the "Redistributed
Amount"); and

(b)

as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

33.5

Exceptions

(a)

This Clause 33 (Sharing among the Finance Parties) shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the
relevant Transaction Obligor.

(b)

A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

(i)

(ii)

it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration
proceedings.

140

 
 
 
 
34

PAYMENT MECHANICS

34.1

Payments to the Facility Agent

SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

(a)

(b)

On each date on which a Transaction Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Transaction Obligor or Lender shall make an amount equal to such payment available to the Facility
Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the
relevant currency in the place of payment.

Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the
Facility Agent) and with such bank as the Facility Agent, in each case, specifies which, in the case of all payments required to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents to a Finance Party should be made to
the following account:

Correspondent Bank: Bank of New York Mellon, New York
SWIFT: IRVTUS3N
Account Number: 8901357952
Beneficiary: Macquarie Bank Limited, London Branch
SWIFT: MACQGB2L
Reference: SAF Shipping Finance "GSL"

34.2

Distributions by the Facility Agent

Each  payment  received  by  the  Facility  Agent  under  the  Finance  Documents  for  another  Party  shall,  subject  to  Clause  34.3  (Distributions  to  a  Transaction  Obligor)  and  Clause  34.4  (Clawback  and  pre-funding)  be  made
available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as
that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal
financial centre of a Participating Member State or London), as specified by that Party or, in the case of a Tranche, to such account of such person as may be specified by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request.

34.3

Distributions to a Transaction Obligor

The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Transaction Obligor or in accordance with Clause 35 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for that Transaction Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the
currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

141

 
 
 
34.4

Clawback and pre-funding

(a)

(b)

(c)

Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract)
until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the
proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the
Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrowers before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Facility Agent does so but it
proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrowers:

(i)

(ii)

the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers of that Lender's identity and the Borrower shall on demand refund it to the Facility Agent; and

the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if the Lender fails to do so, the Borrowers shall on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount (as certified by the Facility Agent) which will
indemnify the Facility Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

34.5

Application of receipts; partial payments

(a)

If the Facility Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent shall apply that payment towards the
obligations of that Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

(i)

(ii)

first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of, and any other amounts owing to, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate under the Finance Documents;

secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest and fees due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement;

(iii)

thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement;

(iv)

fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary, or instruct the Security Agent to vary (as applicable), the order set out in sub-paragraphs (ii) to (iv) of paragraph (a) above.

Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by a Transaction Obligor.

142

(b)

(c)

 
 
 
34.6

No set-off by Transaction Obligors

All payments to be made by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

34.7

Business Days

(a)

Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if
there is not).

(b)

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

34.8

Currency of account

(a)

(b)

(c)

Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from a Transaction Obligor under any Finance Document.

Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

34.9

Change of currency

(a)

Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

(i)

(ii)

any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country
designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers); and

any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or
down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

(b)

If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrowers) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any
generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

34.10 Currency Conversion

(a)

For the purpose of, or pending any payment to be made by any Servicing Party under any Finance Document, such Servicing Party may convert any moneys received or recovered by it from one currency to another, at a market
rate of exchange.

(b)

The obligations of any Transaction Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

143

 
 
 
34.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by a Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by a Borrower, consult with the Borrowers with a view to agreeing with the Borrowers such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Facility Agent
may deem necessary in the circumstances;

the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrowers in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have
no obligation to agree to such changes;

the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be,
waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers);

the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of
liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 34.11 (Disruption to Payment
Systems etc.); and

the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

SET-OFF

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

35

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance
Party to that Transaction Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market
rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.
36

BAIL-IN

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any
party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

144

 
 
 
(a)

any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

(i)

(ii)

a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

(iii)

a cancellation of any such liability; and

a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

NOTICES

(b)

37

37.1

Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by email or letter.

37.2

Addresses

The address (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance
Documents are:

in the case of the Borrowers, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties);

in the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties) or, if it becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or before the date on which it
becomes a Party;

in the case of the Facility Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties); and

in the case of the Security Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties),

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

or any substitute address or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than five Business
Days' notice.

37.3

Delivery

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective, if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five
Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address, and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 37.2
(Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Servicing Party will be effective only when actually received by that Servicing Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or
officer of that Servicing Party specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties) (or any substitute department or officer as that Servicing Party shall specify for this purpose).

All notices from or to a Transaction Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent unless otherwise specified in any Finance Document.

Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrowers in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Transaction Obligors.

Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

145

 
 
 
37.4

Notification of address

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or change of address pursuant to Clause 37.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.

37.5

Electronic communication

(a)

Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a
secure website) if those two Parties:

(i)

(ii)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.

(b)

(c)

(d)

Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between an Obligor and a Finance Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified
to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication.

Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the  case  of  any  electronic
communication made by a Party to the Facility Agent or the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose.

Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for
the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

(e)

Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 37.5 (Electronic communication).

37.6

English language

(a)

(b)

Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

(i)

(ii)

in English; or

if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Facility Agent and, in this case, the English translation will prevail
unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

146

 
 
 
 
38

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

38.1

Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

38.2

Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

38.3

Day count convention and interest calculation

(a)

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and the amount of any such interest, commission or fee is calculated:

(i)

(ii)

on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Market differs, in accordance with that market practice; and

subject to paragraph (b) below, without rounding.

The aggregate amount of any accrued interest, commission or fee which is, or becomes, payable by an Obligor under a Finance Document shall be rounded to 2 decimal places.

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

(b)

39

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions
under the law of that jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

40

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any
Finance Document. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of a Secured Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other
exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

147

 
 
 
41

SETTLEMENT OR DISCHARGE CONDITIONAL

Any settlement or discharge under any Finance Document between any Finance Party and any Transaction Obligor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to any Finance Party by any Transaction Obligor or any other
person being set aside, adjusted or ordered to be repaid, whether under any insolvency law or otherwise.

42

IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT

If the Facility Agent considers that an amount paid or discharged by, or on behalf of, a Transaction Obligor or by any other person in purported payment or discharge of an obligation of that Transaction Obligor to a Secured
Party  under  the  Finance  Documents  is  capable  of  being  avoided  or  otherwise  set  aside  on  the  liquidation  or  administration  of  that  Transaction  Obligor  or  otherwise,  then  that  amount  shall  not  be  considered  to  have  been
unconditionally and irrevocably paid or discharged for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

43

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

43.1

Required consents

(a)

(b)

(c)

Subject to Clause 43.2 (All Lender matters) and Clause 43.3 (Other exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, in the case of an amendment,
the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers).

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 30.8 (Rights and discretions), the Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment,
waiver or consent under this Agreement.

(d)

Paragraph (c) of Clause 28.9 (Pro rata interest settlement) shall apply to this Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers).

43.2

All Lender matters

Subject to Clause 43.4 (Changes to reference rates), an amendment of or waiver or consent in relation to any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

the definition of "Majority Lenders" in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

a postponement to or extension of the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

a reduction in the Margin or the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

148

 
 
 
(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

(j)

an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments rateably under the Facility;

a change to any Transaction Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 29 (Changes to the Transaction Obligors);

any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

this Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers);

any change to the preamble (Background), Clause 2 (The Facility), Clause 3 (Purpose), Clause 5 (Utilisation), Clause 6.2 (Effect of prepayment on scheduled repayments), Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest,
detention or Total Loss), Clause 7.5 (Change of Control), Clause 8 (Interest), Clause 24.9 (Compliance with laws etc.), Clause 24.21 (Sanctions and Ship trading), Clause 26 (Accounts, Application of Earnings), Clause 28
(Changes to the Lenders), Clause 33 (Sharing among the Finance Parties), Clause 47 (Governing Law) or Clause 48 (Enforcement);

any release of, or material variation to, any Transaction Security, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document (except in the case of a release of Transaction Security as it relates to the
disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security and where such disposal is expressly permitted by the Majority Lenders or otherwise under a Finance Document);

(k)

(other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document), the nature or scope of:

(i)

(ii)

the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor);

the joint and several liability of the Borrowers under Clause  18 (Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers);

(iii)

the Security Assets; or

(iv)

the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed,

(except in the case of sub-paragraphs (iii) and (iv) above, insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this
Agreement or any other Finance Document);

(l)

the release of the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor) or the release of the joint and several liability of the Borrowers under Clause  18 (Joint and Several Liability
of the Borrowers) or any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale
or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document,

shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

149

 
 
 
43.3

Other exceptions

(a)

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of a Servicing Party or a the Arranger (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Servicing Party or the Arranger, as the
case may be.

(b)

The Borrowers and the Facility Agent, the Arranger or the Security Agent, as applicable, may amend or waive a term of a Fee Letter to which they are party.

43.4

Changes to reference rates

(a)

Each Obligor agrees and acknowledges that it shall co-operate with the Finance Parties in good faith to agree and implement any amendment or waiver as contemplated pursuant to this Clause 43.4 (Changes to reference rates)
as a result of a Published Rate Replacement Event.

(b)

Subject to Clause 43.3 (Other exceptions), if a Published Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to a Published Rate, any amendment or waiver which relates to:

providing for the use of a Replacement Reference Rate in place of that Published Rate; and

(i)

(ii)

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

(E)

aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Reference Rate;

enabling that  Replacement  Reference  Rate  to  be  used  for  the  calculation  of  interest  under  this  Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,  any  consequential  changes  required  to  enable  that  Replacement
Reference Rate to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Reference Rate;

providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Reference Rate; or

adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Reference Rate (and
if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that
designation, nomination or recommendation),

may be made with the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Borrowers.

150

 
 
 
(c)

An amendment or waiver that relates to, or has the effect of, aligning the means of calculation of interest on a Compounded Rate Loan under this Agreement to any recommendation of a Relevant Nominating Body which:

(i)

(ii)

relates to the use of the RFR on a compounded basis in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets; and

is issued on or after the date of this Agreement, may be made with the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Borrowers.

(d)

If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) or (c) above within five Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Borrowers and the
Facility Agent may agree) of that request being made:

(i)

its Commitment or its participation in the Loan (as the case may be) shall not be shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or the amount of the Loan (as applicable) when ascertaining
whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments or the aggregate of participations in the Loan (as applicable) has been obtained to approve that request; and

(ii)

its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

(e)

In this 43.4 (Changes to reference rates):

"Published Rate" means the RFR.

"Published Rate Replacement Event" means, in relation to the Published Rate:

the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Published Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, and the Borrowers materially changed;

(a)

(b)

(i)

(A)

(B)

the administrator of the Published Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or

information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or
judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of the Published Rate is insolvent,

provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide the Published Rate;

(ii)

the administrator of the Published Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide the Published Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to
continue to provide the Published Rate;

(iii)

the supervisor of the administrator of the Published Rate publicly announces that such Published Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

(iv)

the administrator of the Published Rate or its supervisor announces that the Published Rate may no longer be used; or

151

 
 
 
(c)

the administrator of the Published Rate (or the administrator of an interest rate which is a constituent element of the Published Rate) determines that the Published Rate should be calculated in accordance with its
reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

(i)

(ii)

the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower) temporary; or

that Published Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period which is no less than the period specified as the "RFR Contingency Period" in the Benchmark Terms in the
case of the RFR; or

(d)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, that Published Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.

"Replacement Reference Rate" means a reference rate which is:

(a)

formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for the Published Rate by:

(i)

(ii)

the administrator of the Published Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such reference rate measures is the same as the measured by that Published Rate); or

any Relevant Nominating Body,

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the "Replacement Reference Rate"  will  be  the  replacement  under  sub-paragraph  (ii)
above;

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor or alternative to the Published Rate; or

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, an appropriate successor or alternative to the Published Rate.

(b)

(c)

43.5

Obligor Intent

Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 1.2 (Construction) and 17.4 (Waiver of defences), each Obligor expressly confirms that it intends that any guarantee contained in this Agreement or any other Finance Document
and any Security created by any Finance Document shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount
made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the

following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making
facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of
the foregoing.

152

 
 
 
44

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

44.1

Confidentiality

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 44.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 44.4 (Disclosure to
numbering service providers) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

44.2

Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

(a)

to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, managers, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall
consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be
price-sensitive  information  except  that  there  shall  be  no  such  requirement  to  so  inform  if  the  recipient  is  subject  to  professional  obligations  to  maintain  the  confidentiality  of  the  information  or  is  otherwise  bound  by
requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

(b)

to any person:

(i)

(ii)

to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed)
it as Facility Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives, professional advisers and broker or provider for the purpose of credit protection;

with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by
reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Transaction Obligors and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives, professional advisers and broker or provider for the purpose
of credit protection;

(iii)

appointed by  any  Finance  Party  or  by  a  person  to  whom  sub-paragraph  (i)  or  (ii)  of  paragraph  (b)  above  applies  to  receive  communications,  notices,  information  or  documents  delivered  pursuant  to  the  Finance
Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 30.15 (Relationship with the other Finance Parties));

(iv)

who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above;

(v)

to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock
exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

(vi)

to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

(vii)

to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 28.8 (Security over Lenders' rights);

(viii)

who is a Party, a member of the Group or any related entity of a Transaction Obligor;

(ix)

as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document; or

(x)

with the consent of the Parent Guarantor; in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

(A)

(B)

(C)

in relation to sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no
requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

in relation to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of
confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

in relation  to  sub-paragraphs  (v),  (vi)  and  (vii)  of  paragraph  (b)  above,  the  person  to  whom  the  Confidential  Information  is  to  be  given  is  informed  of  its  confidential  nature  and  that  some or all of such
Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

(c)

(d)

to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents
including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of
the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality
Undertaking for Use With Administration/ Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrowers and the relevant Finance Party;

to any  rating  agency  (including  its  professional  advisers)  such  Confidential  Information  as  may  be  required  to  be  disclosed  to  enable  such  rating  agency  to  carry  out  its  normal  rating  activities  in  relation  to  the  Finance
Documents and/or the Transaction Obligors.

153

 
 
 
 
 
44.3

DAC6

Nothing  in  any  Finance  Document  shall  prevent  disclosure  of  any  confidential  information  or  other  matter  to  the  extent  that  preventing  that  disclosure  would  otherwise  cause  any  transaction  contemplated  by  the  Finance
Documents or any transaction carried out in connection with any transaction contemplated by the Finance Documents to become an arrangement described in Part II A 1 of Annex IV of Directive 2011/16/EU.

44.4

Disclosure to numbering service providers

(a)

Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or
more Transaction Obligors the following information:

(i)

(ii)

names of Transaction Obligors;

country of domicile of Transaction Obligors;

(iii)

place of formation of Transaction Obligors;

(iv)

date of this Agreement;

(v)

Clause 47 (Governing Law);

(vi)

the names of the Facility Agent;

(vii)

date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

(viii)

amounts of, and names of, the Facility (and any Tranche);

(ix)

amount of Total Commitments;

(x)

currency of the Facility;

(xi)

type of Facility;

(xii)

ranking of Facility;

(xiii)

Termination Date for Facility;

(xiv)

changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to sub-paragraphs (i) to (xiii) above; and

(xv)

such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Borrowers, to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

(b)

(c)

The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each
such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

Each Obligor represents, on behalf of itself and the other Transaction Obligors, that none of the information set out in sub-paragraphs (i) to (xv) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive
information.

154

 
 
 
44.5

Entire agreement

This  Clause  44  (Confidential Information)  constitutes  the  entire  agreement  between  the  Parties  in  relation  to  the  obligations  of  the  Finance  Parties  under  the  Finance  Documents  regarding  Confidential  Information  and
supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

44.6

Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation
including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

44.7

Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrowers:

(a)

of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub-paragraph (v) of paragraph (b) of Clause 44.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of
the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

(b)

upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 44 (Confidential Information).

44.8

Continuing obligations

(a)

(b)

The obligations in this Clause 44 (Confidential Information) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:

the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

155

 
 
 
45

CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES

45.1

Confidentiality and disclosure

(a)

(b)

The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b) and (c) below.

The Facility Agent may disclose:

(i)

(ii)

any Funding Rate to the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 8.6 (Notifications); and

any Funding Rate to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if
the  service  provider  to  whom  that  information  is  to  be  given  has  entered  into  a  confidentiality  agreement  substantially  in  the  form  of  the  LMA  Master  Confidentiality  Undertaking  for  Use  With
Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Facility Agent and the relevant Lender.

(c)

The Facility Agent and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, managers, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives, if any person to whom that Funding Rate is to be given pursuant to this
sub-paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional
obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any
relevant  stock  exchange  or  pursuant  to  any  applicable  law  or  regulation  if  the  person  to  whom  that  Funding  Rate  is  to  be  given  is  informed  in  writing  of  its  confidential  nature  and  that  it  may  be  price  sensitive
information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom
that Funding Rate is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility
Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

(iv)

any person with the consent of the relevant Lender.

45.2

Related obligations

(a)

The Facility Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate is or may be price sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to
insider dealing and market abuse and the Facility Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate for any unlawful purpose.

(b)

The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender:

(i)

of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (c) of Clause 45.1 (Confidentiality and disclosure) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that
paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

(ii)

upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 45 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates).

45.3

No Event of Default

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 27.4 (Other obligations) by reason only of an Obligor's failure to comply with this Clause 45 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates).

46

COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

156

 
 
 
SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

47

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

48

ENFORCEMENT

48.1

Jurisdiction

(a)

(b)

(c)

Unless specifically provided in another Finance Document in relation to that Finance Document, the courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document
(including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of any Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document) (a "Dispute").

The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.

This Clause 48.1 (Jurisdiction) is for the benefit of the Secured Parties only. As a result, no Secured Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent
allowed by law, the Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

48.2

Service of process

(a)

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor:

(i)

irrevocably appoints Global Ship Lease Services Limited, currently at 150 Aldersgate Street, London EC1A 4AB, England, as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in
connection with any Finance Document; and

(ii)

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

(b)

If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrowers (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within three days of
such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

157

 
 
 
SCHEDULE 1

THE PARTIES

PART A

THE OBLIGORS

Name of Borrower

Place of Formation

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

Address for Communication

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 72 LLC

Liberia

LLC-960304

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 73 LLC

Liberia

LLC-960305

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 74 LLC

Liberia

LLC-960306

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 75 LLC

Liberia

LLC-960307

158

c/o Technomar Shipping Inc.
3-5 Menandrou Street
145 61 Kifissia
Greece

Email: mdanezi@technomar.gr

tpsaropoulos@technomar.gr

c/o Technomar Shipping Inc.
3-5 Menandrou Street
145 61 Kifissia
Greece

Email: mdanezi@technomar.gr

tpsaropoulos@technomar.gr

c/o Technomar Shipping Inc.
3-5 Menandrou Street
145 61 Kifissia
Greece

Email: mdanezi@technomar.gr

tpsaropoulos@technomar.gr

c/o Technomar Shipping Inc.
3-5 Menandrou Street
145 61 Kifissia
Greece

Email: mdanezi@technomar.gr

tpsaropoulos@technomar.gr

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name of Parent Guarantor

Place of Formation

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

Address for Communication

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Marshall Islands

28891

c/o Technomar Shipping Inc.
3-5 Menandrou Street
145 61 Kifissia
Greece

Email: mdanezi@technomar.gr
tpsaropoulos@technomar.gr 

159

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART B

THE LENDERS

Name:

Commitment:

Notice details (including address and attention
details):

Macquarie Bank Limited, London Branch

$76,000,000

Ropemaker Place
28 Ropemaker Street
London EC2Y 9HD
United Kingdom

Department/Officer: Macquarie Specialised Asset Finance, Shipping Finance Legal - London

Email: SAFShipFinanceLegal@macquarie.com and CGMSAFShippingAM@macquarie.com

Tel: +44 20 3037 2000

160

 
 
  
 
 
Name

Macquarie Bank Limited, London Branch

THE ARRANGER

Address for Communication

Ropemaker Place
28 Ropemaker Street
London EC2Y 9HD
United Kingdom

Department/Officer: Macquarie Specialised Asset Finance, Shipping Finance Legal - London

Email: SAFShipFinanceLegal@macquarie.com
and CGMSAFShippingAM@macquarie.com

Tel: +44 20 3037 2000

161

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name of Facility Agent

Macquarie Bank Limited, London Branch

Name of Security Agent

Macquarie Bank Limited, London Branch

PART C

THE SERVICING PARTIES

Address for Communication

Ropemaker Place
28 Ropemaker Street
London EC2Y 9HD
United Kingdom

Department/Officer: Macquarie Specialised Asset Finance, Shipping Finance Legal - London

Email: SAFShipFinanceLegal@macquarie.com
and CGMSAFShippingAM@macquarie.com

Tel: +44 20 3037 2000

Address for Communication

Ropemaker Place
28 Ropemaker Street
London EC2Y 9HD
United Kingdom

Department/Officer: Macquarie Specialised Asset Finance, Shipping Finance Legal - London

Email: SAFShipFinanceLegal@macquarie.com
and CGMSAFShippingAM@macquarie.com

Tel: +44 20 3037 2000

162

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

PART A

Obligors

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION REQUEST

A copy of the constitutional documents of each Transaction Obligor (including, without limitation, any corporate register excerpts and the group structure chart).

A copy of a resolution of the members or board of directors, as applicable, of each Transaction Obligor:

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, a Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the
Finance Documents to which it is a party.

An original of the power of attorney of any Transaction Obligor authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

A copy of a resolution signed by the Parent Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which a Borrower is a party.

A certificate of each Transaction Obligor (signed by an officer) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that
Transaction Obligor to be exceeded.

A certificate of each Transaction Obligor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by an officer) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required
under the Overseas Regulations or (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it is registered with the Registrar of Companies.

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Transaction Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) is correct, complete and in full force and
effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

1

1.1

1.2

(a)

(b)

(c)

1.3

1.4

1.5

1.6

1.7

1.8

1.9

A certificate of goodstanding for each Transaction Oblgor.

2

2.1

Other Documents

A copy of the Initial Charter (or a binding and unconditional recapitulation of charterparty terms) in respect of each Ship certified as true and complete together all documents signed or issued by the relevant Borrower or the
relevant Initial Charterer (or both of them) under or in connection with it.

163

 
 
 
3

3.1

3.2

3.3

4

4.1

4.2

4.3

Finance Documents

A duly executed original of any Subordination Agreement and copies of any relevant Subordinated Finance Document (if applicable).

A duly executed original of any Finance Document not otherwise referred to in this Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

A duly executed original of any other document required to be delivered by each Finance Document if not otherwise referred to this Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

Security

A duly executed original of the Account Security in relation to each Account (and of each document to be delivered pursuant to it).

A duly executed original of the Shares Security in respect of each Borrower (and of each document to be delivered pursuant to it).

A duly executed original of the Subordinated Debt Security (if applicable).

164

 
 
 
5

5.1

5.2

6

6.1

6.2

6.3

Legal opinions

A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP, legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England, in a form agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

If a Transaction Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the relevant jurisdiction, in the form agreed by the
Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

Other documents and evidence

A copy of each MOA and of all documents signed or issued by the parties thereto under or in connection with it, together with such documentary evidence as the Facility Agent and its legal advisers may require in relation to
the due authorisation and execution of that MOA by each of the parties thereto.

Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 48.2 (Service of process) has accepted its appointment.

A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and
performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document or any Quiet Enjoyment Agreement.

165

 
 
 
 
6.4

6.5

6.6

6.7

6.8

6.9

The Original Financial Statements.

The Budget for each Ship.

Evidence that the dry docking, special survey and BWTS Installation in respect of Ship D have been completed.

The original of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Accounts.

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date (or such later date as the
Finance Parties may agree to).

Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance
Documents.

166

 
 
 
 
PART B

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO UTILISATION

References to the relevant Ship and to the relevant Borrower are references to the Ship being financed by the relevant Tranche and to the Borrower that will own such Ship respectively.

1

Obligors

A certificate of an authorised signatory of each Obligor certifying that each copy document which it is required to provide under this Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) is correct, complete and in full force and effect
as at the relevant Utilisation Date.

2

2.1

2.2

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Ship and other security

A  duly executed original of the Mortgage, the General Assignment and any Charterparty Assignment in respect of the relevant Ship and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each  of  them  together  with
documentary evidence that the Mortgage has been duly registered as a valid first preferred ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of its Approved Flag.

Documentary evidence that the relevant Ship:

has been unconditionally delivered by the relevant Seller to, and accepted by, the relevant Borrower under the relevant MOA and that the full Purchase Price payable and all other sums due to the relevant Seller under the
relevant MOA, other than the sums to be financed pursuant to the relevant Tranche, have been paid to the relevant Seller;

is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the relevant Borrower under the Approved Flag;

is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the relevant Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

maintains the current classification of the relevant Ship with that Ship's current classification society (being American Bureau of Shipping) free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of that class society as evidenced
by a certificate which is issued no earlier than 3 Business Days prior to the relevant Delivery Date (followed by, within 5 Business Days from that Delivery Date, a certificate issued by the Approved Classification Society
evidencing that the relevant Ship maintains the Approved Classification with the Approved Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of the Approved Classification Society);

167

 
 
 
 
(e)

(f)

2.3

(a)

(b)

2.4

2.5

3

4

4.1

4.2

4.3

is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements in this Agreement in respect of insurances have been complied with; and

has been unconditionally delivered by the relevant Borrower to, and accepted by, the relevant Initial Charterer under the relevant Initial Charter and that no default (howsoever described) has occurred under that Initial Charter.

Documents establishing that the relevant Ship, will as from the Delivery Date of that Ship, be managed commercially by the Approved Commercial Manager and managed technically by the Approved Technical Manager on
terms acceptable to the Facility Agent, together with:

a Manager's Undertaking from each of the Approved Technical Manager and the Approved Commercial Manager; and

copies of the relevant Approved Technical Manager's Document of Compliance and of the relevant Ship's Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable Safety Management System which the
Facility Agent requires) and of any other documents required under the ISM Code and the ISPS Code including, without limitation, an ISSC.

At the cost of the Borrowers, an opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Facility Agent on such matters relating to the Insurances of the relevant Ship as the Facility Agent may require.

Two valuations of the relevant Ship, addressed to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 20 Business Days before the relevant Utilisation
Date from Approved Valuers selected and appointed by the Facility Agent in order to determine the Market Value of that Ship.

Legal opinions

Agreed form legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag of the relevant Ship and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require.

Other documents and evidence

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the relevant Utilisation Date (or such later date as the
Finance Parties may agree to).

Evidence satisfactory to the Facility Agent that the Starting Working Capital Amount and (other than in respect of Borrower D) the Dry Dock Reserve Amount are standing to the credit of the Earnings Account and the Dry
Dock Reserve Account respectively of the relevant Borrower in accordance with Clause 26.2 (Payment of Earnings, starting working capital amount) and Clause 26.4 (Dry Dock Reserve Amount).

A  copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lenders consider to be necessary or desirable (if they have notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection  with  the  entry  into  and
performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document referred to in paragraph 2 (Ship and other security) above or for the validity and enforceability of any such Transaction Document.

168

 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 3

UTILISATION REQUEST

From:      GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 72 LLC
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 73 LLC
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 74 LLC
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 75 LLC
80 Broad Street
Monrovia
Republic of Liberia

To: Macquarie Bank Limited, London Branch

Dear Sirs

Dated: [●]

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 72 LLC, GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 73 LLC, GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 74 LLC and GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 75 LLC – US$76,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [●] 2023 (the "Agreement")

1

2

We refer to the Agreement. This is the Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

We wish to borrow Tranche [A][B][C][D]on the following terms:

Proposed Utilisation Date: [●] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

Amount: [●] or, if less, the Available Facility

Interest Period: [●]

3

You are authorised and requested to deduct from the Tranche prior to funds being remitted the following amounts set out against the following items:

Deductible Items $

Upfront Fee

Commitment Fee

Net proceeds of Tranche _____________

4

5

(a)

(b)

We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) of the Agreement as they relate to the Tranche to which this Utilisation Request refers is
satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

The net proceeds of the Tranche should be credited to:

the Dry Dock Reserve Account of Borrower [A][B][C] in the amount of $[●];[

the balance to [insert]].

169

 
 
 
 
 
6

This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

____________________
[●]
authorised signatory for
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 72 LLC

____________________
[●]
authorised signatory for
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 73 LLC

____________________
[●]
authorised signatory for
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 74 LLC

____________________
[●]
authorised signatory for
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 75 LLC

170

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

To: Macquarie Bank Limited, London Branch as Facility Agent

From: [The Existing Lender] (the "Existing Lender") and [The New Lender] (the "New Lender")

Dear Sirs

Dated: [●]

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 72 LLC, GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 73 LLC, GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 74 LLC and GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 75 LLC – US$76,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [●] May 2023 (the "Agreement")

1

2

(a)

(b)

(c)

3

4

5

6

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

We refer to Clause 28.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Agreement:

The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all of the Existing Lender's rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents
which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participation in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 28.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Agreement.

The proposed Transfer Date is [●].

The Facility Office, email address and address and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 28.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Agreement.

This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

Note: The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain
whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents
and completion of those formalities.

171

 
 
 
 
THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

[insert relevant details]

[Facility Office address, email address and attention details
for notices and account details for payments.]

[Existing Lender] [New Lender]

By: [●] By: [●]

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [●].

Macquarie Bank Limited, London Branch

By: [●]

172

 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

To:

Macquarie Bank Limited, London Branch as Facility Agent and [●] as joint and several Borrowers, for and on behalf of each Transaction Obligor

From: [the Existing Lender] (the "Existing Lender") and [the New Lender] (the "New Lender")

Dear Sirs

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 72 LLC, GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 73 LLC, GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 74 LLC and GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 75 LLC – US$76,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [●] May 2023 (the "Agreement")

1

2

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

We refer to Clause 28.6 (Procedure for assignment) of the Agreement:

the Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of
the Existing Lender's Commitment and participations in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule;

the Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to  that  portion  of  the  Existing  Lender's  Commitments  and  participations  in  the  Loan  under  the  Agreement  specified  in  the
Schedule;

the New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above;

all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender's title and
of any rights or equities which the Borrowers or any other Transaction Obligor had against the Existing Lender.

Dated: [●]

173

 
 
 
 
3

4

5

6

7

8

9

The proposed Transfer Date is [●].

On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

The Facility Office and address, email address and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 28.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Agreement.

This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Facility Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 28.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers) of the
Agreement, to the Borrowers (on behalf of each Transaction Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

10

This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

Note: The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to
ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those
documents and completion of those formalities.

174

 
 
 
 
Commitment rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession

THE SCHEDULE

[insert relevant details]

[Facility office address, email address and attention details for notices
and account details for payments]

[Existing Lender] [New Lender]

By: [●] By: [●]

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [●].

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by the Facility Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Facility Agent receives on behalf of each Finance
Party.

Macquarie Bank Limited, London Branch

By:

175

 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 6

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

To: Macquarie Bank Limited, London Branch as Facility Agent

From: Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Dear Sirs

Dated: [●]

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 72 LLC, GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 73 LLC, GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 74 LLC and GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 75 LLC – US$76,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [●] May 2023 (the "Agreement")

1

2

(a)

(b)

(c)

3

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

We confirm that:

the aggregate Free Liquidity of the Parent Guarantor is $[●];

the financial covenant provided in Clause 21.1 (Parent Guarantor's minimum liquidity and most favoured nations) is the only financial covenant that we have provided under any credit, loan facility or indenture agreement (or
guarantee thereof) creating Financial Indebtedness to which we are a party (or by way of amendment or supplement to that credit, loan facility or indenture agreement (or guarantee thereof)) or any agreement creating Financial
Indebtedness to refinance or otherwise substitute any existing Financial Indebtedness of, or guarantee by, the Parent Guarantor; and

attached to this certificate is a class status report in respect of each Mortgaged Ship dated no more than 10 Business Days prior to the date of this certificate;

[We confirm that no Default is continuing.]

Signed: ________________________

Chief Financial Officer
of
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE, INC.

1 To be provided with each Compliance Certificate provided every six months commencing on the Second Quarter End Date following the first Utilisation Date.

176

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 7

DETAILS OF THE SHIPS

Ship name

"ADRIAN MAERSK"
(tbr "GSL ALEXANDRA")

"ANNA MAERSK"
(tbr "GSL SOFIA")

"ARNOLD MAERSK"
(tbr "GSL EFFIE")

"AXEL MAERSK"
(tbr "GSL LYDIA")

Name 
of the owner

Type

IMO Number

Approved Flag

Approved Classification Society

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 72 LLC

8544 TEU containership

9260457

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 73 LLC

8544 TEU containership

9260421

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 74 LLC

8544 TEU containership

9260433

GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 75 LLC

8544 TEU containership

9260419

Liberia

Liberia

Liberia

Liberia

RINA

RINA

RINA

RINA

177

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 8

TIMETABLES

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request))

Three Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of the Utilisation Request))

Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation)

Three Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date.

Term Reference Rate is fixed

Quotation Day

178

 
 
 
 
 
CURRENCY:

Cost of funds as a fallback

Definitions

Additional Business Days:

Break Costs:

SCHEDULE 9

BENCHMARK TERMS

Dollars.

Cost of funds will apply as a fallback.

An RFR Banking Day.

None.

Business Day Conventions (definition of "Month" and Clause 9.3 (Non-Business Days)):

(a)                If any period is expressed to accrue by reference to a Month or any number of Months then, in respect of the last Month

of that period:

(i)                  subject to sub-paragraph (iii) below, if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period
shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there
is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii)                if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period

shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

(iii)              if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the

last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

(b)                If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on

the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

179

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Central Bank Rate:

(a)                The short-term interest rate target set by the US Federal Open Market Committee as published by the Federal Reserve

Central Bank Rate Adjustment:

Bank of New York from time to time; or

(b)                if that target is not a single figure, the arithmetic mean of:

(i)                  the upper bound of the short-term interest rate target range set by the US Federal Open Market Committee

and published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; and

(ii)                the lower bound of that target range.

In relation to the Central Bank Rate prevailing at close of business on any RFR Banking Day, the 20 per cent trimmed arithmetic
mean (calculated by the Facility Agent), of the Central Bank Rate Spreads for the five most immediately preceding RFR Banking
Days for which the RFR is available.

Central Bank Rate Spread:

In relation to any RFR Banking Day, the difference (expressed as a percentage rate per annum) calculated by the Facility Agent of:

Compounded Market Disruption Rate:

Daily Rate:

(a)               the RFR for that RFR Banking Day; and

(b)               the Central Bank Rate prevailing at close of business on that RFR Banking Day.

The  percentage  rate  per  annum  which  is  the  Cumulative  Compounded  RFR  Rate  for  the  Interest  Period  of  the  relevant
Compounded Rate Loan.

The "Daily Rate" for any RFR Banking Day is:

(a)                the RFR for that RFR Banking Day; or

(b)                if the RFR is not available for that RFR Banking Day, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

(i)                  the Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day; and

(ii)                the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment; or

180

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)                 if paragraph (b) above applies but the Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day is not available, the percentage

rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

(i)                  the most recent Central Bank Rate for a day which is no more than 5 RFR Banking Days before that RFR

Banking Day; and

(ii)                the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment,

rounded, in either case, to four decimal places and if, in either case, that is less than zero, the Daily Rate shall be deemed
to be such a rate that the Daily Rate is zero.

Five RFR Banking Days.

The market for overnight cash borrowing collateralised by US Government securities.

The Business Day which follows the day which is the Lookback Period prior to the last day of the Interest Period.

Lookback Period:

Relevant Market:

Reporting Day:

Reporting Times

Deadline  for  Lenders  to  report  market  disruption  in  accordance  with  Clause  10.2  (Market
disruption)

Close of business in London on the Reporting Day for the relevant Compounded Rate Loan.

Deadline for Lenders to report their cost of funds in accordance with Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds)

RFR:

Close of  business  on  the  date  falling  2  Business  Days  after  the  Reporting  Day  for  the  relevant  Compounded  Rate  Loan  (or,  if
earlier, on the date falling 2 Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of the Interest Period for
that Compounded Rate Loan).

The secured overnight financing rate (SOFR) administered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any other person which
takes over the administration of that rate) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any other person which takes
over the publication of that rate).

181

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFR Banking Day:

Any day other than:

(a)                a Saturday or Sunday; and

(b)                                a  day  on  which  the  Securities  Industry  and  Financial  Markets  Association  (or  any  successor  organisation)
recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in US
Government securities.

RFR Contingency Period

10 RFR Banking Days

182

 
 
 
 
 
The "Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate" for any RFR Banking Day "i" during an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan is the percentage rate per annum (without rounding, to the extent reasonably practicable for
the Finance Party performing the calculation, taking into account the capabilities of any software used for that purpose) calculated as set out below:

SCHEDULE 10

DAILY NON-CUMULATIVE COMPOUNDED RFR RATE

where:

"UCCDRi" means the Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that RFR Banking Day "i";

"UCCDRi-1" means, in relation to that RFR Banking Day "i", the Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for the immediately preceding RFR Banking Day (if any) during that Interest Period;

"dcc" means 360 or, in any case where market practice in the Relevant Market is to use a different number for quoting the number of days in a year, that number;

"ni" means the number of calendar days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day "i" up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day; and

183

 
 
 
 
the "Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate" for any RFR Banking Day (the "Cumulated RFR Banking Day") during that Interest Period is the result of the below calculation (without rounding, to the extent
reasonably practicable for the Finance Party performing the calculation, taking into account the capabilities of any software used for that purpose):

where:

"ACCDR" means the Annualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that Cumulated RFR Banking Day;

"tni" means the number of calendar days from, and including, the first day of the Cumulation Period to, but excluding, the RFR Banking Day which immediately follows the last day of the Cumulation Period;

"Cumulation Period" means the period from, and including, the first RFR Banking Day of that Interest Period to, and including, that Cumulated RFR Banking Day;

"dcc" has the meaning given to that term above; and

the "Annualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate" for that Cumulated RFR Banking Day is the percentage rate per annum (rounded to five decimal places) calculated as set out below:

where:

"d0" means the number of RFR Banking Days in the Cumulation Period;

"Cumulation Period" has the meaning given to that term above;

"i" means a series of whole numbers from one to d0, each representing the relevant RFR Banking Day in chronological order in the Cumulation Period;

"DailyRatei-LP" means, for any RFR Banking Day "i" in the Cumulation Period, the Daily Rate for the RFR Banking Day which is the applicable Lookback Period prior to that RFR Banking Day "i";

"ni" means, for any RFR Banking Day "i" in the Cumulation Period, the number of calendar days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day "i" up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day;

"dcc" has the meaning given to that term above; and

"tni" has the meaning given to that term above.

184

 
 
 
 
 
The "Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate" for any Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan is the percentage rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as is specified in the definition of "Annualised
Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate" in Schedule 10 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate)) calculated as set out below:

SCHEDULE 11

CUMULATIVE COMPOUNDED RFR RATE

where:

"d0" means the number of RFR Banking Days during the Interest Period;

"i" means a series of whole numbers from one to d0, each representing the relevant RFR Banking Day in chronological order during the Interest Period;

"DailyRatei-LP" means for any RFR Banking Day "i" during the Interest Period, the Daily Rate for the RFR Banking Day which is the applicable Lookback Period prior to that RFR Banking Day "i";

"ni" means, for any RFR Banking Day "i", the number of calendar days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day "i" up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day;

"dcc" means 360 or, in any case where market practice in the Relevant Market is to use a different number for quoting the number of days in a year, that number; and

"d" means the number of calendar days during that Interest Period.

185

 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE 12

REPAYMENT SCHEDULE

Per Tranche ($)

Amount outstanding per Tranche ($)

Aggregate Repayment Instalments
for all Tranches

Loan outstanding ($)

Quarterly
Repayment
Instalment
applicable to a
Tranche

Utilisation Date

-

Repayment Date

Repayment Instalment ($)

30.09.2023

31.12.2023

31.03.2024

30.06.2024

30.09.2024

1,250,000

1,250,000

1,500,000

1,500,000

1,500,000

19,000,000

-

17,750,000

16,500,000

15,000,000

13,500,000

12,000,000

186

-

Repayment Instalment ($)

5,000,000

5,000,000

6,000,000

6,000,000

6,000,000

76,000,000

-

71,000,000

66,000,000

60,000,000

54,000,000

48,000,000

 
 
 
 
31.12.2024

31.03.2025

30.06.2025

30.09.2025

31.12.2025

31.03.2026

3 years after the First
Utilisation Date

1,500,000

1,500,000

1,500,000

750,000

250,000

250,000

6,250,000

6,000,000

6,000,000

6,000,000

3,000,000

1,000,000

1,000,000

25,000,000

42,000,000

36,000,000

30,000,000

27,000,000

26,000,000

25,000,000

-

10,500,000

9,000,000

7,500,000

6,750,000

6,500,000

6,250,000

-

187

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BORROWERS  

SIGNED
by
as attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 72 LLC
in the presence of:

Witness' signature:
Witness' name:
Witness' address:

SIGNED
by
as attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 73 LLC
in the presence of:

Witness' signature:
Witness' name:
Witness' address:

SIGNED
by
as attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 74 LLC
in the presence of:

Witness' signature:
Witness' name:
Witness' address:

SIGNED
by
as attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE 75 LLC
in the presence of:

Witness' signature:
Witness' name:
Witness' address:

EXECUTION PAGES

/s/ Filanthi Katsafadou
      Filanthi Katsafadou

/s/ Filanthi Katsafadou
      Filanthi Katsafadou

/s/ Filanthi Katsafadou
      Filanthi Katsafadou

/s/ Filanthi Katsafadou
      Filanthi Katsafadou

188

)
)
)
)
)
)

)
)
)

)
)
)
)
)
)

)
)
)

)
)
)
)
)
)

)
)
)

)
)
)
)
)
)

)
)
)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARENT GUARANTOR

SIGNED
by
as attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of
GLOBAL SHIP LEASE, INC.
in the presence of:

Witness' signature:
Witness' name:
Witness' address:

ORIGINAL LENDERS

SIGNED
by
for and on behalf of
MACQUARIE BANK LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH
in the presence of:

Witness' signature:
Witness' name:
Witness' address:

/s/ Filanthi Katsafadou
      Filanthi Katsafadou

/s/ Charikleia Mavromati
      Charikleia Mavromati

189

)
)
)
)
)
)

)
)
)

)
)
)
)
)

)
)
)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARRANGER

SIGNED
by
for and on behalf of
MACQUARIE BANK LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH
in the presence of:

Witness' signature:
Witness' name:
Witness' address:

/s/ Charikleia Mavromati
      Charikleia Mavromati

190

)
)
)
)
)

)
)
)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
FACILITY AGENT

SIGNED
by
for and on behalf of
MACQUARIE BANK LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH
in the presence of:

Witness' signature:
Witness' name:
Witness' address:

SECURITY AGENT

SIGNED
by
for and on behalf of
MACQUARIE BANK LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH
in the presence of:

Witness' signature:
Witness' name:
Witness' address:

/s/ Charikleia Mavromati
      Charikleia Mavromati

/s/ Charikleia Mavromati
      Charikleia Mavromati

)
)
)
)
)

)
)
)

)
)
)
)
)

)
)
)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 8.1

No.

Name

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

GSL Rome LLC

Poseidon Containers Holdings LLC

K&T Marine LLC

GSL Enterprises Ltd.

GSL Legacy Holding LLC

Knausen Holding LLC

GSL Alcazar Inc.

GSL Holdings, Inc.

Global Ship Lease Investments, Inc.

Aris Marine LLC

Aphrodite Marine LLC

Athena Marine LLC

Hephaestus Marine LLC

Pericles Marine LLC

Zeus One Marine LLC

Leonidas Marine LLC

Odysseus Marine LLC

Alexander Marine LLC

Hector Marine LLC

Ikaros Marine LLC

Tasman Marine LLC

Hudson Marine LLC

Drake Marine LLC

Triton Containers Holdings LLC

Triton NB LLC

Philippos Marine LLC

Aristoteles Marine LLC

Menelaos Marine LLC

Odyssia Containers Holdings LLC

Odyssia NB LLC

Laertis Marine LLC

Penelope Marine LLC

Telemachus Marine LLC (1)

Global Ship Lease 30 LLC

Global Ship Lease 31 LLC

Global Ship Lease 32 LLC

Global Ship Lease 33 LLC

Global Ship Lease 34 LLC

Global Ship Lease 35 LLC

Global Ship Lease 36 LLC

Global Ship Lease 37 LLC (dissolved January 12, 2023)

Global Ship Lease 38 LLC

Global Ship Lease 39 LLC (dissolved January 12, 2023)

Global Ship Lease 40 LLC

Global Ship Lease 41 LLC

Global Ship Lease 42 LLC

Global Ship Lease 43 LLC

Global Ship Lease 44 LLC

Global Ship Lease 45 LLC

Global Ship Lease 46 LLC (dissolved September 26, 2023)

Global Ship Lease 47 LLC

Global Ship Lease 48 LLC

Global Ship Lease 49 LLC

Global Ship Lease 50 LLC

Global Ship Lease 51 LLC

Global Ship Lease 52 LLC

Global Ship Lease 53 LLC

Global Ship Lease 54 LLC

Global Ship Lease 20 Limited

Global Ship Lease 21 Limited

Global Ship Lease 22 Limited

Global Ship Lease 23 Limited

Global Ship Lease 26 Limited

Global Ship Lease Services Limited

GSL Arcadia LLC

GSL Tegea LLC

GSL MYNY LLC

GSL Melita LLC

GSL Maria LLC

GSL Violetta LLC (1)

GSL Dorothea LLC

Global Ship Lease 55 LLC

  Business
  Holding
  Sub-holding
  Sub-holding
  Sub-holding
  Service company
  Sub-holding
  Sub-holding
  Owns CMA CGM Alcazar
  Sub-holding
  Sub-holding
  Owns Maira
  Owns Nikolas
  Owns Newyorker
  Owns Dolphin II
  Owns Athena
  Owns Orca I
  Owns Agios Dimitrios
  Sub-holding
  Owns Mary (2)
  Owns Kristina
  Owns Katherine
  Owns Tasman
  Owns Zim Europe (ex Dimitris Y)
  Owns Ian H
  Sub-holding
  Sub-holding
  Owns Alexandra
  Owns Alexis
  Owns Olivia I
  Sub-holding
  Sub-holding
  Owns ZIM Norfolk (ex UASC Al Khor)
  Owns ZIM Xiamen (ex Maira XL)
  Owns Anthea Y
  Owns GSL Eleni
  Owns GSL Kalliopi
  Owns GSL Grania
  Owns GSL Vinia
  Owns GSL Christel Elisabeth
  Owns GSL Nicoletta
  Owns GSL Christen
  Inactive
  Owns Manet
  Inactive
  Owns Keta
  Owns Julie
  Owns GSL Valerie
  Owns GSL Ningbo
  Owns Marie Delmas
  Owns Kumasi
  Owned La Tour (sold June 30, 2021)
  Owns GSL Chateau d 'If
  Owns CMA CGM Berlioz
  Owns CMA CGM Sambhar
  Owns CMA CGM Jamaica
  Owns CMA CGM America
  Owns MSC Qingdao
  Owns MSC Tianjin
  Owns CMA CGM Thalassa
  Inactive
  Inactive
  Inactive
  Inactive
  Inactive
  Service company
  Owns GSL Arcadia
  Owns GSL Tegea
  Owns GSL MYNY
  Owns GSL Melita
  Owns GSL Maria
  Owns GSL Violetta
  Owns GSL Dorothea
  Owns GSL Susan

  Jurisdiction of Incorporation
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Republic of Marshall Islands
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Hong Kong
  Hong Kong
  Hong Kong
  Hong Kong
  Hong Kong
  UK
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia

 
74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

Global Ship Lease 57 LLC

Global Ship Lease 58 LLC

Global Ship Lease 59 LLC

Global Ship Lease 60 LLC

Global Ship Lease 61 LLC

Global Ship Lease 62 LLC

Global Ship Lease 63 LLC

Global Ship Lease 64 LLC

Global Ship Lease 65 LLC

Global Ship Lease 66 LLC

Global Ship Lease 67 LLC

Global Ship Lease 68 LLC (1)

Global Ship Lease 69 LLC (1)

Global Ship Lease 70 LLC (1)

Global Ship Lease 71 LLC (1)

Global Ship Lease 72 LLC

Global Ship Lease 73 LLC

Global Ship Lease 74 LLC

Global Ship Lease 75 LLC

GSL KALAMATA LLC

GSL KITHIRA HOLDING LLC

  Owns GSL Rossi

  Owns GSL Alice
  Owns GSL Melina
  Owns GSL Eleftheria
  Owns GSL Mercer
  Owns Matson Molokai
  Owns GSL Lalo
  Owns GSL Elizabeth
  Owns tbr GSL Chloe (2)
  Owns GSL Maren
  Owned GSL Amstel (sold March 23, 2023)
  Owns GSL Kithira
  Owns GSL Tripoli
  Owns GSL Syros
  Owns GSL Tinos
  Owns GSL Alexandra
  Owns GSL Sofia
  Owns GSL Effie
  Owns GSL Lydia
  Sub-holding
  Sub-holding

  Liberia

  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia
  Liberia

(1) Currently, under a sale and leaseback transaction.
(2) “tbr” means “to be renamed”. On January 3, 2024, Mary was renamed to Colombia Express. On January 26, 2024, Beethoven was renamed to GSL Chloe.

 
 
 
 
 
Global Ship Lease Inc.

Policies and Procedures to Detect and Prevent Insider Trading

Revised: March 2020

Exhibit 11.1 

INTRODUCTION

The purchase or sale of securities while aware of material nonpublic information, or the disclosure of material nonpublic information to others who then trade in Global Ship Lease’s securities, is prohibited by the U.S. federal
securities laws. Insider trading violations are pursued vigorously by the SEC and the U.S. Department of Justice and are punished severely. While the regulatory authorities concentrate their efforts on the individuals who trade, or
who tip inside information to others who trade, the U.S. federal securities laws also impose potential liability on companies and other “controlling persons” if they fail to take reasonable steps to prevent insider trading by company
personnel.

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Global Ship Lease, Inc. (“Global Ship Lease”) has adopted this policy (this “Trading Policy”) both to satisfy Global Ship Lease’s obligation to prevent insider trading and to help Global Ship
Lease personnel avoid the severe consequences associated with violations of the insider trading laws. This Trading Policy also is intended to prevent even the appearance of improper conduct on the part of anyone employed by or
associated with Global Ship Lease (not just so-called insiders).

No  Global  Ship  Lease  employee,  officer  or  director,  whether  or  not  a  citizen  or  resident  of  the  United  States,  (the  “Covered  Persons”)  may,  directly  or  indirectly,  purchase  or  sell  any  security  while  in  possession  of  material
nonpublic information (known as “inside information”) regarding such security, whether or not such information was obtained in the course of employment. The term “Covered Persons” also includes certain other persons who are,
from time to time, designated by the Company as Covered Persons and provided notice as to their status. This prohibition extends to communicating such inside information to others with respect to trading in securities based on
such information (known as “tipping”), and covers securities of Global Ship Lease and of other issuers.

For purposes of this Trading Policy, “material” information means information relating to an issuer of securities, its business operations or its securities, the public dissemination of which would be likely to affect the market price of
any of its securities, or which would likely be considered important by a reasonable investor in determining whether to buy, sell or hold such securities. The source of the material information is irrelevant.

“Nonpublic  information”  means  information  that  has  not  been  widely  disseminated  to  the  public  (e.g.,  through  the  television,  radio  or  print  media  of  wide  circulation,  the  Dow  Jones  broad  tape  or  through  widely  circulated
disclosure documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)). Information that is available only to a select group of analysts, brokers or institutional investors and undisclosed facts or rumors, even if
widely circulated, constitute “nonpublic” information.

1

 
 
 
This Trading Policy extends to all members of the household of the Covered Persons irrespective of whether such individuals are citizens or residents of the United States.

As a condition of employment with, or in connection with appointment to the Board of, Global Ship Lease, every Covered Person is required to read, understand and agree to be bound by this Trading Policy throughout the term of
their employment with, or in connection with appointment to the Board of, Global Ship Lease. Every employee will also be required to sign the Acknowledgement of Compliance attached hereto as a condition of employment.
Global Ship Lease will require annual certifications from all employees that they have re-read, understand and have complied with this Trading Policy.

This Trading Policy applies to you and all members of your household irrespective of whether you and/or such individuals are citizens or residents of the United States.

Failure to comply with this Trading Policy can have serious consequences for the individuals who fail to comply and for Global Ship Lease.

Post-Termination  Transactions.  This  Trading  Policy  continues  to  apply  to  your  transactions  in  any  securities  even  after  termination  of  employment.  If  you  are  in  possession  of  material  nonpublic  information  when  your
employment terminates, you may not trade in those securities until that information has become public or is no longer material.

Company Assistance. Any person who has a question about this Trading Policy or its application to any proposed transaction may obtain additional guidance from the Chief Financial Officer of Global Ship Lease (or if such
questions involve the Chief Financial Officer, to the Chief Executive Officer). Ultimately, however, the responsibility for adhering to this Trading Policy and avoiding unlawful transactions rests with the individual Covered Persons.

You May Not Trade on Material Nonpublic Information

·               If you are aware of any material information relating to Global Ship Lease or any company, whether or not it is a public company, that has not been made available to the public through such media as Dow Jones,
The Wall Street Journal, the Associated Press or other similar news services, or through widely circulated disclosure documents filed with the SEC, for at least two business days, you must not trade directly or
indirectly in the debt or equity securities (or options, warrants or similar instruments related to such securities) of any such company, and you must not disclose such information to another person who may trade in
such securities.

·               Trading by your spouse, minor child or other family members living in your household while you are in possession of material nonpublic information is likewise prohibited and can give rise to legal and

company-imposed sanctions.

·               Suspicious trading by a friend or family member not living in your household while you are in possession of material nonpublic information can give rise to an

2

 
 
 
 
inquiry into whether you illegally “tipped” that person and, if so, legal and company sanctions could be imposed.

You May Not Disclose Material Nonpublic Information to Anyone Except Other Global Ship Lease Employees

·               Covered Persons should not discuss material nonpublic information with anyone outside Global Ship Lease. Inquiries from third parties, such as industry analysts or members of the media, about Global Ship

Lease should be directed to Global Ship Lease’s Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer.

·               You must take precautions to safeguard material nonpublic information. Accordingly, you should conduct business and other activities so as not to risk inadvertent disclosure of material information. Material

nonpublic information should not be discussed with other Covered Persons not working on such matters or with friends or relatives.

·               You should assume that information is material if a reasonable investor would consider the information to be important in deciding whether to buy, sell, or hold securities of the relevant company or if disclosure

of such information would be likely to result in a change in the price of the traded securities.

·               You should consider all information, from whatever source, to be nonpublic until it has been made available to investors through such media as Dow Jones, The Wall Street Journal, the Associated Press or other

similar news services, or through widely circulated disclosure documents filed with the SEC, for at least two business days.

You May Not Trade in the Securities of Global Ship Lease (i) Near Earnings Announcements and other Material Non-Public Events and (ii) Without First Pre-Clearing that Trade in accordance with this Trading
Policy

·               You and your family members may not trade in any securities of Global Ship Lease (i) during the period commencing at the close of the New York Stock Exchange trading market on the fourteenth (14th) calendar
day after the last day of each fiscal quarter of Global Ship Lease and ending at the open of the New York Stock Exchange trading market on the trading day immediately following the completion of one (1) full
trading session after the public release of Global Ship Lease’s financial results for such quarter and (ii) during other material non-public events concerning Global Ship Lease.

·               In addition, you must pre-clear through Global Ship Lease any purchase or sale of securities of Global Ship Lease in accordance with this Trading Policy.

3

 
 
 
 
When in Doubt, You Should Consult Global Ship Lease’s Chief Financial Officer

·               Whenever any Global Ship Lease personnel are confronted with a situation where they have any questions as to what the result should be under these policies and procedures, they should consult immediately with

Global Ship Lease’s Chief Financial Officer (or if such questions involve the Chief Financial Officer, with the Chief Executive Officer).

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES TO PREVENT INSIDER TRADING

The following policies and procedures have been established to aid in the prevention of insider trading. Section I provides an overview; Section II sets forth Global Ship Lease’s policies prohibiting insider trading; Section III
explains insider trading; Section IV consists of additional prohibited transactions; Section V consists of certain procedures that have been put in place by Global Ship Lease to prevent insider trading; and Section VI consists of an
explanation of permitted transactions in Global Ship Lease securities that are not subject to this Trading Policy.

I.

OVERVIEW

Preventing insider trading is necessary to comply with the U.S. federal securities laws and to preserve the reputation and integrity of Global Ship Lease. “Insider trading” occurs when any person purchases or sells
a security while in possession of inside information relating to the security. As explained in Section III below, “inside information” is information that is considered to be both “material” and “nonpublic.” Insider
trading is a crime and the penalties for violating the law include imprisonment, disgorgement of profits, civil fines of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided, and criminal fines of up to $5,000,000 for
individuals and $25,000,000 for entities. Insider trading is also prohibited by this Trading Policy and could result in serious sanctions by Global Ship Lease, including dismissal. Supervisors may also be held liable
for the conduct of their subordinates.

This Trading Policy applies to all Covered Persons, whether or not a citizen or resident of the United States, and extends to all activities within and outside an individual’s duties at, or with respect to, Global Ship
Lease. Every Covered Person must review this Trading Policy. Questions regarding the Trading Policy should be directed to Global Ship Lease’s Chief Financial Officer (or if such questions involve the Chief
Financial Officer, to the Chief Executive Officer).

The personal trading activity of the Chief Financial Officer will be reviewed and pre-cleared by any two of the Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or the Audit Committee Chair.

II.

STATEMENT OF POLICIES PROHIBITING INSIDER TRADING

General. It is the policy of Global Ship Lease that no Covered Person who is aware of material nonpublic information relating to Global Ship Lease or to any other company, whether or not it is a public company,
may, directly or through

4

 
 
 
 
family members or other persons or entities, (a) buy or sell securities of Global Ship Lease or of any other company, whether or not it is a public company, (other than pursuant to a pre-approved trading plan that
complies with SEC Rule 10b5-1, as described below in Section V), or engage in any other action to take personal advantage of that information, or (b) pass that information on to others outside Global Ship Lease,
including family and friends. In addition, it is the policy of Global Ship Lease that no Covered Person who, in the course of working for Global Ship Lease, learns of material nonpublic information about a company
with which Global Ship Lease does business, including a customer or supplier of Global Ship Lease, may trade in that company’s securities until the information becomes public or is no longer material.

Transactions that may be necessary or justifiable for independent reasons (such as the need to raise money for an emergency expenditure) are not excepted from this Trading Policy. The U.S. federal securities laws
do not recognize such mitigating circumstances, and, in any event, even the appearance of an improper transaction must be avoided to preserve Global Ship Lease’s reputation for adhering to the highest standards
of conduct.

Transactions by Family Members. This Trading Policy also applies to your family members who reside with you, anyone else who lives in your household, and any family members who do not live in your
household but whose transactions in a company’s securities are directed by you or are subject to your influence or control (such as parents or children who consult with you before they trade in a company’s
securities). You are responsible for the transactions of these other persons (whether or not citizens or residents of the United States) and therefore should make them aware of the need to confer with you before they
trade in a company’s securities.

Disclosure of Information to Others. Global Ship Lease is required under Regulation FD of the U.S. federal securities laws to avoid the selective disclosure of material nonpublic information. Global Ship Lease
has established procedures for releasing material information in a manner that is designed to achieve broad public dissemination of the information immediately upon its release. You may not, therefore, disclose
information to anyone outside Global Ship Lease, including family members and friends, other than in accordance with those procedures. You also may not discuss Global Ship Lease or its business in an internet
“chat room” or similar internet-based forum.

III.

EXPLANATION OF INSIDER TRADING

As noted above, “insider trading” refers to the purchase or sale of a security while in possession of “material” “nonpublic” information relating to the security. “Securities” include not only shares, bonds, notes and
debentures, but also options, warrants and similar instruments. “Purchase” and “sale” are defined broadly under the U.S. federal securities law. “Purchase” includes not only the actual purchase of a security, but
any contract to purchase or otherwise acquire a

5

 
 
 
 
security. “Sale” includes not only the actual sale of a security, but any contract to sell or otherwise dispose of a security.

These definitions extend to a broad range of transactions including conventional cash-for-stock transactions, conversions, the grant and exercise of stock options and acquisitions and exercises of warrants or puts,
calls, swaps or other options related to a security. It is generally understood that insider trading includes the following:

·               trading by insiders while in possession of material nonpublic information;

·                              trading  by  persons  other  than  insiders  while  in  possession  of  material  nonpublic  information  where  the  information  either  was  given  in  breach  of  an  insider’s  fiduciary  duty  to  keep  it

confidential or was misappropriated; or

·               communicating or tipping material nonpublic information to anyone, including recommending the purchase or sale of a security while in possession of such information.

What Facts are Material? The materiality of a fact depends upon the circumstances. A fact is considered “material” if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in
making a decision to buy, sell or hold a security or where the fact is likely to have a significant effect on the market price of the security. Material information can be positive or negative and can relate to virtually
any aspect of a company’s business or to any type of security, debt or equity.

Examples of material information include (but are not limited to):

·

Projections of future earnings or losses, or other earnings guidance;

·               Earnings that are inconsistent with the consensus expectations of the investment community;

·

Pending or proposed merger, acquisition or tender offer;

·               Pending or proposed acquisition or disposition of a significant asset;

·               Change in dividend policy, the declaration of a stock split, or an offering of additional securities;

·

·

Change in management;

Development of a significant new product or process;

6

 
 
 
 
·

·

Impending bankruptcy or the existence of severe liquidity problems;

Gain or loss of a significant customer or supplier.

Moreover, material information does not have to be related to a company’s business. For example, the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that is expected to affect the market price of a security can be
material.

What is Nonpublic Information? Information is “nonpublic” if it is not available to the general public. In order for information to be considered public, it must be widely disseminated in a manner making it
generally available to investors through such media as Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services, The Wall Street Journal, Associated Press or United Press International, or through widely circulated disclosure
documents filed with the SEC. The circulation of rumors, even if accurate and reported in the media, does not constitute effective public dissemination.

When Information is “Public.” If you are aware of material nonpublic information, you may not trade until the information has been disclosed broadly to the marketplace (such as by press release through such
media as Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services, The Wall Street Journal, Associated Press, or United Press International), or through widely circulated disclosure documents filed with the SEC, and the investing
public has had time to absorb the information fully. To avoid the appearance of impropriety, as a general rule, information should not be considered fully absorbed by the marketplace until after the second business
day after the information is released. If, for example, a company were to make an announcement on a Monday, you should not trade in that company’s securities until Thursday. If an announcement were made on a
Friday, Wednesday generally would be the first eligible trading day.

Who is an Insider? “Insiders” include officers, directors and employees of a company and anyone else who has material inside information about a company. An affiliate of a company can also be an insider.
Insiders have independent fiduciary duties to their company and its shareholders not to trade on material nonpublic information relating to a company’s securities. All Covered Persons should consider themselves
insiders with respect to material nonpublic information about the business activities and securities of Global Ship Lease.
Covered Persons may not trade securities while in possession of material nonpublic information relating to Global Ship Lease’s securities or tip (or communicate except on a need-to-know basis and subject to an
obligation of confidentiality) such information to others. Trading by your spouse, minor child or by other family members living in your household while you are in possession of material nonpublic information is
likewise prohibited and can give rise to legal and company-imposed sanctions.

7

 
 
 
 
Trading by Persons Other than Insiders. Insiders may be liable for communicating or tipping material nonpublic information to a third party (“tippee”), and insider trading violations are not limited to trading or
tipping by insiders. Persons other than insiders also can be liable for insider trading, including tippees who trade on material nonpublic information tipped to them or individuals who trade on material nonpublic
information that has been misappropriated.

Tippees inherit an insider’s duties and are liable for trading on material nonpublic information illegally tipped to them by an insider. Similarly, just as insiders are liable for the insider trading of their tippees, so are
tippees who pass the information along to others who trade. In other words, a tippee’s liability for insider trading is no different from that of an insider. Tippees can obtain material nonpublic information by
receiving overt tips from others or through, among other things, conversations at social, business or other gatherings.

Penalties for Engaging in Insider Trading. Penalties for trading on or tipping material nonpublic information can extend significantly beyond any profits made or losses avoided, both for individuals engaging in
such unlawful conduct and their employers. The SEC and the U.S. Department of Justice have made the civil and criminal prosecution of insider trading violations a top priority. Enforcement remedies available to
the government or private plaintiffs under the U.S. federal securities laws include:

·

·

·

·

·

·

SEC administrative sanctions;

Securities industry self-regulatory organization sanctions;

Civil injunctions;

Damage awards to private plaintiffs;

Disgorgement of all profits;

Civil fines for the violator of up to three times the amount of profit gained or loss avoided;

·               Civil fines for the employer or other controlling person of a violator (i.e., where the violator is an employee or other controlled person) of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount

of profit gained or loss avoided by the violator;

·               Criminal fines for individual violators of up to $5,000,000 ($25,000,000 for an entity); and

·

Jail sentences of up to 20 years.

8

 
 
 
 
In addition, insider trading violations are not limited to violations of the U.S. federal securities laws: other U.S. federal and state civil or criminal laws, such as the laws prohibiting mail and wire fraud and the
Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, also may be violated upon the occurrence of insider trading.

Company-Imposed Sanctions. A Covered Person’s failure to comply with this Trading Policy may subject the Covered Person to company-imposed sanctions, including dismissal, or removal, as the case may be,
for cause, whether or not the Covered Person’s failure to comply results in a violation of law. Needless to say, a violation of law, or even an SEC investigation that does not result in prosecution, can tarnish one’s
reputation and irreparably damage one’s career.

Examples  of  Insider  Trading.  Examples  of  insider  trading  cases  include  actions  brought  against:  corporate  officers,  directors,  and  employees  who  traded  a  company’s  securities  after  learning  of  significant
confidential  corporate  developments;  friends,  business  associates,  family  members  and  other  tippees  of  such  officers,  directors,  and  employees  who  traded  the  securities  after  receiving  such  information;
government employees who learned of such information in the course of their employment; and other persons who misappropriated, and took advantage of, confidential information from their employers.

The following are illustrations of insider trading violations. These illustrations are hypotheticals and, consequently, not intended to reflect on the actual activities or business of Global Ship Lease or any other entity.

·               Trading by Insider. A director of X Corporation learns that earnings to be reported by X Corporation will increase dramatically. Prior to the public announcement of such earnings, the director
purchases X Corporation’s stock. The director, an insider, is liable for all profits as well as penalties of up to three times the amount of all profits. The director is also subject to, among other
things, criminal prosecution and fines.

·               Trading by Tippee. A director of X Corporation tells a friend that X Corporation is about to publicly announce that it has concluded an agreement for a major acquisition. This tip causes the
friend to purchase X Corporation’s stock in advance of the announcement. The director is jointly liable with his friend for all of the friend’s profits and each is liable for all penalties of up to three
times the amount of the friend’s profits. In addition, the director and his friend are subject to, among other things, criminal prosecution, as described above.

·               Misappropriation. An employee of an investment advisor learns of a prospective recommendation of a particular stock by his employer and purchases that stock in advance of the

9

 
 
 
 
recommendation. The employee has used his position to deceive those who entrusted him with confidential information. This undisclosed misappropriation of such confidential information is
viewed as fraud akin to embezzlement. The employee is liable for all profits and penalties, and is subject to criminal prosecution.

Prohibition of Records Falsification and False Statements. U.S. federal law also requires public companies to maintain proper internal books and records and to devise and maintain an adequate system of
internal accounting controls. The SEC has supplemented the statutory requirements by adopting rules that prohibit
(1)  any  person  from  falsifying  records  or  accounts  subject  to  the  above  requirements  and  (2)  officers  or  directors  from  making  any  materially  false,  misleading,  or  incomplete  statement  to  any  accountant  in
connection with any audit or filing with the SEC. These provisions reflect the SEC’s intent to discourage officers, directors and other persons with access to a public company’s books and records from taking action
that might result in the communication of materially misleading financial information to the investing public.

After-The-Fact Scrutiny. Anyone scrutinizing your transactions will be doing so after the fact, with the benefit of hindsight. As a practical matter, before engaging in any transaction, you should carefully consider
how enforcement authorities and others might view the transaction in hindsight. A helpful general rule to follow is that if you are in doubt about the legality or propriety of the transaction, do not trade or tip.

IV.

ADDITIONAL PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

Global Ship Lease considers it improper and inappropriate for any of its directors, officers or other employee to engage in short-term or speculative transactions in Global Ship Lease’s securities. Therefore, it is
Global Ship Lease’s policy that directors, officers and other employees may not engage in any of the following transactions:

Short Sales. Short sales are sales of securities that the seller does not own at the time of the sale or, if owned, that will not be delivered within 20 days of the sale. One usually sells short when one thinks the market
is going to decline substantially or the stock will otherwise drop in value. If the stock falls in price as expected, the person selling short can then buy the stock at a lower price for delivery at the earlier sale price
(this is called “covering the short”) and pocket the difference in price as profit. Global Ship Lease believes that it is inappropriate for its insiders to bet against the securities of Global Ship Lease in this way. Puts,
calls and options for common shares of Global Ship Lease (other than options granted pursuant to employee benefit plans) also afford the opportunity to profit from a market view that is adverse to Global Ship
Lease, and they carry a high risk of inadvertent securities law violations. All such transactions are prohibited, unless approved in accordance with the Pre-clearance Procedures set forth in Section V.

10

 
 
 
 
Publicly Traded Options. A transaction in options is, in effect, a bet on the short-term movement of Global Ship Lease’s shares and therefore creates the appearance that the Covered Person is trading based
on inside information.
Transactions  in  options  also  may  focus  the  Covered  Person’s  attention  on  short-  term  performance  at  the  expense  of  Global  Ship  Lease’s  long-term  objectives.  Accordingly,  transactions  in  puts,  calls  or  other
derivative securities, on an exchange or in any other organized market, are prohibited by this Trading Policy unless approved in accordance with the Pre-clearance Procedures set forth in Section V. Option positions
arising from certain types of hedging transactions are governed by the section below captioned “Hedging Transactions.”

Hedging Transactions. Certain forms of hedging or monetization transactions, such as zero-cost collars and forward sale contracts, allow a Covered Person to lock in much of the value of his or her stock holdings,
often in exchange for all or part of the potential for upside appreciation in the stock. These transactions allow the Covered Person to continue to own the covered securities, but without the full risks and rewards of
ownership. When that occurs, the Covered Person may no longer have the same objectives as Global Ship Lease’s other shareholders.
Therefore, Global Ship Lease prohibits you from engaging in such transactions. Any person wishing to enter into such an arrangement must first pre-clear the proposed transaction in accordance with the Pre-
clearance Procedures set forth in Section V. Any request for pre-clearance of a hedging or similar arrangement must be submitted to the Chief Financial Officer at least two weeks prior to the proposed execution of
documents evidencing the proposed transaction and must set forth a justification for the proposed transaction.

Margin  Accounts  and  Pledges.  Securities  held  in  a  margin  account  may  be  sold  by  a  broker  without  the  customer’s  consent  if  the  customer  fails  to  meet  a  margin  call.  Similarly,  securities  pledged  (or
hypothecated) as collateral for a loan may be sold in foreclosure if the borrower defaults on the loan. Because a margin sale or foreclosure sale may occur at a time when the pledgor is aware of material nonpublic
information or otherwise is not permitted to trade in Global Ship Lease securities, Covered Persons are prohibited from holding Global Ship Lease securities in a margin account or pledging Global Ship Lease
securities as collateral for a loan. An exception to this prohibition may be granted where a person wishes to pledge Global Ship Lease securities as collateral for a loan (not including margin debt) and clearly
demonstrates the financial capacity to repay the loan without resort to the pledged securities. Any person who wishes to pledge Global Ship Lease securities as collateral for a loan must first pre-clear the transaction
in accordance with the Pre-clearance Procedures set forth in Section
V. Any request for pre-clearance to pledge securities must be submitted to the
Chief Financial Officer at least two weeks prior to the proposed execution of documents evidencing the proposed pledge.

V.

STATEMENT OF PROCEDURES PREVENTING INSIDER TRADING

Pre-clearance Procedures

11

 
 
 
 
To help prevent inadvertent violations of the U.S. federal securities laws and to avoid even the appearance of trading on inside information, Covered Persons, together with their family members, may not engage in
any transaction involving Global Ship Lease’s securities (including a share plan transaction such as an option exercise, gift, loan or pledge or hedge, contribution to a trust, or any other transfer), even if not during a
Quarterly Blackout Period or Event-Specific Blackout Period (described below), without first submitting a Trading Authorization Request (a form of which is attached as Exhibit A to this Trading Policy) to the
Chief Financial Officer and obtaining the written approval of the transaction on such Trading Authorization Request by the Chief Financial Officer and either the Executive Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer
(and  in  the  case  of  transactions  by  the  Chief  Financial  Officer,  such  Trading  Authorization  Request  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  approved  by  any  two of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,
Executive Chairman, or the Audit Committee Chair) (the “Pre-clearance Procedures”). Except as otherwise provided in this Trading Policy, a request for pre-clearance on the Trading Authorization Request form
should be submitted in accordance with the Pre-clearance Procedures at least two business days in advance of the proposed transaction. None of the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Executive Officer, Executive
Chairman, or Audit Committee Chair is under any obligation to approve a trade submitted for pre- clearance, and may determine not to permit the trade.

Any Covered Person who wishes to implement a trading plan under SEC Rule 10b5-1 must first pre-clear the plan at least two weeks prior to the proposed effective date of the plan in accordance with the Pre-
clearance Procedures. As required by Rule 10b5-1, you may enter into a trading plan only when you are not in possession of material nonpublic information. In addition, you may not enter into a trading plan during
a Quarterly Blackout Period or Event-Specific Blackout Period (described below). Transactions effected pursuant to a pre-cleared trading plan will not require further pre-clearance at the time of the transaction if the
plan specifies the dates, prices and amounts of the contemplated trades, or establishes a formula for determining the dates, prices and amounts.

Post-Trading Reporting

All Covered Persons are required to report to the Chief Financial Officer any transaction in Global Ship Lease’s securities undertaken by them or members of their immediate families and personal household not
later than the end of the business day on which the transaction occurs. Each report made to the Chief Financial Officer should include the date of the transaction, quantity, price and broker-dealer through which
the transaction was effected. This reporting requirement may be satisfied by sending (or having your broker send) duplicate confirmations of trades to the Chief Financial Officer so long as the Chief Financial
Officer receives that information by the required date.

Blackout Periods

12

 
 
 
 
Quarterly Blackout Periods. Global Ship Lease’s announcement of its quarterly financial results almost always has the potential to have a material effect on the market for Global Ship Lease’s securities. To assure
compliance with this Trading Policy and applicable securities laws, Global Ship Lease requires that all Covered Persons refrain from conducting transactions (including purchase or sale) involving Global Ship
Lease’s securities during the period commencing at the close of the New York Stock Exchange trading market on the fourteenth (14th) calendar day after the last day of each fiscal quarter of Global Ship Lease and
ending at the open of the New York Stock Exchange trading market on the trading day immediately following the completion of one (1) full trading session after the public release of Global Ship Lease’s financial
results for such quarter (the “Quarterly Blackout Period”). The Quarterly Blackout Period is subject to adjustment in the discretion of any of the Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial
Officer, provided that any such officer making such adjustment notifies the other two officers of the adjustment.

Global Ship Lease may on occasion issue interim earnings guidance or other potentially material information by means of a press release, SEC filing on Form 6-K or other means designed to achieve widespread
dissemination of the information. You should anticipate that trades are unlikely to be pre-cleared while Global Ship Lease is in the process of assembling the information to be released and until the information has
been released and fully absorbed by the market.

Event-specific Blackout Periods. From time to time, an event may occur that is material to Global Ship Lease and is known by only a few directors or executives. Such events might include the negotiation of the
purchase or sale of vessels, renegotiation of material contracts, such as charters or ship management contracts, or debt or equity issuances. As long as the event remains material and nonpublic, Global Ship Lease
may impose a special blackout period during which Covered Persons may not trade in Global Ship Lease securities (an “Event- Specific Blackout Period”). The existence of an Event-Specific Blackout Period will
not be announced, other than to those who are aware of the event giving rise to the blackout. If, however, a Covered Person requests pre-clearance permission to trade in Global Ship Lease’s securities during an
Event-Specific Blackout Period, the Chief Financial Officer, having consulted with the Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, will inform the requester of the existence of an Event-Specific Blackout
Period, without disclosing the reason for the blackout. Any person made aware of the existence of an Event-Specific Blackout Period should not disclose the existence of the blackout to any other person.

Remember: Even if there is no Quarterly Blackout Period or Event-Specific Blackout Period in effect, any person possessing material non-public information concerning Global Ship Lease should not engage in
any transactions in securities of Global Ship Lease until such information has been made public and absorbed by the market.

13

 
 
 
 
Hardship Exceptions. Global Ship Lease may, on a case-by-case basis, authorize trading in Global Ship Lease’s securities during a Quarterly Blackout Period (but in no event during an Event Specific Blackout
Period) due to financial hardship or other hardships only after:

(1) The individual trading has notified the Chief Financial Officer in writing, at least three business days prior to the proposed trade(s), of the circumstances of the hardship and the amount and nature of the

proposed trade(s); and

(2) The individual has certified to Global Ship Lease in writing, no more than two business days prior to the proposed trade(s), that he or she is not aware of material nonpublic information about Global Ship

Lease.

A hardship exception may be granted only if the Chief Financial Officer  and either the Executive Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer conclude, based on information provided by the requesting individual,
that such individual is not in possession of material nonpublic information about Global Ship Lease. None of the Chief Financial Officer, Executive Chairman or Chief Executive Officer is under any obligation to
grant a hardship exception.

Post-Termination Transactions

If you are aware of material nonpublic information when you terminate service as a Covered Person, you may not trade in Global Ship Lease securities (or any other company’s securities, whether or not that
company is a public company) until that information has become public or is no longer material. In all other respects, the procedures set forth in this Trading Policy will cease to apply to your transactions in Global
Ship Lease securities upon the expiration of any Quarterly Blackout Period or Event-Specific Blackout Period that is applicable to your transactions at the time of your termination of service.

VI.

PERMITTED TRANSACTIONS UNDER COMPANY PLANS

Share Option Exercises. This Trading Policy does not apply to the exercise of an employee share option, or to the exercise of a tax withholding right pursuant to which you elect to have Global Ship Lease withhold
shares subject to an option to satisfy tax withholding requirements. This Trading Policy does apply, however, to any sale of shares as part of a broker-assisted cashless exercise of an option, or any other market sale
for the purpose of generating the cash needed to pay the exercise price of an option.

14

 
 
 
 
Acknowledgement of Compliance

Your Personal Commitment to Global Ship Lease’s Trading Policy

I acknowledge that I have received and read Global Ship Lease’s Policies and Procedures to Detect and Prevent Insider Trading (the “Trading Policy”), and understand my obligations thereunder and hereby undertake, as a condition
to my present and continued employment at, appointment to the Board, or other affiliation with Global Ship Lease, to comply with the principles, policies and laws outlined in the Trading Policy.

I hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, that I have complied fully with all policies and procedures set forth in the Trading Policy.

I hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, that I will continue to comply with the Trading Policy for as long as I am subject to the Trading Policy.

To the extent that I obtain knowledge of any violations of the Trading Policy, I will report such violations to the Chief Financial Officer of Global Ship Lease.

I understand that my agreement to comply with the Trading Policy does not constitute a contract of employment.

Please sign here:

Please print your name:

Date:

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading Authorization Request Section I: To be completed by the officer, director or employee Name:

Position:

Number and type of securities to be purchased or sold:

Type of Transaction: Purchase Sale

Certification

I certify that I am not in possession of material, nonpublic information about Global Ship Lease. Signature:

Date:

Section II: Approval

Approval #1

I approve disapprove the above transaction.

Name / Title Signature

Date:

Approval #2

I approve disapprove the above transaction.

Name / Title Signature

Date:

Note: This procedure must be repeated if the transaction is not completed within four business days beginning with the latest approval date in Section II.

SK 26296 0002 8476093

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 12.1

1.

2.

3.

4.

I, Ian J. Webber, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify that:

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Global Ship Lease, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as
of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

a) Designed such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  company, including  its

consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial

reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially

affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  company’s  ability  to  record,  process,

summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: March 20, 2024

By: /s/ Ian J. Webber
Ian J. Webber
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 12.2

1.

2.

3.

4.

I, Anastasios Psaropoulos, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify that:

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Global Ship Lease, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as
of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

a) Designed such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  company, including  its

consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial

reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially

affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  company’s  ability  to  record,  process,

summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: March 20, 2024

By: /s/ Anastasios Psaropoulos
Anastasios Psaropoulos
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 13.1

In connection with the Annual Report of Global Ship Lease, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2023 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Form 20-F”),

I, Ian J. Webber, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Form 20-F fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2) The information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: March 20, 2024

By: /s/ Ian J. Webber
Ian J. Webber
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 13.2 

In connection with the Annual Report of Global Ship Lease, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2023 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Form 20-F”),

I, Anastasios Psaropoulos, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Form 20-F fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2) The information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: March 20, 2024

By: /s/ Anastasios Psaropoulos
Anastasios Psaropoulos
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form F-3 (Nos. 333-267468, 333-231509 and 333-258800) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-264113 and 333-258992) of Global Ship Lease, Inc. of our
report dated March 20, 2024 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 20-F.

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Exhibit 15.1

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A.

Athens, Greece

March 20, 2024 

 
 
 
 
c/o GSL Enterprises Ltd.
9 Irodou Attikou Street
Athens 14561

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Exhibit 15.2 

March 20, 2024

Reference is made to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Global Ship Lease, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2023 (the “Annual Report”) and the registration statements on Form F-3 (File Nos. 333-
267468, 333-231509 and 333-258800) and Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-258992 and 333-264113) of the Company, as may be amended, including the prospectuses contained therein (together, the “Registration Statements”). We hereby
consent to all references to our name in the Annual Report and to the use of the statistical information and industry and market data supplied by us as set forth in the Annual Report and to the incorporation by reference of the same into
the Registration Statements. We further advise the Company that our role has been limited to the provision of such statistical information and industry and market data supplied by us. With respect to such information and data, we
advise you that:

(1) we have accurately described the information and data of the container shipping industry, subject to the availability and reliability of the data supporting the statistical and graphical information presented; and

(2) our methodologies for collecting information and data may differ from those of other sources and does not reflect all or even necessarily a comprehensive set of the actual transactions occurring in the container shipping

industry.

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference into the Registration Statements.

Yours faithfully,

Maritime Strategies International Ltd

.

/s/ Adam Kent

Adam Kent
Managing Director

 
 
 
 
 
Reference is made to the annual report on Form 20-F of Global Ship Lease, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2023 (the “Annual Report”) and the Registration Statements on Form F-3 (File Nos. 333-231509,
333-258800, and 333-267468) and Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-258992 and 333-264113) of the Company including the prospectuses contained therein (together, the “Registration Statements”). We hereby consent to (i) the filing of this
letter as an exhibit to the Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference into the Registration Statements and (ii) each reference to us and the discussions of advice provided by us in the Annual Report under the section “Item 10.
Additional Information—E. Taxation” and to the incorporation by reference of the same in the Registration Statements, in each case, without admitting we are “experts” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to any part of the Registration Statements.

CONSENT OF WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS LLP

Exhibit 15.3

/s/ Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Watson Farley & Williams LLP
New York, New York
March 20, 2024

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Policy for the Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation

Effective Date: December 1, 2023

Exhibit 97.1

1.

Introduction

The  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Board”)  of  Global  Ship  Lease,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  has  adopted  this  Policy  for  the  Recovery  of  Erroneously  Awarded  Incentive  Compensation  (this  “Policy”),  which  provides  for  the  recoupment,
otherwise  referred  to  as  “clawback,”  of  certain  Erroneously  Awarded  Incentive  Compensation  from  Covered  Executives  in  the  event  of  an  Accounting  Restatement  resulting  from  material  noncompliance  with  financial  reporting
requirements under the federal securities laws.

This Policy is designed to comply with Section 10D, as implemented by Rule 10D-1, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and is made in accordance with the applicable rules of the New York
Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) Listed Company Manual (the “NYSE Rules”). All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section 2.

2. Certain Definitions

“Accounting Restatement” means an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required accounting restatement to
correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements (a “Big R” restatement), or that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current
period or left uncorrected in the current period (a “little r” restatement). For the avoidance of doubt, in no event will a restatement of the Company’s financial statements that is not due in whole or in part to the Company’s material
noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under applicable law (including any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder) be considered an Accounting Restatement under this Policy. For example, a restatement due
exclusively to a retrospective application of any one or more of the following will not be considered an Accounting Restatement under this Policy: (i) a change in accounting principles; (ii) revision to reportable segment information
due to a change in the structure of the Company’s internal organization; (iii) reclassification due to a discontinued operation; (iv) application of a change in reporting entity, such as from a reorganization of entities under common
control; and (v) revision for stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends or other changes in capital structure.

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board (if composed entirely of independent directors), or in the absence of such a committee, a majority of independent directors serving on the Board.

1

 
 
 “Covered Executives” means each individual who is (i) a current or former executive officer, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 10D and Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act and the NYSE Rules; (ii) a current
or former employee who is classified by the Committee as an executive officer of the Company, which includes without limitation any of the Company’s president, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer (or if there is no
such accounting officer, the controller), vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance), and any other person who performs policy-making functions for the Company
(including executive officers of a parent or subsidiary if they perform policy-making functions for the Company); and (iii) an employee who may from time to time be deemed subject to this Policy by the Committee. For the avoidance
of doubt, the identification of an executive officer for purposes of this Policy shall include each executive officer who is or was identified pursuant to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K or Item 6.A of Form 20-F, as applicable.

“Erroneously Awarded  Incentive  Compensation”  means,  with  respect  to  each  Covered  Executive  in  connection  with  an  Accounting  Restatement,  the  amount  of  the  Incentive  Compensation  Eligible  for  Recovery  based  on  the
erroneous data that exceeds the Incentive Compensation Eligible for Recovery that otherwise would have been received by the Covered Executive had it been determined based on the restated results (calculated without regard to any
taxes paid), as determined by the Committee.

“Financial Reporting Measures” include measures that are determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the Company’s financial statements, and all other measures that are derived wholly
or  in  part  from  such  measures.  Share  price  and  total  shareholder  return  (and  any  measures  that  are  derived  wholly  or  in  part  from  share  price  or  total  shareholder  return)  shall,  for  purposes  of  this  Policy,  be  considered  Financial
Reporting Measures. For the avoidance of doubt, a Financial Reporting Measure need not be presented in the Company’s financial statements or included in a filing with the SEC.

“Incentive Compensation” means any compensation that is granted, earned, or vested based wholly or in part on the attainment of a Financial Reporting Measure, including, but not limited to, the following:

·

·

·

·

·

Annual bonuses and other short- and long-term cash incentives;

Stock options;

Restricted stock;

Restricted stock units;

Performance shares; and

2

 
 
 
·

Proceeds received from the sale of shares acquired through an incentive plan that were granted or vested based, wholly or in part, on the satisfaction of a Financial Reporting Measure.

For purposes of this Policy, Incentive Compensation excludes:

·

·

·

·

·

Any base salaries (except with respect to any salary increases earned, wholly or in part, based on satisfaction of a Financial Reporting Measure performance goal);

Bonuses paid solely at the discretion of the Committee or Board that are not paid from a “bonus pool” that is determined by satisfying a Financial Reporting Measure performance goal;

Bonuses paid solely upon satisfying one or more subjective standards and/or completion of a specified employment period;

Non-equity incentive plan awards earned solely upon satisfying one or more strategic measures (e.g., consummating a merger or divestiture) or operational measures (e.g., completion of a project or attainment of a
certain market share); and

Equity awards that vest solely based on the passage of time and/or satisfaction of one or more non-Financial Reporting Measures (e.g., a time-vested award, including time-vesting stock options or restricted share
rights).

“Incentive Compensation Eligible for Recovery” means Incentive Compensation received by a Covered Executive (i) after beginning service as a Covered Executive; (ii) who served as a Covered Executive at any time during the
performance period for the applicable Incentive Compensation (regardless of whether such individual is serving as a Covered Executive at the time the Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation is required to be repaid); (iii) while
the Company had a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or a national securities association; (iv) during the applicable Recovery Period; and (v) on or after the effective date of the applicable NYSE Rules (i.e.,
October 2, 2023).

“Recovery Period” means, with respect to any Accounting Restatement, the three (3) completed fiscal years of the Company immediately preceding the Restatement Date and, if the Company changes its fiscal year, any transition
period of less than nine months within or immediately following those three (3) completed fiscal years.

“Restatement Date” means the earlier to occur of (i) the date the Board, a committee of the Board or the officers of the Company authorized to take such action if Board action is not required, concludes, or reasonably should have
concluded, that the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement, or (ii) the date a court, regulator or other legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare an Accounting Restatement.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

3

 
 
 
 
3. Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation

In the event the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement of its financial statements, the Committee shall determine the amount of Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation and shall require the forfeiture,
repayment, or return, as applicable, of not less than the full amount of any Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation received or deemed received by any Covered Executive, except to the extent determined impracticable in Section
6 below.

(a) Cash Awards. With respect to cash awards, the Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation is the difference between the amount of the cash award (whether payable as a lump sum or over time) that was received and the

amount that should have been received applying the restated Financial Reporting Measure.

(b) Cash Awards Paid from Bonus Pools. With respect to cash awards paid from bonus pools, the Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation is the pro rata portion of any deficiency that results from the aggregate bonus pool

that is reduced based on applying the restated Financial Reporting Measure.

(c) Equity Awards. With respect to equity awards, if the shares, options or shareholder appreciation rights are still held at the time of recovery, the Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation is the number of such securities
received in excess of the number that should been received applying the restated Financial Reporting Measure (or the value in excess of that number). If the options or shareholder appreciation rights have been exercised, but
the underlying shares have not been sold, the Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation is the number of shares underlying the excess options or shareholder appreciation rights (or the value thereof). If the underlying
shares have already been sold, then the Committee shall determine the amount which most reasonably estimates the Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation.

(d) Compensation Based  on  Stock  Price,  Total  Shareholder  Return,  or  Similar  Metric.  For  Incentive  Compensation  based  on  (or  derived  from)  stock  price,  total  shareholder  return,  or  similar  metric  where  the  amount  of
Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information in the applicable Accounting Restatement, (i) the amount shall be determined by the Committee based
on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Accounting Restatement on the stock price, total shareholder return, or other such metric upon which the Incentive Compensation was received; and (ii) the Committee shall maintain
documentation of such determination of that reasonable estimate and provide such documentation to the NYSE in accordance with applicable listing standards.

Incentive  Compensation  shall  be  deemed  “received”  in  the  Company’s  fiscal  period  during  which  the  Financial  Reporting  Measure  specified  in  the  Incentive  Compensation  award  is  attained,  even  if  the  payment  or  grant  of  the
Incentive Compensation to the Covered Executive occurs after the

4

 
 
 
 end of that period or where such compensation is subject to additional conditions, such as time-based vesting or the satisfaction of non-financial goals.

The Company shall promptly notify in writing each Covered Executive who received Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation of the amount of such Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation received by such Covered
Executive and demand the forfeiture, repayment or return of such compensation, as applicable.

Any recovery under this Policy shall be made reasonably promptly and in accordance with the Exchange Act and NYSE Rules.

4. Recovery Period and Amount

If an Accounting Restatement occurs, the Committee shall review all Incentive Compensation that was granted, vested or earned on the basis of having met or exceeded Financial Reporting Measures and that was received by a Covered
Executive  during  the  Recovery  Period.  With  respect  to  each  Covered  Executive,  the  Committee  shall,  as  provided  under  this  Policy,  seek  to  require  the  forfeiture,  repayment,  or  return,  as  applicable,  of  the  Erroneously  Awarded
Incentive Compensation, whether vested or unvested and including proceeds received upon the sale of shares acquired through an incentive plan that were granted or vested based wholly or in part on satisfying a Financial Reporting
Measure, received during the Recovery Period in the event of an Accounting Restatement. The amount to be recovered will be as provided for in this Policy.

5. Method of Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation

The Committee will determine, in its sole discretion, the method for recouping Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation hereunder which may include, without limitation, any of the following or combination thereof:

(a)  requiring reimbursement of cash Incentive Compensation Eligible for Recovery previously paid;

(b)  seeking recovery of any gain realized on the vesting, exercise, settlement, sale, transfer, or other disposition of any equity-based awards;

(c)  offsetting the recouped amount from any compensation otherwise owed by the Company to the Covered Executive;

(d)  cancelling outstanding vested or unvested equity awards; and/or

(e)  taking any other remedial and recovery action permitted by law, as determined by the Committee.

Except as set forth in Section 6 below, in no event may the Company accept an amount that is less than the amount of Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation in satisfaction of a Covered

5

 
 
 
 Executive’s obligations hereunder. To the extent that a Covered Executive fails to forfeit, repay, or return, as applicable, all Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation to the Company when due, the Company shall take all actions
reasonable and appropriate to recover such Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation from the applicable Covered Executive. The applicable Covered Executive shall be required to reimburse the Company for any and all expenses
reasonably incurred (including legal fees) by the Company in recovering such Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence.

To the extent that the Covered Executive has already reimbursed the Company for any Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation received under any duplicative recovery obligations established by the Company or applicable law, it
shall be appropriate for any such reimbursed amount to be credited to the amount of Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation that is subject to recovery under this Policy.

6.

Impracticality

The Company shall recover any Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation in accordance with this Policy, unless such recovery would be impracticable, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Rule 10D-1 of the
Exchange Act and the NYSE Rules, and any of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) The Committee has determined that the direct expenses paid to a third party to assist in enforcing the Policy would exceed the amount to be recovered. Before making this determination, the Company must make a reasonable

attempt to recover the Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation, documented such attempt(s) and provide such documentation to the NYSE, where required; or

(b) Recovery would violate home country law where that law was adopted prior to November 28, 2022, provided that, before determining that it would be impracticable to recover any amount of Erroneously Awarded Incentive
Compensation based on violation of home country law, the Company has obtained an opinion of home country counsel, acceptable to the NYSE, that recovery would result in such a violation and a copy of the opinion is
provided to NYSE; or

(c) Recovery would likely cause an otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees of the Company, to fail to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(13) or Section 411(a) of the

Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations thereunder.

7. No Indemnification

The Company shall not insure or indemnify any Covered Executive against the loss of any Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation that is repaid, returned or recovered in accordance with the terms of this Policy, or for any
claims relating to the Company’s enforcement of any of its rights under this Policy.

6

 
 
 
The Company shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement that exempts any Incentive Compensation that is granted, paid or awarded to any Covered Executive from the application of this Policy or that waives the Company’s
right to recover any Incentive Compensation Eligible for Recovery, and this Policy shall supersede any such agreement (whether entered into before, on or after the Effective Date of this Policy). While a Covered Executive may
purchase a third-party insurance policy to fund potential recovery obligations under this Policy, the Company may not pay or reimburse the Covered Executive for premiums for such an insurance policy.

8. Other Recovery Rights

The Committee intends that this Policy will be applied to the fullest extent required by applicable law. Any employment agreement, equity award agreement, compensatory plan or any other agreement or arrangement with a Covered
Executive shall be deemed to include, as a condition to the grant of any benefit thereunder, an agreement by the Covered Executive to abide by the terms of this Policy.

The Committee may require that any employment agreement, equity award agreement, or similar agreement entered into on or after the Effective Date shall, as a condition to the grant of any benefit thereunder, require a Covered
Executive to agree to abide by the terms of this Policy.

Any right of recovery under this Policy is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other remedies or rights of recovery that may be available to the Company under applicable law, regulation or rule or pursuant to the terms of any similar
policy in any employment agreement, equity award agreement, or similar agreement and any other legal remedies available to the Company.

9. Disclosure Requirements

The Company shall file all disclosures with respect to this Policy required by applicable SEC filings and rules.

10. Policy Administration and Interpretation

This Policy shall be administered by the Committee, and any determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding on all affected individuals.

The Committee is authorized to interpret and construe this Policy and to make all determinations necessary, appropriate, or advisable for the administration of this Policy, and for the Company’s compliance with NYSE Rules, Section
10D, Rule 10D-1 and any other applicable law, regulation, rule or interpretation of the SEC or NYSE promulgated or issued in connection therewith. It is intended that this Policy be interpreted in a manner that is consistent with the
requirements of Section 10D and Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act and any applicable rules or standards adopted by the SEC or the NYSE.

7

 
 
 
11. Amendment and Termination

The Committee may amend or terminate this Policy from time to time in its discretion; provided that, no amendment or termination of this Policy shall be effective if such amendment or termination would cause the Company to violate
any applicable federal securities laws, SEC rule or NYSE Rule.

12. Effective Date

This Policy shall be effective as of December 1, 2023 (the “Effective Date”) and shall apply to Incentive Compensation that is approved, awarded or granted to Covered Executives on or after October 2, 2023.

13. Successors

This Policy shall be binding and enforceable against all Covered Executives, as described herein, and, to the extent required by applicable law or guidance from the SEC or the NYSE, Covered Executives’ beneficiaries, heirs, executors,
administrators or other legal representatives.

8

 
 
 
 
ANNEX A

Global Ship Lease, Inc.

Policy for the Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation

Acknowledgement Form

By signing below, the undersigned acknowledges and confirms they have received and reviewed a copy of the Policy for the Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation (the “Policy”). Capitalized terms used but not
otherwise defined in this Acknowledgement Form shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Policy.

By signing this Acknowledgement Form, the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that they are and will continue to be subject to the Policy and that the Policy will apply both during and after the undersigned’s employment with the
Company. Further, by signing below, the undersigned agrees to abide by the terms of the Policy, including, without limitation, by returning any Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation to the Company to the extent required by,
and in a manner permitted by, the Policy.

 Signed
 Name
(Printed)
 Date